THE LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LOS ANGELES GIFT OF SAN FRANCISCO COUNTY MEDICAL SOCIETY A HANDBOOK LOCAL THERAPEUTICS GENERAL SURGERY, BY RICHARD H. HARTE, M.D., DEMONSTRATOR OF OSTEOLOGY AND SYNDESMOLOGY, UNIVERSITY Of PENNSYLVANIA ; SURGEON TO THE EPISCOPAL AND ST. MARY'S HOSPITALS; CONSULTING SURGEON TO ST. TIMOTHY'S HOSPITAL. DISEASES OF THE SKIN, BY ARTHl/R VAN HARLINGEN, M.D., PROFESSOR OF DISEASES OF THE SKIN IN THE PHILADELPHIA POLYCLINIC AND COLLEGE FOR GRADUATES IN MEDICINE; LATE CLINICAL LECTURER ON DERMATOLOGY IN JEFFERSON MEDICAL COLLEGE; DERMATOLOGIST TO THE HOWARD HOSPITAL. DISEASES OF THE EAR AND AIR-PASSAGES, BY HARRISON ALLEN, M.D. CONSULTING PHYSICIAN TO THE RUSH HOSPITAL FOR CONSUMPTION; LATE SURGEON TO THE PHILADELPHIA AND ST. JOSEPH'S HOSPITALS. DISEASES OF THE EYE, BY GEORGE C. HARLAN, M.D., SURGEON TO WILLS EYE HOSPITAL, AND TO THK EYE AND EAR DEPARTMENT OF THK PENNSYLVANIA HOSPITAL; EMERITUS PROFESSOR OF DISEASES OF THE EYE, PHILADELPHIA POLYCLINIC, ETC. EDITED BY HARRISON ALLEN, M.D, PHILADELPHIA: P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO.,. 1012 WALNUT STREET. 1893. COPYRIGHT, 1893, BY P. BLAKISTON, SON & Co. PRESS OF WM. F. FELL & Co., 1220-24 SANSOM ST., PHILADELPHIA 330 PREFACE, A number of circumstances induced the authors to undertake the pre- paration of this book. It was known that no text was available in which the local actions of drugs were not subordinated to their general actions. In the lines of special medicine, as represented in General Surgery, Dermatology, Otology, Rhinology, Laryngology, and Ophthalmology, it was believed that the topical uses of drugs are among the most important to which they can be put, and that statements concerning them from experienced practitioners would be acceptable to the pro- fession. It was further assumed that the changes brought about by the theories of asepsis had made it desirable that the entire range of local medicaments be revised. Of late years, through the extraordinary activity of chemists, the num- ber of agents which affect tissues locally has been greatly increased. Many of these substances are yet on trial. To present a succinct account of their sources and properties would appear to be a useful effort. The book is intended more as a guide to treatment than as a disquisi- tion on local medication. Conceding the value of many new drugs, the authors have faith in the judgments of the older practitioners who secured good results from limited resources. Neither have remedies of the household been ignored, as really valuable hints for local treatment may be gleaned from among them. While it is acknowledged that errors of judgment may have been com- = mitted in excluding some drugs whose properties have been praised, a ; greater error would have been to endorse imperfectly attested novelties. The divisions of the main subjects are seen occasionally to overlap. ' It is hoped that the instances in which this occurs will tend to' reinforce the teaching rather than to weaken it. Procedures are noted which are usually treated of in books on minor surgery (as in the account of fixation of dressings) ; as well as descriptions of the systematic actions of drugs (as in lard and the actions of fats). "Anesthetics" and "bleeding" it must be conceded are on the border line between local and general j therapeutics. Since a book on the local actions of drugs will be naturally used for * reference, the plan of the United States Pharmacopoeia has been followed, 624247 X PREFACE. and when practicable, definitions have been quoted from this authority. But it was not thought always advisable to accept so admirable a guide. Thus petroleum is taken as a general heading, under which the sub-titles rhigolene, kerosene, petrolatum, and paraffin appear. It would have been easy, with the facilities at hand, to load the book with literary references, but none have been made except to give honor where honor is due, and to invite the reader to consult original com- munications. The latest authorities have been followed in the spelling of technical words. For the most part the final "e" of terms such as glycerin and gelatin has been dropped. The names of unofficial preparations so far as possible are left in the forms selected by the authors cited. Thus the formulae for medicated cottons are embraced under the name of "cotton-wools," as designated by Woakes. Each author is responsible for special statements made by him, while the authors unite in approval of all general statements. With a full appreciation of the importance of the intricate and varied information conveyed, they resolved to submit all pharmaceutical and chemical statements to rigid scrutiny. They deem themselves fortunate in having obtained for the pharmaceutical data a critical revision at the hands of Dr. George I. McKelway, Obstetrician and Gynecologist to the Phila- delphia Hospital, whose experience, first as a pharmacist and afterward as a physician, renders his aid peculiarly acceptable ; and for the chemical data the assistance of Henry Trimble, Professor of Analytical Chemistry, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. As the sheets have passed through the press they have been carefully revised by the latter, especially as to the composition of many of the recently announced preparations. The authors are indebted to many sources for information. Dr. Allen wishes especially to acknowledge courtesies received from W. E. Cassel- berry, of Chicago; S. H. Chapman, of New Haven; S. Solis- Cohen and James Truman, of Philadelphia ; S. Johnston, of Baltimore ; F. Hinkle, of Buffalo; and E. L. Shurly, of Detroit. Messrs. Frank E. Morgan and Henry A. Borell, of Philadelphia, rendered valuable aid in giving the composition of unofficial formulae. The carefully prepared index is the work of Dr. Thomas F. Branson, Resident Physician of the Pennsylvania Hospital. INTRODUCTION. On the Local Action of Remedies. Since much of the success of local medication depends upon the method adopted and the manner in which details are carried out, the following general comments may prove useful : (1) All forms of inspissated secretions, desquamations and filth are in themselves exciting causes of disease ; therefore the selected lotion, unguent, or powder is not to be applied until surgical cleanliness is secured. The skin is to be freed from detritus and fat, and, so far as is practicable, the mucous membrane from mucus. The surface, if that of an ulcer, should be cleansed of exudates. (2) In congestion it must remain a matter of judgment whether or not to deplete the blood-vessels before the employment of an anodyne or an astringent. It is certainly true that an agent will often fail on a region where the smaller vessels are constricted when it will succeed on one where they are of normal diameter or even dilated. (3) It is necessary to remember that agents act in exact correlation to the structures to which they are applied. Bone, periosteum, or the mucous membrane covering the alveolar processes and the roof of the mouth, must be attacked by stronger preparations than are safe to be used on the conjunctiva or the urethra. Even different regions of the general skin surface demand that discrimination be exercised in the choice of strength of remedies. To enforce the value of this remark, it is only necessary to contrast such localities as the sole, the palm, the scalp, and the region of the nape of the neck, with the scrotum, the perineum, the eyelids, and the mammae. A drug may excite in the one instance, but excoriate or destroy in the other. (4) Unless the constringing effect of cold be especially indicated, local applications should be of the temperature of the body, or slightly above it. Elevation of temperature may make the difference between success and failure. As a rule, all inhalations should be warm. Lotions to the nostrils and the throat are almost always increased in efficacy if the temperature is raised to 140 F. (5) Thf. local uses of drugs, other than those which act as germicides, are subject to sharp limitations. Few of them are free from evil effects xi Xll INTRODUCTION. consequent upon prolonged use. It is well to recall the possibility of undue absorption of the agent, as in the case of nitrate of silver, and that the parts may become accustomed to the first impression made upon them, and no longer respond. In the case of astringents and exci- tants, it is best to begin with mild formulae, and if the case does not improve steadily, to increase the strength of the drug or exchange it for another of the same group. Emollients are often abused. Warm water dressings, poultices, etc., when long continued do more harm than good. The evils arising from the undue action of cold are universally recog- nized. Over use of stimulating applications often occurs in the treatment of chronic inflammation of the mucous surfaces. The use of drugs which entail habit-effects, such as opium, cocaine, ether, chloroform, etc., must be carefully watched. Remedies which are interchangeable are termed succedanea. An exten- sive range of succedanea in the possession of the physician naturally increases his resources. (6) The recognition of conditions under which the processes of the economy are conducted is essential to the intelligent use of many local remedies. Special reference is here made to those which act by imbibi- tion, osmosis, and digestion. (7) The value of inunction is increased by gentle rubbing and friction; by well-directed pressure, as shown in the use of the tampon and bougie in the nasal passages, the uterus and the vagina ; by still more persistent yet equable force, as that exerted by a bandage firmly adjusted to a limb ; or even by a heavy weight, such as that of a sand-bag on the groin. Remedies whose actions are thus controlled will accomplish results which are sought for in vain when they are independently exhibited. Even the aid of electricity is called into play to secure the absorption of recalcitrant medicines. Cataphoresis , or anodal diffusion, which are the terms given to this phenomenon, demands especial notice. B. W. Richardson {Med. Times and Gaz., 1859) described under the name of ' voltaic narcotism" phases of local anaesthesia determined by an electrical current. Solutions of morphine, aconitin, and chloroform were used. Hermann Munk (Arch. f. Anat. und PhysioL, 1873) placed the sub- ject of cataphoresis upon a scientific basis. Valuable clinical contributions have appeared in this country, notably papers by F. Peterson (Med. jRec., January 31, 1891) (from whose writings this account is condensed), and J. L. Corning (N. Y. Med. Journ., November 6, 1886). The chief drugs used for local anaesthetic impressions are cocaine hydrochloride, chloroform, and aconitin in the treatment of NEURALGIA and for minor operations on the skin. Iodide of potassium, iodide of lithium, and diluted tincture of iodine have been successfully exhibited in the treat- INTRODUCTION. xiii ment of SYPHILIS. Peterson extols the use of salts of lithium notably, the chloride, the benzoate, and the citrate for RHEUMATISM and GOUTY SWELLINGS. Among mercurials, the imidosuccinate and the bichloride maybe mentioned. The following tentative classification of the action of local remedies may be found useful. All remedies act locally, (i) By restoring the normal functions, e.g., by stimulating the blood to flow through a congested region, or by exciting gland-action and thus promoting secretion. (2) By protecting a denuded surface, thus giving it rest. A protectant is also of use in excluding microbes and irritating constituents of the atmosphere. (3) By means of absorption from the surface ; thus constricting the small blood-vessels and checking hemorrhage; producing changes in the iris by instillation in the conjunctival sac ; creating anodyne impressions on peripheral nerve-ends for the relief of pain ; inducing counter- irritation and transudation of serum, as in the action of vesicants. (4) By destroying tissues, as in the action of caustics. But since remedies are rarely simple in their actions, a few remarks on the more important of these are here introduced. The action of astringents is complex in the effects upon mucous sur- faces. The first effect, doubtless, is to coagulate the albumin ; the second is to constrict the arterioles ; the third is to excite the parts. A fourth and less evident effect than the foregoing is to cauterize the tissues. All the more powerful astringents are thus caustic in full strength when applied to delicate structures, such as polypoid growths of the middle ear. The list of caustics would be greatly increased if all the agents which had such destructive effects were herein enumerated. Astringents also probably act by direct excitation of terminal nerve fila- ments. When used in strong solution, or in excess, it is easy to discern why an astringent may become an irritant. The coagula are somewhat dense and not always easily removed ; they may light upon sensient surfaces and behave as foreign bodies. It is well, therefore, after the use of astringents (especially on a mucous surface) to flush the parts carefully with a neutral or slightly alkaline solution. Care must be taken to pre- vent destruction of the olfactory regions by the indiscriminate use of astringents. Astringents are not easily dissolved in an oily fluid. (See lodo- Tanning The secretion of mucous glands tends to macerate and in a measure to remove exudations; not only is this the case, but the local remedy, especially if it be of an astringent character, acts upon the secretion by i XIV INTRODUCTION. coagulating the albumin, thus converting a transparent, varnish-like, tenacious liquid, which covers the tissues with a uniform layer, into a white and opaque mass, enabling the physician to readily remove it. It is probably owing to this fact namely that most astringents coagulate albumin that this group of agents is of such marked value in the treatment of catarrh. While haemostatics constrict the vessels in the region to which they are applied, they in some instances excite vaso- motor reflexes by which vessels can be constricted in a remote region. For example, cold applied to the skin of the back of the neck is well known to have a tendency to constrict smaller blood-vessels in the nose or lungs and thus aid in arresting an attack of epistaxis or haemoptysis. Wet compresses to the skin of the side of the throat are useful in con- trolling inflammation of the mucous membrane of the mouth and pharynx. Alkalies in weak solution, besides acting as solvents of tenacious mucus, are often germicides, as is seen in the destruction of the microbe of APHTHAE. It is probably true that they thus prove useful in controlling superficial inflammations and in favorably modifying catarrhal states. Concentrated preparations of alkalies are caustic, as, indeed, are most of those agents which in general therapeutics are classed as alteratives. Alkalies, by their affinity for water and their solvent action on tissues, act mainly by abstracting the water and will destroy skin or other structures to a considerable depth. Caustic alkalies are more solvent and destructive than the remaining members of the group. They possess widely diffusive power. The term solvent (dissolvent), while one convenient to use is not of much significance in describing the action of a remedy ; ordinarily it implies the conversion of a solid (unabsorbable) into a liquid (absorbable) form as the dissolving of a concretion by an acid ; but it often implies diluting an inspissated or tenacious secretion or exudate. It is evident that the normal secretions may thus dilute, as well as lotions or other watery preparations. Digestive solvents act in the presence of animal ferments. General Remarks on the Methods of Using Remedies. Among the methods of using local remedies may be named the follow- ing : Powders blown upon the affected part (applied particularly to the use of "snuff") are said to be insufflated; when flirted on an exposed surface they are said to be dusted. When a fluid is broken up to form a fine vapor, it is said to be vapor- ized ("nebulized"). Many vaporized fluids are volatile. When a INTRODUCTION. XV current is broken up to form a relatively coarse medium it is said to be atomized. Atomized particles of water are thrown with the force of compressed or heated air by appropriate apparatus termed atomizers or sprayers. The use of smoke when inhaled constitutes fumigation, though this term is also employed to express the application to the skin of a volatile disin- fectant, and to describe the use of vaporized mercury in the treatment of SYPHILIS. The local application of an oil or fat constitutes inunction. The use of brushes in dusting powders or applying lotions and pig- ments has given way in great measure to the employment of dossils {pledgets} of cotton. These are much more cleanly, and are practically without cost. Cotton in its various forms and fabrics is extolled by modern writers for many uses in local medication. (See Gossypium.} Medicated cottons (often spoken of in the text as "cotton-wools") meet numerous indications in the form of tampons. In like manner the use of sponges as tents and absorbent dressings has been largely super- seded. A liquid when used to lave a large surface is called a lotion ; when for receiving the body it constitutes a bath; when used in establishing a continuous flow (irrigation), as in flushing the ear, nasal chambers, the uterus, vagina, etc., it is described as a douche ; when especially adapted to rinsing the mouth and pharynx it forms a gargle ; when used as a paint it forms a pigment. While convenient for domestic use the douche can be a mischievous agent, especially in the treatment of the nasal passages and the external ears. Otitis media has been often induced by the first-mentioned use and vertigo and pain by the last,. If used at all it needs the utmost caution. The body of water in the receiver is often too large and placed too high. No greater degree of pressure on the current in the nozzle should be permitted than is de- manded to secure a return flow. Pigments may be either oily or aqueous, though it is more common to speak of anointing when an oily substance is applied in bulk. An ointment is " a topical application of such consistence that it may be easily rubbed on the skin, becoming gradually liquefied." (Nat. Med. Dictionary.} A fatty base is assumed. The use of the term paste is reserved for a mass of the consistence of an ointment, which is for the most part a convenient means of controlling the effects of powerful caustics. (See Vienna Paste, London Paste, Conquoirf s Paste, .) General Remarks on the Uses of Ointments, Plasters, Douches, etc., in General Surgery. Ointments and cerates are not now employed to the same extent in surgical therapeutics as formerly, XVI INTRODUCTION. although when skillfully used they are valuable agents. Like many help- ful topical applications, they have been abused. All varieties of bases or fatty substances have been employed for making ointments, but lard, petrolatum, and lanolin are now usually preferred. Whatever base is selected it must be fresh and of the best quality. Care should be exer- cised that when medicinal agents are added thereto they should be in the finest possible state of subdivision and free from particles of "grit, v etc. When extracts are added, if not uniformly soft they should be made so by trituration with water or alcohol, according to their nature. When pro- perly made an ointment should be of the consistence of butter at a temperature of 60 F., and when placed in contact with the body should gradually soften. Many ointments if kept long become rancid, which renders them valueless. This condition is often masked by the addition of substances by the dispenser in order to disguise odor. Ointments are employed in surgery to meet one or more of the following indi- cations: 1. As unirritating and protective dressings to wounds and granulating surfaces. 2. As stimulating and protective dressings to chronic and indolent ulcers. 3. As means of impressing the glandular system with resolvent agents. 4. As means of affecting certain portions of the system with alterative or constitutional remedies. 5. To induce counter-irritation. 6. To secure astringent and sedative effects on mucous surfaces. The results obtained from the use of ointments depend largely upon the manner in which they are employed. If used as a protective dress- ing to wounds or granulating surfaces an ointment is best applied by being evenly spread on the smooth side of patent lint or Canton flannel, from one-twelfth to one-sixteenth of an inch in thickness. When a sur- face is to be covered the cloth on which the mass is spread should be so fashioned as to cover only the selected spot. If the covered surface be of large size, a few fenestra? should be made so as to permit the escape of discharges. On each reapplication of the ointment the skin should be thoroughly cleansed with turpentine, soap and water, and alcohol. If such a course be pursued, the activity of the agents will be maintained and their absorbing powers increased. The absorption of an ointment by the skin, especially over a large area, can be greatly facilitated by covering the selected surface with a properly prepared flaxseed poultice. In peritonitis the absorption of mercurial ointment by this method has been sufficient to affect the gums in twenty-four hours. INTRODUCTION. Xvii When the absorption of the ointment is to be accomplished by friction or inunction, the character of the base is important ; it should readily soften with the temperature of the body and should not become tenacious or gummy with friction. This is one of the objections urged against lanolin when employed in its pure state. This difficulty can be successfully met by the addition of a small portion of olive oil. Since the flexor surfaces of the limbs are rich in absorbents this region is pre- ferable for the employment of such a method. The inunction should not be applied twice in succession to the same surface, which should be permitted to be free from the unguent for twenty-four hours after the skin has been thoroughly cleansed. Irritation of the skin or hair follicles frequently follows. Ointments are frequently applied to the mucous surfaces of the genito- urinary tract and the rectum. To apply an unguent to the male urethra requires some mechanical contrivance, of which many are to be found in the shops. A simple method of applying an ointment (see Zinci oxidutri), is by means of a properly prepared olive-pointed bougie, or by having the ointment dispensed in a collapsible tube, such as are employed by artists for holding colors. On the end of such a tube a piece of rubber tubing of small calibre is placed which is gently inserted into the urethra. By firm and gentle pressure the ointment is thus forced far back in the canal with little difficulty. When it is desired to apply an unguent to the rectum and the anal margin, it may be done best by anointing the finger and gently inserting it through the sphincter. If it is desired to impress the surfaces higher up, a suppository of cocoa-butter will be found more convenient. Plasters (emplastra) are employed (i) as a means of support after the approximation of broken or cut surfaces, and for the retention of dressings; (2) to produce counter-irritation, (3) for the exhibition and administration of remedies. Most plasters contain litharge and olive oil, or resinous substances, which at ordinary temperatures are firm and non-adhesive (soap plaster is soft at ordinary temperature), but which when exposed to a higher temperature than the body soften and become adhesive, and when placed in contact with the skin adhere firmly. In heating plasters, either for the purpose of spreading or for application, the temperature should never be raised beyond 212 F., or decomposition may be produced and volatile substances upon which the virtues of the preparation depend may be driven off. Plasters are usually spread on leather, sheep skin, chamois, or muslin, according to the purpose for which they are intended. A plaster spread on leather is ordered when it is to be applied to unbroken skin, and when the relief of pressure, or the necessity of support is indicated. A plaster spread on muslin is used as a dressing XV111 INTRODUCTION. on an abraded or ulcerated surface, or as a protectant on the approxi- mated edges of a wound. Plasters spread on muslin and incorporated with India-rubber to insure adhesive properties have of late been introduced. When well made these are efficient, but, unfortunately, many such plasters for sale in the shops are worthless. On the whole, it is best to rely upon plasters made after the directions of the U. S. P. Plasters are sometimes perforated with small holes to allow portions of the skin to be exposed to the air. In selecting plasters for surgical dressings, as in fixation apparatus for chronic diseases of the hip joint in children, it is often advisable to perforate the plasters used in making extension before applying them to the skin, especially when they are to be kept long in position. It must be remembered in the employment of plasters containing substances of the class of belladonna, opium, etc., that toxic impression has ensued in persons having delicate skins, or in subjects exhibiting idiosyncrasies to the effects of the drugs employed. Douches and injections are applied in surgery to the mucous surfaces of the rectum and genito-urinary tract for their sedative, astringent, deter- gent, and antiseptic effects. It must be borne in mind that the sensibility of the mucous surfaces vary according to the part affected ; thus, solutions that can be readily borne by the vagina will prove unbearable to the bladder or urethra. To secure the best results, explicit directions must be given in ordering any special line of treatment, which, in nearly all cases, is carried out by the patient. Most of the unsatisfactory results obtained are attributable to ignorance or inability to carry out the directions given. The male genito-urinary tract is frequently the seat of specific inflammation, to which an immense amount of indiscriminate and mis- judged medication is applied. Before ordering an injection or douche, the point of disease should be localized, and all attempts concentrated as much as possible upon the affected part. Injections should be administered immediately after urinating, which in itself tends to cleanse and flush the mucous surfaces ; so that when a medicated solution is thrown into the canal its full effect can be produced on the lining membrane. The patient should be in the sitting posture, well forward on the edge of a chair. The penis should be held between the thumb and fingers of the left hand, the former directly above the meatus. By gentle pressure the meatus is opened, the nozzle of the syringe is introduced, and its contents are thrown into the urethra. Upon its removal the meatus is closed with the fingers. While in this position, gentle stroking pressure is made over the under surface of the penis with the right hand, which will insure the solution's coming in con- tact with all portions of the canal. With some persons care must be exercised that the fluid which may carry before it septic materials, or in itself be a source of irritation, is not INTRODUCTION. xix thrown into the bladder. To obviate such an accident the patient should sit on a folded towel or compress, which will cut off the deep urethra. When it is desired to impress certain portions of the urethra with strong solutions, they are best conveyed by specially prepared instruments with long nozzles, or through a speculum. All medicated solutions should be diluted, their strength being gradu- ally increased by reducing the amount of water according to the sensations of the patient. In douches and injections we possess convenient means of making topical applications to the bladder. Many instruments have been devised, known as two-way catheters, which will insure the passage of a continuous current. Theoretically these would appear to fill all indica- tions. We have found that satisfactory results can be obtained by the use of a soft English catheter, which is the least irritating, and conse- quently the best for the patient. A rubber bottle, holding about four ounces, and fitted with nozzle and stop-cock, or a tight-working hard rubber syringe, the nozzle of either of which is easily introduced into the catheter, is used, and the desired amount of fluid is gently and slowly thrown into the bladder (two or three ounces probably sufficing), and allowed to remain there for a short time. This process may be repeated two or three times, until the return fluid indicates that the object intended has been attained. Care must be exercised that air does not find admission into the fluid, as its presence tends to decompose the urine, especially if bloody. (For vaginal douching or injecting see Aqua, p. 95.) Douches or injections are employed in the rectum for a great variety of purposes, as for the removal of impacted faeces or asca- rides, or to convey medicated or nutritive substances. If it is desired that fluid should extend far up the bowel, the patient should be in a recumbent posture on the left side, with the hips slightly elevated. The fluid is preferably thrown from a fountain syringe held at a slight eleva- tion above the pelvis. This will insure a slow but steady current, allow- ing the mucous surfaces to become gradually accustomed to it, whereas, if rapidly thrown in, the fluid will soon be rejected. General Remarks on Local Treatment of Diseases of the Skin. External applications to the skin are intended either to remove debris or effete matters, and so to allow of the direct application of remedies to the diseased parts, or they are employed with a curative intent. Among the first class are baths, wet compresses, poultices, etc. Those applications, which are intended to act directly upon the diseased parts, are sedative, astringent, stimulant, alterative, caustic, and parasiticide. Sedative applications are usually applied in the form of lotions, baths, XX INTRODUCTION. or powders. Some few ointments are directly sedative in their effect. In acute inflammatory conditions lotions are usually acceptable. These may be evaporating, or may be applied in such a manner as to afford heat and moisture as well as a soothing influence. Where there is much fluid exudation powders are sometimes employed to check this, but their siccative effect is sometimes disagreeable, and they should then be followed by a mild inert unguent. Ointments made with lard are rarely to be employed as sedatives in acute inflammatory conditions of the skin, because they become decom- posed very easily and develop the fatty acids, which are highly irritating. Petrolatum should usually form the base of sedative ointments. Astringent remedies used in the treatment of diseases of the skin, like the sedative remedies, are ordinarily employed in the form of powders and lotions. Few remedies employed in the form of ointment exercise any decided astringent effect upon the skin. Perhaps an ex- ception may be made in favor of those containing tannic acid. Stimulant remedies are ordinarily employed in the form of oint- ments. The vigor and thoroughness of their application is an im- portant element in their successful use. Caustic applications are employed in both the solid and liquid form. Their effect ranges from the most superficial removal of the epidermis to a distinctive effect upon all tissues with which they come in contact. The choice of a caustic in any given case must be made with due delibera- tion, for, when applied wrongly, mischief may be wrought which is irremediable. The severer caustics should never be used in the neighborhood of the larger blood-vessels or of important structures, and no caustic of high de- structive power should be used upon a mucous membrane unless this can be previously made dry and the part to be operated upon can be thor- oughly isolated. Parasiticide remedies are divided into two classes those intended to destroy animal parasites and those intended to destroy vegetable para- sites. These remedies are easily applied and have only a limited range. They should never be of such a character as to injure the skin. The remedies intended to cure the vegetable parasitic diseases cf the skin are almost always of such a character as to cause desquamation of the epidermis. Indeed, it is asserted, upon high authority, that we have, strictly speaking, no true parasiticides applicable to the vegetable parasites growing upon the skin, but that all the so-called parasiticides act simply by causing an exfoliation of the epidermis, which carries the parasite bodily away with it. However this may be, the manner of application of the parasiticidal remedies is more important than their choice. Unless thoroughly INTRODUCTION. Xxi brought into contact with the offending organism, but little effect can be expected. In connection with the general subject of the topical application of remedies to the skin, medicated soaps (see p. 397). may be mentioned. These should have a well-made and non-irritating base, to which the medicament may be added. Soaps form a very imperfect vehicle by which to convey drugs to the deeper layer of the skin, but they may be used to advantage as a preliminary to other treatment. Baths are employed both to remove the products of disease, as scales, crusts, etc., and to act directly upon the skin. Simple baths of warm water soften the epidermis and allow the removal of waste material and of the products of exudation. Baths are also used as a vehicle to facilitate the introduction of medicinal agents. The application of warm water also has a sedative effect upon the skin. (See Baths, pp. 98, 456.) General Remarks on Local Treatment of Diseases of the Respiratory Tract. While the lotion implies a lavement for medicinal purposes to a portion of the skin or mucous membrane, the gargle is restricted to the method of self-use of a lotion to make direct application to the pharynx. Lotions are used as gargles or by the syringe and douche. In order to gargle the pharynx with effect, the fluid is carried into the * throat as in the act of swallowing. The first and second parts of this act are completed, but as the fluid is about to pass from the pharynx to the oesophagus it is regurgitated (the inclination of the head forward facili- tating) and the fluid is ejected from the mouth and nasal chambers. The value of the gargle depends upon the force exerted by the muscles of the pharynx. When this is impaired either by not being called into play, as in the instinctive avoidance of pain, in inflammation and cancer, or in paresis, as in the sequelae of diphtheria, gargling is an unreli- able means of treatment. In the young and the aged its significance is almost nil. Old people with stiff necks (all persons with torticollis) do not like to gargle. Gargling, when well performed, is efficient in dis- tributing the lotion throughout the recesses of the side spaces of the pharynx in a manner more thorough than is possible in any other way. The fact must be conceded, however, that the practitioner is never sure of such a result being secured. Many patients frankly acknowledge their inability to clean the throat by this means. M. Mackenzie denies that the gargle is of any use in disease which exists behind the mouth. Since sprays have been so generally introduced the gargle is less used than formerly. Bremen (Monats. fur Ohrenheilk., No. 4, 1887) claims XX11 INTRODUCTION. that the fluid can be thrown directly into the bronchi. It is to be con- ceded that sprays, since they are independent of the volition of the patient, possess advantage over the gargle. Yet they are apt to excite distress if they are used under a high degree of compression, do not reach the recesses at the side of the pharynx and are liable to variations in intensity and size of atoms (drops) ; and the spray apparatus is so apt to get out of order that directions are often futile. Two kinds of sprays are named, the coarse and the fine. The coarse spray is preferable in the treatment of nasal, naso-pharyngeal, and oro-pharyngeal conditions, since the force by which the fluid is driven dislodges tenacious secretions. But in the treatment of the larynx and lungs the coarse spray is not so satisfactory, as it is too heavy to be influenced by the current of inspired air and readily condenses upon the walls of the pharynx and soft palate. The number of times each spray inhalation should be used in the throat varies according to circumstances. If intended to promote suppuration by means of moist heat the application of sprays should be kept up con- tinuously if practicable at least should be used as often as can be done with comfort. For CHRONIC LARYNGITIS it should be used three or four times a day and about five minutes each time. M. Mackenzie considers that the best times for using steam inhalations are night and morning, allowing five minutes for each exposure. Six inspirations should be taken in a minute. An inhalant is a remedy which is diffused in the air and is drawn in the nose, mouth, and throat by the act of breathing. It is thus opposed to the spray, in which the remedy is thrown in. It may be accepted tentatively that no form of the vapor of water can be relied upon to carry medicinal agents in the respiratory passage further than the larger divisions of the bronchial tubes. It is far different with volatile substances. The vapor of ether and chloroform and of the numerous volatile oils presumably reaches the alveoli of the lungs and is absorbed by the pulmonic vessels. Many of the volatile oils yield stimulating inhalants, which are conveniently com- bined with steam. These are indicated in chronic inflammation, accom- panied with hyper-secretion. In the judgment of many practitioners stimulating inhalations are of doubtful worth, since the agents cannot be used in strength sufficient to relieve the symptoms without exciting spasm of the glottis or other irritative effect. This is less true than formerly, owing to the increase of the number of agents from which selections can be made, while for the sedative and antispasmodic inhal- ants, whether used in the medium of steam or otherwise, no doubt remains of their value in many conditions of disease. Nevertheless, inhalations must be used with discrimination to insure safety and suc- cess. INTRODUCTION. XX111 Steam is the favorite inhalant. It is a convenient means of diffusing moist heat. Like other forms of water, it tends to dilute mucus and thus diminish its irritative power. It removes the sense of dryness so common in acute affections of the throat. In TONSILLITIS it favors the formation of pus, and is thus indicated when it is desired to hasten sup- puration. Its use is contraindicated in PHARYNGITIS when there exist relaxed states of the glands and membranes, with hypersecretion. It will be observed that the uses and abuses of steam are much the same as those of moist heat in other forms than steam. It can be variously medicated by the use of apparatus known under the name of steam sprayers. Steam should be inhaled, i. e., should not be forced in the nose and throat. By reason of this, steam, the vapor arising from the surface of water (ordinarily at the temperature of 145 F.), is often borne when sprays excite irritation. In many individuals with irritable mucous mem- branes, when an attempt is made to spray the throat the tongue instinct- ively ascends at its basal half and occludes the passage of air. To properly use the spray in such cases the mouth should be wide open and the tongue depressed. If difficulty is experienced the nostrils must be closed. If the trachea and bronchi are to be reached the inspirations must be deep. The term fumigation is employed for sublimated vapors from mineral substances as well as for nascent fumes arising from the destruction by ignition of organic substances. Fumes of medicated cigarettes can be drawn into the middle ear by the Valsalva method. (McNaughton Jones.) Mercurial fumigation has been perfected by the late Mr. Langston Parker, of Birmingham, and is spoken of highly by Lee, Duncan and others. It acts in three different directions: i. by the introduction of mercury into the system; 2. by diaphoresis ; 3. by the topical effect of the remedy. Troches (Trochisci : Lozenges) are official (U. S. P.). The directions which are usually given for their manufacture is to mix the medicinal agent with a small proportion of powdered tragacanth and a large pro- portion of powdered sugar, and then to make a mass by rubbing the resulting powder with liquid (either water or syrup) until a mass is obtained. This is cut with suitable hand dies or by machinery into troches usually weighing from ten to fifteen grains. Mackenzie used black currant paste in place of sugar as the vehicle for the medicaments. Black currant paste is made by expressing the juice from black currants and mixing it with sugar. It is, a delightful vehicle for such purpose. Troches are now made almost universally in a different way from that XXIV INTRODUCTION. directed by the Pharmacopoeia ; dry powders are mixed and then sub- jected to compression {tablets} in elaborate machines built for the pur- pose. The term tablet is also given to a compressed powder from which a lotion is made. Troches act locally upon the walls of the mouth, pharynx, and oeso- phagus. Pastilles (gelatin discs) are lozenges composed of gelatine and glycerin. They are variously medicated. W. M. Whistler (Med. Times and Gazette, 1878) states that pastilles are especially suited to cases of inflammation of the tongue or palate; the mucilaginous nature gives much relief in dryness of the throat ; the soft consistence renders them particularly useful in cases of cesophageal disease. (See articles "Gelatin" and "Glycerin.") Powders. Powders to be efficient as protectants must be moderately hygroscopic, such as starch and sugar, boric acid, etc., and the bulk of the mass employed must bear a fixed relation to this quality. Many powders, such as talc and lycopodium, take up moisture by imbibition without themselves undergoing change. Powders must not be used too fine, else the particles mat and form hard masses, beneath which con- cealed accumulations of discharges occur. On the upright walls of the nose, pharynx, and trachea very fine powder is less apt to retain position than one that is used in a coarser form. Powders are indicated in acute inflammation of the pharynx, since their disposition is to diffuse by muscular action and motion of the adja- cent parts. They afford a safe means of applying substances of caustic strength in the pharynx and larynx. Salts of copper, lead, zinc, and mercury should be used with great caution in form of powder, since it is impossible to know how much of the agent may be swallowed ; on the other hand, topical applications may be employed with a view to secur- ing not only a topical but a general effect ; this is especially the case in the treatment of syphilitic affections. In diphtheria the effect of calomel applied on the exudate is measured by the character of the stools. Insufflations into the trachea can be best made by advising the patient to take dej? p inspirations at the time the powder is thrown in. If the instrument is pushed into the glottis it is, of course, possible to have the powder pass into the trachea. (Schaffer.) M. Mackenzie especially commends the use of powders in tracheal affections. They are less apt to excite spasm than are liquids. A mass the size of a bean may be thrown at a sitting. That powders introduced into the nose can be inhaled is apparent INTRODUCTION. XXV when the results of inhalation of coal dust in miners, particles of steel in knife-sharpeners, etc., is remembered. According to Beltz (Archiv fur Kinderheilk., Bd. x, Heft 5), WHOOPING COUGH" can best be treated by insufflation of powders into the nasal chambers. General Remarks on the Local Treatment of Diseases of the Eye. Topical applications to the eye are detergent, soothing, astringent, stimulating, caustic, antiseptic, mydriatic, or myotic ; and are made by means of solutions, ointments, oils, or powders. Solutions used in eye practice are known as collyria. The term " col- lyria" was used bj Hippocrates and Galen to designate solid medica- ments of a cylindrical form, intended for introduction into the vagina, anus, ears, and nose a kind of suppository or bougie. Later it was applied to all kinds of topical applications made to the conjunctiva, whether fluid, solid, or in powder, but is now limited to solutions dropped into the eye, and is practically synonymous with the popular expression, "eye drops." Collyria are ordinarily applied by means of the pipette with small rubber bulb, but, if this is not at hand, a simple glass tube or quill will answer the purpose nearly as well. While the patient's head is thrown backward, the lower lid is gently drawn down and the solution dropped into the lower cul-de-sac of the conjunctiva. It should be remembered that the strength of the application cannot be regulated by the amount of fluid used, as not more than one or two drops will be retained in the conjunctival sac. Usually an excess does no harm, but when the mydriatics are used not more than two or three drops at most should be applied. As an additional precaution against the constitu- tional effects of the drug, it has been recommended to press the end of the finger over the lachrymal canals for a few minutes, to prevent the passage of the fluid into the nose and throat. When it is desired to act upon the lachrymal passages, they should first be emptied by pressure upon the sac, and the solution should then be applied freely to the inner canthus. When it is desired to flush the conjunctival sac for cleansing and anti- septic purposes, as before, during, and after an operation, and in purulent cases, a larger tube with an ounce rubber bulb is a very convenient instru- ment. The sponge is not now much used. The old " eye cup," whose edges fit within the margins of the orbit, is an easy and pleasant means of making free applications of soothing washes. The eye douche, for directing a spray against the closed lids, may be made by attaching a nozzle, perforated with small holes, to a rubber tube connected with a cup, or the "fountain syringe," to be held above the head; bu-t it is now generally superseded by the atomizer. XXvi INTRODUCTION. Oils are applied with the pipette, or by means of a pledget of absorbent cotton. Ointments, when intended for the margins of the lids only, should be used in very small quantity, to avoid irritating the conjunc- tiva. A little is taken on the end of the forefinger and the edges of the lids are simply anointed, so that there shall be a delicate film of the ointment between them when they are closed. When it is intended to act upon the cornea, a piece of the ointment the size of a pin's head may be placed directly upon it, or be applied to the conjunctival surface of the upper lid. Powders were formerly " insufflated," or blown from a glass tube or a quill upon the eyeball, but are now always " dusted " from a camel's- hair brush. The handle of the brush is held between the forefinger and thumb, while the brush is struck sharply with the little finger of the same hand. Drugs may also be applied to the eye in the form of soluble solids. Medicated gelatin discs for this purpose have long been made by Savory and Moore, of London, and were occasionally used in Philadelphia some fifteen or twenty years ago, but of late years seem to have been entirely abandoned. They contained atropine, eserine, and pilocarpine. Atten- tion has recently been called to the subject by C. A. Wood, of Chi- cago, and, under his direction, the Messrs. Wyeth, of Philadelphia, after careful and prolonged experimentation, have prepared a series of com- pressed and gelatinized discs containing all the substances ordinarily used in external applications to the eye. The list includes eighty discs medi- cated with various drugs, either singly in different proportions, or in combination. To modify the disturbing effect of cocaine upon the corneal epithelium, the discs containing that substance are made of gelatin ; all the others are made by compression, and are formed of dried flaxseed mucilage combined with boric acid. The chief advantage claimed for these discs is that, by means of their slow solution, the drug is maintained continuously in contact with the conjunctiva, instead of being, in great part, carried off by the overflow of tears, as is the case with aqueous solutions. This consideration is espe- cially important in the case of mydriatics ; and, further, in the case of an expensive drug, like homatropine, or of one likely to cause troublesome constitutional disturbance, like duboisine, it is evidently desirable to use the least possible quantity that will ensure the desired effect. Perhaps the most useful of the discs is that medicated with homatropine and cocaine. It contains one-fiftieth grain of each drug : the same quantity that is held by one minim of a twenty per cent, solution. It promises to be very convenient in refractive work. A second disc may be added, if it is thought necessary, after the first has dissolved. Wood recom- INTRODUCTION. XXvii mends the introduction of an eserine disc (gr. -j-J-^-) after completing the examination. For the application of astringents, stimulants, and antiseptics to the conjunctiva, most surgeons will probably prefer to use aqueous solutions. The discs are easily applied by taking one on the point of a moistened camel's-hair brush and placing it against the conjunctiva of the ball. The eye should be closed while absorption is going on. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. U. S. P. United States Pharmacopoeia. U. S. D. United States Dispensatory. Br. Ph. British Pharmacopoeia. M. B. Merck's Bulletin. M. Mackenzie, refers to " Diseases of the Throat and Nose," 1880. Am. Ed. Lefferts, refers to " A Pharmacopoeia for the Treatment of the Diseases of the Larynx, Pharynx, and Nasal Passages," New York, 1888. XXVlll LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. ACACIA. Gum Arabic. A gummy exudation from various species of Acacia. Gum Arabic is slowly soluble in its weight of cold water. Solutions of gum arabic to be elegant should always be made with cold water, as the use of hot water results in a dark-colored solution. The best form of the gum for solution is the granular powder to be obtained in the shops. Gum arabic is precipitated from its solutions by alcohol, by subacetate of lead, solution of ferric chloride, and concentrated solution of borate of sodium. It is insoluble in alcohol, in ether, and in oils. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. Powdered acacia, when used in a pure form, acts as a protectant. It slowly dissolves in the mucus, which it increases in density ; in this manner it serves to diminish excite- ment when from any cause the mucus assumes a serum-like character. The powder acts mechanically as a vehicle in the distribution of an insoluble drug, such as subnitrate of bismuth ; it aids also in retaining drugs for a longer time than would otherwise be the case upon the moist membranes of the nose and throat. Gum acacia forms the basis of many pastilles, and even when not medicated, as is the case with the "gum drop " of the confectioner, it allays COUGH when this symptom is due to the reten- tion of mucus on the posterior laryngeal region or the vocal cords. The syrup is often added to cough mixtures to effect a similar object. Jack- sort 's cough mixture, which is composed of the diluted syrup of acacia to which a small proportion of morphia is added, acts, for the most part, through the local impression made on the tissues. Pulverized acacia is an ingredient of Ferrier' s snuff in the proportion of two drachms of acacia, six drachms of the subnitrate of bismuth, and two grains of sulphate of morphine. ACIDUM CHLORACETICUM. Chloracetic Acid. Three forms are known : Mono chloracetic acid, C 2 H 3 C1O 2 Di chloracetic acid, C 2 H 2 C1 2 O 2 Tri chloracetic acid, C 2 HC1 3 O 2 The various chloracetic acids are, as can be seen, glacial acetic acid (HC 2 H 3 O 2 ), in which respectively one, two, and three atoms of hydrogen are replaced by chlorine. 2 I 7 . 1 8 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. The mono and tri acids are crystalline solids ; the di acid is liquid. They all form salts soluble in water. CHLORACETIC ACID. Diseases of the Skin. Monochloracetic acid forms an admirable caustic in the treatment of superficial EPITHELIOMATA. It seems to have a selective affinity for the diseased tissues, and its action can be strictly limited. It may be applied with a bit of stick or on a probe armed with cotton. Its action is not deep and it must therefore be applied at fre- quent intervals. It is less suitable than the stronger caustics, particularly caustic potassa, for large and deep growths, but is safer when the disease is close to some important organ, as the eye, when the action of the caustic must needs be circumscribed. Monochloracetic acid likewise forms an excellent caustic for VERRUCA and CONDYLOMATA and for small NxEVI. Diseases of the Ear. Applied freely to AURAL POLYPI, chlor- acetic acid constitutes, on the whole, the best means for their destruction. According to W. B. Dalby, " if the pain after using the caustic is severe, it subsides immediately after using a syringe full of water. Eight or ten applications may be required ; these may be made every day for a time and then less frequently." Dalby insists that treatment should be con- ducted for long periods, and also that assiduous care should be exercised in cleansing the middle ear, no matter what agent is used to destroy the growths. Diseases of the Eye. Monochloracetic acid is a valuable caustic in the treatment of EPITHELIOMATOUS ULCERS of the eyelids in cases in which excision is, for any reason, impracticable. It should be used in saturated solution (deliquesced crystals), and may be applied, by means of a pledget of absorbent cotton on the end of a small probe, to the whole surface of a small ulceration or about the margin of a more extensive one. It produces little reaction, and the application is usually almost painless. Repeated applications may be necessary but are easily borne. In several discouraging cases, cicatrization has been produced which has remained quite firm for many months. TRICHLORACETIC ACID. Trichloracetic acid was introduced into medicine by Stein (Wiener Med. Blatter, March 20, 1890). It is used as a caustic and stimulant. Diseases of the Skin. Lanz (Monatsch. f. P. Derm., Oct. i, 1891) states that trichloracetic acid is one of the best applications for VERRUCA, especially in infants and young children. It causes little or no pain, and the wart often dries up and drops off after a single application. NJEVI, both VASCULAR and PIGMENTARY, may be removed by trichloracetic acid, ACIDUM ACETICUM. 19 a very superficial and scarcely noticeable scar remaining. ATONIC ULCERS, particularly of a venereal character, are much improved by the applica- tion of trichloracetic acid as a stimulant. Diseases of the Nose. Ehrman (Wiener Me d. Blatter, March 20, 1890) applies a moist crystal to INTRA-NASAL HYPERTROPHIES by means of a silver probe, which is then rubbed over the part which it is desired to cauterize. The tissues are whitened by the acid ; the eschar separates within a week's time. The agent is of the same character of causticity as chromic acid, but according to this writer is more manageable. O. F. Brown (Amer. Rhinological Assn., 1886) has also invited attention to this caustic. J. W. Gleitsman (Med. Record, 1891, 312) speaks highly of it. He prefers an aluminium rod, which is so fashioned that a cup-shaped depression exists at the free end, to any other form of applicator. The excavation is filled with the crystals. The pain arising from the use of the acid is insignificant, and can be readily controlled by a ten per cent, solution of cocaine. The caustic is remarkable for the dryness and compactness of the eschar, which is thrown off at a period varying from two to seven days. The agent has been used successfully in all forms of nasal and pharyngeal hypertrophy, as well as in aural polypi. ACIDUM ACETICUM. Acetic Acid. The acetic acid of the U. S. Ph. is really a solution of acetic acid in water, containing 36 per cent, of absolute acetic acid. The acetic acid of the Ph. Br. is also a solution in water, containing 33 per cent, of absolute acetic acid. In the Ph. Br., malt vinegar (acetum) is official, and contains from four to five per cent, of absolute acetic acid. Vinegar is not official in the U. S. Ph., but in its stead is " diluted acetic acid," containing six per cent, of absolute acetic acid. Acetic acid is six times as strong as is diluted acetic acid. Acetic acid was formerly commonly called " No. 8 Acetic Acid," because, until a late revision of the U. S. Ph., diluted acetic acid was made by diluting one measure of acetic acid by seven measures of water, and the result was a liquid about equal in acetic acid strength to vinegar. According to Squibb the No. S acetic acid is " commonly sold, whether demanded or not, both in the arts and for medicinal and dietetic purposes." He found it to vary from 22 to 32 per cent, in strength. There is also official, glacial acetic acid, which is " nearly or quite absolute acetic acid." The formula for glacial acetic acid is HC 2 H 3 O 2 . Pyroligneous acid of the U. S. Ph. is crude acetic acid, and contains, in addition to a proportion of absolute acetic acid, creosote and empyreumatic oils. Vinegar enters into composition of St. John Long's Liniment. ACIDUM ACETICUM DILUTUM. Diluted Acetic Acid. Diluted acetic acid is disinfectant, haemostatic, solvent, and mildly excitant. The effect upon the mucous membranes of the throat and nose is to increase the determination of blood to the parts, and to insure activity of the secretions (Rossbach). 20 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. General Surgery. Acetic acid, properly diluted, is a useful injec- tion in some cases of CHRONIC CYSTITIS. The strength should be eight or ten minims to the fluidounce of water. Thompson recommends, as most useful after the use of nitrate of silver: R. Plumbi acetat., 9ij; Acid, acetic, dil., 3vj ; Acid, carbolic., 5ss; Aq. dest, %iv. One drachm of this mixture is to be added to four ounces of water and injected once or twice a day. Engelmann ( Medical Record, November 24, 1888) has used acetic acid in a three to five per cent, solution, AS A DISINFECTANT IN OBSTETRICAL PRACTICE in preference to carbolic acid or corrosive sublimate, regarding it as more diffusible than the latter and less injurious to instruments, and equally with it as free from danger to the patient. The skin of the hand is rendered particularly soft and pliable. T. H. Harvey has prepared an acetized cotton of five, twelve-and-a-half, and twenty per cent, strength, to be used as a haemostatic in place of the usually prepared styptic cotton. This cotton should be kept moist in air-tight bottles. Diseases of the Skin. Acetic acid is employed in the treatment of skin diseases in three forms : Glacial Acetic Acid, Diluted Acetic Acid (U. S. P.), and Vinegar. Acetic acid of the U. S. P. is employed in the treatment of several diseases of the skin. In PSORIASIS it is valuable in removing the scales and in preparing the ground for future treatment. In CONDYLOMATA it has been used by hypodermic injection, but no data have been published, so far as we know, to establish its value in the cure of these growths. Unna uses the following prescription for CONDYLOMA of the external genitals: R. Acidi salicylici, 3ss; Acidi acetici, fgj. This mixture is to be applied twice daily by means of a small brush or a tuft of cotton on an applicator. The pain it causes is slight, and Unna prefers it to any other treatment. Diluted acetic acid, in the form of distilled vinegar, goes to make up a wash highly recommended in ALOPECIA PRJEMATURA. What part the drug plays cannot be explained, unless it be to act as a solvent to the pityriasic exfoliation which commonly accompanies this affection. One formula, the long and successful use of which has established its value, is the following: R. Tinct. cantharidis, fSvj ; Tinct. nucis. vomic.,fgss; Aceti destillat., fgiss; Glycerini, f3ij ; Aquae, ad fgvj. In the form of vinegar, the diluted acetic acid has been very highly recommended in DERMATITIS from sunburn. Another employment of vinegar, or diluted acetic acid, which we have found valuable, is in the destruction of nits in PEDICULOSIS of the scalp and pubis. After the living animals have been destroyed, the nits or ova remaining cling to the hairs, and if not destroyed will hatch out in a few days. Diluted acetic acid destroys them. ACIDUM ACETICUM. 21 Diseases of Ear, Nose, and Throat. Diluted acetic acid in the form of vinegar is a popular vehicle for exhibiting many remedies designed to affect the throat locally. M. Mackenzie uses a gargle composed of 30 minims of the diluted acid to 1 8 minims of glycerin in an ounce of water. In the last stage of the ANGINA OF EXANTHEMATA this mixture is especially indicated. It has even had its advocate in PHLEGMONOUS INFLAMMATION of the throat ; but many more valued agents are here available. F. Engel- mann ( Centralblatt fiir Klin. Med., 1886, No. 14) recommends acetic acid in the local treatment of DIPHTHERIA. In the list of medicines for our selection, many must take the preference to one which is so diffuse in its effects and whose odor is so penetrating. The diluted acid has been injected successfully into the TONSIL to reduce HYPERTROPHY. Equal parts of vinegar and water placed on a stove charges the sick-room with a vapor which is grateful in ACUTE CORYZA. S. J. Bumstead speaks highly of diluted acetic acid in controlling the COUGH of LARYNGITIS and as a solvent in the treatment of CROUP and DIPHTHERIA. For the first named he uses the old domestic form of diluting vinegar with molasses or honey and employing it as a gargle. For the diseases last named he prefers the form of steamed vapor, by heating vinegar in large trays or pans. Vinegar is a valuable haemostatic. It has been used with especial benefit in EPISTAXIS. The vinegar can be injected in the nostril, or tampons of lint or absorbent cotton saturated with the agent can be carried into the nasal passage. The diluted acetic acid, one part of the acid to five of water, will represent a strength suitable for use in absence of vinegar. Stronger vinegar also acts as an excellent counter-irritant when applied to the skin of the throat in ANGINA. Diluted vinegar may be drunk freely in ^SOPHAGITIS when due to an alkali. Diseases of the Eye. Largely diluted acetic acid is a pleasant and useful application in ACUTE CONJUNCTIVITIS. Ten drops of the acid in an ounce of distilled water may be combined with from two to four grains of acetate of morphine. A frequent form of injury of the eye is by LIME IN THE CONJUNCTIVAL SAC. If the patient is seen immediately after the accident, the eye should be thoroughly cleansed with diluted acetic acid, or vinegar, which is always at hand, in the proportion of 3j to 3j of water. ACIDUM ACETICUM GLACIALE. Glacial Acetic Acid. Glacial acetic acid should consist of over 99 per cent, of absolute acid (HC 2 H 3 O 2 .) It should form a clear mixture with an equal volume of oil of lemon. Much of that in commerce will not respond to this test, as it is only from 70 to 80 per cent, in strength. Glacial acetic acid is a powerful caustic. Applied to the skin it pro- 22 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. duces intense redness, followed by rapid vesication. The impression is painful. The acid must be used with caution, as its action extends to con- siderable depth and a severe sore may ensue. On horny growths it exercises a solvent action without the production of a distinct slough or eschar. It seems to soften, gelatinize, and dissolve the horny epithelium. On mucous surfaces it induces a white albuminate. Glacial acetic acid is also classed as a parasiticide. Diseases of the Skin. Asa caustic, glacial acetic acid is sometimes employed in the treatment of WARTS and CORNS. A few drops applied twice daily, will, after a time, complete their destruction. Its action in this regard is somewhat milder than that of other caustics. On HORNY GROWTHS it exercises a solvent action without the production of a dis- tinct slough or eschar. In small N^EVI the action of glacial acetic acid is often very satisfactory. It is best applied on the point of a sharpened stick, which is bored into the nsevus patch at one or several points. The slight pain caused by the application passes away in a few moments. But little subsequent reaction is noticed. Piffard has found a mix- ture of equal parts of glacial acetic acid and glycerin of use in the smaller patches of LUPUS ERYTHEMATOSUS, where it seems to stimulate absorption of the morbid deposit. In TINEA UNGUIUM, glacial acetic acid is also employed for its parasiticide effect. The affected nail is scraped down as near to the quick as possible and then the acid is applied. This softens the horny tissue of the nail and penetrates to the fungus, which it appears to destroy. Glacial acetic acid has been recom- mended in the treatment of various NEW GROWTHS, but we are inclined to think its effect inferior to that of other caustics. Glacial acetic acid is employed in the treatment of TINEA TONSURANS, a drop of the acid being introduced into each of the individual hair follicles, when only a few of these remain affected in stubborn cases. Its action here is probably merely caustic, as it causes softening and exfoliation of the layers of epithelium which are infiltrated with fungus. Diseases of Ear, Nose and Throat. Glacial acetic acid is one of the most useful agents employed for reducing HYPERTROPHIES OF THE NASAL Mucous MEMBRANE. The indication for its selection is the presence of inflammatory products in the submucous tissue and proliferation of the epithelial layer. Such a condition commonly results from a neglected catarrh, or the prolongation of the subacute stage of an ACUTE CORYZA. It is contraindicated where the membranes are in a highly excited state from an acute inflammatory attack, or where the erectile element of the membrane is of marked degree. When the fibrous character of hyper- trophies is well defined, acetic acid is less efficient than is chromic acid, or' the electro-cautery. In making an application with the acid to secure a cautery-effect the parts should be cleansed and a drop of the glacial acid ACIDUM ARSENIOSUM. 2 3 is carried on a dossil of cotton which is firmly wrapped upon a cotton carrier. The parts become instantly white from the coagulation of the albumin in the tissue. Pungent pain with lachrymation ensues which lasts for a few moments only. A second application should not be made until the first eschar falls off; the time for this varies, but is usually about three days. Owing to the diffusive character of acetic acid it is a difficult agent to manage in making application to the posterior ends of the turbinals. OTITIS MEDIA has been known to ensue upon its too free employment. Equal parts of glacial acetic acid and carbolic acid form the basis of inhalation in ACUTE CORYZA (M. A. Fritsche, Berlin, Klin. Wochenschrift, 1887, No. 27). The same writer employs the drug alone in the proportion of two parts of the acid to twelve of water. Glacial acetic acid in the strength of ten drops to an ounce of water can be used as an agent to immediately follow an application of caustic potash to prevent its over action. The danger of the too free use of stronger forms of acetic acid in the throat may be illustrated by the following accident. A boy aged two years swal- lowed a mouthful of "vinegar essence," which was instantly followed by painful deglutition and vomiting on swallowing food. The pharynx, mouth, and larynx became swollen ; the latter was covered with punctiform extravasations which were especially numerous on the epiglottis. The child recovered. PYROLIGNEOUS ACID. A dark brown liquid having a strong smoky smell. It consists essentially of acetic acid diluted with more or less water, and holding in solution chiefly tar and empyreumatic oil, with pyroxilic spirit and probably a small proportion of creasote. It is made by the de- structive distillation of wood. Diseases of the Skin. Containing both acetic acid and creasote, pyroligneous acid possesses the properties of both these substances in the treatment of diseases of the skin. It has been employed successfully in the treatment of PRURITUS, particularly PRURITUS OF THE SCROTUM, being used in a diluted condition (i to 30) at first and gradually strengthened. It is soluble in water and in glycerin, or may be used in ointment (Piffard, " Mat. Med. and Ther. of the Skin" p. TO). Its use in PSORIASIS has been recommended (Jarisch, Med. Jahrb., 1878, p. 511), but is not to be undertaken without caution, as absorption and poisoning may take place if used over too large a surface. ACIDUM ARSENIOSUM. When the names "arsenic" and " white arsenic " are used in medical treatises, acidum arseniosum is the product referred to. It is freely soluble in from 30 to 80 parts of water at 15 C. (59 F.) and in 15 parts of boiling water, in hydrochloric acid, the alkalies and their carbonates, but sparingly soluble in alcohol and glycerin. 24 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Liquor acidi arseniosi (a one per cent, solution in two per cent, hydrochloric acid) and liquor potassii arsenitis (a one per cent, solution of arsenious acid combined with potassium) are official. Diseases of the Skin. Arsenious acid is employed locally on the skin as an escharotic. Dupuytren recommended a powder of i part arsenious acid and 24 parts calomel in EPITHELIOMA and FOUL ULCERS. Arsenious Acid is employed as an escharotic in CANCERS. R. Arsenici sulphid, pts. Ixx; Sanguinis draconis, pts. xx; Acidi arseniosi, pts. viij. This is made into a paste with water. Its application is painful and not without danger. Arsenic is the chief ingredient in many, secret remedies for the same affection. It is usually combined with some substance intended to dissolve the horny epidermis, as it will scarcely, if at all, act through this. The famous Poudre caustique de Frere Cosme ou du Rousselot is : R . Acidi arseniosi gr. x; Hydrarg. sulphid. nig., 9 ij ; Pulv. carbo. animalis, gr. x. M. This powder is mixed with mucilage at the time of using. The external part of "Febures remedy' 1 for CANCER consists of ten grains of arsenious acid dissolved in a pint of distilled water, to which is added an ounce of extract of conium, three fluid ounces of solution of sub-acetate of lead, and a fluid drachm of tincture of opium. With this the cancer is washed every morning. (U. S. Disp.) "Juselmond's arsenical powder" is: R. Antimonii sulphuret, pts. xvj ; Acidi arseniosi, pt. j. M. Melt in a crucible. When cold reduce the mass to powder and add five parts extract of opium. "Manec's paste' 1 is composed as follows: R. Acidi arseniosi, gr. xv; Hydrarg. sulphid. nig., gr. Ixxv ; Spongia usta, gr. xxxv. This is made into a thick paste with a few drops of water. Billroth ( Grundriss der Chirurgie, V. i, p. 303) in MULTIPLE SARCO- MATOUS DEGENERATION of the lymphatic glands has used parenchy- matous injections of five minims Fowler's Solution ( = -fa gr. arse- nious acid) diluted with ten minums of distilled water combined with the internal use of the remedy with success, and the same treatment has been- found useful in SARCOMA OF THE SKIN. ACIDUM BORICUM. Boric Acid. Boracic Acid. Homberg's Sedative Salt. Boric acid is made by decomposing solutions of borax (biborate of soda) with strong hydrochloric acid, and purifying. It is "soluble in 25 parts of water, and in 15 parts of alcohol at 15 C. (59 F.), in three parts of boiling water, and in five parts of boiling alcohol." (U. S. P.) It is also soluble in volatile oils, but is insoluble in ether. Hot glycerin dissolves boric acid freely, forming the substance known as boroglycerinum. See Article " Boroglycerinum." Boric acid is sometimes contaminated with free hydrochloric acid and with chloride of ACIDUM BORICUM. 25 sodium. These result from the imperfect carrying out of its process of manufacture, and both can be removed by washing it with cold water. A borated cotton is prepared by steeping absorbent cotton in solutions of the acid, vary- ing in strength from 15 to 45 per cent. Boric acid, according to Dr. Sternberg, is inefficient as a germ- destroyer, but has considerable antiseptic properties. It is also a pro- tectant, exsiccant and detergent. General Surgery. Boric acid was introduced as an agent in anti- septic surgery by Sir Joseph Lister, in 1872. It is used in dry powder in concentrated solutions and ointments, and in borated lint and borated cotton. Unlike most antiseptic agents, boric acid is bland and unirritat- ing, and will allow the natural process of healing to go on without interrup- tion. It can be readily used in any of the preparations mentioned above. We have used the dry powder by dusting over the part when a tendency to excoriation existed, such as is often seen after surgical dressings where two cutaneous surfaces are in contact with each other, or where the sur- face or end of a splint comes up into the axilla. As a preventive of BED-SORES, after the unbroken skin has been thoroughly washed with alcohol or some stimulating application, boric acid may be dusted over the entire back with great advantage. In the treatment of BURNS, boric acid is very useful. After the removal of the dressing, the granulations should be thoroughly cleansed with a warm saturated solution. Then the ulcerated surface may be dressed with an ointment of the strength of a drachm to an ounce of lard or simple cerate, spread on lint. This forms an agreeable dressing, and one that, owing to its antiseptic prop- erties, can be borne a long time without becoming foul. With many surgeons, boric ointment has taken the place of zinc ointment as a bland and protecting dressing to granulating surfaces. A saturated solution of boric acid will often prove useful for a local dressing after the eschar made by the galvano-cautery or acid nitrate of mercury. These remarks are particularly applicable to the treatment of PHAGED^ENIC CHANCRE. In CYSTITIS, where the urine has a tendency to become ammoniacal, the bladder may be washed out with solutions of boric acid, in strengths vary- ing from five to ten gr. to the ounce of water, twice daily, with success. This procedure is of service in the treatment of CYSTITIS occurring in fractures of the spine. In injecting the bladder, it should always be borne in mind that this organ is normally distended by urine, drop by drop, from the ureters ; consequently that all injections into the bladder should be made slowly, and never exceed four ounces in quantity. If this rule is carried out, but little difficulty or discomfort will result. In the treatment of GONORRHOEA boric acid has been used in saturated solutions as an injection, but, as a rule, the results are not nearly so 26 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. satisfactory as when a more decided astringent is used, e. g., lead or zinc. W. C. Aboly (Afedical Record, November 26, 1887) reports the results of treatment in GONORRHOEA by injecting into the urethra a paste made by mixing one part of boric acid with three parts of glycerin through a soft English catheter, inserted as far back as the prostate, and withdrawn slowly, filling the urethra with the paste. In this method it is important that the bladder should be previously emptied of all urine, as the paste causes in the urethra a desire to urinate, which, however, soon passes away. Of the 30 patients treated by Dr. Aboly 27 were cured. Of the remaining three, two had strictures which were afterwards dilated. H. A. Slocum {Medical News, December 18, 1886), has called attention to the use of tampons of cotton covered with boric acid, in the treatment of profuse and offensive LEUCORRHCEA, in dispensary patients at the Jefferson Medical College Hospital. Boric acid is also used with success in VAGINITIS. The tampons are allowed to remain in the vagina for forty-eight hours. In the treatment of ENDOMETRITIS, Duke (British Medical Journal, December 20, 1891) introduces into the uterus powdered boric acid by means of a specially prepared piston, the applica- tion being made every three or four days. He states that ten or twelve applications will usually cure a case of the disease. W. W. Potter has substituted boric acid for iodoform in gynaecological practice. He finds boric acid delays decomposition of uterine and ovarian discharges, and that a tampon charged with it can be retained for a week without discom- fort or annoyance. In his experience it has been of service in cases where STERILITY existed ; and he believes that it exerted such chemical action upon the uterine secretions that fecundation became possible. Diseases of the Skin. Boric acid being an antiseptic, the effort has been made to substitute it for carbolic acid in the treatment of diseases of the skin ; but its action is not the same, although it is useful in certain cases when carbolic acid is inadmissible. Powdered boric acid may be added to the ordinary dusting powders, starch, oxide of zinc, etc., employed in INTERTRIGO. In some cases it may be employed alone with advantage. Lister's boric acid ointment is composed as follows : R. Acid. Boric., Cerae Albae, aa 5ij ; Ol. Amygdala Dulcis, Paraffin, aa 3iv. M. Russell Sturgis {Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., February 25, 1888) has used boric acid in INFANTILE ECZEMA with great success. When there is much vesiculation and discharge, he directs the crusts to be removed and then pure boric acid is dusted upon the moist and inflamed surface. The serous flow is increased for the first twenty-four hours, but then diminishes. The application is washed off and renewed twice daily for several days, and as soon as the skin is able to bear an ointment, one of ACIDUM BORICUM. 2 7 boric acid, two drachms, and lanolin, one ounce, is employed, by which the acid is kept in contact with the skin better than if used in powder. The unruptured vesicles should be slit open. Boric acid is also used in the treatment of HYPERIDROSIS, particularly in sweating of the feet, when decomposition takes place and BROMIDROSIS results. The stockings are soaked every evening in a three-per-cent. solution of boric acid, dried, and used the next morning. A change is made every other day. Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat. Boric acid, while one of the least irritating of the agents employed in checking DISCHARGES FROM THE MIDDLE EAR, is open to objection wisely urged against it that the discharge may convert the impalpable powder into a firm resistant plug. Instances are known in which pus has been retained in the middle ear, with resultant mastoid disease. In some cases (according to Pierce, Med. Chronicle, Manchester n, 34, 1885) it causes pain and after the first retention an increase of semi-purulent outflow. Schwartze {Naturforscher Versammlung zu Berlin, Sept., 1886, also Archiv f. Ohrenheilkunde) claims that even in solution, four grains to the ounce, the acid may bring about the same disastrous result by reason of the peculiarity that it forms with the secretion a tenacious mass and prevents the outflow of fluid from the middle ear. The drug appears to have its best opportunity for good in chronic otorrheal conditions in which the discharge is small in amount. After thorough cleansing of the affected parts a fine powder made from the crystals often has a most satisfactory effect. If the caking of the powder proves under any circumstances objectionable, the coarsely broken up crystals may be substituted. No similar limitation to the above is recog- nized in the selection of boric acid in affections of the AUDITORY MEATUS. An ointment (grains ten to the ounce) is useful in overcoming the irritation following the use of lotion of bichloride of mercury. It may be combined, indeed, with the drug last named, as an injection for acute ECZEMA of the external auditory canal. Combined with Hebra's diachylon (each one part to cosmoline two parts) it constitutes an admirable application for CHRONIC ECZEMA of the outer ear passage. In the treatment of ASPERGILLUS boric acid proves to be efficient. It is especially useful after the use of a bi- chloride of mercury lotion. Since an opening in the tympanic membrane is present as a rule in cases in which the parasitic plant is lodged in the ear, the same precautions are demanded in using the acid as in OTORRHEA. Boric acid is useful in the local treatment of TONSILLITIS, either alone or combined with a vegetable astringent. The pure powdered acid thrown into the nose causes pain and lachrymation. The untoward effect may be controlled by the addition of a small quantity of morphine. It is usually ordered diluted two-thirds with an indifferent excipient. It is especially useful in CHRONIC RHINITIS of children. The plug of cotton used in tarn- 2 8 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. poning the nose retains its purity if previously saturated in a solution of boric acid, ten grains to the ounce of water. L 1 Union Medicale, Jan. loth, 1891, contains the following prescription : Powdered boric acid, drachm one-half, combined with an equal quantity of salicylate of sodium to which one grain of cocaine is added : to be used as a snuff in HAY FEVER. In the pharynx boric acid lotions may be used in the proportion of eight grains to the ounce of water. Or the powder, either pure or diluted, can be thrown into the naso-pharynx. J. C. Mulhall (Trans. Am. Laryn. Ass'n, 1889) recommends that boric acid (as much as can be taken up by the liquid = 16 grains to the ounce represents, at ordinary temperature, a saturated solution) be added to Baudry's solution of carbolic acid and compound solution of iodine in the local treatment of DIPHTHERIA. According to Da Costa (" Potter's Therapeutics ") boric acid holds second place only to thymol in the treatment of this disease. S. Johnson, of Baltimore, strongly recommends boric acid in five per cent, solution as a gargle for acute pharyngitis. Pastilles of boric acid are prepared by adding two grains to each mass of glycero-gelatin. Glycero-gelatin is a ten per cent, solution of gelatin in glycerin, which solidifies on cooling. Boric acid, two grains; glycerin, two minims, added to glycero-gelatin, one scruple, is recommended by Whistler for APHTHOUS AFFECTIONS of the mouth and throat. Diseases of the Eye. Boric acid has been extensively used in ophthalmic surgery as an antiseptic, and at one time was considered an efficient germicide. The latter claim has been generally abandoned. Sattler, in a series of bacteriological experiments with the various washes used by ophthalmic surgeons as antiseptics, proved boric acid to be en- tirely destitute of germicidal properties (Anna/es d* Oculistique, t. 91, p. 165.) It is still classed among the antiseptics, though its exact position is perhaps not yet defined, and it is at least a valuable aseptic application whose unirritating character especially recommends it in operations upon the eye. During EXTRACTION OF CATARACT and other operations on the eyeball, the conjunctival sac may be freely and frequently douched with a warm saturated solution (about one part to thirty). Boric acid is much used in the treatment of CONJUNCTIVITIS, either alone or in combination with borax, alum, sulphate of zinc, or cocaine. Finely powdered, it is sometimes' dusted on the inner surface of the eyelid in TRACHOMA. Borated lint is made by dipping lint into a saturated solution of boric acid. It is not a good application for the eye, as it becomes stiff and starchy in drying. ACIDUM CARBOLICUM. 2 9 BOROGLYCERINUM. Boroglycerin. Boroglycerin is made by adding boric acid to glycerin in the pres- ence of intense and prolonged heat. Its introduction is credited to Barff. Boroglycerin is a solid, containing about 40 per cent, of boric acid. It is readily soluble without precipitation in glycerin or water, and hence affords a convenient means of presenting any desired propor- tion of boric acid. A 50 per cent, solution of boroglycerin is a gly- cerin of syrupy consistence. In this form it is kept on hand by druggists, and dispensed under the name of " Glyceritum Boroglycerini." Boroglycerin is seldom used in full strength. For the treatment of open wounds it is a non-irritating and powerful antiseptic. Mr. Barwell employs it in a watery solution for washing out ABSCESS CAVITIES. Sir Henry Thompson speaks highly of boroglycerin used in a watery solution as an injection for CYSTITIS. It may be used in the proportion of one to fifty of water. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. The indications for the use of boroglycerin are not distinct from those of boric acid. It is a favorite application with some physicians. It appears to be especially adapted to APHTHOUS or HEMORRHAGIC ULCERATED SURFACES IN THE NASAL CHAMBER. It is an admirable application to the lines of incision in the after-treatment of operations on the nasal septum. Diseases of the Eye. Boroglycerin (50 per cent.) is a useful applica- tion in GRANULAR OPHTHALMIA, painted on the everted lid with a camel's hair brush or a small pledget of absorbent cotton. Gauze saturated with a 25 per cent, solution makes a clean and neat dressing after operations on the eyelids. ACIDUM CARBOLICUM. Carbolic Acid. Phenol. Phenic Acid. Phenylic Acid. Phenylic Alcohol. "A product of the distillation of coal tar between the temperatures of 180 and 190 C. (356 to 374 F.)." U. S. P. Several grades are in the market, of which No. I is the purest made by the manufac- turer whose name may be attached. Nos. 2, 3, 4, and 5 are less and less pure according to number. Nos. I and 2 are both crystalline ; Nos. 4 and 5 contain varying proportions of water and cresylic acid, and are quite dark in color. They contain, also, proportions of tar oils and tar acids. The crystalline acid become pinkish or brown under, exposure to light or air. The liquid carbolic acids, even when sold as pure, contain about ten per cent, of water or alcohol added to liquefy the crystalline acid. Carbolic acid is " soluble in 20 parts of water at 15 C. (59 F.). It is very soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzol, disulphide of carbon, glycerin, and fixed and volatile oils." U. S. P. The No. i or the No. 2 are the only acids that should be used for surgical purposes, as they are the only ones that entirely dissolve in water. The crystallized acid is best liquefied by putting the bottle in warm water, and upon its liquefaction, adding five or ten per cent, of water or 30 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. alcohol to maintain it in a fluid condition. Crude carbolic acid (Acidum carbolicum crudum) is also official in U. S. P., with the thought that it would be used externally or for disinfection. A carbolated cotton is prepared by steeping absorbent cotton in a solution of carbolic acid. Carbolic acid enters into the composition of DobelFs solution, if, indeed, its value does not almost entirely depend on it. The following is the formula: R. Sodii boratis, one drachm; glyceriti acidi carbolici (U. S. P. 1870), two drachms; sodii bicarbonatis, one drachm ; water, one-half pint. Carbolic acid is a stimulant and anti-fermentative. It rather prevents the formation of gases than destroys the odors which are caused by their presence. In weak solution it produces a peculiar cooling and analgesic impression. In a pure form it is a caustic. While carbolic acid is a para- siticide, the germicide properties often claimed for it are not uniformly accepted. Carbolic acid closely resembles creasote in its general proper- ties, but is more powerful (Mandl). Concentrated preparations coagulate albumin and gelatin. It should never be prescribed in concentrated forms, notwithstanding the inconvenience of using large quantities of weak solu- tions. Numerous accidents have occurred by its being taken in mistake for other medicine, and severe caustic effects ensue by its accidental appli- cation to the lining membrane of the nose and throat. The antidotes to burning or poisoning by carbolic acid, either internally or externally, are solutions of a soluble sulphate, e.g., sulphate of magnesium and sulphate of sodium. Saccharate of lime is also highly commended as an antidote, but this is not usually to be found in the shops. General Surgery. In antiseptic surgery carbolic acid for a long time held the foremost place, until the more general adoption of solutions of mercuric chloride. It still plays an important part in the antiseptic mode of treatment, particularly in cases in which mercurials cannot be used. Owing to the sharp corroding effect of all solutions of these salts on metallic substances, solutions of carbolic acid are to be preferred in disinfecting instruments prior-to an operation. As an antiseptic carbolic acid possesses the essential requisite of being a poison to those low forms of life which determine putrefaction, and it retains this power, even when diluted to such a degree as to be almost entirely unirritating to the tissues. It is also volatile, and its vapor is efficacious as an antiseptic. Koch finds that chlorine, bromine and corrosive sublimate are decidedly more efficacious in destroying the BACILLUS SPORES OF SPLENIC FEVER than carbolic acid. Where gases or heat cannot be employed, he recom- mends a mercuric salt, such as the mercuric chloride, sulphate or nitrate. Of these a solution of one part to a thousand of water kills the resisting spores in ten minutes, and one part in 15,000 is strong enough to kill micro-organisms. To accomplish the same result a very much stronger ACIDUM CARBOLICUM. 31 solution of carbolic acid must be employed. The ordinary five per cent, (or i to 20) solution, which is used in the majority of surgical operations, requires more than a day to destroy the spores of anthrax. To use solutions stronger than this is impracticable, because of the benumbing influences that are produced on the hands of the surgeon, and also the increased danger of absorption. These results are, however, rare, since it is customary to regard a three per cent, solution in water as able to destroy all germs in a few seconds or minutes. The surgeon washes his hands and cleanses his instruments in such a solution, believing that he has thereby rendered them free from living organisms. We see now, however, that beyond the mere mechanical effect of washing, such precau- tions are of no avail whatever in the case of organisms as resistant as are anthrax spores. Carbolic acid cannot, therefore, be regarded as a reliable disinfectant, since it has not the power of destroying resisting spores under the condi- tions of practical disinfection. Schotte and Gaertner have shown that to destroy putrefaction-organisms in dry objects, 15 grains of carbolic acid vapor to the cubic metre are required, so that disinfection of rooms by this method is impracticable. Carbolic acid dissolved in oil and alcohol is inert. Anthrax spores were found to be unaffected after lying for upwards of three months in a five per cent, solution of carbolic acid in oil, and equally so by seventy days exposure to a five per cent, solution in alcohol. Even the sensitive anthrax bacilli were not destroyed by a five per cent, solution of carbolic acid in oil. If carbolic acid comes in contact with substances containing water, for instance the tissues of the body, doubtless part of it will be taken up and exert some antiseptic action. In all other cases, as when it is sought to disinfect dry objects, such as instruments, silk, cat-gut, etc., by carbolized oil, there is no effect on even the least resisting micro-organisms, beyond that due to the oil itself. Bearing in mind that carbolic oil is inert, and that a two to five per cent, solution can make no impression upon spores in the brief time occupied by a surgical operation, and further that in order to prevent bacterial growth the carbolic acid must be present in the proportion of i to 400, it cannot any longer be a matter of surprise that in spite of the most scrupulous antiseptic precautions, bacteria often appear under a carbolized dressing. The strength of the two solutions of carbolic acid that are in general use in surgery is i to 20 and i to 40 ; the former is used for washing and dis- infecting recent wounds, suppurating surfaces, abscess cavities, etc. It is also used in the spray diluted to half strength with steam (i to 40). The weaker solution is used for a bath to place instruments in during opera- 32 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. tion. It is objectionable, as it in time discolors bright instruments, and soon destroys their cutting surfaces. For this purpose we have abandoned its use during the last year at the Episcopal Hospital in Philadelphia, and substituted the boiling of instruments in distilled water (made slightly alkaline with soda or ammonia, which prevents in a measure the discolor- ation brought about by boiling), trusting to the purifying effect of moist heat. In using the stronger carbolic acid solution, surgeons find great inconvenience from the unpleasant benumbing effect produced by having the fingers moistened by it even for a short period of time, in cold weather causing the hands to chap greatly. The more recent practice of Listerism is to use carbolic acid spray so as to keep the wounded surfaces under a fine mist of carbolic acid (i to 20) diluted with steam to i to 40, while carbolized oil cat-gut (by preference that prepared in chromic acid) is used for the ligation of arteries. The dressing in vogue is (i) specially prepared oiled silk on which a number of coats of dextrin have been painted, as a protection from the irritating effects of the acid ; (2) a coarse gauze made of cheese-cloth, impregnated with a mixture of car- bolic acid, paraffin, castor oil, resin and alcohol. About eight layers of the gauze are laid over the wound, which has previously been thoroughly cleansed with the i to 20 solution. Over this is laid a piece of mackintosh, wrung out of a solution of the same strength, and the entire dressing is retained by means of a bandage made from the gauze. For a number of years a solution of carbolic acid in olive oil (i to 10) has been used in the Pennsylvania Hospital. Lint saturated with this mixture is laid over the wound. Although worthless compared to the more modern antiseptic dressings, it is an exceedingly bland, clean, and pleasant application, especially to some varieties of BURNS and for the packing of sinuses about the rectum after operations for the cure of FIS- TULA. A similar preparation of carbolic acid and oil, though weaker (i to 20) is largely used to anoint instruments in urethral surgery, being much more convenient than cosmoline, the slight amount of carbolic acid having a sedative effect on the urethral mucous membrane. "Lund's Oil" is a favorite preparation in England for ANOINTING CATHETERS. It consists of olive oil and castor oil, each one ounce; carbolic acid, one drachm. It will be found usually more convenient in making solutions of carbolic acid to first dissolve it in glycerin, as then the globules of the acid are more readily broken up when they come in contact with water. In making solutions for baths for instruments, etc., (i to 40 and i to 20) the strength can readily be judged very accurately by the taste, by applying a little of the solution on the end of the finger to the tongue ; by this means much time and trouble are saved. Carbolic acid locally applied is an anaesthetic. A. H. Smith painted on his forearm a spot an inch in diameter, with an 85 per cent, solution ACIDUM CARBOLICUM. 33 of carbolic acid. For a minute it caused a slight burning, then the skin became quite numb, whitened, and shriveled ; at this point he made an incision one-half an inch long without feeling the knife, the wound healing as usual. Three hours afterward he thrust, without pain, a needle into the skin ; and next he applied a blister to the carbolized skin without causing pain or vesication. He found that in incising WHITLOWS this application greatly lessened the pain. A strong carbolized solution is an exceedingly good application to relieve the pain in superficial BURNS, care being taken to guard against absorption, should the surface be of large extent. Hiiter has used in his clinics carbolic acid hypodermically in the treat- ment of ERYSIPELAS (carbolic acid, one grain, distilled water, 80 minims). This solution is used in traumatic erysipelas ; five or six injections of 1 6 minims each are made in the healthy skin at several points around the erysipelatous patch. They are repeated during the day, and the treat- ment is pursued until the fever subsides and there is an arrest of the erysipelatous inflammation. Carbolic acid topically applied is useful in ANTHRAX. It may be injected into the neighborhood of the pustule (two to three minims of a two per cent, solution), twice a day for two or three days, a compress soaked in a solution i to 20 being frequently applied. Some advise painting over the part with strong acid. Many attempts have been made to introduce carbolic acid as a sub- stitute for the tincture of iodine in the treatment for the radical cure of HYDROCELE. It was a favorite injection with the late R. J. Levis, at the Pennsylvania Hospital, and has also been employed at the Massa- chusetts General Hospital. It may be used with advantage in very small hydroceles, employing from 20 minims to one-half ounce in glycer- in. It is less severe, but not nearly so reliable an injection as the tincture of iodine, recurrence after its employment being much more common. It should never be used if chronic orchids or much thickening of the sac is suspected, or in old or enfeebled persons. In NEURALGIA, relief may be obtained by painting the course of the painful nerve with a strong solution of carbolic acid. It has also been advised to inject hypodermically small quantities of the drug in close proximity to the seat of pain. In an obstinate case of SCIATICA, Dr. Levis painted the course of the sciatic nerve with the pure acid, with the effect of producing great amelioration. Diseases of the Skin. Carbolic acid is much employed in the treatment of diseases of the skin, chiefly as an antipruritic, in which it is surpassed by no other remedy with which we. are acquainted. Bulkley (The Local Use of Tar, etc., in the Treatment of Skin Diseases. Arch. 3 34 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Sfi. and Pract. Med,, April, 1873), believes this to be due to its stimu- lating effect and also to a specific benumbing of the sensory nerves. Pure carbolic acid acts powerfully upon the skin, but its effects are superficial. It coagulates the albumin and so produces a white surface, the depth of which may be increased by repeated applications (Bulkley). Dr. Bill, of the United States Army, has used carbolic acid as a local an- aesthetic, having been able to lay bare the radial artery of the arm, in his own case, without pain. We have now, however, better local anaesthetics (see Cocaine, Rhigolene). Bill first applies, for fifteen minutes or half an hour, a weak solution of carbolic acid, either by compresses or soaking the whole part, then traces with a camel's hair brush dipped in the strong- est acid the course of the intended incision (Amer. Jour. Med. Sci., 1870; October, 1870, p. 573). As an antiseptic in FOUL and INDOLENT ULCERS a lotion of eight to fifteen grains to the ounce is often useful. It may also be added to the linimentum calcis (See Calx.) used in BURNS. In PRURITUS and CHRONIC ECZEMA carbolic acid is one of the most effi- cient antipruritic remedies we possess. A lotion containing three drachms of carbolic acid, an ounce of glycerin and a pint of water will be found most useful in a great number of pruritic skin diseases. Combined with caustic potassa carbolic acid acts not only as an anti- pruritic but also as a discutient, aiding in the disappearance of INFIL- TRATED PATCHES of ECZEMA. The following formula, suggested by Bulk- ley, we have often used with satisfactory results: R. Acid carbolic, 31] ; Potas. caustic, %} ; Aquae, gv (by weight). M. Ft. Sol. It should be used much diluted at first, and afterwards strengthened as the patient can bear it. Carbolic acid has been largely used as a parasiticide. In the animal parasitic diseases we have so many other satisfactory remedies that we need rarely have recourse to carbolic acid excepting to combat the PRURITUS which sometimes follows the disease itself. In TINEA TONSURANS, however, carbolic acid is one of the most effi- cient remedies. It may be used in various strengths, combined with glycerin. In older children the carbolized glycerin, one part of car- bolic acid to two of glycerin, may be applied to the patches of RING- WORM, while a weaker solution, one part to eight of glycerin, may be applied to the scalp generally as a preventive. Weaker solutions should be used in younger children. In DERMATITIS CONGELATIONIS (chilblain), Lassar recommends the following: R. Acid carbolic., grs. xvss; Ung. plurnbi, Lanolin, aa 3 V > Ol. amygdali, fSiiss; Ol. lavanduli, gtt. xx. M. Bulkley has often used, with very good results, an ointment of carbolic ACIDUM CARBOLICUM. 35 acid, )j to 3J, in FROSTED FINGERS and TOES (ERYTHEMA CALORICUM) with ulceration, the pain subsiding at once and healthy reparative action ensuing. Frankel (Wien Med. Presse, October, 1888), recommends carbolic acid for the removal of WARTS. The skin surrounding the wart should be covered with cotton, and thus protected. Then by means of a glass rod the liquid carbolic acid should be applied to the wart, and allowed to dry. No pain is felt. In a few days a part of the wart will fall off; renew its application until all has been removed. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. In the treatment of OTORRHEA, carbolic acid acts as a disinfectant and stimulant in lotions of strengths varying from one to five drops of the acid to an ounce of water. An equal quantity of sulphate of zinc may be added. A two per- cent, solution has been instilled in the exposed meatus to relieve the pain of OTITIS. The weaker solution alone should be employed in ACUTE PER- FORATIONS OF THE TYMPANIC MEMBRANE. Objections are urged against its use, from its liability to irritate the skin of the external meatus. The pure acid may be applied with a probe to GRANULATIONS OF THE Mu- cous LINING OF THE MIDDLE EAR. H. Hartmann (Deutsch med. Woch- enschrift, No. 13, 1887, P- 4 I 4)> recommends the use of a 10 per cent, solution of carbolic acid and glycerin in acute OTITIS MEDIA ; it not only reduces discharge, but relieves pain. It is not without its advocates in DIPHTHERIA. A pigment of three grains to the ounce of water, or one part of the acid to three or five of the alcohol, may be used. Gaucher (Brit. Med. Journal, November 23, 1889, P- TI ^5) claims that a pledget of cotton wrapped on a cotton car- rier, soaked in a preparation of four scruples (5.2 grammes) of carbolic acid, three drachms (n grammes) of alcohol, and one-half ounce (15.5 grammes) of castor oil, pressed on the false membrane, desiccates it, and renders the removal easy ; after its removal the solution may be employed once a day. M. Broudel (Gaz. des Hopitaux, December n, 1886), em- ploys a somewhat similar preparation. Falkenheim (Verein fur wissen- schaftliche Heilkunde in Konigsberg, November 5, 1888), injects the acid into the substance of the tonsil in this disease. As an inhalation or spray, in strength of four to eight grains to the ounce, carbolic acid is used in the treatment of CROUP. A five per cent, solution is occasionally used as a spray in BRONCHITIS. In all affections of the respiratory passages in which there is great fetor, arising from con- stantly renewing sources, as in SYPHILIS, CARCINOMA OF THE LARYNX, GANGRENE OF THE LUNGS, BRONCHORRHCEA, PYOPNEUMOTHORAX, etc., carbolic acid inhaled in proportions of three to six drops to half a pint of water gives good results. 36 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. The value of the acid in NASAL AFFECTIONS has led to combinations being made with other agents of repute. Thus Hager adds one part of the acid to three of absolute alcohol, one of caustic ammonia and two distilled water, the mixture being preserved in a dark stoppered vial. The preparation is known as " Hager 1 s Anticatarrhal Mixture. ' ' A few drops on blotting paper folded in a cone shape is held to the nose, the eyes are closed and deep inspirations are taken. Percy Boulton has proposed to combine the properties of carbolic acid and iodine as follows: R. Tinct. iodinii comp., n^ xlv; Acid carbolic cryst., TTL vj ; Glycerini, g j ; Aqua, destillat., v. A peculiar penetrating odor results from this union which to many persons is disagreeable. The physician's office and dwelling becomes fairly saturated with it if the prescription is in common use. A similar preparation to the above is in high repute in Germany for treatment of FISSURE OF THE TONGUE. G. Lefferts modifies the mixture by adding to a drachm each of carbolic acid and iodine, one ounce each of powdered charcoal and camphor. A sufficient quantity of benzoin is added to make a paste, and 20 drops of oil of lavender are added to correct the odor. The preparation is to be inhaled through the nose from a wide- mouthed, glass stoppered bottle. Moure (La Tribune Medicale, 1889,) adds 15 grains of carbolic acid to 45 of crystallized resorcin, largely diluted in water to which a small proportion of glycerin has been added. (300 grains aqua and 500 grains glycerin.) Carbolic acid can be used in great strength in the nose when applied in small quantity to selected surfaces. But in the form of the lotion the strength must be graded by the amount which can be borne comfortably upon the lips and the pharynx. Thus, a pigment of 10 to 20 grains to the ounce might be applied to the interior of the nose with safety when a strength so great would excite irritation of the lips and the throat. In directing carbolic acid to be use'd in the form of a nasal bougie, one-half grain is usually introduced in each mass. Boulton's solution may be used in this way : one-quarter minim of the deliquesced crystals is added to five minims of Lugol's solution. Carbolic acid has been employed by E. F. Henderson (St. Louis Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan. 1886 28) as an injection to HYPERTROPHIES OF THE INTERIOR OF THE NOSE. Rumboldt (St. Louis Medical Archives, 1873) places carbolic acid at the head of the list of remedies for local application in the treatment of ACUTE and CHRONIC INFLAMMATION OF THE THROAT AND NOSE. He recommends from two to five grains to the ounce of water. In his judgment a slight smarting sensation should ensue after each application. Crystals of carbolic acid rendered soluble by heat are used in treating sinuses leading through gum tissue to bone. Cure of PYORRHEA ALVEO- ACIDUM CARBOLICUM. 37 LARIS can be effected by the persistent use of this agent. It is also known that ALVEOLAR ABSCESS can be successfully treated if the pure acid can be forced through the root in the sac of the old abscess and allowed to escape by the fistulous tract. Thorner {Trans. Ohio State Med. Soc., 1889), for TONSILLITIS, paints the parts with a preparation of carbolic acid, tannic acid, each 30 grains to the ounce, combined with a small proportion of mor- phine. The haemostatic properties of carbolic acid have received little attention. As a coagulant of albumin, and astringent it doubtless will have value in concentrated preparations. A. Jamison {Brit. Med. Jour., April 21, 1888) found a preparation of one-half drachm of the acid to an ounce of glycerin checks slight BLEEDING FROM THE PHARYNX. A solution of carbolic acid, one to forty, will often be found a very pleasant mouth-wash in CANCEROUS DISEASE OF THE TONGUE, and other foul conditions involving the buccal cavity. A mixture of carbolic acid and collodion is useful in TOOTHACHE due to an exposed and inflamed pulp. A jelly is made by melting some crystalline carbolic acid in a test tube, then adding an equal part of collodion. A portion of this preparation on cotton is inserted into the cavity of the painful tooth, with sometimes aggravation of the pain, but in a few seconds it begins to diminish and then soon ceases (Ringer). In CHRONIC LARYNGITIS accompanied with diminished secretion carbolic acid is one of the best topical remedies ; a mixture of one-half to a drachm of the crystals to an ounce of glycerin is prepared and the remedy applied directly by a brush or cotton pledget to the interior of the larynx. Usually, however, the acid is used by inhalation to any point below the level of the pharynx. Twenty drops to forty in a pint of water with a small amount of glycerin is inhaled at 140 F. for correction of FETOR and as a soothing preparation in SYPHILITIC ULCERATIONS and CARCINOMA. But twenty-five to thirty grains to the ounce have been recommended (one-fourth to one-half) by Moritz. {St. Petersburg Med. Wochen., 1876, 39.) As we have seen, the vapor from stronger preparations of the acid may be drawn within the respiratory passages in many of its inflammatory states. As an inhalant in WHOOPING-COUGH Sajous recommends the formula: R. Acidi carbolici, tt^ij; Alcoholis, Succ. conii, aa n^xx; Aquas, Oss, at 140 F. Lozenges and pastilles of carbolic acid contain a fourth of a grain to a grain of the drug. An application of carbolic acid of a 30-per-cent strength, employed by a practitioner who desired to remove by its means an exudation upon the tonsil, which was in a state of follicular inflammation, immediately caused a light opalescent color to appear on the parts; the uvula became irregularly spotted with patches of a dense white hue and the velum 38 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. became cedematous. The agent had no effect upon the exudation. Two conclusions can be drawn from such an imprudent application ; first, it entirely failed to accomplish the object which the practitioner had in view, and secondly, it masked the characteristic appearance of the disease. Inhalations of carbolic acid mingled with air at a high temperature are said by A. E. Samson ("Antiseptic System," London, 1871, p. 91) to possess decided advantages over any other means of using this agent as a local application in PHTHISIS or BRONCHITIS. The carbolic acid is liquefied by the addition of alcohol and the liquid allowed to fall a few drops at a time upon an appropriately heated surface. An ordinary thick tea-cup or egg-cup, which has previously been heated in the oven or by allowing a small quantity of alcohol to burn in the cup until it is extinguished, is first prepared, then the mixture of carbolic acid and alcohol is poured a few drops at a time while the patient inhales the resulting vapor. The first effect is a slight disposition to increase the cough ; soon, however, tolerance is established ; the COUGH is diminished, the EXPECTORATION is decreased, and the FETOR is corrected. The treatment is not adapted to instances in which haemoptysis is likely to occur. Tissie (Revue de Laryng. d' Otol. et de Rhinol., May i, 1891) employs carbolic acid in combination with aqua ammonia and alcohol as an inhalant. Five grams each of the acid and ammonia water are added to ten grams of alcohol in 15 grams of water. A few drops are poured upon a piece of absorb- ent paper and inhaled. Diseases of the Eye. Carbolic acid being more irritating and less efficient than some other antiseptics, is not much used by ophthalmic sur- geons except to disinfect their hands and instruments. For the latter purpose a four per cent, solution is used. The keen edges of delicate knives, however, are liable to be impaired by it, and boiling water or alcohol with careful wiping with absorbent cotton is preferable. The late Dr. Williams, of Cincinnati, strongly recommended carbolic acid as a caustic in the treatment of INDOLENT OR SLOUGHING ULCERS OF THE CORNEA. He applied it by means of the end of a small probe dipped into the pure acid. " Glycerite of carbolic acid' 1 (one part to four not official), has been recommended as an application to GRANULAR LIDS, but has not met with general acceptance. " PHENOL SODIQUE." "Phenol Sodique " is a proprietary article. It is here conveniently treated under the general heading of carbolic acid. In its preparation a crude carbolic acid-phenol, together with a group of hydrocarbons, ethers and acids (notably cresylic acid) obtained by the distillation of coal tar, is neutralized by the addition of soda, the result giving a non-irritating ACIDUM CHROMICUM. 39 sedative mixture. Lint or gauze may be saturated with " phenol sodique," diluted with water, and used in the treatment of WOUNDS, ABRASIONS, etc. Undoubtedly " phenol sodique " possesses many of those antiseptic properties which are found through the entire series of the phenylic com- pounds. In the treatment of BURNS " phenol sodique " added to cosmo- line, equal parts, is regarded by many practitioners as a cleanly, sedative dressing, containing many of the properties of carbolic acid. ACIDUM CHROMICUM. Chromic Acid. Chromic acid, or, more properly, chromic anhydride, is " in the form of anhydrous, acicular crystals, of a brilliant crimson red color, and of acid metallic taste, deliquescent, and very soluble in water, forming an orange red solution." U. S. D. " On contact, trituration, or warming with strong alcohol, glycerin, spirit of nitrous ether, and other easily oxidizable substances, it is liable to cause sudden combustion or explosion." U. S. P. Chromic acid is occasionally contaminated with sulphuric acid, sometimes con- taining as high as seven per cent. It should be practically entirely free from sulphuric acid, as is contemplated by the Pharmacopoeia. Pure chromic acid and solutions of about two drachms to the fluidounce of water are escharotic. Thus used this agent is a powerful caustic. It oxidizes the tissues and abstracts their moisture. Its action is slow. When used on a surface the sensibility of which is unobtunded chromic acid is followed by burning pain which, however, is of shorter duration than that of most caustics. Weak solutions are stimulant and alterative. General Surgery. Chromic acid is commonly used in solution with water or in a paste made with charcoal and water. It was introduced as an escharotic by Mr. Marshall, as a substitute for nitric acid and acetic acid, for the removal of SYPHILITIC WARTS, VEGETATIONS, and SMALL DERMAL GROWTHS. Different strengths may be employed according to the effect that is to be produced ; two drachms to the fluidounce of water will, as a rule, be a sufficiently strong destructive agent. The solution is best applied by means of a pointed glass rod, or, where a large quantity is required, by a glass tube drawn to a point. Only so much should be applied as will saturate the diseased growth, avoiding the surrounding healthy mucous membrane or skin. Although it may not destroy the skin or mucous membrane, it may give rise to an unnecessary amount of inflammation. Any superfluous acid may be removed with a piece of wet lint. We have often found that a small piece of adhesive plaster, in which a hole has been cut large enough to allow the growth to protrude through it, will protect the surrounding skin from the action of the agent. The first effect of the acid, when applied to WARTS, is to produce a slight pain. If, however, an ulcerated surface is touched, the pain is of a burning character, but not so intolerable as that produced by nitrate of 40 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. silver or nitric acid. If the pain should be severe, the application of olive oil will at once alleviate it. After its use, the best immediate dressing is dry lint applied to the surface of the growth, and after this zinc ointment. Under the influence of chromic acid morbid growths rapidly dissolve or waste away. In some cases one application will suffice, but if the warts are large repeated cauterizations are necessary. In using this method care must be exercised, as in several instances death has followed the application of chromic acid to a large number of con- dylomata at a single sitting. We have found chromic acid of great value in treating small SALIVARY FISTUL/E. It is applied by heating a delicate silver probe almost to redness and inserting it into the crystals of the acid, which melt and adhere, leaving a smooth coating of chromic acid on the instrument. This can be inserted along the fistulous tract, which in a short time will start up a growth of granulations, closing the sinus. SESSILE PILES, where there is a bright granular patch of mucous mem- brane which bleeds at the slightest touch, can be cured by the application of chromic acid. After the patient has been etherized, the sphincter stretched, and the patch exposed with the speculum, the surface is well dried with cotton and the acid is painted on with a glass brush, care being taken that none comes in contact with'the skin or margin of the anus. A morphine suppository is then introduced to prevent pain or spasm. A superficial slough usually comes away in the course of a few days without being noticed, and the granulating surface left contracts and obliterates the deeper parts of the vessels. (Moullin.) Chromic acid is used in the preparation of CATGUT LIGATURES, in order to make them resist the absorbing influences of the tissues. They are pre- pared in the following manner : Place catgut in ether for forty-eight hours ; then immerse in the following for forty-eight hours, and place in dry, sterilized, tightly-closed vessels, or carbolic acid, i to 20: R. Acid chromic, gr. ss ; Acid carbolic, gr. c; Alcohol, f 3j ; Aquae, f3xj. Diseases of the Skin. Chromic acid is sometimes used in sub- stance upon the surface of EPITHELIOMATOUS AND LUPOID ULCERS. In TINEA CIRCINATA it is applied in solution, one drachm of the acid to an ounce of water A single application usually suffices. It is also use- ful in other VEGETABLE PARASITIC SKIN DISEASES. In CONDYLOMATA and VERRUCA ACUMINATA a solution of two drachms to the ounce of water is effectual, though somewhat painful. In ordinary CORNS and WARTS this solution, or even a stronger one, may be used with advantage. It has also been employed as a stimulant in CHRONIC ECZEMA, but we think that other stimulants, as solutions of potassa caustica, nitrate of silver, tincture of cantharides, lactic acid, etc., are better. Chromic acid has been successfully employed in the treatment of HYPERIDROSIS, particularly in sweating of the feet. The application of a ACIDUM CHROMICUM. 41 10 per cent, solution (gr. j to fj water), repeated every three or six weeks, is said to be sufficient to prevent any inconvenience. A limited experience has shown us that this remedy, although useful, is not certain to cure the affection. A further experience may, however, establish its usefulness among other remedies. Chromic acid has also been recommended as an application to the interior of CYSTIC TUMORS, and would, therefore, probably prove valuable in sebaceous tumors of the skin. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, Throat, etc. Chromic acid is used in the mouth, throat, and nose, for caustic or stimulant purposes. As a caustic, the acid is valuable in the treatment of FIBROUS HYPERTROPHIES and POLYPOID GROWTHS of the mucous membranes. It is of special efficacy in the reduction of HYPERPLASIA 'OF THE TURBINALS. Owing to the fact that it contains no sulphuric acid, Merck's preparation of chromic acid is to be preferred. The crystals can be crushed on the end of a delicate spatula and carried to the selected spot, or fused on the end of a metallic probe, as in the case of the nitrate of silver. Bresgen pro- vides a probe the end of which is covered with cotton ; on this point he lays some crystals of the acid and ^gain covers the whole with a layer of cotton ; when applied a short time to the required spot, the acid dissolves and the desired end is obtained. A. W. MacCoy has devised an instru- ment which conceals the fused acid borne on the end of a stylet within a cannula composed of a spiral spring of composition metal. The entirely deliquesced crystals which constitute a concentrated solution of the acid is of caustic strength, but is much milder in its effects than the fused or crushed crystals. According to Squibb (The Ephemeris, July, 1883), chromic acid is an active oxidizing agent. The product of oxidation is an insoluble and inert oxide of chromium. The caustic effect is strictly self- limited. So powerful an agent cannot be used without careful attention to details. It is necessary to remember that the acid must not be applied to large surfaces at one sitting ; that the part must be freed from mucus so as to prevent this secretion acting as a medium to distribute an irritating fluid elsewhere. In making applications to the larynx it is necessary to remember that enough of the dissolved acid may pass into the pharyngeal mucus and be swallowed to induce nausea if not a toxic impression. The parts therefore should be flushed with a weak alkaline solution directly after the application is made. In intra-nasal use the acid is capable of exciting artificial catarrh, accompanied with edema. The odor is unpleasant and with some patients prohibitory. The caustic effect is active when exhibited on NASAL POLYPUS. F. Donaldson (Arch, of Laryngology, 1883, 4,175) carries the acid by means of pointed glass probes directly into the substance of the growth. Verneuil praises chromic acid in TUBERCULOSIS OF THE TONGUE and ICHTHYOSIS. 42 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. In the treatment of ENLARGED TONSILS B. Fraenkel thrusts fine needle points into the crypts. Woakes {Lancet, 1890) uses a saturated solution for injection into RANULA. A cure is rapidly accomplished. Chromic acid is also of good repute in the treatment of CHRONIC LARYNGITIS. Sajous believes it to be especially indicated when the affected parts are covered with arborescent vessels. The network of vessels is destroyed without causing cicatrices or plastic inflammation of the deeper tissues. W. C. Jarvis {Trans. Laryngology, 1884) especially recommends this agent for the treatment of LARYNGEAL PAPILLOMATA. The remedy has distinct limitations. Solutions have also been used as lotions for the nasal passages in HAY- FEVER. One part to twelve may be applied to granulating surfaces. H. McNaughton Jones mentions a lotion of ten to twenty grains to the ounce for a stimulating wash to the naso-pharynx. A lotion of ten grains to the ounce has been proposed by R. A. Sterling (Australian Med. Journal, April, 1885) for SYPHILITIC ULCERS of the throat and nose. Moullin recommends for CHRONIC SUPERFICIAL GLOSSITIS, chromic acid, gr. xx-fSj, painted over the tongue once or twice a week : this will be found a satisfactory means of dealing with the condition. In SYPHILITIC LARYNGITIS the acid may be used with advantage, according to Escam- bert, in the proportion of one part of the acid to eight of water. Diseases of the Eye. Chromic acid may be used to remove WARTS ON THE EYELIDS or as an application to small EPITHELIAL ULCERS. It is applied by means of a splinter of wood or a glass rod, or a small pledget of absorbent cotton on the end of a fine probe. ACIDUM CITRICUM. Citric Acid. " Colorless, right rhombic prisms, not deliquescent except in moist air, efflorescent in warm air, odorless, having an agreeable, purely acid taste, and an acid reaction." (U. S. P.) It is soluble in three-fourths of its weight of cold and half of its weight of boiling water; in its weight of alcohol and half its weight of boiling alcohol; insoluble in pure ether, arid in chloroform, benzol, and benzin. It is apt to be adulterated or sub- stituted by tartaric acid. This fraud is easily detected by the addition of a solution of potash to a solution of the suspected acid, when if tartaric acid is present, bitartrate of potassium will be precipitated. Diseases of the Skin. Citric acid, as well as juice of the lemon, or lime, have been employed in the local treatment of several different skin affections. The pain accompanying some forms of EPITHELIOMA is , said to be assuaged by lotions containing five or six grains of citric acid to the ounce of water. Lemon or lime juice, pure or diluted, has been employed to loosen the fatty plugs in COMEDO, to hasten the cure in TINEA KERION, to allay ACIDUM GALLICUM. 43 the itching and stinging of URTICARIA, and also as a local application in SUDAMEN, or " PRICKLY HEAT," and in PRURITUS. The modus opei" andi of the drug in these affections has never been explained. Diseases of the Mouth, Throat, etc. From its agreeable taste citric acid enters into the composition of confections and lozenges, each mass containing two grains of the agent. Citrate of potash may take its place. ACIDUM GALLICUM. Gallic Acid. Like tannic acid, gallic acid is obtained from galls, and really is a product of the action of a ferment in the presence of water upon tannic acid, converting it into gallic acid. It is in delicate, shiny, acicular crystals, almost colorless. " It is inodorous, of a sourish, as- tringent taste, and of an acid reaction." (U. S. D.) " It is soluble in loo parts of cold and three of boiling water, in four and five-tenths parts of alcohol, in one part of boiling alcohol, in three parts of absolute alcohol and 39 parts of absolute ether." (U. S. D.) A solution of 40 grains to the ounce in glycerin may be diluted by water without precipitation. Unlike tannic acid, it does not precipitate solution of gelatin. The only official preparation is the ointment (Unguentum Acidi Gallici), containing ten per cent, of gallic acid. Gallic acid has the local properties of tannic acid ; while a weaker astringent than it, it possesses the advantage of being less irritating. General Surgery. As a topical astringent application gallic acid is greatly inferior to tannic acid, as it does not coagulate albumin. D. H. Agnew recommends equal parts of gallic acid and iodoform as a dusting application in the treatment of CHANCROIDS. This combination is especially useful when the sore has an indolent appearance and a ten- dency to sero-purulent discharge. Equal parts of the ointment of gallic acid and ointment of stramonium is one of the most serviceable topical applications for EXTERNAL PILES. In a great majority of cases this, in conjunction with either hot or cold water sitz-baths, twice daily, and the use of a mercurial, will relieve the patient in a short time. Agnew also advises the use of gallic acid and glycerin as a prophylactic in the treat- ment of delicate and TENDER NIPPLES, care being taken that the breast is thoroughly cleaned before nursing. Diseases of the Throat. Some writers believe that the addition of one-third gallic acid to two-thirds tannic acid in local treatment of the inflammations of the nose and throat, diminishes the irritative effects of the latter without lessening its astringent properties. Used in the form of a lozenge, each mass should contain two grains of the agent. 44 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. ACIDUM HYDROCHLORICUM. Hydrochloric Acid. Muriatic Acid. " A liquid composed of thirty-one and nine-tenths of absolute hydrochloric acid and sixty-eight and one-tenth of water." (U. S. P.) Absolute hydrochloric acid is a gas, and the official hydrochloric acid, as will be seen, contains approximately 32 per cent, of this gas dissolved in water. It is " a colorless, fuming liquid, of a pungent, suffocating odor, an intensely acid taste, and a strongly acid reaction." (U. S. P.) It emits white fumes when exposed to the air, owing to the escaping hydrochloric acid gas uniting either with the moisture of the at- mosphere or with any ammonia that may be therein. Commercial hydrochloric acid is not fit even for external use, because of its impurity. Hydrochloric acid combines with all the alkalies, and most earths, with oxides and with carbonates, forming salts. It is incompatible with solutions of sulphide of potassium, nitrate of silver, and subacetate of lead. Dilute hydrochloric acid is official and is composed of six parts of hydrochloric acid mixed with 13 parts of water. Hydrochloric acid is a mild escharotic and stimulant. General Surgery. Hydrochloric acid, though belonging to the group of strong acids, occupies but a small space compared with the other acids as a topical application. For caustic purposes it is practically use- less, and consequently is never employed. It is, however, of great service for softening plaster-of-Paris bandages, so that they may be easily divided with an ordinary knife. It is usually applied with a glass pipette to the part that is to be cut through. In the absence of a pipette, a small swab of cotton on the end of a stick may be saturated with acid and drawn a few times over the surface of the bandages. In this way thick, heavy bandages may be readily separated with little effort. Hydrochloric acid is of great service in the removal from the fingers and nails of the stains following the use of permanganate of potash. It is used in the preparation of sponges for surgical purposes. (See Spongia.) Andrews (Kansas City Medical Record, September, 1887,) advocates the REMOVAL OF SEQUESTRA by injecting dilute hydrochloric acid through the cloaca, thus dissolving the dead bone. In OSTITIS and CARIES, Chassaignac advises the use of the acid for the REMOVAL OF THE CRUMBLING BONE. It may be injected, or applied by means of a cotton swab. In CYSTITIS, when the urine is very alkaline, with a large amount of phosphatic deposits, as is often seen in cases of fracture of the vertebrse, injections of hydrochloric acid, from one-half to one minim to a fluid ounce of water is of service. Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat. Hydrochloric acid when employed pure is a caustic on mucous surfaces. As such it is employed in NOMA AND PUTRID SORE THROAT. Diluted with three parts of honey it constitutes one of the older applications for DIPHTHERIA (Bretonneau). A stimulating gargle is formed by adding ten minims of ACIDUM HYDROCYANICUM ACIDUM LACTICUM. 45 the dilute acid and 24 minims of glycerin to an ounce of water. The teeth would be injured by prolonged use of such a preparation. Hydro- chloric acid is but little employed in the throat or nose. It is a weak caustic the eschar soon falling off. ACIDUM HYDROCYANICUM DILUTUM. Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. Prussic Acid. " A liquid composed of two per cent, of absolute hydrocyanic acid and 98 per cent, of alcohol and water." (U. S. P.) " A colorless liquid, of a characteristic odor and taste resembling those of bitter almonds, and having a slightly acid reaction." (U. S. P.) It should be kept in well stopped bottles and not exposed to the light. The preparation known as Scheele's medicinal hydrocyanic acid is two and a half times as strong as the official diluted acid, containing as it does five per cent, of absolute hydrocyanic acid. Diseases of the Skin. Hydrocyanic acid is employed as a sedative in URTICARIA, PRURITUS VULV^E, ECZEMA and ERYTHEMA. It is commonly applied as a lotion in the proportion of half a drachm to a drachm of th6 diluted acid to the ounce of water. Its effect is uncertain and variable. Its chief advantage over other antipruritic sedative applications is in its agreeable odor. It should not be employed over an abraded surface, and hence should rarely be employed in eczema and only with some cau- tion in pruritus vulvas. In ERYTHEMA MULTIFORME, when itching is present, the hydrocyanic acid lotion is useful, and it often relieves the annoying symptoms of URTICARIA. Cyanide of potassium is sometimes employed instead of hydrocyanic acid, in ointment of the strength of six grains to the ounce of cold cream, or in lotion of the strength of two grains to the ounce of water. Diseases of the Throat. Diluted in the strength of three drops of dilute hydrocyanic acid to a half pint of water at a temperature from 80 F. to 120 F., a preparation is obtained which is recommended by M. Mackenzie, Lefferts and Sajous as a potent sedative in the SPASMODIC IRRITATIVE COUGH in the first stage of PHTHISIS, as well as in attacks of ASTHMA and HAY FEVER. A few inhalations will often arrest a severe paroxysm. ACIDUM LACTICUM. Lactic Acid. Lactic acid of pharmacy is a " liquid composed of 75 per cent, of absolute lactic acid, and 25 per cent, of water. It is a nearly colorless, syrupy liquid, having an acid taste, and an acid reaction. " (U. S. P.) Lactic acid is a caustic to highly organized tissues and a solvent for horny epithelium. It also possesses mild antiseptic properties. General Surgery. Lactic acid was not much used as a topical application in surgery until Mosetig-Moorhof brought it into prominent 46 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. notice as a slow destructive agent in the treatment of EPITHELIOMA, LUPUS and TUBERCULOUS ULCERATIONS. According to his statement we have in lactic acid, when applied locally, a slow caustic action, destroy- ing only the diseased part and not affecting the healthy tissue, and result- ing in a short time in the complete removal of all affected tissue. A great deal of evidence is brought to bear that these statements are not correct, and that lactic acid is equally destructive to healthy and diseased tissue. Cheron (Gaz. de Gynecol., February i, 1888) recommends it in the treatment of VAGINAL ULCERATION that has resisted other means of treatment. It has been used in TUBERCULOUS ULCERATION OF THE TONGUE. Lactic acid, 80 parts; water, 20 parts, brushed daily over the ulcerated surface with a camel's hair brush. (Rev. de Therap, April i, 1889.) Diseases of the Skin. Lactic acid in a pure concentrated form has been used successfully in the treatment of TYLOSIS. The fluid is well rubbed in by the aid of a brush of cotton or lint tied to a short stick. The effect of the application is to soften the overgrown epidermic masses, which easily peel off after a few days' treatment. The hypertrophy returns, but by persistence a cure eventually results, according to Knocke. {Jour. Cut. and Ven. Dis., v, 1887, p. 122.*) Lactic acid has also been used in VERRUCA, CHLOASMA and LENTIGO. In the case of the two latter the acid should be diluted with three parts of water. In LUPUS VULGARIS lactic acid, applied pure or made into a paste with salicylic acid, has been employed with success. A piece of lint wet with the lactic acid, or a thin layer of the paste, is applied to the diseased part and then covered with gutta percha, the surrounding healthy tissue having been protected by ointments or gutta percha solution. After 24 hours the dressing is removed, the resulting ulcer dressed with iodoform gauze, and this dressing remains for 48 hours. Lactic acid is then once more applied and the procedure repeated. Mosetig-Moorhof ( Cbl. f. Chir., 1885, p. 193) appears to have been the first to find that concentrated lactic acid brought in contact with fungous granulations changed these into a soft blackish mass. Applied to LUPUS, EPITHELIOMA and FLAT PAPILLOMA, the entire tissue, stroma and all, became changed to a blackish mass. The acid is applied as above, pure or made into a paste with salicylic acid. The application is to be made at intervals of 12 hours. Diseases of the Ear, Throat, and Nose. To produce the caustic effect of lactic acid in the nose, mouth, and throat the agent must be used pure. Solutions of varying strengths are demanded in other clinical conditions. Victor Lange {Archives of Otology, vol. 17, No. i) applies ACIDUM LACTICUM. 47 lactic acid, 15 to 30 per cent., with good results in CHRONIC SYPHILITIC CONDITIONS OF THE MIDDLE EAR. It corrects odor and diminishes the discharge. C. Astier {Rev. Gen. Clinique et de Therap., February 7, 1899) recommends lactic acid for HYPERTROPHY OF THE NASAL Mucous MEMBRANE. The author employs two parts of the acid to one of water. Jellinek ( Centralblatt f. Laryngologie, 1886) finds the acid available for small, recent, SHALLOW ULCERS and SOFT INFILTRATIONS, also in GRANULAR PHARYNGITIS, ATROPHIC and HYPERTROPHIC CATARRH. Rafin uses an eighty per cent, solution of lactic acid in the local treatment of LUPUS in the nasal passage. Cartaz recommends it in the treatment of NASAL TUBERCULOSIS. In NASAL DIPHTHERIA a spray of a drachm of the acid to the ounce of water is spoken of highly by M. Mackenzie. In the more usual pharyngeal form of this disease a weaker preparation will suffice, viz., a strength of twenty minims to the ounce of water. If the child does not permit spraying, the preparation may be used as a pigment. Reports vary as to the value of lactic acid in TUBERCULOUS ULCERATION of the tongue. Poncet {Lyons Medical, January, 1887) found it to be painful, while it proved to be futile, in his attempts to heal the ulcer. On the other hand, Rafin {Ibid., July 8, 1888) extols its use. Applications made twice daily for six weeks resulted in a cure. A solution of a strength of eighty per cent, was employed. . ' H. Krause {Berliner klin. Woe hens chrift, 1885, 462) called attention to this drug as a local remedy for LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS. He was led to make a trial from its known value in the treatment of LUPUS. It is now by most observers accepted as one of the best of topical applications in the condition named. J. Sedziak {Journal of Laryngology and Rhinology, 1889, 232) claims in 73.3 per cent, more or less favorable effects, follow its use. The cases in which failure was noted were those which had been under observation but a short time, or in which there had been ex- tensive complications prohibiting the free use of the acid. Even in the most unfavorable circumstances he states that the applications facilitate deglutition. The acid is used in strengths varying from ten to one hundred per cent. It is well to begin with a weak solution and gradually increase its strength, since it is known that in some cases irrita- tions of a high grade may follow if a sound mucous membrane be involved in an application. The solution is usually applied by the brush. A sen- sation of burning may ensue which may have a duration of several hours ; this in a measure is assuaged by the subsequent applications of cocaine, of ten or fifteen or twenty per cent. If much hardened infiltration be pres- ent, it is well to precede the application by scarification or curetting. On soft infiltration lactic acid acts more quickly than on the hard, and with especial rapidity upon ulcerated surfaces; it appears to be thus applicable in ULCERS which exist on the vocal cords. Dysphagia is almost 48 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. always diminished and sometimes ceases. The applications are recom- mended to be made every second day at first, but subsequently every day. Laryngeal spasm can be overcome by an application of cocaine, from ten to twenty per cent. Since the effect of cocaine upon laryngeal structures is transient, the acid should be used soon after the analgesia is developed. If ulceration be present, the acid should be rubbed on the ulcerated places thoroughly. The action of the lactic acid on secretions in which blood enters is to color them brown. It is not easy to make applications of lactic acid on the epiglottis, and it is probably due to this that affec- tions of the epiglottis are more or less resistant to the acid. Before making applications, the parts should be cleansed and all masses of tenacious mucus removed. Hering was the first to employ the acid by parenchymatous injections. He especially indicates its use in the case of mushroom growths on the posterior region ; also, in cases of recent extensive INFILTRATION OF THE EPIGLOTTIS. Krause injected under the mucous membrane a solution of 30 per cent, to the amount of three to five drops, but subsequently, owing to the inflammatory action of the acid, he diminished it to 10 per cent. G. Major, of Montreal, prefers a 20 to 30 per cent, solution, 15 to 20 minims of which are injected at each sitting. He employs it with ad- vantage in a case of primary tubercular deposit ; it proves to be almost painless, the swelling disappearing in about three days. Cure is not to be expected, but the arrest of the process is sometimes accomplished, and if used before perichondritis sets in, the patient can be made comfortable. C. H. Knight {Jour. Amer. Med. Ass'n, 1890, 90) applies a 50 per cent, solution of lactic acid in LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS, and gradually increases from this strength up to applications of one hundred per cent. While laryngeal ulcers of tubercular origin are cured by this agent, Knight holds that the pulmonary conditions remaining unrelieved are liable to cause relapse. In inhalation, lactic acid is employed in solution of one-half to two per cent. ACIDUM NITRICUM. Nitric Acid. " A liquid composed of 69 r 4 ff per cent, of absolute nitric acid and 30^ per cent, of water." (U. S. P.) Nitric acid has the specific gravity of 1.420, and should be color- less. If it is sufficiently concentrated it emits white fumes on exposure to the air. Diluted nitric a,cid is official, and is one part of nitric acid mixed with six parts of water. Nitric acid is a caustic and stimulant. General Surgery. Strong nitric acid, when applied to any living organism, acts as a powerful caustic and escharotic. It communicates a permanent yellow stain to the cuticle. Owing to its chemical activity, ACIDUM NITRICUM. 49 nitric acid fumes were used at one time as a disinfectant, but they have long since been superseded by more active and reliable agents. Nitric acid is more extensively used as an escharotic than any other of the mineral acids, its action being easily controlled. It is best applied with a small glass rod or splinter of wood (which may be wrapped with cotton if a more liberal use of the drug is desired), or what will be found convenient with a twig taken from a broom. Its caustic action is easily stopped by covering the cauterized surface with sweet oil. In HOSPITAL GANGRENE and PHAGEDENIC ULCERATION, nitric acid has long been held in high repute. In treatment of hospital gangrene it is important that the sloughs should be thoroughly broken up (as by intro- ducing the blades of a pair of dressing forceps, closed and then opening them), so that the acid may find its way through the sloughing mass down to healthy tissue. By this method much prompter and better results will be obtained than if the acid is applied only to the surfaces of the sloughs. Nitric acid has long been employed, as first recommended by Well- bank, in the treatment of PHAGEDENIC ULCERATION, especially of a venereal character. In this method of treatment it is important that the ulcerated surface be thoroughly cleansed and dried, and the surrounding parts protected by a thick coating of cosmoline or oil, to prevent the acid from coming in contact with them, after which a small swab of cotton, fastened to a splinter of wood, is saturated with the acid and carefully pressed into every portion of the ulcer. After permitting it to remain upon the tissues for half a minute, during which time the pain is severe, its action may be quickly stopped by applying a pledget of cotton saturated with sweet oil. After this a cold water dressing may be applied. In the removal of VENEREAL WARTS, we are in the habit of quickly snipping them off with a pair of scissors, and then touching their bases with a drop of nitric acid. This mode of treatment is prompt, efficient, and not very painful. In CHRONIC CYSTITIS, especially when the urine is very ammoniacal, the injection of one or two drops of nitric acid, diluted with an ounce of water, very slowly thrown into the bladder, was first proposed by Benja- min Brodie, and is still commended by Sir Henry Thompson. After the bladder has been washed out twice the nitric acid and water (a slightly acidulated solution, containing a small portion of morphine) should be injected and retained as long as possible. Should hemor- rhage occur, tannic acid may be substituted for the nitric acid. Nitric acid is sometimes employed for the removal of HEMORRHOIDS ; but is suitable only for the small strawberry piles containing a number of vascular twigs which bleed freely on the slightest irritation. Such piles may be exposed with the speculum, touched with acid, and then 4 50 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. covered with sweet oil. The removal of other forms of hemorrhoidal tumors can be effected best by means of the ligature or clamp. Nitric acid is a useful application in the treatment of PROLAPSE OF THE RECTUM, and is recommended for this purpose by Cripps, Agnew, Kelsey, and Allingham. It is, however, of little service except in the case of children. The action of nitric acid on the prolapsed rectum can be well understood if we recall the way in which prolapse generally begins. The mucous coat is attached to the muscular coat by loose, con- nective tissue, so that there is considerable mobility of the one coat upon the other. Partial prolapse is the result of the gradual stretching of the submucous tissue. In complete prolapse, after the mucous coat has slid as far as possible, it drags upon the muscular coat and produces e version of the bowel. The action of the nitric acid is to create inflam- mation with resulting exudate into the loose connective tissue, and the formation of new contractile, fibrous material, which binds the two coats firmly together. The application of nitric acid for prolapse of the rectum is made by first carefully cleaning the bowel and then applying fuming nitric acid freely over the mucous membrane, care being taken to avoid the skin. The bowel should then be greased and returned, and a pad placed over the anus. Nitric acid is recommended by Thomas as an efficient caustic in cases of CANCER OF THE CERVIX UTERI, which are not subjected to surgical opera- tion. The acid is applied thoroughly to the whole diseased surface, and a pad of cotton saturated with glycerin is placed over it. This applica- tion produces a decided slough and destroys many of the blood-vessels which have proved the sources of hemorrhage. Thomas states that such an application should be repeated once in every 'two or three months. Nitric acid has been employed by Atthill, Goodell, and others with advantage in cases of FUNGOID GRANULATION and EXCESSIVE HEMOR- RHAGE OF THE UTERUS. It is introduced by means of cotton on the applicator. In CANCER OF THE UTERUS, West speaks highly of a lotion of nitric acid, a drachm to the pint of water, to check profuse discharge. Diseases of the Skin. The strong nitric acid of the Pharmacopoeia is used as a caustic in some diseases of the skin. It deoxidizes the tissues, depriving them also of water and leaving a dry, charred eschar. It is employed in the destruction of EPITHELIOMA, VERUCCA, N^EVI, and other new growths. The acid is best applied by means of a pointed splinter of wood, the excess being carefully wiped off with cotton. In destroying warts care must be taken not to allow the action to go too far, or a slough with consequent cicatrix may result. Likewise hemorrhage may follow on the separation of the slough when njevi have been destroyed by ACIDUM NITRICUM. 51 nitric acid, so that it is not desirable to use it in extensive growths of this kind. Diluted nitric acid may be employed for the removal of CHLO- ASMA. It must be used, however, with some caution. The object is simply to cause such exfoliation of the skin as may suffice to remove the pigmentary matter. If the action goes a little deeper, a slough with resulting cicatrix may ensue. Nitric acid, pure or slightly diluted, may be employed for the removal of PIGMENTARY N^vi or small MOLES. In this affection it is scarcely possible to remove the disease entirely without producing a cicatrix, and the patient should be forewarned of this probable result. Diluted nitric acid is employed as a lotion in PRURITUS. Liveing sug- gests the following formula : R. Acid nitric, dilut., f^iij ; Tinct. opii, f^ij ; Aquae, ad Oj. M. As a lotion to ULCERS, it is employed in the strength of twelve minims to the pint of water. Nitric acid is also employed in baths (see BATHS). Diseases of the Ear, Throat, and Nose. The topical action of nitric acid in the throat, mouth, and nose is, in the main, confined to its caustic effect. To secure this, the undiluted acid must be selected. It is more diffusible than any other acid which is used for caustic purposes. It resembles acetic acid and chromic acid in the character of the eschar produced, but its application excites more pain than does either of these agents. It may supplant them in the destruction of hypertrophied nasal mucous membrane. The degree of diffusibility of nitric acid renders it unfit for use in the destruction of AURAL POLYPUS, while presenting some advantages over agents, whose actions are more limited, in endeavoring to cover the sinuous surface of a PHAGEDENIC ULCER with a protectant eschar. Hence, it is frequently used in the local treatment of NOMA and PUTRID SORE THROAT. The pure acid is carried on the end of a match or glass rod and rubbed firmly into the parts. Roosa states that he has suc- ceeded in removing CERUMEN by the use of fuming nitric acid, after having failed with both alkaline solution and oils. Since the introduc- tion of peroxide of hydrogen this remedy should be discarded. S. Hartwell Chapman believes that nitric acid can be employed in the same indications as chromic acid for the destruction of growths in the nasal chamber, and in the treatment of CHRONIC CATARRH accompanied with free discharge. ACIDUM OXY-NAPHTHOICUM (Alpha). " White, inodorous, micro-crystalline powder; soluble in 30,000 parts of cold water; more readily soluble in aqueous solutions of the bicarbonates or of ammonium, which hen enter into combination with it. More readily soluble in alcohol, chloroform, benzol f and oils, both fixed and volatile." {Merck's Bulletin.) 52 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Oxy-naphthoic acid is obtained in combination with sodium by heating a-naphthol-sodium with carbonic acid, and is related to a-naphthol as sali- cylic acid is to phenol. It is irritating to the nasal passages. It has marked antizymotic properties, and is said to be five times stronger than salicylic acid. It is not used internally. This remedy has not as yet been generally taken up by physicians, and with regard to it, as to other remedies, substitutes for iodoform, etc., recently introduced by distinguished German observers, it must be remembered that these are proprietary preparations, and that (the dis- tinguished German physicians) frequently have some pecuniary interest in their manufacture. All such preparations must, therefore, be received with caution. A similar preparation has been made from /3-naphthol, /9-naphthoic acid. Diseases of the Skin. Oxy-naphthoic acid was introduced by Schwimmer (Wien. Med. Wochenschr., Nos. 3 to 5, 1890) as a remedy in SCABIES, PARASITIC SKIN DISEASES, and PRURIGO. The formula recommended in scabies is : R. Acidi oxy-naphthoici, Pulv. cretae, Saponis viridis, aa 9iv, Adipis, ad gj. M. This preparation is not irritating to the skin, and in no way toxic. It can be used upon children. Although the drug rapidly reaches the circulation and is excreted in the urine, Schwimmer has never observed renal irritation. In SCABIES the acid is said to kill the acarus in three or four days, but the eczema accompanying the disease requires further treatment. A similar ointment made with adeps alone has been employed by Schwimmer successfully in PRURIGO. ACIDUM PHOSPHORICUM. Phosphoric Acid. Phosphoric acid is defined in the U. S. P. as " a liquid composed of 50 per cent, of ortho-phosphoric acid and 50 per cent, of water." There was formerly official in the U. S. P. a solid phosphoric acid which was called " Glacial Phosphoric Acid." It is metaphosphoric acid, HPO S , and is gradually changed to the ortho- variety when dissolved in water. This change is hastened by the application of heat. Because of its constant impurities it has been dropped, and the present 50 per cent, solution, which for several years had been known and sold as " Syrupy Phosphoric Acid" has been made official. Phosphoric acid is a " colorless liquid, without odor, of a strongly acid taste and reac- tion. Specific gravity 1.347." (U. S. P.). Glacial Phosphoric Acid" is a white, uncrys- tallizable, fusible solid, inodorous, very sour to the taste, slowly deliquescent, slowly soluble in water ; soluble also in alcohol. " ( U. S. D.) It is 88 T 8 5 per cent, of phosphoric oxide combined with H T 2 5 per cent, of water. Diluted phosphoric acid is an aqueous solution of phosphoric acid in water, containing 20 per cent, of the official phosphoric acid (equivalent to 10 per cent, of ortho-phosphoric acid). ACIDUM PYROGALLICUM. 53 Diseases of the Skin. A solution of 50 grains phosphoric acid to the ounce of distilled water has been used by Grossich in the treatment of ULCERS. The ulcer is covered with lint dipped into this solution, and the dressing is renewed three or four times a day. The treatment is said to be peculiarly successful in SCROFULOUS ULCERS. Grossich also injects a hypodermic syringeful of the same solution into TUBERCULOUS GLANDS of the neck, which, he says, become reduced in size within 24 hours. A diluted solution of phosphoric acid has been recommended in the treatment of ECZEMA OF THE LIPS. It should be employed with great caution. Its effect is the same as that of other stimulants; in strong solution it is caustic, or nearly so. ACIDUM PYROGALLICUM. Pyrogallic Acid. Pyrogallol. An acid obtained by the decomposition of gallic or tannic acid by heat. " It is in white, shiny scales, inodorous, very bitter, soluble in two and one-fourth parts of water, and readily dissolved by alcohol and ether." (U. S. D.) Pyrogallic acid is caustic and parasiticide. It, however, cannot be employed with impunity over large surfaces, as absorption may take place with poisonous effect. General Surgery. Pyrogallic acid is not unlike chrysarobin in its action. It seems to have a good effect in promoting CICATRIZATION and CONTRACTION OF ULCERS. If the area is large, only a small portion should be treated at a time. M. Vidal has announced that pyrogallic acid is an excellent application to CHANCROIDS, especially if there is a tendency to phagedenic action. It may be applied in alcoholic solution, or in ointment made with cosmoline, in strengths varying from ten per cent, to an equal part. The solution may be applied by saturating a pledget of absorbent cotton. Diseases of the Skin. Pyrogallic acid was originally introduced by Jarisch ( Wien Med. Wochensch., 44 and 45, 1878) as a substitute for chry- sarobin in the treatment of PSORIASIS. An ointment of 100 grains to the ounce will sometimes produce, it is said, a deep caustic effect ; we fre- quently, however, use 60 grains to the ounce without the slightest untoward result. In the strength of a drachm to the ounce it stains the skin a dirty brown color and gives it a leathery appearance. The epi- dermis exfoliates in a week or two. It can be applied without pain to excoriated spots and causes no inflammation of the surrounding skin. Its action upon the lesions of psoriasis is less rapid than that of chrysarobin, but it is quite as efficient. It whitens the diseased patches and leaves a brownish or blackish stain round them. Pyrogallic acid is employed in powder or in strong ointment (sjj-ijad 54 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. ,5 j) as a caustic in the treatment of EPITHELIOMA. The crusts or horny epithelium covering the diseased patch having been removed by scraping or the application of caustic potassa, the ointment is applied, spread upon a rag cut out somewhat smaller than the area to be operated upon, and secured firmly to its place. This is renewed daily, the debris being scraped away. The pyrogallic acid seems to have a selective affinity for the diseased tissue. Its effect should be watched and not allowed to go too far. A number of applications are usually necessary, but the caustic is almost or entirely painless. In the VEGETABLE PARASITIC DISEASES, particularly in PARASITIC SYCO- SIS, an ointment of 20 to 30 grains to the ounce is very effective. Pyrogallic acid has been used in the treatment of LUPUS VULGARIS, in the form of ointment, one drachm to the ounce. Also in the treatment of PHAGEDENIC ULCERS. These are first scraped and then an ointment of one hundred grains to the ounce is applied. ACIDUM SALICYLICUM. Salicylic Acid. " A crystalline acid obtained by the combination of the elements of carbolic acid with those of carbonic acid gas, and subsequent purification, or from natural salicylates, such as the oils of wintergreen and sweet birch." (Ph. Br.) The first process spoken of was patented in all countries by Prof. Kolbe, its discoverer, and is practically the only process used, as obtained in any other way its cost is several times greater than it is by this method. The patent has recently expired in this country. Salicylic acid, when pure, is in " fine, white, light, prismatic, needle-shaped crystals, permanent in the air, free from odor of carbolic acid, but sometimes having a slight aromatic odor, of a sweetish and slightly acid taste, and an acid reaction." (U. S. P.) " It is soluble in 450 parts of water and two and a half parts of alcohol; in 14 parts of boiling water; very soluble in boiling alcohol; also soluble in two parts of ether, two parts of absolute alcohol, and in 80 parts of chloroform." (U. S. P.) A ten per cent, alcoholic solution may be diluted with water without precipitation. It is much more soluble in solutions of some neutral salts than it is in water ; for instance, in solution of citrate of ammonium, phosphate of sodium, nitrate of potassium, and sulphate of sodium. It unites with bases to form salts of which the salicylate of sodium is the best known. Salicylates of the alkaloids are recommended for hypodermic use, with the theory that the combined salicylic acid will prevent decomposition of the solutions. Its power of preventing decomposition and fermentation is well known. An ointment of salicylic acid is official in the Ph. Br., containing one part of the acid in twenty-eight of the ointment. The salicylic acid prepared from the natural oils of wintergreen and sweet birch, has a slightly higher melting point than that prepared synthetically by Kolbe's process, and is as a rule much purer. It is, therefore, almost devoid of the unpleasant effects that follow the administration of the ordinary acid, no matter how much the latter may be purified by dialysis or other means. A salicylated cotton (Thiersch's) is prepared by steeping absorbent cotton in a solution of salicylic acid. The proportion of acid in the solution is not fixed, and may vary from three to ten per cent. ACIDUM SALICYLICUM. 55 Salicylic acid is antiseptic and a parasiticide. It possesses a peculiar property in softening epidermis. It is also mentioned as having astrin- gent properties, but probably on insufficient grounds. General Surgery. Salicylic acid has long been known, but only of late years has it come into general use in surgery as a topical application. Kolbe found that a 0.04 per cent, solution had considerable influence in preventing milk from souring. Bucholz states that a 0.15 per cent, solution is sufficient to prevent the development of bacteria in ordinary organic mixtures; 0.3 to 0.4 per cent, destroys bacteria in vigorous growths. (Wood, p. 620.) The salicylate of sodium is about equal in efficiency to the pure acid. Dr. Miller found that one per cent, of salicylic acid was sufficient to check the action of ptyaline on starch ; while ten per cent, of carbolic acid was required to produce the same effect. There appears to be little doubt that salicylic acid is largely used as a preservative of fresh meat during the heated seasons, especially the so-called "western meat." Mr. Callander, after a year's trial of salicylic acid in the wards of St. Bartholomew's Hospital, abandoned it, as much inferior to carbolic acid. The following solutions were used at St. Bartholomew's Hospital : Phos- phate of sodium, 3 parts; Salicylic acid, i part; Water, 50 parts. Salicylic acid, i part ; Olive oil, 49 parts. Salicylic acid, i part ; Bicar- bonate of sodium, ^ part; Water, 100 parts. Salicylic acid, 10 parts; Borax, 18 parts; Water, 100 parts. A 25 per cent, solution which will bear dilution with water may be prepared. R. Acidi salicylic., ^ij ; Sodii biborat., 3]; Glycerini, q. s. Mix the acid and borax, then add glycerin to one fluidounce with four drachms of glycerin, and heat gently until dissolved. (Wood, Ed. 8, p. 639.) An ointment of salicylic acid, in the strength of one-half to one drachm in one ounce of cosmoline may be employed with most satis- factory results in the treatment of ERYSIPELAS. The ointment is applied, spread on lint, and the part is enveloped in raw cotton. Watson Cheyne employs a cream composed of salicylic acid, 2 parts ; carbolic acid, i part : glycerin, 10 parts, to be smeared over superficial WOUNDS and ABRASIONS. In the treatment of CHANCROID, salicylic acid has been extensively employed. Angloda speaks of it in the highest terms. After the ulcer is thoroughly cleansed with an antiseptic solution, the powdered acid should be thoroughly dusted over its surface. H. Von Hebra (Annals de Derm, et de Syph., May, 1890) does not regard the use of salicylic acid for the treatment of CHANCROIDS so favorably, stating that the acid produced too much irritation when dusted over their surfaces, and when used in ointment the healing is slow, and it is no better than iodoform, the formation of bubo being just as frequent. Dr. Cheron recommends the following as a very efficient injection in 56 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. deodorizing the fetor of UTERINE CANCER. R. Acidi salicylic., gr. ij ; Sodii salicylat., gr. xl ; Tinct. eucalyp., f^iss; Acid, aceti, fgiss ; to be added to two pints of water and used as a douche every four hours. Salicylic acid may be employed with advantage in the treatment of UTERINE CANCER, to correct the fetor. It is used by means of a cotton tampon thoroughly impregnated with the drug, which is changed twice daily. In conjunction with this a vaginal douche of a three per cent, solution of creolin should be used. Salicylic acid has been employed by injection for the removal of ASCARIDES. R. Acid, salicylic., 333 ; Sodii bicarb., gss; Aquae, Oj. To be thrown into the bowel. An enema should be first given, cleansing the bowel of all fecal matter, and then the solution just described should be used. It is also used as an injection in DYSENTERIC DIARRHCEA in children, in the proportion of i part to 300. Diseases of the Skin. The employment of salicylic acid as an ex- ternal agent in the treatment of skin diseases dates from about 1875, when it was recommended for MOIST ECZEMA of the scalp and face. Las- sar ( Monatschrift f. Prakt. Dermatol., 1883, p. 97) recommended its use in paste as well as ointments in ECZEMA RUBRUM and in IMPETIGO CON- TAGIOSA of children. It has also been employed successfully in PSORIA- SIS, LUPUS and PARASITIC AFFECTIONS. Salicylic acid has been employed also to prevent the extension of ERYSIPELAS. The action of salicylic acid in the softening and removal of excessive epidermic growths and in favoring the normal proliferation of epithelium has been made the subject of investigation by several dermatologists, notably Unna {Monatschrift f. Prakt. Dermatol., 1882, No. 4). In the treatment of FAVUS, epilation, followed by the inunction of a solution of 10 to 25 grains of salicylic acid in an ounce of castor oil, has been found effectual. In TINEA TONSURANS and TINEA CIRCINATA, as well as in TINEA VER- SICOLOR, an alcoholic solution of salicylic acid, of 40 to 50 grains to the ounce, painted on, has been highly recommended. A similar solution in liquor gutta percha may be used on non-hairy parts of the body. In PITYRIASIS of the scalp and in SQUAMOUS ECZEMA (ECZEMA SEBOR- RHCEICUM of the face) an ointment of 20 grains of salicylic acid in an ounce of ichthyol has been used to advantage. A combination of salicylic acid with sulphur, in the proportion of 20 to 40 grains of the former and a drachm of the latter in an ounce of vaseline, we have found equally advantageous in similar cases. Mixed with starch, oxide or carbonate of zinc and other powders, as in the following formula, salicylic acid forms an excellent application in the treatment of HYPERIDROSIS. R. Acid, salicylic., ^ij ; Zinc. carb. precip., iv ; Magnesii ust?e, ~;iv, Lycopodii 5iss. M. AC1DUM SALICYLICUM. 57 In the treatment of some forms of SUBACUTE and CHRONIC ECZEMA, particularly about the face and scalp, or elsewhere when there is an abundant purulent discharge with decomposition, the milder ointments of salicylic acid, alone or combined with mild astringents, are found of the greatest service in checking the discharge and in keeping the parts from becoming foul-smelling. The following formulae may be suggested : R. Acid, salicylic., grs., x-xx ; Vaselini, j. M. R. Acid, salicylic., grs. x-xx ; Pulv. zinci oxidi, sss-^j ; Adipis, gj. M. P. Szadek {International Klin. Rundschau, June 7, 1889) recommends a plaster of 15 grains of salicylic acid to the ounce of soap plaster, in CHRONIC INFILTRATED ECZEMA OF THE EXTREMITIES. He recommends a similar plaster, or an alcoholic solution of 40 or 50 grains to the ounce in PSORIASIS. We prefer an ointment of half a drachm to a drachm to the ounce, but do not consider this preparation equal to chrysarobin or pyro- gallic acid as a local application in this disease. A solution of one drachm salicylic acid, four drachms glycerin and an ounce and a half of alcohol has been employed successfully in the treatment of LICHEN PLANUS. In NON-PARASITIC SYCOSIS (or COCOOGENIC SYCOSIS) an ointment of a drachm of salicylic acid to the ounce of lard, has been employed by Heitzmann with marked success. In ACNE Heitzmann uses the following ointment: R. Acid Salicylic., gr. v; Sulphuris precipitat., 3ss~3j; Adipis, gj. M. An alcoholic solu- tion of 15 grains to the ounce, diluted considerably at first, softens COME- DONES and aids in their removal. In PRURITUS, particularly of the anus, a lotion of three to five grains to the ounce gives relief in some cases. The most remarkable action of salicylic acid is, however, upon the epidermis and epithelium. It softens and loosens thickened masses of epidermis in an extraordinary manner, leaving behind a raw but not inflamed surface. It is therefore peculiarly useful in the treatment of IN- DURATED ECZEMA, especially of the PALM AND SOLE, and also in the treat- ment of TYLOSIS, VERRUCA, CALLOSITAS, etc. In these conditions the " india-rubber dermal plasters 11 manufactured in this country are equal, in most cases, to those especially manufactured under Unna's supervision. A piece of salicylated rubber plaster applied to the skin over a WART or CORN soon adheres and may be kept in contact for several days, when it may be removed, the softened epidermis scraped and fresh applications made as long as is necessary. When the India-rubber plasters cannot be procured, the following preparation will serve a similar purpose: R. Acid, salicylic., giij ; Crea- soti, ^vj ; Cerae et adipis, aa q. s. The wax and lard are only added in sufficient quantity to give consistency to the mixture. The addition of 58 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. creasote aids materially in the curative effect of the plaster, especially in ECZEMA. In the treatment of small WARTS and CORNS, the following procedure is very effectual : The part is moistened with an antiseptic solution, covered with a thick layer of powdered salicylic acid, and over this is placed several thicknesses of the finest borated lint, bound down with gutta percha or some convenient bandage. The dressing is not removed for four or five days. It can then be renewed if the growth has not been destroyed. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. Merck's dialyzed acid is said to be the most agreeable to the palate and the least irritating to the tissues. A three per cent, solution in alcohol is an admirable application in ASPERGILLUS of the outer auditory meatus. Salicylic acid is recom- mended by H. McNaughton Jones (Lancet, n, 1890) as a wash in the strength of three grains to the ounce of warm water for OTORRHEA asso- ciated with recent perforations in the tympanic membrane, and is held by this writer in preference to carbolic acid. In the form of a powder one part may be added to three parts of boric acid. J. McMunn (Brit. Med. Journal, Dec. 14, 1889) combines salicylic acid with tannic acid and subni- trate of bismuth as a snuff for ACUTE CORYZA, in proportion of about three grains to the drachm. The agent may, however, be mixed with one or more parts of some indifferent material, such as starch, and insufflated in CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH. It is especially useful in cases in which fetor is present. In INFLAMMATION OF THE FAUCES, salicylic acid is of especial value in cases in which the exudate on the gland is of a character which makes it probable that a diphtheritic element is present, since the agent is also of use in removing the membrane in DIPHTHERIA. Haberkorn applies the pure powder to the surface of the tonsil. Gonsalez places salicylic acid in the first rank as a local medicament in the nasal form of the disease. The agent can be used in solution as a wash, for either the throat or the teeth. The acid is more irritant to the tissues than boric acid. In naso-pharyn- geal catarrh a lotion of salicylic acid, from one to two grains to the ounce, is serviceable. It can be exhibited in combination with bicarbonate of sodium in the form of a gargle. Each lozenge and nasal bougie contains, as a rule, one grain of the acid. Salicylic acid is said by G. P. Field (Year Book of Treatment, 1885) to take the place of boric acid in cor- rection of ear discharges. It is useful in FETOR OF THE BREATH, in the proportions of five grains to the ounce of warm water. A similar preparation corrects offensive expectoration, especially in PHTHISIS. Barthold recommends it in CATARRHAL STOMATITIS and in THRUSH. This author claims the acid to be anaesthetic in stomatitis, calming the gnawing and burning pain ACIDUM SULPHUR1CUM. 59 after rupture of the vesicles. The solution he recommends is one part of the acid dissolved in alcohol to 250 parts of water. Diseases of the Eye. Salicylic acid has not been extensively used in ophthalmic surgery. Its solubility is said to be greatly increased by the addition of a neutral salt. A solution of five per cent, of salicylic acid and five per cent, of borax has been recommended as an antiseptic application for the eye. If this were really a solution of salicylic acid, 25 grains to the ounce would probably be much stronger than the eye could bear ; but chemical tests made by Dr. Zimmerman, resident surgeon of the Wills Hospital, show that it contains very little, if any, of this acid, but is simply a solution of salicylate of sodium and boric acid. As salicylate of sodium is not an antiseptic, whatever virtue the preparation may have must be attributed only to the presence of boric acid. ACIDUM SULPHURICUM. Sulphuric Acid. The U. S. P. defines it as " a liquid composed of not less than 96 per cent, of absolute sulphuric acid, and not more than four per cent, of water," and describes it as " a color- less liquid, of an oily appearance, inodorous, strongly caustic and corrosive, and having a strongly acid reaction." Diluted sulphuric acid is official and is made by diluting one part of sulphuric acid with nine parts of water. Sulphuric acid is a powerful corrosive of animal and vegetable tissues, abstracting the watery elements and leaving the carbon untouched. Diluted sulphuric acid, when applied to granulating or bleeding surfaces, acts as an astringent. According to Squibb, the local effect of sulphuric acid in the form of a caustic is continuous and injuriously irritant. Its effects are more pro- longed than are those of almost any other caustic ; the irritation often persists through the process of sloughing. General Surgery. The acid has been recommended as an applica- tion in CARIES, as a solvent to the lime salts in the diseased bone, and as a cautery. The effect is to remove products of diseased action and invite the parts to create a surface which is disposed to heal. The strong acid, owing to its affinity for water, is seldom used as an escharotic alone. Combined with powdered charcoal, forming a paste, it was at one time a favorite caustic application with D. Hayes Agnew in the treatment of CHANCRE, being retained in position by means of adhesive plaster. Owen Pritchard {Lancet, October 25, 1890) speaks highly of it as superior to all escharotics for the destruction of CANCEROUS GROWTHS, especially in the class of patients where operative interference is not advisable, or for persons who refuse to submit to a cutting operation. Michel 's paste is made by taking one part by weight of an indifferent 60 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. excipient and three parts by weight of strong sulphuric acid (fuming) and mixing together on a glass slab, forming a paste. Pritchard claims that this mixture will accomplish as much in an hour as any other escharotic will in a week. When properly applied, it will completely destroy the largest TUMORS OF THE BREAST in from eight to ten hours. On the evening previous to the application, a blister is applied, removing all the epidermis, after which cocaine, not to exceed a grain and a half is applied. At the same time a hypodermic injection of morphine is given. After the cocaine has taken effect, a cake of the paste an inch thick and of sufficient size to cover the tumor, is applied. If these precautions are pursued, no pain is experienced. As soon as the tumor is destroyed, the cavity is cleaned out and filled with asbestos, covered with zinc ointment. It usually takes ten or twelve days for the eschar to separate, and during the latter part of the time the wound should be syringed twice daily with some disinfecting solution. Care must be exercised in applying the paste, to place the patient in a per- fectly level position ; otherwise the acid will gravitate to the lower side, and a portion of the growth will not be destroyed. The surrounding skin must be protected by collodion. Any fluid oozing from the part must be carefully removed with a piece of blotting paper or cotton. In CARIES and OSTITIS involving the head of the tibia and other bones, Mr. Pollock advises the use of sulphuric acid, wiped through the cavity by means of a swab made of cotton on the end of an aluminum applicator. In SYPHILITIC CARIES, especially of the skull, where exfoliation is slow, Mansel Moullin advises the use of strong sulphuric acid as a means of hastening the separation of the diseased bone. In the BITES of RABID ANIMALS, W. Frazer regards the strong acid as one of the best of caustics that can be employed. In RHEUMATISM and CHRONIC JOINT AFFECTIONS, an ointment com- posed of a fluid drachm of sulphuric acid to an ounce of lard, is said to have given great benefit. Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat. Elixir of vitriol has been used as a caustic on ENLARGED TONSIL. Six parts of sulphuric acid and four parts of diluted spirits has been recommended by Kohls for EPISTAXIS. ACIDUM SULPHUROSUM. Sulphurous acid. Sulphurous acid is " a liquid composed of about three and a half per cent, of sulphurous acid gas (sulphurous oxide), and about 96^ per cent, of water." (U. S. P.) Sulphurous oxide is " an irrespirable gas of a suffocating odor, familiar to every one as that of burning sulphur, which is converted into it by combustion." (U. S. D.) The official acid is decomposed with the formation of sulphuric acid by exposure to the air, or by exposure to sunlight, and consequently, should be freshly procured when desired. It unites with bases to form sulphites and bisulphites. ACIDUM SULPHUROSUM. 6 1 General Surgery. .Sulphurous acid as a topical application in surgery occupies but a small place, except for its germicidal properties when used in a gaseous state. Vallin, one of the highest authority on disinfectants and disinfection, regards sulphurous acid, obtained by the combustion of sulphur in free air, as occupying almost the first place among veritable disinfectants; this statement being made ten years ago. The use of this agent has come down to us from the most remote ages ; no other gaseous disin- fectant is so extensively used. (See in this connection Sternberg's Report to American Public Health Association, p. 52.) Thus, as can be seen, we have in sulphurous acid gas a cheap, reliable and easily applied disinfectant capable of destroying micro-organisms, but not their spores. As but few contagions contain spores, it is likely that sulphurous acid, when concentrated, is an efficient disinfectant if applied for sufficient time. Sternberg has proven by experiment that the gas acts much more freely when the air is loaded with moisture. In order to diffuse sulphurous acid through the air, it is well to secure a large iron pot, which is placed in the centre of the room upon a number of bricks, or, what is better still, in a tub containing from four to six inches of water, or in a box partially filled with wet ashes. When every- thing is in readiness the sulphur may be ignited after wetting with alcohol, or by dropping into the vessel a few live coals carried on a shovel from the kitchen range. In a few moments sulphurous acid gas is being rapidly evolved. The heat which is generated from the side of the pot vaporizes the water, and this keeps the air loaded with moisture all through the process. Should any of the molten sulphur boil over no harm will follow, as might happen if it fell on a board floor. The acid may be employed in a saturated solution for the purpose of destroying germs in the excretions of the sick ; but in corrosive sublimate we have a remedy so much more convenient and efficient, that it is seldom used for this purpose. The so-called sulphur cure^ brought so prominently forward by Dewar, consists mainly of varied applications of this acid. Thus in ERYSIPELAS he employs equal parts of sulphurous acid and glycerin, stating that it relieves the " burning " and arrests the spread of the inflammation. The same treatment, which he regards as much more efficient than that with carbolic acid, may be applied to WOUNDS and ULCERS. Diseases of the Skin. Sulphurous acid is occasionally employed in the local treatment of the VEGETABLE PARASITIC DISEASES. In TINEA CIRCINATA, particularly in that variety known as BURMESE RINGWORM, where the affection chiefly attacks the groins and insides of the thighs, lotions of sulphurous acid are often useful. Also in TINEA VERSICOLOR the lotion of sulphurous acid is an excellent remedy. 62 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat. In the strength as sold in the shops sulphurous acid is a reliable agent in the treatment of SYPH- ILITIC ULCERATIONS OF THE RESPIRATORY PASSAGES. The indications for its use are first that the bones be not involved ; secondly, that oedema- tous inflammation of the surrounding parts be subdued. The pain atten- dant upon its free application is but slight and the affected parts may be mopped daily. It often acts like a charm on Mucous PATCHES. Slightly diluted it is of great value in MERCURIAL STOMATITIS. Placed in a sprayer which is put in connection with a compressed air cylinder, per- mitting the atomized liquid to be driven with force, the acid is effica- cious in breaking up the detritus which accumulate on the tongue in many diseased states of the mouth and throat. Forty to sixty drops may be used at one treatment by spray. It holds a secondary position in the treat- ment of LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS, though spoken of highly by Bassols and J. Solis Cohen. To make a weak impression it may be exhibited in lem- onade as a gargle. H. McN. Jones employs a two per cent, solution as an injection in CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH. F. E. Hitchcock (Phila. Med. Times,' May 21, 1881) recommends that equal parts of sulphurous acid and water be used in form of a spray in DIPHTHERIA. This pre- paration may be also used as a gargle. Fresh preparations of the acid are highly pungent, and the patient should be warned not to take deep inhalations during the treatments. Inhalations of sulphurous acid are, however, recommended for a variety of conditions, in the main inflammatory, of the respiratory tract. Among these may be named CATARRHAL PHARYNGITIS and CHRONIC BRONCHITIS. It holds a questionable position in the treatment of APHONIA. ACIDUM TANNICUM. Tannic Acid. Tannin. Tannic acid is a glucoside obtained from many vegetable astringents. The official tannic acid of both the U. S. P., and Ph. Br. is made from galls, and is distinguished from that occurring in leaves, barks, etc., by the name of Gallotannic Acid, while the others take the name of the source from which they are derived, as Quercitannic Acid, from oak bark. " Tannic acid is solid, uncrystallizable, white or slightly yellowish, inodorous, without bitterness, very soluble in water, less soluble in alcohol and ether especially when anhydrous, insoluble in the fixed and volatile oils." (U. S. D.) It is also very soluble in glycerin, and almost insoluble in absolute ether, chloroform, benzol, and benzine. It is incompatible with alkaloids, gelatin, albumin, and solutions of tartrate of antimony and potassium, and with ferric salts, with which it forms a black precipitate (the old-fashioned ink.) It does not react with the salts of the ferrous oxide. If it is rubbed with the chlorate of potassium, the mixture explodes with great violence, hence these drugs should never be ordered in powder together, and if they are prescribed in the same solution, they should be dissolved separately. From tannic acid is prepared Styptic Collodion (containing 20 per cent, of tannic acid in the diluted collodion). ACIDUM TANN1CUM. 63 Troches of Tannic Acid (containing each one grain of tannin) and the Ointment of Tannic Acid (containing 10 per cent.) See Qiiercus alba. The effect of tannic acid resembles more closely that of alum than it does that of any other mineral astringent. It is more irritating, however, than the agent last named. This effect can be reduced in a measure by combination with borax and a small proportion of carbolic acid. A paste prepared by mixing tannic acid two-thirds and gallic acid one-third is thought by some practitioners to be superior as a haemostatic powder to one in which only tannic acid enters. It enters in combination with gun-cotton and ether, and in this form is known as styptic collodion. (See Section on General Surgery.) A combination of the effects of tannic acid and carbolic acid is obtained as follows: to a half pint of water add one drachm of tannic acid and two grains of carbolic acid ; filter thoroughly with care. Gly- cerite of tannic acid is useful in the proportions of glycerin five parts and tannic acid one part. A tannated cotton is prepared by steeping absorbent cotton in a solu- tion of tannic acid. * Liideritz {Berlin Klin. Wochenschrift, 1890) claims that tannic acid is antiseptic, and that through its presence infusion of coffee is antiseptic. Tannic acid is of especial value on mucous membranes and on abraded or superficially ulcerated skin surfaces. It is noted that many of its indications are found in localities where sound integument joins a mucus- or ichor-yielding lesion, as at the nostril, anus or vulva, and the margins of ulcers, fissures, etc. Rosenstirn found that an application of a solution of tannin to the mesentery of a frog actually increased the diameter of the vessels. L. Lewin {Medicinische Woe hens chrift, April, 1881, p. 202) believes that the astringent effect of the acid is best secured by a powder containing tannin or by the acid used in a pure form, and that solutions of tannin (especially those in which tannin-albuminates have been formed and the precipitate again dissolved in an excess of albumin) constitute a means by which tannin can be applied to the economy without astringent effects following. He makes a statement that tannin-albuminates when formed in the tissues as a result of local application are gradually absorbed in the albumin-bearing states of the tissue fluids and of the blood. General Surgery. In fissures it is recommended that a strong solution of chlorate of potassium and tannic acid be applied (see intro- ductory note), or a glycerite of tannin, in which chlorate of potassium is dissolved may be painted over the surface with a camel's hair brush. This is a most satisfactory way of employing these agents. D. Hayes Agnew held tannic acid in high esteem as the foremost of chemico-vital haemostatics, owing to its power of coagulating albumin. 64 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. In ULCERATING CANCER of the breast with a tendency to bleed, the part should be dusted over with finely powdered tannin, and then covered with a bland dressing of zinc ointment and cotton. B. W. Richardson has called attention to a styptic solution which he calls styptic colloid. It consists of a strong solution of tannin in alcohol mixed with collodion. This forms an elegant application to restrain oozing of blood from large surfaces, and as a protectant in contused and lacerated wounds, especially of the SCALP. Tannic acid has been used by Milkolsky (Deutsch Med. Wochenschr., August, 1888) as a local appli- cation for BURNS of the first and second degree, in the form of the following mechanical admixture: R. Acidi tannici, gj ; Alcohol., f^j ; yEther., f^viiss. This is painted over the part until a firm membrane has formed, and the painting is repeated twice daily and covered with a dry compress. Afterward the surface of the wound is dusted over with iodoform. Philip Miall has employed strong solutions of tannic acid in the treat- ment of INGROWING TOE NAILS. R. Acid, tannic., 3] ; Aquae, ^vj, dis- solved by gentle heat and painted on the soft parts twice daily. In three weeks a patient so treated had grown a nail of proper length and breadth, after spending many hours on his feet daily without pain. . In diseases of the rectum, such as FISSURE and PROLAPSUS, tannic acid may be employed with great advantage, in the former by separating the parts and dusting over the surface, and in prolapse, as Alison suggests, by applying a strong aqueous solution of tannin. This is especially indi- cated when there is much relaxation of the parts. In FISSURE OF THE ANUS, the glycerite of tannin may be used night and morning, introduced on lint. In UNINFLAMED PILES, tannic acid ointment, combined with extract of belladonna, may be used with great advantage. In the genito-urinary tract, tannic acid is extensively employed, either by itself or in conjunction with other remedies. In the latter stages of GONORRHOEA, a five to ten grain solution in rose water may be used as an injection, as advised by Van Buren and Keyes. Ricord recommends: R. Zinc, sulph., Acidi tannici, aa gr. xv; Aquae rosae, f^vj, to be injected twice daily. In GLEET, tannate of glycerin is often of great service, especially when applied locally to the inflamed spot through a speculum or by means of a deep urethral syringe, the exact spot having previously been located by means of the panelectroscope. The same treatment, according to Mansell Moullin, is very effectual in the treatment of PROSTATITIS and PROSTATORRHCEA. VENEREAL WARTS may be destroyed by dusting their surfaces daily with tannin after washing with chlorinated soda (Agnew). Snipping them ^away with a pair of sharp scissors, and dusting their bases with ACIDUM- TANNICUM. 65 tannic acid, and touching with nitric acid will always prove a reliable means of dealing with these affections. In GONORRHCEA in the female, after a thorough cleansing with a solution of either alum or tannin, the vagina should be packed with lint dusted over with powdered tannic acid. An important feature in this treatment is the separation of the vaginal walls. In specific URETHRITIS in the female, bougies covered with tannic acid are, according to Dr. Hicks, one of the most efficient means of treatment. The best method of preparation is to take a medium-sized gum catheter, moisten it with mucilage of acacia, place it in powdered tannin, and allow it to dry; after which it may be used by inserting it, and allowing it to remain while the tannin is slowly dissolved by the secretions. In the same manner it may be applied to the male urethra or prostate. CHRONIC VAGINITIS of children is often greatly benefited by the application of tannate of glycerin. Tannate of glycerin is a useful application in cases of EROSION ON THE CERVIX UTERI, and also in cases of CHRONIC CERVICAL ENDOMETRITIS. Tannic acid, one grain to the ounce of water, has been used with advantage in cases of CYSTITIS accom- panied by abundant mucous discharge. Diseases of the Skin. Tannic acid is employed in the local treatment of skin diseases when an astringent effect is desired. In SEBORRHCEA CAPITIS, Morrow recommends the following prepara- tion : R. Acid, tannic., gj; Glycerin i, f^j ; Vaselini, ^ij ; Ung. aquae rosae, j. M. In HYPERIDROSIS of the feet, a drachm or more of finely powdered tannic acid to the ounce of lycopodium or fuller's earth forms an efficient dusting application. Dissolved in collodion, as in Richardson's styptic colloid, tannic acid forms an admirable application in CONDYLOMATA, in PERNIO and in some cases of ERYSIPELAS. Diseases of the Ear, Throat and Nose. As a result of experi- ments upon the trachea of living animals, by J. Rossbach {Berliner Wochenschrift, 1882), the effect of tannic acid was found to be similar to that of alum. Under its influence the membrane became pale ; the epi- thelial covering instead of being colorless and transparent, as is normal, assumes a peculiar bluish white or whitish appearance. The underlying vessels were distinctly less red than in the normal state, but whether they are narrowed or widened could not be demonstrated. The secretion appeared to be lessened. The epithelial covering became dry and glis- tening. In the treatment of diseases of the ear, tannic acid is but little used. In CHRONIC PERICHONDRITIS of the auricle, a preparation of tincture of iodine one part and tincture of galls two parts, may be freely painted 5 66 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. over the skin of the affected parts. Tannic acid is one of the agents occasionally selected in the treatment of AURAL POLYPUS. Tannic acid is of great value in the treatment of INFLAMMATION OF THE THROAT. It is ordinarily employed in subacute PHARYNGITIS and LARYNGITIS, in the form of the glycerole, having the strength of one drachm of the acid to an ounce of glycerin. It is best applied two or three times a day with the brush, sponge, or by a dossil of absorbent cotton, a few drops sufficing. In a lotion of a strength of about ten grains to the ounce is recommended by some writers in more acute conditions. Nasal washes are weaker and range in proportion of the acid to water from three to five, or as much as 15 grains. But as a rule, it may be said that one of the numerous drugs which contain tannic acid, such as Rhus glabrum, Pomegranate, Geranium maculatum, etc., is to be preferred, since no manipulation of the acid proves to be so agreeable to the patient as a natural combination into which an aromatic principle enters. Wines containing tannic acid may be used as gargles for relaxed throats. Claret wine is popular in this connection. Cam- erite wine, of Greek vintage, is rich in tannic acid and is serviceable as a gargle in conditions where astringency combined with stimulant is more marked than where claret is indicated. For EMPYEMA OF THE MAXILLARY SINUS, after drainage has been estab- lished one to five grains of tannic acid may be used to the ounce of water, as a lotion. Lozenges and nasal bougies contain from one grain to a grain and a half of the agent. A nasal tampon may be freely powdered with the acid. Snuffs contain about one part of the acid to four or five parts of excipient. The following is the composition of Dobeir s snuff : one drachm to an equal proportion of camphor, white sugar and high- dried Welsh snuff. Tannic acid is reputed to destroy NASAL POLYPI. In the connection last named, Bryant recommends it as an insufflation, but the galvano-cautery, chromic acid and trichloracetic acid now largely supersede it. It also serves as a valuable dressing in the GRANULATION OF ULCERS. A solution of 20 grains to the ounce has been employed by Bell {Canada Medical Record, February, 1884), as an injection to the substance of POLYPUS. Infusions of tea and coffee when allowed to simmer are found to contain tannic acid, and, as these forms of beverage are commonly partaken of, the effects upon the throat are occasionally met with in the form of persistent pharyngeal irritation. In this way it is ascertained what the evil effects of tannic acid may be, when prolonged, even in the event that weak preparations of the drug have been prescribed. The haemostatic properties of tannic acid are of use in the nose and throat. A ten per cent, solution will suffice. Its properties are increased by the addition of alum. It is not often directed in EPISTAXIS, but is free from objection. One part of iodoform, combined with two or three ACIDUM TANNICUM. 67 of tannic acid, carefully triturated, is used as an insufflation in CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH, as recommended by Bartholow. Mr. Druitt recommends tannin for the cure of APHTHOUS ULCER OF THE MOUTH, and for modifying mercurial salivation, especially when accompanied with spongy, relaxed gums. R. Acidi tannici, 3]; Mel. rosae, f^ij ; Aquae, fgvj ; to be used as a mouth wash. Mr. Druitt regards it as one of the most reliable remedies for TOOTHACHE, when this depends upon a carious condition of the tooth. R. Acidi tannici, 9j ; Mastich, gr. x ; yEtheris, fgss. After scarifying about the root of the tooth with a fine lancet, a small pinch of cotton is saturated with the above solution and packed into the cavity. A gargle of the acid in the proportion of ten grains to the ounce is of value in checking capillary oozing after tonsillotomy and uvulotomy. As a gargle one drachm of tannic acid combined with two drachms of chlorate of potash, an ounce of honey of roses added to a pint of boil- ing water makes an efficient gargle.* The following formula, which is known in Philadelphia as GoddarcT s Astringent Gargle, is one of the most agreeable forms which exhibit the combined effects of tannin and alum : R. Aluminis, ^ij ; Cort. granati, gss; Petal rosae rub., ^j ; Mellis, 3j ', M. Aquae Bull., gvj. Glycerin may substitute for the honey. The mix- ture can be used without dilution, or with an equal quantity of water. Owing to its disposition to coagulate mucus and excite irritation in concentrated preparations, tannic acid is no longer used in the local treatment of CROUP and DIPHTHERIA. M. Loiseau (Gaz. Medicate de Paris, 1861) however, claims that the drug can be directed with advan- tage in diphtheria, diluted one-half with starch. In the treatment of HYPERTROPHY OF THE TONSIL the powdered acid may be rubbed in with a spatula or fine brush. But such a method must be tedious and uncertain. M. Mackenzie believed that a solution of one to five grains to the ounce of water is, on the whole, the best spray for CHRONIC LARYNGITIS. As a haemostatic in the form of a spray the drug may be used in a strength as high as ten grains to the ounce. E. F. Ingals accepts tannin as the best astringent to use in TUBER- CULAR LARYNGITIS in equal proportions with morphine and carbolic acid. (Trans. Ninth Inter. Med. Con., Wash., iv, 1887.) Diseases of the Eye. Tannic acid is much employed in ophthalmic surgery as an astringent. It diminishes the secretion from an INFLAMED CONJUNCTIVA and contracts and condenses the membrane when swollen and relaxed. " Its astringent action is probably due to coagu- ation of albumin and a ' tanning ' of all the tissues to which it is applied." In chronic CONJUNCTIVITIS, or in the later stages of the acute * See Introduction, for caution. 68 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. form, a solution of from two to five grains to one ounce may be dropped into the eye, or it may be painted on the everted lid in the strength of from ten to thirty grains. If the palpebral conjunctiva is much thickened or trachomatous, the best form of application is the solution in glycerin, as the hygroscopic property of the latter increases the effect. The full strength of glycerite of tannin may be used (Glycerinum Acidi Tannici B. P., one part to four). Powdered tannin is sometimes dusted on the inner surface of the lid. In either case it should be washed off before the lid is allowed to close. ACIDUM TARTARICUM. Tartaric Acid. Tartaric acid is "an acid prepared from the acid tartrate of potassium." (Ph. Br.) It is " nearly or entirely colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, permanent in the air, odorless, having a purely acid taste, and an acid reaction. It is soluble in seven-tenths part of water, and two and five-tenths parts of alcohol at 15 C. (59 F.); in five-tenths part of boiling water, and two-tenths part of boiling alcohol." (U. S. P.) It is " incompatible with salifiable bases and their carbonates ; with salts of potassium, with which it produces a crystalline precipitate of bitartrate; and with the salts of lime and lead, with which it also forms precipitates. (U. S. D.) According to Potter, tartaric acid locally used converts the membrane in DIPHTHERIA into a gelatinous mass, which is easily expelled. ADEPS. Lard. " The prepared internal fat of the abdomen of Sus scrofa, purified by washing with water, melting, and straining." (U. S. P.) Although the Pharmacopoeia directs the " internal fat^of the abdomen," yet in the shops the purified commercial lard is used, which is made from the subcutaneous fat as well as from that of the abdomen. Much that is sold for lard is a compound of stearine and cotton-seed oil. When heated this compound gives the offensive odor of heated cotton- seed oil. Lard is adulterated by water, starch, alum, and quicklime (which are added to make it heavier and whiter). Common salt, is mixed with lard to preserve it. ADEPS BENZOINATUS (benzoinated lard, U. S. P.) is made by digesting two parts of coarsely powdered benzoin in 100 parts of melted lard (below 60 C., 140 F.) for two hours and straining. It is the base of many of the ointments of the United States Pharmacopoeia. Lard, the most common of emollients in general use, forms the basis of nearly all ointments used in surgery as topical applications. The action of lard, or simple ointment, is mechanical, protecting the sore or wound from the irritating influences of the air, which increases the inflammation already present. For the most part, all fats have the same physical properties, differing only as to the melting-point. Fats and oils are used to lubricate and soften the skin, and when rubbed in thoroughly about an articulation which has become stiff from injury or disuse will often assist in restoring its function. Any perfectly bland oil or fat may be used for this purpose. Mutton suet and goose grease have long been held in high repute in domestic medicine. They are valuable for the reason that when properly prepared, they are less apt to become rancid than are other fats. It must be remembered that the blandest fat, when it becomes rancid, is irritating, and will do much more harm than good. It is important in the selection of a fat for the preparation of an ointment that one should be chosen which will soften at the temperature of the body, but at that temperature will not become fluid. Thus, we have in lard a fat admirably suited for the preparation of ointments. In hot weather, white wax, yellow wax, or spermaceti may be added to lard to prevent its becoming fluid. It is important that lard for all medical purposes should be free from salt. Benzoic acid is frequently added to lard to prevent its becoming rancid. We have seen lard as an inunction used with success in the treatment of MARASMUS. Fats and oils are sometimes rubbed into the skin of the whole surface with a view to their absorption, so as to administer to the nutrition of the body. One of the pleasantest fats for this purpose is cocoanut oil. Fats and oils are sometimes rubbed into the skin to prevent the sweating in low, debilitating diseases, as PHTHISIS. AETHER. Ether. Sulphuric Ether. "A liquid composed of about 74 per cent, of ethyl oxide, and about 26 per cent, of alcohol containing a little water." (U. S. P.) Its specific gravity is 0.750. There is official in the U. S. P. sEther, as defined above, and ALther fortior, which is defined as " a liquid composed of about 94 per cent, ethyl oxide, and about 6 per cent, of alcohol containing a little water, and of a specific gravity not higher than 0.725 at I5C. (59 F.)". It is contemplated that the official ether should be used in preparing certain pharma- ceutic preparations, into the finished products of which it does not enter; but for medicinal purposes, either for administration by the stomach or for hypodermic use, and specially for anaesthesia, cether fortior is the article to be used. Ether is soluble in all proportions in alcohol, chloroform, benzol, benzin, and the fixed and volatile oils, and dissolves in eight times its volume of water at 15 C. (59 F.). It boils at 37 C. (98. 6 F.)" (U. S. P.). Its vapor, either alone or mixed with air, is highly inflammable. It should be remembered that its vapor is heavier than the atmosphere, and if it be used at night the lights should be placed as near the ceiling as may be, and if it is poured from one vessel to another this should be done close to the floor. General Surgery. The first surgical operation, beyond the extrac- tion of a tooth, in which ether was used as an anaesthetic was the removal of a tumor by Dr. John C. Warren at the Massachusetts General Hospital, the anaesthetic being administered by W. T. G. Morton. The choice of an anaesthetic for a surgical operation lies between ether and chloroform (we naturally here exclude nitrous-oxide gas), both being 70 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. agents equally capable of producing insensibility, although in the case of the latter the effect is brought about much more rapidly and with less discomfort to the patient. So dangerous is chloroform and so safe is ether that there is no excuse for the use of the former agent under ordinary circumstances. The reason of the safety of ether is that, unlike chloro- form, it does not suddenly paralyze the normal heart. It may kill by producing asphyxia ; but this it does slowly, and in most cases after warning which can be overlooked only through the utmost carelessness. If so unfortunate a result takes place, artificial respiration should at once be practised and continued for a long period. If definite rules are obeyed, many inconveniences which attend the use of ether may be avoided. The patient should not be allowed solid food for at least six hours before its inhalation ; he should be in the recumbent position while inhaling, and all garments about the neck and chest loosened. If the patient is a female, the corsets should be entirely unfas- tened. If possible, all the clothing should be removed except that ordi- narily worn in bed, so that when nausea follows anaesthesia there may be no likelihood of soiling the clothing. Care should be taken that the mouth is clear of every foreign substance. It is well to smear sweet oil or cosmoline about the mouth and nose, as the contact of the ether may cause slight excoriation. Various mechanical contrivances have been devised for the administra- tion of ether. It is probably true that the best inhaler is that of O. H. Allis, of Philadelphia. The advantage of an inhaler lies in the fact that it is saving of ether ; while, on the other hand, except care be exercised, it may become foul. Patients of the better class prefer to be anaes- thetized by means of a fresh napkin or towel. In our experience, nothing is found more satisfactory than an ordinary towel folded in the shape of a hollow cone, with a piece of stiff paper between the outer layers of the towel, so as to keep the cone in shape after it has become saturated with the drug. The materials for such an inhaler are always at hand ; and, if the cone be properly made, it is both economical and efficient. Some surgeons administer ether by laying a flat, folded towel over the nose and mouth a plan which allows but slight space for the evaporation of the ether, and possesses the disadvantage of being slow, uncomfortable to the patient, and wasteful. In the Massachusetts General Hospital a hollow cone-shaped sponge is used. In administering ether the patient should be informed that it may cause a slight choking sensation, which bodes no harm, is of tem- porary duration and will soon pass away. About half an ounce should be sprinkled over the inner side of the cone, which should then be held over the face, a short distance from the nose, thus per- mitting the vapor to be well diluted with air. In a short time the air passages become accustomed to the slightly irritant effect of the ether, and then the cone may be held down close over the nose and mouth, the ether being administered in as concentrated a form as possible. In this way a person may be completely anaesthetized with scarcely a struggle. When the conjunctiva is insensible to the touch of the finger, when muscular relaxation is complete and the breathing tends to become ster- torous, the stage of complete anaesthesia has been reached. At this point the quantity of ether poured in the cone should be reduced, or none should be added for a few minutes, subsequent additions being made only at times and in quantities necessary to keep the patient unconscious for the desired length of time. The first effect of inhalation of ether is an acceleration of the pulse and respiration, increase of the activity of the salivary glands, with a disposition to muscular movements, which frequently require restraint; the brain, too, is excited, and the patient may cry out. These symptoms demand continuance of the administration of the ether, and not its withdrawal. If the patient has taken solid food before the ether- ization, vomiting is now likely to occur. If this should happen, the cone should be withdrawn from the face ajid the patient's head and body be turned well over to one side, while the mouth and throat are freed as quickly as possible of all vomited matters by means of a sponge fastened to the end of a stick, or held in the blades of a pair of forceps. In the absence of these, the finger covered with a fold of towel or napkin will suffice. The second stage of ether narcosis may be considered to begin with complete loss of consciousness, and the patient soon passes into perfect relaxation, with a slow, regular respiration. The stertorous breathing that is noticed if the drug is forced a little further is due to paresis of the muscles of the palate, and, as a rule, is a warning to give less ether. The face during etherization is somewhat congested; marked pallor and lividity are always indications of failure of the heart's action or of the respi- ration, and when these signs appear the administration of the ether should be suspended. It is the habit among some anaesthetizers to cover the entire face and cone with an additional towel, to prevent loss by evaporation. This is a reprehensible practice, as it removes from view one of the best guides to the patient's condition. It is not an uncommon occurrence when a patient is anaesthetized, for muscular relaxation to be so complete that the tongue falls backward, the glottis closes, the face becomes cyan- osed, and the pulse frequent and irregular. Death may be threatened from asphyxia. In this event the head should be extended and the jaw pressed forward from behind with the thumb on the angles. It is rarely necessary to drag the tongue forward by means of a volsella forceps or tenacula, as is often done in clinics. Should so unfortunate an accident as apparent asphyxia occur, artificial 72 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. respiration should be practiced. The respiratory action may be excited by the use of the electric current, one electrode being placed over the larynx and the other over the epigastrium. Hypodermic injections of atropine and strychnine have been followed by good results. Efforts at resuscitation in these cases should be persevered in for at least half an hour, as apparently hopeless cases have been saved by the use of these means. The time that is required to produce complete anaesthesia varies. If the ether is properly administered, it can usually be accomplished in from five to twelve minutes. During recovery from the effects of anaes- thesia some patients become very excited ; others awake as from a quiet sleep. The latter mode of recovery is always to be desired, and it is to be encouraged by refraining from all attempts to arouse the patient when disposed to sleep. After arousing from the effects of the anaesthetic, nausea and vomiting are common sequels, but seldom require remedies. Should nausea persist, as it sometimes does in hysterical persons, a hypodermic of morphine will usually suffice to quiet it. Ether must not be administered to a female without the presence of a third party, if possible one of her own sex, since it is known that women often acquire fixed delusions which can only be met by testimony abso- lutely proving their falsity. If possible, ether should not be administered to persons who are far advanced in renal disease, as the partial elimination of the drug by the kidneys is a great tax on these organs. While the patient is under the influence of the anaesthetic the body should be kept covered with a blanket and free from exposure to drafts, as in this relaxed state pneumonia or pleurisy is easily contracted. Care must be taken to prevent the ignition^of ether from the actual cautery in operations about the mouth. The anaesthetizer should never pour any fluid on the cone, for the purpose of beginning anaesthesia, without first assuring himself of the character of the drug. A patient on recovering from an anaesthetic should never be left alone, but should be watched for several hours after the administration of the agent. When a patient ceases to breathe, or to hold the breath, as is so often the case in the first stage of anaesthesia, a little ether should be poured over the epigastrium, its rapid evaporation having the same effect as though ice-water was thrown upon the surface ; it will cause the patient to take a deep inspiration and immediately thereafter to breathe regularly. Ether may be used hypodermically as a diffusible stimulant in the treatment of shock. Thirty minims should be given at once, and may be repeated every ten minutes until four or more doses are administered. We have found it of great service exhibited in this way at intervals during operations following railroad injuries, when reaction has been imperfect. It is also of service in the threatened collapse following POST-PARTUM HEMORRHAGE. The needle causes a little pain at the point of insertion, AETHER. 73 which soon passes away without further discomfort. Kums, of Antwerp recommends the subcutaneous use of ether in NEURALGIA, employing 15 minims of ether, or of a mixture of ether and alcohol. The injection should be made as near as possible to the site of pain, the fluid being pressed through the tissues with the finger. He has thus cured RHEUMATIC NEURALGIA, SCIATICA, and TORTICOLLIS. Attention has been called by S. H. Savage {Brit. Med. Jour., Decem- ber, 1887) to dementia following the administration of ether. Romans, of Boston, has observed the same effect, the dementia occurring about a week after the administration and lasting about five weeks. Dr. Jno. H. Packard has described, under the name of " first insensi- bility " from ether, a condition of brief duration, in which such opera- tions as the opening of an ABSCESS or FELON can be performed without pain. The patient is instructed to hold up his arm during the inhala- tions ; on the relaxation of the arm the incision may be made. Various attempts have been made to induce anaesthesia by the rectum, but it has often caused dangerous diarrhoea and even death, so that its use is to be deprecated. The ether spray has long been used as a means of producing local anaesthesia by partially freezing the selected part. This method may be of service as a preliminary step to the opening of- small ABSCESSES, etc. An equally good effect can be produced with rhigoline. The fol- lowing mixture has been extolled: R. Chloroformi, f^x ; Ether, fxiv; Menthol, 3J. We have used this mixture and think it would be improved by reducing the menthol one-half. Diseases of the Skin. Sawyer {Lancet, July 12, 1890), on the ground that medicinal substances are more readily absorbed when dis- solved in ether and painted on the skin, proposes that an ethereal tincture of belladonna should be made of the same strength as the linimentum belladonna? (B.P.), substituting ether for rectified alcohol and the root for the leaves, since this preparation does not discolor the skin. He also recommends ethereal preparations of iodine and menthol, the latter one drachm to the ounce. Such medicaments are likely to be of use in localized PRURITUS and in URTICARIA. Ethereal tincture of capsicum, made as this writer suggests, is a stimulant in ALOPECIA. Ether is sometimes used as an injection for the cure of SEBACEOUS CYSTS. Five to ten drops are injected, by means of a hypodermic syringe, into the body of the tumor, the point of the needle being moved around so as to break up its contents. This is to be repeated daily until inflammation sets in. Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat. A spray of ether may be thrown upon the mucous surfaces in ACUTE CATARRHAL PHARYNGITIS, as quoted by Schech. {Diseases of the Mouth, Throat and Nose, p. 99.) Concato and Bufalini recommend that the spray be thrown every two 74 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. hours, for three or four minutes, from a Richardson apparatus. Ether is recommended by Voillemier as a remedy for EPISTAXIS in children. A wet compress should be saturated with the agent and applied to the fore- head. Equal parts of ether and water, or alcohol, may be used as a seda- tive and antispasmodic inhalant. A teaspoonful of the mixture is added to a pint of water at 80 F. .ETHER ACETICUS. Acetic Ether. Acetic ether is prepared in very much the same way as is the ordinary sulphuric ether, except that in addition to the alcohol used acetate of sodium is also in the still, and from the simultaneous freeing of the acetic acid and ether, acetic ether is produced. Most of that found in the shops contains alcohol and water, and has an acid reaction which does not belong to the pure compound. It has the properties of the ordinary ether with the addition of the very pleasant acetous odor. Cautions that have been given concerning the use of sulphuric ether apply also to its use. Acetic ether may be substituted for ether in the above preparation. Keene uses the acetic ether in CATARRHAL DISEASES OF THE MIDDLE EAR. AGARIC. Boletus. Touch Wood. Spunk. Tinder. The article known under the above names is the agaric of the oak the Boletus ignia- rius, a fungus found upon the bark of the oak tree. The inner part is used, and is prepared by slicing and beating with a mallet until soft and readily torn. It is known in France under the name of " Amadou" and as there prepared resembles old buckskin. Agaric is haemostatic and protectant. General Surgery. Owing to the light, tough, and spongy character of agaric it has long been employed as a compress to arrest bleeding from slight wounds, as from LEECH-BITES, for which purpose it may be placed over the bleeding point and retained with a piece of adhesive plaster or bandage. Owing to its physical properties it has also been employed as a compress -in INGROWING TOE NAILS ; a piece being cut to a wedge shape and forced into the subungual space, and retained there by means of adhesive plaster. For this purpose we should say that it would be greatly inferior to cotton thoroughly packed under the nail and then saturated with collodion and allowed to dry, making a firm, unyielding, perfectly fitting mass, thoroughly capable of supporting the nail. Boletus, when cut in button-shaped masses and saturated with chlorate or nitrate of potassium, forms what can be used as a MOXA, as a counter- irritant in CHRONIC JOINT AFFECTIONS ; although for this purpose at the present day the use of the Paquelin cautery has entirely superseded the use of the moxa, being more reliable and less painful. Diseases of the Nose. B. Robinson (New York Med. Journ., ALCOHOL. 75 September 24, 1887, also Trans. Am. Laryng. Assn., 1887), employs agaric in plugging the nose in EPISTAXIS. ALCOHOL. "A liquid composed of 91 per cent, by weight (94 per ce.nt. by volume) of ethyl alcohol (C 2 H.HO; 46), and 9 per cent, by weight (6 per cent, by volume) of water. Specific gravity 0.820 at 15.6 C. (60 F.) and 0.812 at 25 C. (77 F.)." (U. S. P.) Alcohol is miscible in all proportions with water, glycerin, and ether; dissolves the essential oils freely, but dissolves fixed oil very sparingly indeed. Castor oil is about the only fixed oil freely soluble in it, and this only when the alcohol is of full strength. It dissolves also iodine, and many balsams and resins. Absolute alcohol forms ethylates with potassium, sodium, and lithium. All deliquescent salts, except carbonate of potas- sium, are dissolved by it, as are also, freely, many of the chlorides. The " Alcohol Dilutum" of the U. S. P. and the " Spiritus Tenuior " of the Ph. Br. are mixtures of alcohol and water, containing the first 55 per cent, of water by weight, and the latter 51 per cent. Absolute alcohol is pure anhydrous ethylic alcohol. Alcohol is incompatible with chromic acid and with permanganate of potassium. When alcohol is kept in prolonged contact with the skin, evaporation being prevented, a sense of heat and superficial inflammation is produced. Alcohol coagulates albumin and hardens animal tissues by abstraction of water, and, hence, is of value, at times, in forming a thin, protective, air- excluding layer, which promotes healing. General Surgery. The stimulating action of alcohol upon the capil- laries when applied locally causes them to contract without marked coagu- lation or clotting of the blood, and has caused alcohol to be regarded as one of the most desirable of haemostatics, as it always leaves the wound to which it has been applied clean and free from clots or anything which will prevent primary union. Alcohol, diluted with equal parts of a i to 1000 solution of corrosive sublimate, is of great service in controlling capillary oozing after amputations. In this way two objects are accom- plished the checking of all oozing and the thorough disinfection of the wound. Alcohol, however, is in itself aseptic, since it is destructive to most life forms. In cases demanding immediate action it is often the only agent that is accessible. At one time it was with Ashhurst a favorite dressing for amputations, the stump being thoroughly enveloped with lint, saturated with equal parts of alcohol and water. We have employed a similar dressing, with the addition of a small quantity of corrosive sublimate (i to 2000) for granulating surfaces in which a high stage of inflammation has been present. It seems especially serviceable in cases which have been long poulticed, as is frequently seen in neglected FELON. Equal parts of alcohol and water form a convenient evaporating lotion. Alcohol is also a valuable remedy in the treatment of CONTUSIONS about the face, with much ecchymosis. For the removal of the latter Agnew advises the use of 76 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. equal parts of alcohol, water, and nitrate of ammonium (five grains to the fluidounce), the part to be kept covered with lint saturated with the solution. It is most useful as a stimulating, astringent wash for parts exposed to pressure, in order to prevent the formation of BED SORES. For this purpose it may be used diluted with equal parts of water, and should be applied with friction. Often the addition of alum will tend to harden the skin and make it less liable to fissure. Alcohol (or what is used in many of our hospitals common whisky, on account of its cheapness) is employed to great advantage in SPONGING THE LIMB IN CASES OF FRACTURE, after the removal of the bandages, adding greatly to the patient's comfort by restoring the cutaneous functions. In the bloody oozing which is often seen in CARCINOMA of the breast, alcohol compresses are often used with most satisfactory results. UTERINE HEMORRHAGE may often be controlled by placing a sponge saturated with alcohol in the cavity of the uterus and causing the viscus to contract. Absolute alcohol is one of the very best materials in which to preserve CATGUT LIGATURES, as it keeps them firm and does not interfere with their flexibility, while bichloride of mercury and carbolic acid render them brittle and weak. A mixture of alcohol and white of egg also forms an excellent appli- cation in the earliest stages of threatening BEDSORE. It is to be applied frequently with a fine brush, and renewed as it dries until an albuminous coating is formed over the excoriated surface. Alcohol has also been used as an antiseptic and for dressing ULCERS and ATONIC SORES. Diseases of the Skin. Alcohol is employed in diseases of the skin as a local anaesthetic and as an adjuvant to various lotions. The anaesthetic effect depends, in all probability, upon the cold which its rapid evaporation produces. Employed alone or with the addition of chloroform, alcohol is often of benefit as a lotion in URTICARIA and some forms of ERYTHEMA, especially ERYTHEMA CALORICUM, or FROST BITE. R. Chloroformi, f^ iv; Alcoholis, f^iv. M. As an astringent, alcohol acts by hardening the tissues of the skin, and is thus useful in preventing maceration in cases of HYPERIDROSIS and in other complaints. Holgate, of New York {Arch, of Pediatrics, 1889), treats N^vus by the injection of five to seven minims of 95 per cent, alcohol. The naevus is encircled by a ring on which pressure is exerted to arrest the circulation. The point of the syringe is gradually withdrawn during the injection. The tumor solidifes and the tissues shrink. The injection is ' repeated at intervals of several weeks until the disappearance of the growth has been effected. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. Alcohol (95 per cent.) has been recommended for the treatment of OTORRHEA. Opinions have ALCOHOL. 77 varied with respect to its efficacy. Since the introduction of boric acid and corrosive sublimate treatment the remedy has fallen into disuse; it would appear to be especially indicated in those cases which, after treatment by antiseptic methods and careful cleansing, yet remain unhealed. In a word, in the late stage of the antiseptic treatment if the discharge after cleansing be not diminished, the use of alcohol in the above-named strength stimulates the surface, deposits a'coagulate of mucin in the dis- charge, and corrects odor. It appears to have a special disposition to destroy ASPERGILLUS, and some of its value in the treatment of otorrhea may depend on this factor. In the beginning of the treatment caution should be used, as in some individuals alcohol in almost any strength causes irritation. Absolute alcohol has been tested for the treatment of AURAL POLYPUS, but very properly has fallen into disuse. It is diffi- cult to restrict its action, and instances are known in which inflammation has extended into the middle ear and caused a clot to form in the lateral sinus. (Schwartz, Naturforscher Versammlung zu Berlin, September, 1886.) The first effect of strong alcoholic preparations on the mucous mem- brane is to constrict capillaries and induce pallor; the secondary effect is to dilate the vessels (Mandl). According to Zaufel ( Wiener Med. Presse, No. 50, 1883), alcohol in the form of spiritus rectificatus acts most happily, sometimes, in mammilliform perforations of the tympanum. Absolute alcohol is often diluted with glycerin, since the mixture serves better the purpose of local application than when used pure. It may be joined in proportion of one of the alcohol to four to ten parts of glycerin, or even of equal parts. Such a mixture forms a convenient medium for exhibiting the effects of boric acid, salicylic acid, and carbolic acid. In the weaker preparations these act somewhat alike ; the carbolic acid being the least well borne on skin surfaces or in the auditory meatus and the nostril. The commercial alcohol has been praised by C. Seiler as a remedy in the treatment of CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH. J. Solis Cohen practically admits its value in the treatment of DIPHTHERIA, in making the assertion that the popular tincture of chloride of iron owes its efficacy to alcohol rather than to iron. It has also been used as a mouth wash in NOMA. Claret wine as a gargle in relaxed states of the throat probably owes its virtue to the alcohol present, aided by a small proportion of tannic acid. G. Vivian {Phila. Med. Times. May 21, 1881) recommends alcohol as an inhalant in DIPHTHERIA. He has never seen any constitutional effect arise from its use, although as much as a quart a day may be employed. Diseases of the Eye. The delicate cutting instruments used in ophthalmic surgery can be readily cleaned and made aseptic without 78 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. injury to their edges by thorough wiping with absorbent cotton saturated with alcohol. As an additional precaution they are sometimes previously immersed in boiling water. During an operation they can be kept on a napkin saturated with alcohol, or in a rack over a layer of alcohol con- tained in a shallow pan or waiter. Alcohol, though perhaps the most perfect of aseptic fluids, is not antiseptic, and even alcoholic solutions of antiseptics are without value as germicides (Koch, Sattler, and others). Alcohol at any rate is too irritating for application to the eye. ALDEHYD. Dehydrogenated Alcohol. Acetic Aldehyd is here to be understood. It is " a colorless, mobile, inflammable liquid, having a rather pungent, ethereal, and suffocating odor." (U. S. D.) Its specific gravity is 0.79. Aldehyd " mixes in all proportions with water, alcohol, and ether, and is rapidly converted into acetic acid by exposure to the air." (U. S. D.) When desired pure it is prepared by a very complex process from alcohol. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Aldehyd is sedative and probably astringent to the respiratory tract. As an inhalant it may be employed in the proportion of 80 minims to the ounce of water. For the pharynx a preparation of aldehyd, two parts ; carbolic acid, one part ; and glycerin, five parts may be applied with a brush ; or aldehyd and glycerin may be employed in equal parts. Lennox Browne claims that aldehyd arrests excessive secretion of mucus. ALTH^A. Marshmallow. "The root of Alth&a officinalis," (U. S. P.) Marshmallow root yields a yellowish white powder, containing much starch and mucilaginous matter, and some saccharine matter. The powder is bland, soothing, and non-irritating, and is an excellent vehicle for more active remedies. General Surgery. A decoction of marshmallow is occasionally used as a sedative injection to allay IRRITATION in the vagina and rectum. The root is used in France for children to "cut teeth on," as orris root is used elsewhere. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Althaea acts in diseases of the throat as a demulcent. It is not often prescribed. The so-called marsh- mallow confection of the shops is composed of gum arabic. Pastilles containing althaea are known under the name of "Pastilles guimauve." Althaea is occasionally employed to weaken astringents when it is desired to use these agents in the form of powders. ALUMEN. 79 ALUMEN. Alum. In the U. S. P. the sulphate of aluminum and potassium is official. In the Ph. Br. both this salt and the sulphate of aluminum and ammonium are official. They are regarded as equal in therapeutic value. Alum is " soluble in ten and five-tenths parts of water at 15 C. (59 F.), and in three-tenths part of boiling water, and is insoluble in alcohol." (U. S. P.) It is " incompatible with the alkalies and their carbonates, lime-water, magnesia and its carbonate, tartrate of potassium, and acetate of lead." (U. S. D.) ALUMEN EXSICCATUM (burnt alum, dried alum, desiccated alum, dehydrated alum, alumen ustum) is alum freed from its water of crystallization by heat. As an exsiccant it, of course, should be used dry. Alum and carbolic acid are sometimes united, as follows : alum, two drachms ; car- bolic acid, one-half drachm ; water, one pint. Alum is astringent, exsiccant, and mildly caustic. It is an important member of a group of remedies which have the property of coagulating albumin. Alum is used as a haemostatic, and to check too profuse formation of mucus or pus. Alum acts by constricting vessels and by causing the formation of coagula on wounds. It has but slight penetrative power. It is efficient as an astringent to newly made vessels in granulation tissue. In this way it tends to lessen secretion and to stay capillary bleeding. When used as an exsiccant, it absorbs moisture from the tissues. It is particularly useful in the minor fluxes and inflammations of childhood, and of those adults in whom the tissues are delicate. General Surgery. As a haemostatic alum may be used in the milder forms of bleeding, as from PILES, LEECH-BITES or SMALL WOUNDS, as well as in HEMORRHAGE FROM THE UTERUS. Powdered alum should be dusted on the bleeding part, or applied in strong solution. Dried alum acts as a mild caustic, being much less powerful than are the salts of zinc or copper. It is sometimes used to destroy exuberant granulations. Alum is an excellent application to small BED SORES ; the following formula is useful: Alum, %ss; camph., ^ij ; the whites of four eggs. Alum added to whisky or diluted alcohol renders either of these sub- stances much more effectual as a topical application to surfaces of the body exposed to pressure, and the combination will sometimes prevent the formation of a BED SORE. A solution of alum (half a drachm or a drachm to the pint) is often used as an injection in cases of RELAXATION OF THE VAGINAL Mucous MEMBRANE, LEUCORRHOZA, (whether from disease of the vagina or of the cervix), and in ACUTE GONORRHOEA in women. In the disease last named, it can be directed as a douche, or the vagina may be packed with strips of lint saturated with the weaker solution (one-half drachm to one pint). It is, however, often more irri- tating than are other astringents. 8o LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. In PROCIDENTIA RECTI of children it is sometimes useful to wash the mucous membrane with a lotion composed of one drachm of alum added to a pint of decoction of oak bark. In VULVITIS of children, few remedies, according to Ringer, can be compared to the injection of a solution of alum (forty grains to a pint of water) followed by its use as a wash, kept constantly applied to the external parts. Diseases of the Skin. Alum has very little effect on the unbroken skin, except to harden it slightly. To parts from which the epidermis has been removed it causes a film of coagulated albumin to form, and produces contraction of the tissues and vessels. Hydrated alum in powder is sometimes employed in SWEATING OF THE SOLES OF THE FEET. Burnt alum is also used for the same purpose, combined with salicylic acid: R. Pulv. aluminii usti, gv. ; pulv. acidi salicylici, sijss; pulv. amyli, ^xv; pulv. talci, gxx. M. A solution of alum with sulphate of zinc is sometimes prescribed as an astringent lotion in ERYTHEMA INTERTRIGO and ECZEMA: R. Aluminis, grs. xx; zinci sul- phat. grs. x ; glycerini, f^j ; aquae rosae, ad fsiv. M. D. H. Agnew speaks highly of sulphate of zinc and alum for PRURITUS AMI. Equal parts of these salts are placed in an earthen vessel and heated sufficiently to drive off their water of crystallization, or until they become a confluent, hard mass. From half a drachm to one drachm of this substance, powdered and dissolved in a little water, should be thrown into the rectum. In a few minutes it will destroy the itching. It is stated that by this means cures have been effected after the futile application of many other drugs. A solution of ten grains to the ounce of water forms a convenient wash. The powder of burnt alum is sometimes employed as a mild escharotic to reduce exuberant granulations. In ONYCHIA the following wash has proved useful : R. Pulv. aluminii usti, grs.iij ; zinci sulphat., grs.ij ; plumbi sub- acetat., grs.ij ; aquae, f$j M. Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat. J. Rossbach {Berliner Wochenschrift, May 15, 1882) found that a solution of alum (strength not given) caused, after five minutes, loosening of the epithelial cells of the membrane of the trachea of living animals. Pulverized burnt alum is of value in destroying the stump left after the removal of an AURAL POLYPUS. A delicate probe is moistened and inserted in the powder. The quantity which adheres is carried to the desired spot. The drug may be used freely. A lotion of one-half grain to the ounce is prescribed in the treatment of diffuse INFLAMMATION OF THE EXTERNAL EAR. In OTORRHEA, dependent upon a recent perforation in the tympanic membrane, alum should be used sparingly. In the experience of A. H. Buck {Trans. Otological Soc. , 1873) a weak solution, forced into the tym- panic chamber by injection was followed by mastoid disease. Redoes not ALUMEN. 8 1 state, however, that a similar complication would not have occurred had another medicine been used. A powder composed of burnt alum and starch, to which a small quantity of oxide of zinc has been added, is a popular remedy for moist ECZEMA and other forms of diffuse inflammation of the external auditory passage. Alum must be used with caution in the external ear, owing to the fact that if the powder has taken up moisture from the affected surfaces it is apt to remain as a dry, hard plug, and if much discharge is present may prevent its escape. On this account some practitioners have discarded this agent, but used it on selected surfaces (as for example on GRANULATIONS, POLYPUS STUMP, etc.) it is both efficient and safe. On the whole, it is best to weaken the powdered drug either with an indifferent agent or with one having a slightly different action on the parts. In the nose, alum has been used in the proportion of from two to five grains to the ounce in PURULENT NASAL CATARRH. Thirty grains to the ounce forms a solution of appropriate strength in preparing a cotton tampon. Alum may be used as a gargle in PHARYNGITIS, in a strength from ten to fifteen grains to the ounce. The pure powder of burnt alum may be rubbed in the tonsil in FOLLICULAR INFLAMMATION. F. L. Ives prefers alum to all other astringents. Fifteen grains to the ounce of water form a suitable preparation to be used as a pigment for chronic inflammation of the pharynx and larynx. It is one of the most reliable remedies in the relaxed edematous condition accompanied with congestion at the end of an attack of ACUTE ANGINA, MERCURIAL STOMATITIS. Its use should not be prolonged, because of its destructive action on the teeth. It has long been a domestic remedy for " SORE THROAT." A little glycerin, molasses or honey may be added to the lotion. To increase the astrin- gency one of the vegetable drugs which contain tannic acid is often added. A wash of three grains to the ounce has been recommended as a palliative for ADENOID GROWTH of the naso-pharynx when operative procedures are not practicable. Since writers recommend strengths of fluids in CHRONIC LARYNGITIS of from one to sixty grains to the ounce, it is evident that more than a single purpose is met by preparations so varying in strength. Tauchfuss recom- mends the inhalation of alum in CROUP. Insufflations of powdered burnt alum are almost always effective in removing mucus from the arytenoid prominences in ACUTE LARYNGEAL CATARRH. So weak a preparation as two grains to the drachm of powdered acacia or starch may suffice. Equal parts of alum and sulphur, powdered, blown into the throat at the moment of a deep inspiration, is recommended in LARYNGEAL DIPHTHERIA. In the form of a powder 6 82 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. burnt alum, as this is found in the shops, should always be used. The chief value which the powdered alum has over the solution is that it acts as an exsiccant ; the drier the powder the more efficiently it meets this indication. The conditions to which alum especially responds are two in number; first, the presence of mucus, in which there is more or less of the tenacious fibrinous mass poured out from inflamed muci- parous glands. Hoarseness arising from the presence of bands of tenacious mucus between the vocal cords can be relieved by insuffla- tions of powdered burnt alum. A small portion of morphine is sometimes added to the powder with advantage if there be much attendant cough. The alum coagulates the mucin of the material and converts it into an albuminate which is not tenacious and is easily removed. The second indication for its administration is less exact, viz., the relaxed appearance of the membrane due to a moderate amount of cedema in the tissues in the last stage of ACUTE CATARRH. Many other astringents are here equally, if not more, efficient. If not followed by good results at once the alum had better be discontinued; the primary effects are those to be sought for. Powdered alum mixes well with a number of other powders, among which, in addition to the above, may be named iodoform, boric acid, sodium borate, and salicylic acid. According to H. McNaughton Jones, two parts each of alum and boric acid added to four parts of sodium borate form a powder, twenty grains of which added to an ounce of water may be employed as a gargle. Alum is a weak haemostatic to the mucous membrane of the respiratory tract. It may be employed as a gargle after tonsillotomy. For free EPISTAXIS it cannot be relied upon, though it is of service in slight capillary oozing. Alum is warmly recommended by W. E. Casselberry as an insufflation in CHRONIC PHARYNGITIS accompanied with irritative cough, in the following form : powdered alum, acacia, sugar of milk, equal parts. Lozenges of alum each contain from one to two grains. Diseases of the Eye. Alum is a useful astringent in CONJUNCTI- VITIS with mucous or purulent discharge. Acute conjunctivitis with only aqueous secretion is best treated with cold water applications or hot stupes and soothing detergent washes of boric acid, either alone or combined with borax, or, if there be much irritability or burning, with cocaine. Severe chronic cases usually require more stimulating applica- tions. Alum is best adapted to acute or mild chronic cases with more or less discharge, the amount and character of which may determine the strength of the solution and the frequency of its application. In MUCO-PURULENT CONJUNCTIVITIS it may be used in solution of from one-half to two grains to one ounce, combined with ten grains of boric AMYGDALA. 83 acid, dropped freely into the conjunctival sac three or four times a day. From two to four grains of morphine solution is sometimes an agreeable addition. In OPHTHALMIA NEONATORUM one or two grains of alum may be added to the boric acid wash, with which the eye is thoroughly cleansed every hour or two. In the GONORRHCEAL OPHTHALMIA of adults it may be used in the same way in rather stronger solution, though in this disease most surgeons prefer bichloride of mercury. Alum (one-half grain to one ounce) may be conveniently combined with atropine when conjunctival inflammation complicates cases of IRITIS or KERATITIS. Some authorities (Tweedy, Brunton) have claimed that alum has a tendency to increase ulceration of the cornea by "a. solvent effect upon its cementum." This charge can hardly be considered proved, but such cases usually bear irritating applications badly, and demand anti- septic rather than astringent treatment. In CHRONIC PALPEBRAL CON- JUNCTIVITIS the solid crystal of alum is a useful application. It is dipped in water and passed over the everted eyelid, which should be washed before it is allowed to close. Crystals cut into pencils and fitted with handles are supplied by druggists. " Alum curd" is used to prevent ecchymosis after contusion of the eye- lids. It is made by adding powdered alum to milk or white of egg until a curd is formed. It is a grateful application but should not be relied upon to the exclusion of scarifications and ice. AMYGDALA. Almond. "MIXTURE OF ALMOND." To prepare this the almond is first "blanched" by immersing it in hot water for a minute or two, which softens the adherent skin and it is then readily removed by the fingers. The almond is then put into a mortar, beaten with acacia and sugar, and triturated with water (added little by little) until a thorough mixture is formed. This is strained, and that which passes through the strainer forms the " mixture of almond." If a pro- portion of bitter almond be used with the sweet almond, some oil of bitter almond is generated, which gives a pleasant odor to the preparation. Made in this way the preparation will not keep, and requires either the addition of salicylic acid or a pro- portion of alcohol to prevent it from spoiling. " Mixture of almond " is used as a vehicle for the application of more active medicinal cosmetics. OLEUM AMYGDALAE EXPRESSUM. " A fixed oil expressed from bitter or sweet almond." U. S. P. The process is simply the pressing of the cleaned almond between warm iron plates. (By mixing crushed bitter almond and water, the volatile product called in the Pharmacopoeia " Oil of Bitter Almond" is generated and can be Separated by distillation. It must be carefully distin- guished from the expressed oil, as it is irritant and poisonous). The oil of sweet almond is a favorite menstruum for the dilution of menthol, creasote and naphthol. 84 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. General Surgery. Almond oil, when pure, forms a bland prepara- tion which may be applicable for the same purposes as sweet oil. Diseases of the Skin. In addition to entering into the composition of several valuable ointments the oil of almond is used as a bland appli- cation to the inflamed skin, and especially to soften crusts and scales pre- paratory to more active treatment. Carbolic acid is sometimes added to almond oil as a local treatment in PRURITUS. (See Ol. Olivse.) UNGUENTUM AQU;E ROS;E. Cold Cream. K . Expressed oil of almond, ^v; spermaceti, ^j ; white wax, ^j; rose water, !f iij. Melt together by means of water bath, and stir the mixture constantly while cooling. FARINA AMYGDALAE. Almond Meal. This is usually prepared either from sweet almonds, or from sweet and bitter almonds together, by blanching them (i.e., removing the epidermis by immersion in hot water), then either grinding them to a meal in a suitable mill as they then are (in which case the product is an oily meal), or pressing them between hot plates to remove the oil, and then grinding the "cake." If a proportion of bitter almond be employed, the meal when mixed with water will give off the odor of oil of bitter almond; otherwise, it is odorless. The oily meal soon becomes rancid, but when fresh is more demulcent than is the meal made from the expressed cake. A less elegant almond meal is made by grinding the cake left after the commercial expression of oil of sweet almond. This meal is brown in color, because of the non-separation of the epidermis. Diseases of the Skin. Both the bitter and the sweet almond are used in the treatment of skin diseases. The crushed kernel of the bitter almond is employed in the form of cataplasm applied in cases of PRURITUS VULWE, while the oil has been employed dissolved in water of the strength of one drop to the ounce, to allay general pruritus. The virtue of bitter almond is due to the hydrocyanic acid it contains. The mixture of sweet almond is used as a vehicle- for various lotions, particularly those employed upon the face. Almond meal gives a peculiarly soft and soothing quality to water, and is often used in washing the hands when chapped or eczematous. AMYL NITRIS. Nitrite of Amyl. " A liquid produced by the action of nitric or nitrous acid on amylic alcohol, which volatilizes between 262 and 270 F. It consists chiefly of nitrite of amyl. It should be stored in hermetically-sealed vessels, or in well stopped bottles, and in a cool, dark place." (Ph. Br.) "It is insoluble in water, but soluble in all proportions in alcohol ether, chloroform, benzol, and benzin." (U. S. P.) * Nitrite of amyl is antispasmodic. Upon the skin it acts the part of an irritant. AMVL NITRIS. 85 Nitrite of amyl is used either by inhalation or subcutaneously. Its ready volatility interferes with its use externally in the form of liniment, as recommended by Kurz, of Florence {Practitioner, February, 1882) ; because, when it is thus employed, the patient cannot fail to inhale more or less of its vapor, and in this way may come under its influence to a dan- gerous extent. All persons are not affected alike by nitrite of amyl, some being able to inhale ten drops without inconvenience, while a drop will affect others, producing great giddiness. The first dose should always be taken under medical supervision. It should be borne in mind that the symptoms increase for a minute after the withdrawal of the agent. As a rule anaemic persons bear much larger doses than those who are not anaemic. The patient should always be seated while inhaling nitrite of amyl. Patients after a time become habituated to its use, so that the dose has to be rather increased or repeated. In ANGINA PECTORIS, nitrite of amyl, since its use was suggested by Richardson in 1864, has held a foremost place among our modern appli- ances for the relief of this distressing complaint. Three to five drops are to be placed upon a handkerchief and held under the nostril. The promptness with which this agent acts is marvelous in 3 large majority of cases. If it fails as of course, it sometimes does recourse must be had to chloroform. In SPASMODIC ASTHMA and CARDIAC DYS. PNQEA, we have employed nitrite of amyl by inhalation with benefit. In EPILEPSY, according to the testimony of S. Weir- Mitchell and others, nitrite of amyl may be employed with advantage as a palliative. Immediately upon the aura being felt, a few of the pearls containing the drug may be broken upon a handkerchief and the contents inhaled, or a few drops may be taken from a small phial. In PUERPERAL CONVUL- SIONS, W. F. Jenks found nitrite of amyl efficient, but liable to induce uterine relaxation. In LUMBAGO a ten per cent, solution may be injected into the back, with the most happy results, relieving both the pain and stiffness. In CHLOROFORM POISONING, nitrite of amyl inhalations have been employed with advantage. Diseases of the Ear, Throat and Nose. Nitrite of amyl is used as an inhalant in ASTHMATIC ATTACKS, and to overcome SPASM OF THE GLOTTIS. Eight minims of the drug may be added to an ounce of alcohol. A teaspoonful of this mixture is mixed with a pint of water at 100 F. Chloroform, however, is a superior agent. One of the chief uses for the inhalation of nitrite of amyl is to overcome the toxic im- pression of cocaine. {Journal of Laryngology and Rhinology, Vol. i, 1887, P- l6 6.) The inhalation of six drops of the nitrite of amyl from a hand- kerchief is found valuable at the beginning of an attack of HAY- FEVER. {L 1 Union Medicate, January loth, 1891.) 86 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. AMYLUM. Starch. In the U. S. P., wheat starch alone is official. (" The fecula of the seed o Triticum vu/g-are"). In the Ph. Br., however, the starch of wheat (Triticum vulgare and T. sativuni), of Indian corn (Zea mays), and rice (Oryza saliva), are all official. Corn starch is drier and more absorbent than is wheat starch. Rice starch is practically unused in this country, the " Fleur de Riz" sold under the name of " baby powder," being usually made from corn or wheat starch. Starch is sometimes adulterated with or substituted by potato starch, and rarely mixed with carbonate and sulphate of lime, and with water. Starch powder is protectant and demulcent. In addition, it forms a convenient vehicle for the distribution of insoluble powders, such as oxychloride of bismuth, subnitrate of bismuth, etc. As an ingredient of snuffs, etc., it is usually employed in combination with powdered acacia, which renders it more adherent. General Surgery. Starch poultices are of service for the softening and removal of dried secretions about the scalp and face. A bandage saturated with starch is used in surgery, where a fixed dressing is desirable to lend greater firmness or solidity to the ordinary roller bandage. When the starch bandage is applied two rollers are necessary, the inner one being saturated with thick starch, and the outer one being left dry. The starch bandage requires from thirty to forty hours to dry, and for this reason it is not so convenient as plaster-of-Paris, which has almost entirely superseded it. We have found starch of service smeared on bandages which are used for retaining extension apparatus on the leg and thigh, thereby rendering them smooth and preventing displacement. Starch in solution is a valuable menstruum for the administration of sedative applications or remedies in various diseases of the rectum ; for instance, in an attack of PILES, when the inflammation is confined to a slight oedema and redness of the external folds, an injection of thin, warm starch, particularly when combined with belladonna or opium, is a soothing application. Injections of laudanum and starch water have long been held in high repute in cases of DYSENTERY and DIARRHCEA. In this way starch, from its bland nature, may be of service in rectal medication in country practice. Two to four ounces can be readily thrown into the rectum and retained there without inconvenience. Diseases of the Skin. Wheat starch is the form commonly used in making applications to the skin, though corn starch is also employed. Alone or in combination with other absorbents, finely triturated starch prevents CHAFING. Its action is even thought to have slight sedative and astringent properties. Starch, when boiled with water to a jelly, has a demulcent and soothing effect on the skin, and in the form of starch baths, with or without the addition of bicarbonate of sodium, is of value ANTHRAROBIN. 87 in ACUTE ECZEMA, PRURITUS, and other inflammatory diseases. (See Baths.} A starch poultice is made by mixing the dry starch with enough water to make a paste. Boiling water is then poured on the mass and the mix- ture, being briskly stirred the while, is heated for some minutes. The resulting gelatinous paste is spread on tarletan or thin cloth. It should be uniformly translucent and without lumps. The poultice should be thick, and it is better to cover it with paraffin paper, oiled silk, or other impermeable covering, to prevent too speedy desiccation. The addition of thirty grains of boric acid to the ounce of starch, in making the starch poultice, converts it into a disinfectant application. Starch poultices are very useful to remove crusts, etc., without pro- ducing irritation, in inflammatory conditions of the skin. As starch readily decomposes in the presence of heat, moisture, serum, ichor, etc., the addition of a few grains of salicylic acid to starch powders is advisable, where there is any discharge. A teaspoonful of dried starch dissolved or mixed in a quart of water makes a convenient lotion for macerating the crusts in ECZEMA OF THE SCALP in infants. Two or three folds of linen soaked in this fluid are placed upon the scalp and covered with a rubber cloth. One or two drachms of boric acid may be dissolved in this quantity of lotion to counteract decomposition. The application is renewed from time to time until the skin is soothed and prepared for other forms of treatment. ANTHRAROBIN. Desoxyalizarin. Anthrarobin is " a product of the deoxidation of alizarin. It is a yellowish-white powder, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol or dilute alkaline solutions." (National Medical Dictionary.) Anthrarobin is parasiticide and alterant. Diseases of the Skin. Anthrarobin was introduced by Behrend as a substitute for chrysarobin. Its action is similar, but much less ener- getic than that of the agent last named, but it is without its objectionable irritating or poisonous qualities. Thus it may be used over extensive surfaces with impunity. It causes a brownish discoloration of the skin and nails, and indelibly stains muslin and linen. Applied to the face it not only discolors the skin, but sometimes give rise to a slight burning feeling; it excites no serious irritation, excepting occasionally in the case of infants. As a parasiticide, it has been used successfully in ERYTHRASMA, TINEA CIRCINATA, and TINEA VERSICOLOR. It has also been used in PSORIASIS, and by Bronson in CHRONIC ECZEMA and ULCERS. The alcoholic solu- 88 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. tion, one drachm to the ounce, decomposes in a few days, but when fresh is efficient. Anthrarobin is, however, commonly employed in an oint- ment of half a drachm to the ounce, or in the form of powder applied to ulcers. ANTHEMIS. Chamomile. " The flower heads of Anthemis nobilis collected from cultivated plants" (U. S. P.). Chamomile contains a bitter principle, of an acid character, and an essential oil. The oil appears to be the active constituent. Diseases of the Ear and Throat. A fomentation of chamomile flowers is an ancient simple in domestic practice for OTALGIA. Chamo- mile has a secondary position among topical agents in affections of the respiratory tract. Inhalations of a hot infusion may be used as an adju- vant in ACUTE SORE THROAT in children, in which a spasmodic element is present. Diseases of the Eye. A small bag of thin flannel, containing chamomile flowers, dipped in a hot infusion of this herb, forms a con- venient means of applying moist heat in ophthalmic practice. ANTIMONII OXIDUM. Oxide of Antimony. " A heavy, grayish-white powder, permanent in the air, odorless and tasteless, almost insoluble in water, and insoluble in alcohol" (U. S. P.). Diseases of the Throat. One to five grains, in the form of a powder, is recommended by J. Solis Cohen in CHRONIC LARYNGITIS. It is described as a relaxant. ANTIMONII ET POTASSII TARTRAS. Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium. Tartar Emetic. Tartrate of antimony and potassium is rubefacient, counter-irritant, and vesicant. General Surgery. Tartar emetic is occasionally used, locally, in the form of the ointment, as a rubefacient. Spread on lint it excites on the skin a characteristic inflammation, at first papular, then vesicular, and lastly pustular. The eruption thus runs the course of that of small- pox and simulates it closely; it often leaves minute scars. An ointment of the drug was formerly ordered when a powerful and persistent irritant action was desired, but its use is to be deprecated, as the blister it produces is unusually severe and liable to be followed by an ill-conditioned ulcer. Rigley {Obstet. Jour., Sept., 1877) speaks highly of the use of the ANTIFEBRINE ANTIPYRIN. 89 tartar emetic ointment over the seat of the disease in SUBACUTE OVARITIS. Diseases of the Throat. Although the effect ordinarily induced by tartar emetic on the respiratory passages is a constitutional one, it is sometimes convenient to administer the drug in the form of a lozenge, in combination with another agent. Thus, S. Hartwell Chapman orders ^-J-g- of a grain of the antimony salt with -^ of a grain of codeine, in the form of a lozenge, in ACUTE INFLAMMATION OF THE THROAT, when accompanied with fever. ANTIFEBRINE. Acetanilid. General Surgery. Antifebrine has been used locally as an appli- cation for the treatment of CHANCRE and CHANCROID, but iodoform, or black wash, will, as a rule, be found a more satisfactory means of treatment. ANTIPYRIN.* Dimethylphenylpyrazolon ; Phenazonum Ph. Br. Phenazone is in the form of pearl white crystalline scales. It is bitterish in taste, readily soluble in water, soluble in about fifty parts of ether, and very soluble in chloro- form and alcohol. Under the name of Phenazonum (Phenazone) it has been recently added to the British Pharmacopoeia. Antipyrine is sedative, moderately analgesic and haemostatic. General Surgery. R. Robinson (Rev. Gen. de Clin. et de. Therap., March, 1890) reports a case in which a ten per cent, solution applied to the cervix controlled UTERINE HEMORRHAGE after other remedies had failed. A fifty per cent, solution of antipyrin, injected at .the point of greatest distress, has been used hypodermically for the relief of pain in LUMBAGO, SCIATICA and INTERCOSTAL NEURALGIA. (Wiener Med. Wochen., March 1889.) It has also been used with starch on a tampon to relieve the pain ot UTERINE CANCER, which it does very effectually. A mixture of antipy- rine, two parts, and vaseline, three parts, in an ointment, has been applied to ULCERATING CANCER OF THE BREAST with a tendency to bleed, with asserted benefit. Washing the parts with a five to twenty per cent, solution of antipyrin is of service to control the capillary oozing after operations. Glinsky (Brit. Med Jour., May, 1889) has tried antipyrin for hemorrhage with unsatisfactory results. It was applied in powder, or * Antipyrin is the copyrighted name of this chemical when made by a special patented process, and Antifebrine is the copyrighted name of Acetanilid. 90 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. in plugs saturated with a five to ten per cent, solution. A one-half per cent, solution has been used with asserted advantage in GONORRHOEA. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. F. W. Hinkle (N. Y. Med. Jour., Oct. 20, 1888), believes that antipyrin is a valuable adju- vant in the treatment of NASAL CATARRH. A four per cent, solution may be sprayed into the nostril. At first a slight smarting sensation is produced, but the subsequent impression resembles that of cocaine. In a recent communication to one of us, Dr. Hinkle reasserts his statement respecting the effect of antipyrin in irritable states of the mucous mem- brane. It is a mild sedative, and free from the inconvenience and objections of cocaine. It is not contra-indicated in solutions of this agent, but appears to increase its value. The impression is less decided than is the case with cocaine, while more persistent. Subsequent observers claim that this impression is due to its absorption into the system ; the effect, therefore, is not strictly local, since the internal administration of the drug produces a similar effect upon the nasal mucous membrane. Occasionally subjects will be found who cannot permit the use of antipyrin in any strength, it proving to be with them irritating. Haemostatic properties have been claimed for antipyrin. Both Hinkle and Henorque (Gaz. hebdom., Jan. 13, 1888, p. 29) employ for this pur- pose a strength of one part to five. It appears to be especially useful in checking bleeding from a CANCEROUS ULCER. B. Robinson (N. Y. Med. four., Sept. 24, 1887) recommends antipyrin in capsules for epistaxis, in strength of solution varying from five to fifteen grains to the ounce of water. Its analgesic effects are increased by combining with it a small portion of morphine. In this manner H. Snow {Brit. Med. Jour., Feb. 16, 1889) has employed it in the treatment of MALIGNANT GROWTHS OF THE MOUTH- AND TONGUE. Diseases of the Eye. Antipyrin has been used with asserted good effect in clearing up CORNEAL OPACITIES. As it has been dusted on the cornea with calomel, its effects cannot be separated from those of this old standard remedy. AQUA. Water. The uses of water in the local treatment of disease are numerous. Apart from the indirect aid secured by cleansing foul surfaces, water can be employed, according to the temperature to which it is raised, to answer a variety of indications ; in a word, it is a convenient means of controlling degrees 'of heat. Dry heat (ordinarily obtained by radiation from a metallic surface) can be maintained by passing previously heated water through flexible metallic tubes (Leiter tubes). Water exerts no specific action on living tissue ; it acts by presence, or by its temperature. AQUA. 91 General Surgery. Water, since the earliest time, has held an im- portant place in local therapeutics, forming, with other substances, the basis of nearly all liquid preparations. When employed as an adjuvant it is important that water should be as pure as possible. Many running waters and well waters, owing to the nature of the surrounding soil and proximity to decomposing animal and vegetable substances, are unfit for surgical purposes. Distilled water of the shops is considered to be pure, although it fre- quently partakes of the character of the still through which it passes, and thus may contain in solution salts or oxides of lead, iron, or copper. In hospital practice, distilled water may be collected from the " steam plant," ordinarily employed in conveying steam for purposes of heating the buildings. The water may be collected from the iron pipes of dis- tribution, or from the "exhaust" of the engine, when it will be found to contain small globules of oil. Under all circumstances it is well to filter and boil distilled water before using. Closely stoppered glass bottles are the best vessels in which to preserve distilled water. In the absence of distilled water, spring, rain, river or cistern water may be substituted. Such water should be filtered and boiled before being used in flushing serous cavities. It is important that it be freshly prepared. Water acts chiefly as a direct means of modifying temperature ; if applied cold it abstracts heat from the body, and is a sedative. Water at a higher temperature than the body maybe considered to act as a stimulant. As it is a property of all living organisms to react against what tends to depress them,, cold applied to the body, in a certain measure and for a fixed time, produces a diminished activity of function, but this is followed by a greater degree of activity than that which origi- nally existed. In this manner the primary effect of heat and the second- ary effect of cold resemble each other. Hence it may be seen that different degrees of heat and cold may produce various grades of effect, from a mild to a powerful stimulation, and thence to the destruction of vitality. Celsus mentions the value of cold water in arresting HEMORRHAGE, and that the healing of slight wounds is facilitated by the application of a sponge saturated with cold water. In the treatment of CONTUSED and LACERATED WOUNDS, water dress- ings are held in high repute. They may readily be combined with germicidal or deodorizing agents. The simplest way of applying a water dressing is, after adjusting the parts, to apply over them pieces of old linen or lint which have been saturated with water, renewing them as often as they become deprived of their moisture. The following method is recommended when irrigation is resorted to : 92 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. A piece of rubber cloth, fashioned into a gutter so as to convey the redundant fluid into a vessel at the side of the bed, and to prevent the bed and patient from becoming wet, is placed beneath the affected part. A vessel containing the water is placed at a slight elevation and a few strips of lint are carried over the side to the selected dressing. The fluid will find its way by capillary attraction along the lint and diffuse itself through the dressing, and run off, when this has been surcharged, on the rubber cloth. Another method is to have a suitable vessel provided with a stop-cock, which will permit the water to escape in a small stream, or by drops, as the attendant may desire. It is important that the water should not fall from a height, as the constant dropping often causes distress. Cold water was extensively used in GUNSHOT WOUNDS during the late war between the States, and, as a primary dressing, answered a good purpose. If too long continued, however, it produces a depressing influence on the part, the granulations become pale and flabby, and exhibit an indisposition to heal. It is difficult to state positively what should be the temperature of the water to be employed. As a rule the feelings of the patient are to be consulted. If cold water causes a sense of chilliness and discomfort, it should at once be changed for warm water, or be discontinued. Cold water is usually preferable in the early stage of inflammation, when it will assist in pro- moting resolution, but is not desirable when suppuration is impending, or when danger of gangrene is imminent. Warm water is of service in the early treatment of severe LACERATED and CONTUSED WOUNDS, where the vitality of the part is threatened. It is here best applied by irrigation ; care will be required to keep it at the desired temperature. Some practitioners prefer to irrigation that the tissues involved be immersed in a bath of warm water. The effect of either heat or cold may be obtained indirectly by the use of a Petitgand or Letter' s coil, by a rubber bag filled with water, or, if cold be desired, one filled with broken ice. The latter method is extensively used in the treatment of CONCUSSIONS or THREATENED INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN, in order to reduce as much as possible the vascularity of the meninges. In temporary, non-reducible HERNIA, which if left to itself may soon become strangulated, the ice bag, or in its absence, cold water on a lint dressing, will in many cases prove a satisfactory application. Not infrequently a scrotal hernia thus treated will spontaneously disap- pear after an application to the scrotum for two or three hours. In all cases of strangulated hernia, when it is necessary to wait for the arrival of the surgeon it is well to apply cold to the tumor, as a means of pre- venting inflammation. In severe SPRAINS and CONTUSIONS OF THE ARTICULATIONS there may AQUA. 93 be lesions of the synovial vessels, or of the membrane itself. At the best, contusions exist in the subserous vessels which, becoming hyperemic, may induce an attack of arthritis. The first indication, therefore, in the treatment of sprain is to control the impending inflammation. This can be satisfactorily accomplished by elevating and surrounding the articu- lation with cloths saturated with cold water or by an ice-bag. If a patient is seen immediately after the injury is sustained, great relief may be secured by the application of a firm roller bandage about the joint ; if the injury is in the ankle, the bandage should be carried from the toes to the knee. Cold, elevation, and pressure produce tonic contraction of the walls of the vessels, lessen the weight of the column of blood, and furnish mechanical support to the vessels themselves. As a consequence, they diminish the tendency to serous extravasation and swelling, and favor speedy restoration of normal functions. If the tension and throbbing of the joint do not soon begin to subside after the employment of cold applications, these must be immediately changed for hot ones. In severe pains Agnew states that he usually finds that warm applications give the greater comfort. As a means of controlling HEMORRHAGE, particularly the oozing of blood from the surface of a wound, or that occuring from the flaps of a stump after the principal vessels have been tied, cold water, or even ice water, was frequently used by the older surgeons. When such a stimula- ting effect of cold is desired it is best to project the water forcibly against the bleeding surfaces from the nozzle of a syringe, for this produces a stimulating effect by the impact of the water as well as by the cold. This is also an excellent means of controlling the oozing following the opera- tion for lithotomy. Care must be taken not to continue the local use of cold too long, as serious depression may follow. Water as hot as can be borne, namely, at a temperature from 110 to 130 F., is now more used as a haemostatic than cold water, especially for the control of capillary oozing. This means of treatment was favorably brought to notice by the late Charles T. Hunter, of Philadelphia. We are in the habit of wetting a towel or napkin in hot water, squeezing out the redundant fluid and placing it against the bleeding surface, retaining it there with firm pressure for a short time. After its removal the surface will present a blanched appearance. In cases of oozing after the wound has been closed with stitches, and the drainage-tube has been inserted, the wound can be slightly distended by obstructing one end of the tube and injecting hot water through the other, permitting the water to remain for a minute and then draining it off. Care must be exercised, especially when a patient is under the influence of ether, that the water does not scald the part. In abdominal and pelvic surgery PROFUSE BLEEDING FROM TORN ADHE- 94 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. SIGNS can be arrested by flushing the abdominal cavity with water at a temperature of 110 F. In the use of water as a haemostatic, it must be remembered that the entire success of the method depends upon the fact that the water is used either hot or cold, tepid water or lukewarm water having a tendency to encourage bleeding. For sterilizing instruments before and after operations, hot water is extensively used in the absence of a hot-air sterilizer. No danger need be apprehended of removing the temper from steel instruments, as some- times happens when heated air is used. This method is, however, open to the objection that in a short time hot water will discolor steel instru- ments, although this can be almost entirely obviated by adding a small quantity of bicarbonate of soda or ammonia to the water. Keeping the instruments in the hot bath is preferable to placing them in a solution of carbolic acid. In making aqueous solutions for hypodermic medication, sterilized water is always to be preferred. The danger of causing local irritation is in this way lessened. HEMORRHOIDS are frequently treated with cold water injections. It was a favorite remedy with Sir Benjamin Brodie, and is recommended by Curling and Kelsey. The water injections have a twofold object : One is to soften and break up the fecal masses, and the other to increase the tonicity of the muscle-fibres, both of the bowel and of the dilated blood-vessels. Brodie advised half a pint of cold water fresh from the pump as a lavement every morning after breakfast, to be kept in the rec- tum as long as possible. Van Buren advises that the patient should first inject into the bowel three-fourths of a pint of tepid water, with a view to bringing the motions readily away. After the evacuation has been effected four ounces of cold water are to be injected. The enema may be retained or passed. In CONSTIPATION a simple enema of cold water is frequently used, to which may be added soap and sweet oil, or glycerin. The method is of service in cleansing the lower bowel previous to operations about the genito-urinary tract, both in males and females. The use of an enema is of great service to persons of active habit, who are temporarily con- fined to bed, as in case of fracture of the leg, etc. In many of these cases the rectum will be found engorged with fecal matter purgatives by the mouth having little effect until the accumulation is removed by an injec- tion of warm water and soap. However, the daily use of an enema as a routine practice is to be discouraged, as the bowel becomes accustomed to the unnatural stimulus, and fails to normally respond. Plain hot water is of frequent use in washing out the bladder. In AQUA. 95 doing this it should always be remembered' that a healthy bladder, and much more an inflamed one, can be irritated by the introduction of large and rigid instruments. The viscus is accustomed to be distended grad- ' ually by the urine; and the aqueous distention should conform, at least in some respects, to that process. Thompson advises, when washing out the bladder for CYSTITIS, etc., never to introduce at one time more than two ounces, and even this quantity is sometimes too large. A flexible catheter should be used, and the water should be at a temperature of 100 F. The fluid should be thrown in very slowly, and the injection repeated several times until the fluid comes away clear. As Thompson states, washing out the bladder may be either an efficacious mode ot treatment, or a mere contrivance for inducing serious irritation. The propriety of washing out the bladder, either with plain or medicated water, is considered by Agnew to be of doubtful propriety. Plain warm water is often used as an injection in the early stages of GONORRHOEA, before the mucous membrane will bear stimulating or astringent applications. It is also an efficient application to the integument of the penis in this disease. Bumstead, Taylor, and Milton (" Milton on Gonorrhoea," p. 21) advise that the water be as hot as can be borne. Thus applied, in the early stages of the disease, the weight felt about the testicles disap- pears, the pain on making water and using injections is assuaged, and the prepuce and glans rapidly regain a normal temperature and color. The patient should immerse the organ in a cup of hot water for a few minutes after urinating, and before and after using an injection. In the treatment of PHAGEDENIC CHANCROID, prolonged hot water Sitz baths used for many hours are recommended by Hill and Cooper (p. 486). When it involves the penis, the organ may be immersed in a suitable sized bottle or a rubber bag, frequently changed, and kept at as high a temperature as the patient can bear. In addition to the above, it has been thought advisable, at the risk 01 slight repetitions, to include at this place a separate section on the use of hot water in gynecology. For a. full understanding of these beneficial effects of hot water the profession is indebted to Emmet. This writer states that heat, unless at a temperature which would destroy the parts, does not act as promptly in causing contraction of blood-vessels as does cold. In fact, its immediate effect is to cause relaxation and to increase the congestion of the parts, but if its application be prolonged, reaction ensues and contraction takes place. In other words, the reac- tion from heat is contraction. The immediate effect of cold upon the capillaries is contraction, and with reaction comes dilatation ; but the reverse is true of heat which causes first dilatation and secondarily con- traction. It is considered that, except in displacements of the uterus, more can be accomplished in the treatment of diseases of women by the g6 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. use of hot water and carefully regulated general treatment, than by all other means combined. The general opinion of gynecologists is in accord with this view. The old practice of using cold, or even iced water, for vaginal injections has been largely superseded. The "fountain" syringe, the vaginal irrigator, or the Davidson syringe can be used for administering the vaginal douche. The shank of the straight tube should be five inches in length. The extremity should have small openings, but no opening should be at the end. In the opinion of some practi- tioners an especial advantage obtains from an interrupted stream of water. In the sitting posture no good beyond the mere cleaning is obtained from the douche, and it is not free from danger, since the water may enter the uterus, which now lies in a changed axis to the vagina with slightly dilated os. But when the woman is placed in the knee-chest, or in the dorsal position with the hips elevated, the action of gravity is brought into play. The vagina is thus kept fully distended by the weight of the water ; the hot water will be in contact with every portion of the mucous membrane under which the capillaries lie, and the pelvic veins will be emptied and only the surplus can run off. It is impossible for the woman to derive full benefit from the hot douche when administered by herself. If the douche is given for the relief of venous congestion, the temperature of the water should be hot, com- mencing at 100 and gradually increasing every day until 120 is reached. A large quantity of water should be used for the injection at least a gallon. In cases of pelvic inflammatory trouble, it should be administered two or three times a day. It is best for the patient to remain in the recumbent position for some time afterward, and for this reason it is well to administer the last injection at bed-time. The indications for the use of douches are : to cleanse the intra- vaginal cervix and vagina of morbid secretions ; to medicate these surfaces with emollients, etc. ; to contract the blood vessels, and to diminish congestion of the cervix and its surroundings in the manner detailed. Vaginal injections sometimes, though not often, create pain or uneasiness. In some cases this cannot be explained; in others, however, as above stated, it is due to the entrance of the fluids in the cervical canal, when this is patulous, or to pressure of the nozzle on a tender ovary or pelvic tumor, or upon a specially sensitive uterus. The pain is generally avoided by altering the position of the nozzle and diminishing the temperature of the water. Diseases of the Nose, Ear, and Throat. By its presence water tends to soften or dissolve exudates or tenacious mucus, the removal of which is not only necessary for comfort, but enables other topical remedies to be applied, with increased prospects of success. By its temperature water exerts the same effect upon the inflammatory process of the parts, as is AQUA. 97 seen elsewhere in the body. Some degree of force is required to dis- engage morbid secretions of the pharynx and larynx ; when these are excessive, water should be thrown by the use of compressed air from a hand-bulb, from a small steam boiler through atomizing tubes, or from a syringe. The compressed air also drives minute drops of water among partially detached epithelial cells, and aids in separating the products of diseased action from the parts to which they are adherent. Copious flushings, with slightly medicated or diluted solutions driven from a domestic syringe, is recommended by J. C. Mulhall. {Tr. Amer. Laryng. Asso., 1889, 118.) This writer uses water as a topical agent, especially in DIPHTHERIA. It should be used every hour, in the waking state, as above indicated. The patient must not be permitted to rest more than three hours without it. Irrigating the surfaces of the pharynx in TONSILLITIS with the ordinary carbonated water (sold under the name of "soda water "), permitting it to flood the throat through the ordinary syphon bottle, has been proposed by S. Johnson. {Ibid., 144.) A. H. Buckmaster (N. Y. Me d. Jour., Jan. 22; 1887) has successfully treated cases of ACUTE SUBMUCOUS LARYNGITIS by douching the larynx with water at 120 F. After scarification of the inflamed tissues, the serous products are more easily expelled by the use of warm water under compression than in any other way. The remedy is valuable in (EDEMA of the glottis. Water, when used very hot, need not be exhibited under compression. Gargles of hot water have long enjoyed a reputation in domestic medicine for TONSILLITIS. Applications to the skin of the region of the larynx are of antiquity in the treatment of CROUP. B. Robinson urges its employ- ment in EPISTAXIS, especially when this exists as a complication of atrophic rhinitis. The heat of steam is of advantage in local therapy in addition to the mechanical features already alluded to. It acts favorably on the mucous surfaces in DIPHTHERIA. In suppurative TONSILLITIS it favors the forma- tion of pus ; its employment is indicated in the same conditions in which moist heat would be used in favoring the formation of an abscess on the periphery of the body. Ice held in the mouth is useful in ACUTE LARYNGITIS and PHARYNGEAL DIPHTHERIA. (See p. 100.) Cold compress also may be applied to the neck. C. Seiler recommends pure spring water, notably, the water of Cres- son Springs, Pa. , as a local remedy in NASAL CATARRH ; otherwise, native medicinal waters or waters which are medicated are not treated of in this section. Diseases of the Eye. Fizir {Transactions of Ophthalmological Society, 1886) claims that hot water gives better results.than iced cloths 7 98 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. in GONORRHCEAL OPHTHALMIA. He uses hot fomentations for half an hour at a time, every one, two, or three hours, and in some cases the application is continuous by letting hot water trickle from a tube. In OPHTHALMIA NEONATORUM, intermittent hot applications can be much more conveniently applied than can continuous cold. Leiter tubes afford a convenient means of applying dry heat to the eye. In the Heidelberg Ophthalmic Hospital such coils are connected with hot water-pipes extending along the wall of the ward, behind the heads of the beds. Ordinarily, one of the most convenient means of application is the small hot-water rubber-bag. BATHS.* By the term bath, in medicine, is implied the employment of water as a remedy by the immersion of all or of large portions of the body. In the instance last named, baths receive the names of the regions to which they are applied, as, for example, hip-bath (sitz-bath), foot-bath, etc. The terms sponge-bath, shower-bath, and the like, are also in common use. Properly speaking, those last named are not immersions, but are of a like significance, since the bath, to be efficient, must comprise copious flush- ings of the body surface. The cold bath is composed of water at the temperature of 40 to 65 F., the cool bath, 65 to 75 F., the tepid bath, 85 to 94 F., the warm bath, 94 to 98 F., and the hot bath, 98 to 112 F. General Surgery. The Cold Bath. The cold bath is antipyretic. It rapidly absorbs heat from the body by cooling and moistening a dry, heated skin, thus enabling surface radiation to take place under favorable conditions. At first the respiration rates and the pulse rates are acceler- ated, but they soon become retarded. A peculiar roughened condition of the skin ("goose flesh") appears, due to the contraction of the erectores pilorum muscles. The cutaneous vessels are constricted. After a cold bath, if the subject be in good health, an agreeable reaction occurs, accompanied by a sense of warmth, the restoration of the vessels to their normal size and renewed bodily and mental vigor. A cold bath when applied to an already weakened system, increases the depression, and there is no reaction. Cold baths are resorted to, in the main, to reduce the high temperatures, of TYPHOID FEVER and SUNSTROKE. In the disease last named the temperature runs up to 106 and 110 F. If such degrees of body-heat be not rapidly reduced, death is inevitable. The patient should be at once immersed in a cold bath, or the skin be kept constantly wet with cold water. The moment the temperature becomes normal the cold * For Medicated Baths see Appendix. AQUA. 99 applications are stopped, the patient is wrapped in a blanket and placed in bed in a cool room. The Hot Bath. The hot bath is, per contra, used to raise the tempera- ture of the body. The cutaneous vessels are dilated, the skin becomes reddened, and a tendency to perspiration is favored. These conditions may persist for some time after removal from the bath. When too much blood has been invited to the brain, a hot bath will tend to expel it. The hot bath is especially useful in overcoming a disposition to INSOMNIA. It is also of value in overcoming SPASM, especially spasm of the involun- tary muscle fibres constituting the muscular coats of the canals of the viscera. It is often resorted to to overcome COLIC dependent on pro- longed muscle contraction in the biliary ducts, ureters, bladder, small intestine, etc. HERNIAL PROTRUSIONS which have resisted attempts at taxis, as ordi- narily regulated, often yield to the repetition of this method, when the patient is immersed in a bath as hot as can be borne for fifteen minutes. A similar procedure is of value in the REDUCTION OF DISLOCATIONS ; though the relaxing effect of heat is less evident upon muscles of the vol- untary than upon the involuntary set. Hot hip-baths and foot-baths are in use in domestic practice, as deriva- tives in PELVIC CONGESTION, and as remedies to invite blood away from the viscera in the first stage of FEVER. The baths ordinarily employed in diseases of the skin are composed of water alone or containing medicinal substances in solution. Diseases of the Skin. The cold and cool baths are employed in the treatment of MILIARIA or "prickly heat." The patient remains in the bath a longer or shorter time according to the heat of the weather, and then on getting out is carefully dried without rubbing, and the skin is dressed with some astringent or sedative powder, as McCall Anderson's camphor powder: R. Pulv. camphora, 3j j Pulv. amyli ; Pulv. zinci oxidi, aa gss. M. Lukewarm and moderately hot baths diminish irritability of the pe- ripheral ends of the sensory nerves. For this reason such baths are useful in those skin diseases in which PRURITUS is -a prominent symptom. In the simple pruritus of old age or in the pruritus connected with disease of the liver, or in winter pruritus (PRURITUS HIEMALIS), the simple warm bath often is beneficial. The warm or hot bath should usually precede the employment of more decided antipruritic remedies. The addition of indifferent substances, as starch, bran, oat- or corn-meal, serves to soothe the inflamed skin in ECZEMA, particularly where the skin has been broken leaving a moist surface. Here crude water alone sometimes irritates the skin, while the addition of some starchy substance soothes and relieves pain and itching. With a similar end in view, alkalies are added to 100 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. baths, their soothing effect being probably due to some osmotic action, similar to that which takes place when carbonate of sodium solution is employed as a dressing for burns. In the intense DERMATITIS OF BURNS and in skin affections like PEMPHIGUS, where the patient is more or less flayed, the continuous tepid bath as devised by Hebra, offers a medium in which the patient can live without such anguish as constantly tortures him when exposed to the air, and even with some greater chance for recovery. Very little true absorption either of water or of substances contained in it takes place in the bath, but a certain amount of imbibition of water and of substances dissolved in it may occur, as far as the superficial layers of the epidermis are concerned. Such imbibition is much favored by warmth, previous washing of the skin with soap, and repeated immer- sions. The palms and soles appear to absorb more rapidly than other parts of the body. Gases and volatile matters dissolved in water may be absorbed through the skin. Sulphurous acid and free iodine are thus taken into the system, through the skin, in baths, while free carbonic acid is absorbed either not at all or only in minute quantities. The plain warm-water bath is useful in macerating the epidermis and preparing it for the reception of oleaginous and other preparations. In ICHTHYOSIS great relief is gained by prolonged daily tepid baths, followed by the use of emollient ointments. The simple warm bath, or the warm bath containing carbonate of sodium, finds its place in the treatment of skin diseases, accompanied by the formation of crusts and scales over a considerable portion of the body. Maceration detaches these masses and prepares the skin for the more direct application of remedies. ECZEMA PUSTULOSUM, ECTHYMA, some of the SYPHILODERMATA, PSORIASIS, and similar diseases, may be treated thus. The imbibition of water and watery solutions by the superficial layers of the epidermis is taken advantage of -in the treatment of PARASITIC DISEASES, particularly SCABIES. Here the medicated water does certainly penetrate far enough to destroy the itch insect and its ova, and no further penetration is needed. The employment of vapor baths to facilitate the penetration of medici- nal substances, is exemplified in the treatment of SYPHILODERMATA by the mercurial vapor bath. (See Appendix.) Here the body, immersed in hot, watery Vapor until free perspiration takes place, is in a fit condi- tion to absorb the mercurial vapor disengaged simultaneously. ICE. Ice is refrigerant and analgesic. It constricts the calibre of small vessels, and thus acts as a haemostatic, antisecretant, and antiphlogistic. Diseases of the Mouth, Throat, Etc. Pieces of ice held in the AQUA. 101 mouth allays the sensation of thirst. Small lumps can be slipped be- tween the lips of a sleeping infant, in ACUTE ANGINA, and the little patient be kept comfortable by the inflamed structure being thus bathed with cold water. HEMORRHAGES FROM THE MOUTH, THROAT, AND NOSE, and even from the LUNGS, are indirectly controlled by allowing pieces of ice to dissolve in the mouth. Cold, wet compresses are useful applications to be made to the skin of the neck, where disposition to recurrent CATARRHAL PHARYNGITIS is marked. Opinion is quite uniform as to the effect of prolonged use of cold in ACUTE EDEMA OF THE UVULA. Thus, when in the course of treatment with the galvano-cautery, such edema is sometimes developed, a piece of ice held in the mouth checks the condition more rapidly than is possible by any other means ; in like manner in threatened EDEMA OF THE LARYNX, cold applications over the larynx are indicated ; in this connec- tion Letter's coil may be named. The use of this apparatus is warmly recommended by W. E. Casselberry. Uniform cold in the early stage of DIPHTHERIA would appear to be indicated to arrest the development of the bacteria. Samuel Johnston approves of the persistent use of ice applied in this stage of the disease. Diseases of the Eye. The local application of cold, by contract- ing the walls of the blood-vessels and diminishing nervous irritability, is a powerful and valuable agent in the treatment of ACUTE INFLAMMATIONS OF THE EYE. It is most useful in traumatic cases and in high grades of CONJUNCTIVITIS, notably the gonorrhceal form. It may be applied dry, by means of small ice bags or by cold water being passed through coils of metallic or rubber tubes ; but wet applications are more convenient and generally efficient. The simplest apparatus consists of a bowl of iced water, or, better, a lump of ice, by the patient's side, and some pledgets of lint or linen. The latter should not be folded more than once, and should be changed every few minutes, as, if left on too long, particularly if their thickness prevents rapid evaporation from the linen fold, the surface next the eye becomes warm and an alternation of heat and cold is produced, which may do more harm than good. The appli- cation should be continuous, since vascular reaction follows the removal of the cold. Care should be taken not to continue this treatment too long. The sensations of the patient are generally a pretty safe guide, and it is not well to insist upon a continuance of the application when it ceases to be agreeable. As a rule, cold should not be used when there is a tendency to slough. (For a few additional references to ice, see Aqua, p. 92.) 102 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. AQUA AMMONITE, U. S. Water of Ammonia. " An aqueous solution of ammonia, containing ten per cent., by weight, of the gas." (U. S. P.) Two strengths of ammonia water are official. The one named above, con- taining ten per cent., and the aqua ammonia fortior, containing twenty-eight per cent., by weight, of the gas. Both are solutions of gaseous ammonia in water. The Ammonia Liniment (linimentum ammoniae, U. S. P.), is prepared by taking thirty parts of the water of ammonia and seventy parts of cotton-seed oil, and mixing them. A liniment prepared by some pharmacists is made by substituting lard oil for the cotton-seed oil. Aqua ammoniae is stimulant and vesicant. Diseases of the Skin. The stronger solution goes to form the vesicating ammoniacal ointment of Gondret. R. Adipis, pts. xxxij ; Ol. amygdalae dulcis, pts. ij. Melt by a gentle heat and pour into a wide- mouthed bottle, then add aqua ammoniae fortior (25), pts. xvij. Mix, with agitation, until cold. Aqua ammoniae is chiefly employed as a con- stituent of hair lotions in ALOPECIA PREMATURA. The vesicating ammo- niacal ointment might be employed with advantage in ALOPECIA AREATA. It is also employed as a constituent of some of the stimulating liniments employed in the treatment of CHILBLAINS. AQUA CHLORI. Chlorine Water. "An aqueous solution of chlorine, containing at least four-tenths per cent, of the gas." (U. S. P.) Chlorine water is germicidal and deodorant. General Surgery. Chlorine water was formerly much used as a dressing in GANGRENOUS or SLOUGHING WOUNDS, but it has been largely supplanted by other antiseptics. Diseases of the Mouth. Chlorine water may be used as a gargle and mouth-wash, in strength of i to 8 parts of water, in APHTHOUS STOMATITIS, etc. Diseases of the Eye. Sattler, in his experiments with the micro- coccus taken from the lachrymal canal {Anna!, d' Oculist, 1884, p. 164), found that chlorine water surpassed all other antiseptics. Its unstable character, however, would prevent it from being a convenient therapeutical agent, even if it were not too irritating for application to the eye. AQUA LAURO-CERASL Cherry-laurel Water. Cherry laurel water is made by distilling water from the finely chopped and bruised leaves of the Cherry-laurel. It is official in the Ph. Br. It contains one-tenth of one per cent, of absolute hydrocyanic acid. It resembles water in appearance, but has the odor of hydrocyanic acid, the odor common to wet bitter almonds, peach kernels, cherry- laurel leaves, etc. ARGENTI HYPOSULPHIS ARGENTI NITRAS. 103 Diseases of the Ear. Cherry-laurel water is a favorite prescription in Germany, for OTALGIA and, combined with tincture of iodine, as an application to DIFFUSE INFLAMMATION OF THE AURICLE. ARGENTI HYPOSULPHIS. Hyposulphite of Silver. Hyposulphite of silver is a stimulant and alterative. Diseases of the Throat. A union of hyposulphite of silver with hyposulphite of sodium is recommended by E. Watson ("Topical Medi- cation of the Larynx," 1854, 35) in place of the nitrate of silver in the treatment of inflammation of the throat. While weaker than the salt last named he claims that it is more agreeable to the taste, and does not stain. ARGENTI NITRAS. Nitrate of Silver. Lunar Caustic is pure nitrate of silver moulded into appropriate form. Diluted nitrate of silver ("mitigated stick"), official in the U. S. P., is composed of equal weights of nitrate of silver and nitrate of potassium fused together and moulded. " Nitrate of silver is soluble in eight-tenths part of water and in twenty-six parts of alcohol at 15 C. (59 F.) " U. S. P. It should be kept in dark amber-colored vials, since exposure to light reduces it to the black oxide of silver. A like reduction takes place when solutions of nitrate of silver are brought in contact with animal tissues or vegetable fabrics. The stains of the oxide of silver can be removed by mopping the spots with a solution of cyanide of potassium, or one of one part each of bi-chlonde of mercury, and of chloride of ammonium in ten parts of water. When the black spots discolor the skin they can be removed by touching them with the tincture of iodine, and washing away the iodide of silver thereby formed with a solution of caustic potassa or water of ammonia. Nitrate of silver is incompatible with so many substances that when solutions of it are required they should be made with distilled water, as the chlorides in ordinary water, however pure, will otherwise precipitate part r all of it from solution. Excessive action of nitrate of silver on animal tissues can be controlled by sopping them with a solution of common salt. Nitrate of silver is caustic, excitant, astringent, and haemostatic. Strengths of nitrate of silver sufficient to prove astringent are also apt to be irritative. Thus, when used on mucous surfaces, the agent is liable to excite the mucous glands, if not increase the inflammation. Under other conditions the irritating quality of the drug acts to advantage, and it is often selected when an excitant, at the same time astringent, effect is desired. Nitrate of silver is a weak caustic on the most delicate tissues, but is a futile one on tough, resistant tissues. It is an astringent and haemostatic through the direct constricting effect it exerts on the calibres of the smaller vessels, and in the pressure made on them by the hygro- scopic albuminate created by the salt. 104 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. General Surgery. Nitrate of silver, in stick, crystal, or solution, is in general use. As a stimulant application to CHRONIC ULCERS it has long been held in high repute. Its successful employment, however, depends largely on the manner in which it is applied and the strength in which it is used. In treating ulcers it is used in the form of the stick (or crayon) with which the granulating surface is gently penciled over. If a destructive action is desired, to remove EXUBERANT or FUNGOUS GRANULATIONS, the crayon must be carried deeply. Such an application will frequently cause the granulations to bleed freely, but the bleeding soon ceases on the removal of the crayon. Nitrate of silver is especially valuable as a stimulant for CHRONIC LEG ULCERS and for CHRONIC ULCERS following burns. Care must be exercised in applying it to the ulcers when cicatri- zation has begun, not to encroach on the delicate pink line which surrounds and lies between the granulations and the skin, since this line answers to the layer of the newly formed epithelial cells. Any contact here with the agent will cause a slight superficial slough and retard the cicatrizing process. When the solid stick or a strong solution comes in contact with fresh granulations, the part touched becomes whitened and a thin film of albuminate of silver is formed. For convenient manipu- lating of the crayon, it is best placed in a porte-caustique made of hard rubber, or inserted in the end of a quill. It should never be placed in the metallic porte-caustiques that are sold in the shops, as they soon become corroded. Solutions of nitrate of silver can be used in strengths from ten to sixty grains to the fluidounce as a stimulating application to ULCERS, BURNS, and WOUNDS. It is most conveniently applied with a camel's- hair pencil, or a swab made of absorbent cotton on the end of a stick. It is preferable to pour out the amount required in a small vessel, thus preventing any tendency to contaminate the sensitive solution by a soiled brush or swab. We have often found it of service in a weak solution (from two to five grains to the ounce of water) painted over the delicate granulations following large BURNS, which have a great tendency to bleed on the removal of dressings. It appears to harden the granulations and control hypersensitiveness and to promote cicatrization. In small punctured WOUNDS such as are caused by the bite of a dog, the application of the nitrate of silver often does harm by the premature formation of a crust which prevents the escape of blood or serum. The indication to cauterize the wound usually sought for in making the appli- cation in the cases of suspected RABIES is imperfectly met, since the caustic effect of silver is insufficient to destroy the infected tissue. Brunton (" Pharm., Therap. and Mat. Med.," Am. Ed., 1885, 349) cites the case of a boy dying of hydrophobia in six weeks after a bite which, ARGENTI NITRAS. 105 five minutes after its infliction, had been thoroughly cauterized with nitrate of silver. Nitrate of silver is used in a variety of ways on cutaneous surfaces. Higginbottom strongly recommends its local application in ERYSIPELAS. He states that no agent is so safe or efficacious. Before applying it, the parts should be thoroughly cleansed with soap and water, then with simple water, and afterward dried. Then a solution of twenty grains to the ounce should be painted over the parts two or three times, and be- yond it on the healthy skin to the extent of two or three inches. It is important that the skin be thoroughly clean, as any particle of soap left will decompose the solution. In twelve hours it will be seen whether the solution has been well applied. If any of the inflamed surfaces be found unaffected, it must be reapplied. Stronger solutions (160 grains to the ounce) may be painted over the affected parts and a little beyond it, or a line drawn around them a little outside the borders, with the solid stick. The alteration produced in the tissues underneath this line is said to prevent the extension of the inflammation beyond the limit thus formed (Brunton loc. cit., p. 576). Stiikovenkoff experimented upon forty-two patients with the nitrate of silver treatment and concluded that it short- ened the duration of the disease one-half. Polotebnow repeated these experiments on sixty more cases but with unfavorable results. The nitrate of silver, he asserts, can neither stop the erysipelatous process in the skin, reduce the fever, prevent renal complications nor shorten the period of albuminuria. Our own impression is that this remedy is of limited value. As a prophylactic in ONYCHIA and FELON, nitrate of silver, if applied early by painting over the finger several times a solution of twenty to thirty grains to the ounce, is often used ; but we have found it a less satisfactory remedy than is tincture of iodine. BED-SORES may be prevented by painting the threatened but unbroken skin, as soon as it becomes red, with a solution of nitrate of silver ten grains to the ounce. (See Emplastrum Plumbi). Mason has followed with much success the plan of applying a sharp pointed stick of nitrate of silver to the base or under surface of the granu- lations of INGROWING TOE-NAIL ; after doing this he carefully inserts a small piece of lint soaked in black wash, and envelops the entire toe in a water dressing. Agnew advises the application of a fifty per cent, crayon of nitrate of silver to the ulcer at the bottom of an obstinate FISSURED NIPPLE; the part should be thoroughly cleansed, care being taken to carry the agent into every crevice, and afterward to wash the parts with a little milk or water, when a few dressings of oxide of zinc ointment will usually complete the cure. In RANULA in children it is sometimes difficult to dissect out the sac. 106 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. In such cases the anterior surface may be snipped away with a pair of scissors and the remaining inner surface may be wiped over with a solid stick of nitrate of silver, which will often destroy the cyst. In the treatment of EPIDIDYMITIS, if no amelioration is experienced after the lapse of thirty-six hours, the scrotum should be blistered by drawing a number of lines with nitrate of silver longitudinally over its posterior surface. In twenty-four hours each cauterized tract will present a vesicated surface, the pain of which can be materially lessened by a hot water dressing. BALANO-POSTHITIS is at times associated with a contracted prepuce. This condition may be mistaken for gonorrhoea. If there be little ardor urinae, with much preputial swelling and little tendency to erections, a balano-posthitis may be diagnosed. An injection of nitrate of silver (twenty grains to the ounce), thrown in with a syringe between the glans penis and the prepuce, after having previously washed out all the purulent and sebaceous matter with warm water, will promptly cure the inflamma- tion. If the surfaces are excoriated and can be reached, Bumstead advises penciling the part lightly with the solid stick of nitrate of silver. As an application to the urethra in GONORRHCEA, nitrate of silver has long been highly recommended by many surgeons. For the abortive treatment of the early stages, it was commended by Debeney, of France, and Carmichael, of England, in the strength of ten to twenty grains to the ounce. In our opinion, it is applicable only when the disease is limited to the fossa navicularis. In attempting to abort GONORRHCEA, the urethra is previously cleansed with plain water, and then the solution is thrown in from a rubber syringe, care being taken to constrict the canal between the thumb and finger, thus shutting off the healthy from the in- flamed mucous membrane. The effect of the injections is manifest in a few hours ; the discharge becomes copious and purulent, and considerable scalding is felt on passing water. In the course of forty- eight hours, the discharge grows thin and watery, and is likely to be tinged with blood. It is now time to stop the injections, and to wait for a few days, to see how much good has been accomplished. If this line of treat- ment meets with success, the discharge will gradually cease, and will stop in from three to five days. It is usually not wise to resort to this form of treatment save in exceptional cases, where the patient is willing to submit to the additional pain, risk and inconvenience, which may be incurred. This method often leads to the formation of stricture, gangrenous inflam- mation, prostatitis, orchitis, etc. The abortive method by the milder injection (one-fifteenth of a grain to the ounce), with injections once in every two or three hours, is much more to be commended and less pain- ful, and the results will, as a rule, be more satisfactory. In all applica- ARGENTI NITRAS. 107 tions of nitrate of silver to the urethra, care should be exercised that the parts be as clean and free from any deposit as possible, "owing to the ease with which the solution may become decomposed. Much has been written about the injection treatment of ACUTE GONOR- RHOEA by nitrate of silver, by Friedheim and Neilson. The treatment with the nitrate, in solutions of 1-4000 (one grain to nine ounces), and never stronger than 1-2000 (one grain to four ounces), was instituted early in every instance. The immediate effect was to increase the puru- lent character of the discharge, a result which, in the course of four days, was followed by a marked change in the secretion, which then became thinner, whiter, less in amount, and was found to contain more epithe- lium. The influence upon the gonococci is said to have been pronounced by the time this change in the character of the discharge was manifest, and they shortly afterwards disappeared completely. According to Neis- ser's experience, nitrate of silver stands at the head of the list of remedies for GONORRHOZA, bichloride of mercury taking a second place. Not only was the silver found to produce anti-bacterial results, and to decrease the inflammatory phenomena, but it appeared to exercise an especial influence in preventing the complication of EPIDIDYMITIS. After a fair trial of the silver, if the discharge continues, the strength of the injection may be increased to one grain to four ounces, or it may become necessary to alternate with sulphate of zinc, or some other simple astringent. Much can be said of the value of silver in CHRONIC GLEET when this depends upon an ulcerated spot in the deep portion of the urethra, which can be seen by the use of Leiter's panelectroscope. In such a case either a strong solution (one drachm to one ounce) or the solid stick may be carried down through the instrument and applied directly to the spot. A few applications in this manner are usually fol- lowed by satisfactory results. The same treatment in CHRONIC PROSTA- TORRHCEA, due to the inflammation having invaded the prostatic ducts, will usually be of service and give relief, after injections to the deep urethra have failed. In delicate applications of this sort the same result may be obtained by the use of a silver probe, tipped with nitric acid and applied to the part. In H^EMATURIA and CHRONIC CYSTITIS Sir Henry Thompson has found that washing out the bladder with a solution of one-fourth of a grain to one ounce is one of the most valuable of remedies. In INCONTINENCE OF URINE in children, especially in confirmed cases, in which the chil- dren have arrived at the age of puberty, an application of two grains to the ounce to the prostatic urethra has been found serviceable after other means have failed. In SPERMATORRHCEA E. Home was the first to recommend the use of 108 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. nitrate of silver in strong solution, twenty grains to the ounce. It is recommended to use it by means of an applicator. The solid stick is sometimes applied with great advantage to INDOLENT BUBOES, all the sinuses being wiped out with a well-pointed stick, or touched with a strong solution, sixty grains to the ounce, and then packed with iodoform gauze. In SUBACUTE and CHRONIC DYSENTERY the treatment by injections of silver consists, in the main, in thoroughly cleansing the bowel with large enemata of warm water, and then injecting a solution of ten to twenty grains to the pint of water, by means of a long, flexible tube carried well up and into the colon. Great care is required in inserting the tube, in order not to wound or perforate the inflamed and delicate mucous mem- brane. The injection should be made from a reservoir of glass or a rubber bag, held at an elevation of four feet above the patient, who should be placed in the recumbent position, on the right side, with the hips elevated. This will be more apt to insure the passage of the solu- tion. In order to insure its reaching as high a point as possible, the fluid must pass slowly, as this will enable the colon to gradually accom- modate itself to its presence. With care, from three to four quarts may be injected. It is wise to begin with a weaker solution than that named above, but this may be gradually increased in strength up to a drachm to the pint, as recommended by H. C. Wood. When the ulcerations are lower down in the rectum, the same effect can be attained by means of an ordinary rubber syringe. In ulcerations just within the sphincter, an application of the solid stick, or a strong solution applied on cotton, or through a speculum, will often be found an efficient means of treatment. Diseases of the Skin. Nitrate of silver applied to the skin in a solid form acts as a mild escharotic. It causes exfoliation of the epider- mis, and even a slough. Applied to the skin which has been previously deprived of its epidermis, its action is stronger. It coagulates the albu- men of the tissues and gives rise to a dry slough, usually separating after a time by exfoliation. In strong solutions, nitrate of silver acts with almost as much power as in the solid form, but as the solution is diluted the escharotic action of the application gives place to an astringent effect, with constriction of the capillary blood vessels. The solid stick of nitrate of silver is used in Germany as an application in LUPUS VULGARIS. The diseased tissue is thoroughly scraped with a sharp spoon and then the nitrate of silver stick is bored into the diseased tissue and rubbed over the surface at all points. The solid stick is also employed to cauterize the base of WARTS after ARGENTI NITRAS. 1 09 their removal by the sharp spoon or other means, and also to aid in the destruction of MILIA, SEBACEOUS CYSTS and MOLLUSCUM EPITHELIALE or CONTAGIOSUM. As an escharotic to destroy .WARTY GROWTHS, nitrate of silver is inferior to other caustics, as acetic and chloracetic acids, lactic acid, nitric acid, caustic potassa, etc.; but its action is sufficient when only a superficial effect is desired. The weaker solutions of nitrate of silver are employed for their stimu- lant effect, or to excite mild substitutive inflammation. In fact, even the stronger solutions, or the solid stick, may be used for this purpose. In CHRONIC ECZEMA, single patches, stubborn to ordinary treatment, may sometimes be made to take on healthy action by painting their sur- face with solution of ten to thirty grains to the ounce of water. In other cases a saturated solution may be employed, when the skin is thick and hard, or even the solid stick may be lightly rubbed over the surface, care being taken to prevent over-action by the use of wet com- presses or sedative lotions if required. FISSURED ECZEMA, whether in the form of cracked lips, or fissures in the neighborhood of the anus, in the ends of the fingers, or elsewhere, are best treated by cauterization with a sharp point of solid nitrate of silver. This is momentarily painful and should be followed by the application of a soothing oint- ment or lotion. In ECZEMA OF THE SCROTUM a solution of ten to thirty grains nitrate of silver in an ounce of spiritus setheris nitrosi, painted on in one or more coats, often relieves the patient and aids the cure. If it leaves the skin too stiff, a soothing ointment may afterwards be rubbed in. In SUPERFICIAL INFLAMMATIONS, other than erysipelas, H. C. Wood has used the concentrated solution, 160 grains to the ounce, to advantage. ("Therapeutics," 5th ed., 1883, p. 53). Diseases of the Ear, Throat and Nose. M. J. Rossbach {Ber- liner Wochenschrift, May 15, 1882) found that a four per cent, solution of nitrate of silver painted upon the mucous membrane of the trachea of a healthy living animal, instantly covered the parts a deep white so that it was impossible to see the blood vessels. In a rabbit in which the lining of the trachea was already inflamed, the same result ensued. By repeated drying of the affected spot it was seen, after a little, that minute vessels appeared through the white circumscribed deposit. Upon the web of a frog's foot nitrate of silver caused a very decided narrowing of the blood vessels, but Rossbach was not able to discern any such change in the trachea. It is probable, however, that the vessels contract and that this result is as conspicuous as is the coagulation' of the albumen in the tissue; the amount of mucus is diminished. In the larynx the effect is the same as in the trachea. In the nose and naso-pharynx the local effect of nitrate of silver is much more irritative ; instead of being followed 110 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. by diminution of secretion the amount of outflow of mucus is increased. Nitrate of silver also aids in arresting bleeding, and is an excitant to absorption of the products of inflammation. Varying strengths of nitrate of silver are employed. Those usually named are one, two, five, ten, twenty, forty, sixty, eighty and one hun- dred grains, or a saturated solution which is represented by four hun- dred grains to the ounce of water. Any solution of a strength above forty grains is often spoken of as a stronger or concentrated solution. Weak solutions convert transparent mucus into a white, less tenacious fluid, while stimulating the membranes on which the secretion rests. The stronger solutions destroy the epithelium. The coagulum is soon detached, thus presenting advantages over more adherent forms caused by application of solution of the salts of iron. The caustic impression of nitrate of silver is superficial ; concentrated solutions coagulate the albumen in the submucous tissue to a slight depth. The eschar is at first white, then gray. All solutions are stable only when kept away from the light by being placed (small quantities at a time) in a bottle covered with blue paper. The action of the light is to decompose the nitrate and to substitute for it the oxide of silver, which is said to be comparatively useless. Perhaps there is no remedy in the entire list of local therapeutics con- cerning which a greater variety of opinion has been expressed than is the agent now under consideration. It is a favorite remedy of many practi- tioners in the local treatment of the nose and larynx ; rarely used by some, while discarded by others. Doubtless, the extensive range of drugs which have been introduced of late years for local medication have greatly limited the value of this time honored agent. In using the pure salt the following method is recommended : A small quantity is melted in a platinum crucible or test-tube. The warm roughened end of a platinum or aluminium probe is inserted in the molten mass, thereby causing a small quantity to firmly adhere. Such an applicator can be used without danger of any portion of the solid becoming defached. A saturated solution is readily obtained (when a small quantity only is needed) by rubbing a piece of a sponge on a crystal of the salt, by such means the dangers arising from the use of the brittle fused stick is avoided. J. Solis Cohen refers to a case of fatal laryngitis caused by dropping a piece of nitrate of silver into the larynx. This writer commends for application to the pharynx what he terms the "caustic pencil," which is a safe and admirable method of applying nitrate of silver. 'The pencil is in the form of a lead pencil, the nitrate of silver being enclosed between two pieces of wood, after the manner of the stick of plumbago. The cautery effect of the solid stick is comparatively weak. It is not ARGENTI NITRAS. Ill powerful enough to destroy aural polypi, or the coarse granulations on an old ulcerated surface. It is admirably adapted, however, to coagulate the albumen on the surface of an ulcerated patch, giving rest to the parts, and, by creating a protectant, lessens pain and diminishes conges- tion and inflammation. It is, thus, chiefly used in ULCERATIONS OF THE LARYNX, especially of the parts defining the aperture, including the epiglottis. It has'little or no value in removing recent, infective exudates, though Gonzales Domingo (Gaceta Medico, Catalana, Barcelona, Sept., 1886) claims that it is useful in DIPHTHERIA. In closing superficial FIS- SURES of the lips and tongue, and in obliterating congeries of small vessels in limited area by coagulating the connective tissue between them, the solid stick is in high repute, and often takes the place of the knife in removing blood from the affected spot. Keene recommends it in this way as a destructant of AURAL FURUNCLE when seen in the first stage. As a haemostatic it is of use only when the blood escapes from a small abrasion or ulcer. Under such conditions it acts promptly. Thus it often checks an EPISTAXIS. Since the albuminate which stops a bleeding vessel is thin and is soon absorbed, nitrate of silver cannot take rank as a haemostatic with those styptics which "tan" the connective tissue. It may be applied fused on .the end of a probe, or a silver probe may be dipped in nitric acid. Care should be exercised in using fused nitrate of silver on the vocal cords; cicatricial nodules are described as following its use, especially when large areas are covered (C. E. Sajous, Trans. Laryng. Ass'n, 1878). Reflex spasm has been noted as a result, which may be now largely avoided by previously sponging the parts with a ten per cent, solution of cocaine. When the mitigated stick in any fixed strength is converted into a powder by scraping with a sharp knife, a convenient form is obtained for insufflation. More commonly, however, powders are prepared by mixing the fused nitrate of silver, which has been triturated, with starch, lycopodium, or sugar of milk. Herzog("Der acute und chronische nasenrachen Catarrh," etc.) employs boric acid as the agent for dilution, and claims good results in the treatment of ACUTE and CHRONIC INFLAM- MATION OF THE NASO-PHARYNX. "The introduction into the glottis with a sponge saturated with the crystals of nitrate of silver, of the strength of forty, fifty, or even sixty grains of the salt to the ounce of water, does not produce, ordinarily, as much disturbance as the accidental imbibition into this cavity of a few drops of tea or pure water." ^H. Green, "A Treatise on the Diseases of the Air-passages" etc., 1858, p. xvi.) While this is undoubtedly true, nitrate of silver, in almost any strength of solution, applied to the inte- rior of the larynx, may cause violent spasm of the muscle of the glottis, and the physician should never be off his guard with respect to this possi- 112 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. bility. If spasm should occur, the patient should be enjoined to keep perfectly calm, and attempt to draw air into the lungs. Should this fail, a few drops of nitrite of amyl should be placed on a handkerchief, and the patient again urged to make another attempt at an inhalation. In OTORRHCEA, nitrate of silver is employed, in the strengths of one grain to ten grains to the ounce. It is instilled in the external meatus, in PERFORATION OF THE TYMPANUM, or carried by means of Blake's- syringe directly into the middle ear through the perforation in the tym- panic membrane. A. H. Buck (Trans. Otological Soc., 1873, P- 7 2 ) ^> e ~ lieves " that nitrate of silver should rank as one of the safest reagents to employ in stimulating the tympanic mucous membrane to healthy action." Nevertheless, degrees of strengths which are appropriate for one part of the affected mucous surface may over-excite an adjacent one. In ad- dition, the tenacious mucus may be converted into a tough coagulum and disguise the appearance of the underlying parts. Asa rule, a quantity of the mitigated stick of desired strength should be scraped so as to form a powder, to be applied by a probe or cotton-carrier to the selected spot. For ACUTE INFLAMMATION OF THE EXTERNAL MEATUS, weak solutions, from one to two grains to the ounce, are efficient (Kramer). In MOIST ECZEMA, from ten to twenty grains to the ounce are well borne (W. H. Dalby). In the coarse fibroid granulations which sometimes surround the orifice in a neglected AURAL CATARRH, with purulent discharge through the tympanic membrane, a solution of thirty to sixty grains to the ounce can be used with advantage. In the condition named, the solution should be carefully mopped on the growths, and the meatus subsequently flooded with a weak sodium chloride solution. Nitrate of silver is less frequently used in the Eustachian tube, though Kirchner recommends a weak solu- tion in CHRONIC INFLAMMATION OF THE LINING MEMBRANE. Forty grains, in solution, is claimed by O. D. Pomeroy (Med. Record, 1871, p. 31) to be an efficient application to POLYPUS of the middle ear. Perhaps nitrate of silver is used more frequently in this country for the treatment of FOLLICULAR CHRONIC PHARYNGITIS than is any other agent. Its value has been tested for so many years that its reputation may be con- sidered well established. After the mucus has been removed the agent is, as a rule, applied in solutions, the strength varying from forty to sixty grains. The hypertrophied masses are to be carefully sought for and each touched with the medicine carried to the affected spots on the end of a cotton carrier, sponge, or other proper instrument. The mucus is coagu- lated and the submucous infiltrations are actively absorbed. Mackenzie advises that in GRANULAR PHARYNGITIS the separate nodules be incised and the solid stick be carried to the interior. On the whole, the agent is less efficacious in the naso-pharynx. The parts are here more easily excited by nitrate of silver, than is the case in the oro-pharnyx a fact ARGENTI NITRAS. 113 doubtless owing to the delicate layer of epithelium on the upper surface of the velum as compared to that on the under surface or in the oro- pharnyx. Sixty grains to the ounce has been employed with good effect in ERYSIPELAS OF THE THROAT and PHARYXGEAL SYPHILIS. Five to ten grains to the ounce is a useful lotion for injection in (ESOPHAGEAL SPASM. According to M. Mackenzie "three or four injections made on alternate days will effect a cure or relieve the parts so much that bougies can be subsequently used." A weak ointment of nitrate of silver mixed with cosmoline smeared -on a flexible bougie is recommended by J. Solis Cohen, for INFLAMMATION OF THE (ESOPHAGUS. Formerly nitrate of silver in concentrated solution was used in the treatment of ADENOID GROWTHS in the naso-pharynx. The suffering caused sometimes by this application was extreme. Such practice is now generally abandoned. For the treatment of Mucous PATCHES of the pharynx a solution of sixty grains to the ounce makes a desirable appli- cation. In the mouth the use of nitrate of silver is limited to a few conditions. The solid stick or a concentrated solution lightly applied to ULCERATED APHTHOUS or SPECIFIC Mucous PATCHES will generally be followed by a prompt cure. The treatment is unsuitable to infancy. The inflamed tags of gum tissue about the cavity of a recently extracted tooth are successfully treated by the same means. On the tonsils nitrate of silver is of marked value in a strength of twenty grains to an ounce carefully applied to each recess of depression. In TONSILLAR HYPER- TROPHY and DIPHTHERIA the agent is worse than useless. As a cautery it is ineffective. The action of fused crystals upon the crypts is that of an astringent, not that of a caustic. Indeed, it is often not even astrin- gent, but excitant. In ACUTE CORYZA a lotion or powder in the strength of two grains to the ounce may be thrown in the nose. But excessive sneezing sometimes follows its use. In the PURULENT CATARRH of children the remedy can be employed with increased probability of success. Tags of inflamed tissue, bright red in color and exceedingly vascular, created by the action of the saw in intra-nasal surgery, are often the source of secondary hemor- rhage ; they should be carefully sought for by about the fourth or fifth day after the operation and touched with the solid nitrate of silver or its saturated solution. The preparations of iron appear to have little effect upon such formations. A. Nelaton ("Pathologic Chirurgicale," Paris, 2d ed., 1874, vol. in, p. 748) uses nitrate of silver in the local treatment of NASAL POLYPUS. The use of this agent in the treatment of CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH does not appear to be uniformly endorsed. C. Seiler asserts that it should never be used ; but Michel, Schrotter, and Niemeyer as well as numerous other writers, claim its value. It is probable that Ger- 114 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. man physicians may find a less highly developed neurotic disposition to exist among their patients than is the case with practitioners in America. Be this as it may, the agent is apt to excite the parts if introduced in the nose in the proportions demanded in the successful treatment of CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH. With caution, however, the nitrate of silver treatment may be successfully essayed if the mucous membrane of the nose is measur- ably free from erectile tissue. Thus, it is of value on the middle turbinated bone, but less efficient on the inferior turbinated bone ; it is distinctly ser- viceable in OZ^NA, but irritating in diseases which are accompanied with vaso-motor excitement. Again, in inflammatory states, accompanied with infiltration of the septum and the middle turbinated bone (as in the late stages of SECONDARY SYPHILIS or TERTIARY OSTITIS of the nasal passages), no agent is comparable to the nitrate of silver; the single precaution to be taken in its use is not to cover too large a surface at one sitting, lest an artificial coryza ensue. To neutralize the action of the drug, the parts should be flushed with a solution of sodium chloride. Careless use of the nitrate of silver on the interior of the nose may be followed -by inflam- mation which may extend into the pharynx, but the same danger attends any local agent, and is especially true of the galvano-cautery, which agent some authors are inclined to laud at the expense of the nitrate of silver. To apply nitrate of silver on small areas of surface with precision, it is recommended to melt the fused stick. A probe of convenient size is covered with the fluid and carried directly to the parts, or a small piece of cotton may be wrapped around the end of a delicate cotton carrier and dipped in the saturated solution. " Nitrate of silver in solutions varying in strength from one-half grain to sixty grains to the ounce has long been a standard remedy for the treat- ment of CHRONIC LARYNGITIS, especially in forms where inflammation exists on the vocal cords." (Horace Green, " On Bronchitis," New York, 1846.) Of the wide range of distinctions indicated by these varying strengths it is impossible here to speak. As a rule, weaker preparations suffice, but in the hands of skillful practitioners the stronger ones are not only useful but appear occasionally to be demanded. It is most efficient in cases accompanied by secretion. In DRY LARYNGITIS, chloride of zinc (^2'-) is the better drug. In using silver an alkali should be used first, to remove the mucus. Not more than a drop or two drops of the solution should be used at a time ; these may be soaked up on a piece of absorbent cotton or sponge (held in a sponge-holder), and carried directly to the affected surfaces. The application may be made twice or three times a week. Care should be taken to avoid spasm of the larynx, but if the patient shows any inclination to such spasm occurring, astringents should not be used until a local appli- cation of cocaine has first been made on the laryngeal mucous membrane. ARGENTI NITRAS. 115 According to the peculiarities of individuals, spasms may occur on the employment of the agent in almost any strength, but the likelihood of its occurrence is in proportion to the strength of the preparation. Some observers do not employ cotton in making such applications, believing that a sponge or brush is to be preferred. A fear is expressed by these writers that small threads may become detached and dis- tressing cough ensue. With care, however, such accidents can be avoided. The objection to the brush appears to be that no substance once touching the affected region should be used a second time ; it would be costly to have brushes in numbers, while the cotton is inex- pensive. The sponge is a much harsher substance than either the brush or cotton, and used in small pieces may often prove, in the treatment of the larnyx in young persons, rather difficult to manage. C. Seiler claims that the strong solutions of nitrate of silver, say sixty grains to the ounce, have an anaesthetic effect, and are better borne than weak ones. We have had no experience in such effects, but would suggest they should be used over small surfaces at a time, and be neutralized with sodium chloride ; in some instances we have used stronger solutions to the walls of the pharynx ; great pain has followed. S. Solis-Cohen is of the opinion that after laryngitis has in great part subsided, there may remain irregular pinky strips on the vocal bands, or a slight congestion of the parts, which prevents the patient from resum- ing, with comfort, full use of the voice. Cohen asserts this condition is an indication for the topical use of a weak solution of nitrate of silver. He employs ten grains to the ounce, and employs the agent by sponge, or cotton wad, or brush, directly to the affected parts, at intervals of two or three days. Patients becoming accustomed to the method, may have the strength increased to those as strong as forty to sixty grains to the ounce. The stronger applications may be made at longer intervals, say one to two or three weeks (Trans. Amer. Laryng. Ass'n, 1889). As high as eighty grains to the ounce has been used by Gibbs in the treatment of ERYSIPELAS OF THE LARYNX. Nitrate of silver, in "strong solution," is in repute (Horace Green, " Polypi of Larynx and CEdema of the Glottis," 1852) in CEDEMA OF THE LARYNX, but is inferior in efficacy to scarification. As a hsemostatic in HEMORRHAGE from the vocal cords, nitrate of silver (thirty to forty grains to the ounce) is rec- ommended by C. E. Bean (.A 7 ". Y. Me d. Jour., Sept. 4, 1887). In spray- ing the larynx or throat with nitrate of silver, it is necessary to protect the face and teeth from the stains. The drug is now little used in the local treatment of LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS. Strong solutions have been used for the purpose, however, namely, from sixty to one hundred and twenty grains to the ounce. Techernoff (St. Olga Hos. Rep., uses a two per cent, solution in SYPHILITIC LARYNGITIS. Il6 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. A twelve per cent, solution is one of the older methods in the treat- ment of MEMBRANOUS CROUP. Before the days of laryngoscopy a mixture of nitrate of silver and lycopodium was inhaled from a small receiver placed far back into the pharynx. The strength of the powder varied from one per cent, to twelve per cent. Inhalations of the nascent forms of nitrate of silver have been recom- mended by Bidenkap in the treatment of CHRONIC INFLAMMATION OF THE LINING MEMBRANE OF THE RESPIRATORY TRACT. A writer in the Journal of Laryngology and Rhinology, 1887, page 322, believes that this method should be restricted to the treatment of CHRONIC BRONCHITIS and EMPHYSEMA and recommends the following plan : One part of nitrate of silver to three parts of ammonic nitrate are placed in a small crucible or evaporating dish, the whole heated by a spirit lamp. Each inhalation should last no longer than from thirty to forty-five minutes. The atmosphere of the room being suffused with minute portions of nitrate of silver capable of discoloring all white textures they light upon, care should be taken to protect clothing, etc. Diseases of the Eye. Nitrate of silver is perhaps more extensively used than any other collyrium, and, though in modern practice it is applied less freely and generally than of old, as the indications for its use have been more clearly outlined, it has mainly held its own for many generations. In the treatment of INFLAMMATORY DISEASES OF THE CONJUNCTIVA it would be better to be deprived of any or every other topical application than of this old and well-tried agent, for by judiciously varying the strength of the applications and the manner of making them we can get the effect of an astringent, caustic, stimulant or antiseptic. Simple ACUTE CONJUNCTIVITIS is better treated with milder applica- tions, such as boric acid, borax, alum and tannin, but in the more chronic form the nitrate is a most useful remedy. It is not well borne by the cornea and, according to some authorities, may cause permanent opacity where there are ulcerations, by its actio,n in coagulating albumen. It should, therefore, not be dropped into the conjunctival sac in stronger solution than one or two grains to the ounce, and as a rule should be applied by the surgeon or under his immediate supervision, as its long continued use will cause an immovable and most unsightly staining of the conjunctiva. Some years ago it was not uncommon to meet with patients disfigured by this local argyria for life, but such an occur- rence is now fortunately very rare. In the CHRONIC FORMS OF SIMPLE CONJUNCTIVITIS the mucous lining of the upper lid is most affected, and the application should be made to it directly, by means of a brush, or, better, of a pledget of absorbent cotton on the end of a fine probe or small stick, as the latter may be ARGENTI NITRAS. Iiy thrown away when once used, and all danger of communicating infection to other patients avoided. When the upper lid is everted the lower can be pushed up under the posterior edge of the cartilage and the ocular conjunctiva and the cornea be thus completely protected. From two to four grains, occasionally if a stronger impression is desired ten grains, to the ounce may be applied in that way. The lid should be washed with absorbent cotton and warm water before it is allowed to close, but this should not be done too quickly ; an instantaneous removal may almost neutralize the effect of a strong solution, and the impression made by an application may be decidedly varied by the time it is allowed to remain in contact with the conjunctiva. If a strong solution has been used it is well to neutralize it with salt water. In granular ophthalmia nitrate of silver is used more freely, and is the main dependence in its treatment. The late Dr. Littell, for many years surgeon to the Wills Hospital, who paid much attention to that subject, and had an excep- tionally long and extensive experience with it, used to say that he had faithfully tried every remedy suggested for a quarter of a century, but always found himself relapsing to the nitrate. Modern ophthalmic sur- gery has not yet found anything that promises to permanently replace it, though the treatment may be favorably varied by the occasional sub- stitution of other applications, such as bichloride of. mercury, alum, copper sulphate, tannin, sulphate of zinc, and boroglyceride. The strength of the solution, as well as the length of time it is allowed to remain in contact with the conjunctiva, must be determined by the condition of the latter, and some experience is required so to regulate as to get the best effect. Five and ten grain solutions are the most generally useful, though ten or twenty may sometimes be used with advantage. The solid " mitigated stick " is more efficient than very strong solutions, and its action is more easily localized. It consists of nitrate of silver and nitrate of potash fused together. The argenti nitras dilut. of the U. S. P., contains fifty per cent, of the silver salt, but the "mitigated caustic" of the B. P. (argenti et potass, nit.) containing thirty-three per cent, is more generally used. This remedy should be used with caution, and it should be remembered that the object is rather to stimulate the granular masses to absorption than to "destroy" them, though the nitrate has also an astringent and mild caustic effect. Its advantage as a caustic is its super- ficial action, as by its property of coagulating albumen it forms a protect- ing film, which prevents deeper penetration. It should be neutralized with salt water or oil before the lid is replaced. When the palpebral con- junctiva is much thickened, and the " granulations" are very prominent, careful scarification, now perhaps too much neglected, is often useful, and some surgeons think well of the galvano-cautery. When these surgical means are used, care must be taken not to involve the sub-conjunctival Il8 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. tissue, and thus increase the cicatricial contraction, which is one of the worst results of the disease. In PURULENT CONJUNCTIVITIS, also, nitrate of silver is generally con- sidered the most efficient application. In the earlier stages, while the discharge continues watery, serous or sanious, and the conjunctiva has a glazed appearance, it should not be used. Iced cloths should be continuously applied, and thorough cleanliness insured by frequent bathing with mild astringents or antiseptics. Some surgeons prefer the continuous or intermittent application of hot water, to the cold. When the discharge becomes distinctly purulent and the conjunctiva is swollen and velvety, the nitrate may be applied to the entire lid, in the manner already described. In the case of adults, a ten-grain solution is most frequently employed. Usually one application in twenty-four hours will be sufficient, but in bad cases it may be well to repeat it twice a day. A one-grain solution is sometimes dropped into the eye every hour or two, in addition. The same principles apply to the treatment of OPHTHALMIA NEONATO- RUM. The use of iced clothes is impracticable, but hot stupes (112 F.) applied for ten or fifteen minutes at a time, three or four times a day, are useful. In many cases a two- or four-grain solution will be strong enough, particularly if it is used more than once a day ; but if the dis* .charge is very abundant and the source of contagion is gonorrhceal, ten grains may be needed. Great attention has recently been given to the prevention of this disease, which has been the most fruitful of all the causes of blindness. The method of Crede, of Leipsic, which has attracted much notice, is founded on the powerful antiseptic properties of nitrate of silver, which is said to destroy the gonococcus and prevent contagion. He applies one drop of a two per cent, solution between the lids of the child immediately after birth. As a result of this treatment, the percentage of cases of ophthalmia in the Lying-in Hospital of Leipsic was reduced from 7^ to o.y z . The question has arisen in several European States, whether this practice should not be made obligatory by legal enactment ; but this somewhat heroic prophylaxis is scarcely nec- essary in the better class of patients, and it may well be left to the judg- ment of the attending physician to employ it only when the mother is known to be suffering with a blennorrhoeal discharge, and to content himself in other cases with perfect cleanliness insured by washing the eyes with a solution of bichloride, boric acid or borax, or with simple warm water. ARGENTI IODIDUM ARISTOL. ng ARGENTI IODIDUM. Iodide of Silver. " This is a new officinal salt, which may be readily prepared by adding a solution of iodide of potassium to one of nitrate of silver, and washing and drying the precipitate, which should be kept in dark amber-colored vials, protected from light." (U. S. D.) Diseases of the Eye. Iodide of silver has usually been added to the list of applications in the treatment of TRACHOMA. {Ophthalmic Record, No. '3.) ARISTOL. Di-iodo-di-tymol. Annidalin. " Aristol is a light brown, fine, adhesive, inodorous powder, containing 45.8 per cent, of iodine. It is readily soluble in ether and in fatty oils, slightly soluble in alcohol; it is insoluble in water or in glycerin. It is readily decomposed by heat and exposure to light. It is soluble in collodion." As the iodine is held very loosely in combination, almost any other substance for which iodine has affinity liberates it, so that as a dressing for wounds its use is confined for^ the most part to the com- mercial powder, to the form of the soluble collodion, or to mixture with fats. Aristol should never be prescribed in conjunction with starch, caustic alkalies, car- bonates, or with substances which possess affinity with iodine, such as ammonia, the metallic oxides, corrosive sublimate, etc. Aristol is antiseptic and protectant. General Surgery. Aristol has been introduced in general surgery as a substitute for iodoform. It is odorless, and in all cases harmless in action. While it may be pleasanter for the patient, it is not nearly so active a remedy in the treatment of VENEREAL SORES as is iodoform. In the treatment of WOUNDS (by dusting over the part, or used in pre- pared gauze) it serves as a protectant. Diseases of the Skin. In Eichoff's opinion (Monatsch.f. Pr. Der- matol., No. 2, January 1890) aristol possesses the valuable properties of both iodoform and thymol to a higher degree than either of its compo- nent parts. This appears to give it the advantage over chrysarobin and pyrogallic acid in the treatment of diseases like psoriasis, when an exten- sive area is to be acted on and absorption may take place. Aristol has been employed with success by some German physicians in PSORIASIS, the vegetable parasites of the skin, and in ULCERS, whether simple or syphilitic, also in LUPUS and EPITHELIOMA. While generally conceded to be valuable in syphilitic and other ULCERS, the virtues of aristol have been disputed by many observers. Its effect appears to be cornifying only, and it does not seem to act upon the deeper layers of the skin nor to destroy new growths. J. J. Levick {Medical News, July 25, 1891) found good results from powdering the hands in DERMATITIS VENENATA (rhus poisoning) with 120 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. aristol. He suggests that it may prove useful in the treatment of VARI- OLOUS ERUPTION. Diseases of the Ear, Throat and Nose. Insufflations of the powder of aristol have been employed by Rorer {Archives Internationales de Laryngologia, 1890, No. 2) for ACUTE CATARRHAL OTITIS. Lo wen- stein (//. klin. Rundschau, May, 1890) has used aristol in the treatment of OZ^ENA, in a ten per cent, ethereal solution (in the proportion of a drachm to the ounce) with good results. It also proves- available for CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH, by being dissolved in one of the forms of petrolatum. Exhibited as a flexible collodion, one drachm to the ounce, W. C. Phillips (N. Y. Med. Jour., May 23, 1891) applies aristol in CHRONIC ATROPHIC RHINITIS in OZ^ENA and in ULCERS OF THE SEPTUM, both specific and non-specific. The agent is highly extolled by some practitioners in the treatment of SYPHILIS OF THE NOSE, accompanied with ulceration, when used in the form of a powder and blown on the parts. The objections to iodoform are obviated and the powder does not as a rule irritate. A small proportion of morphine may be added to the mass or it can be combined with borax and tannic acid. Aristol has come largely into use as an adjuvant in the after-treatment of intra-nasal operations. Cotton plugs, if covered with cosmoline and thoroughly dusted with aristol, remain free from odor a longer time and with less irritation than if prepared in any other way. A. B. Kirkpatrick, of Philadelphia, claims that aristol prevents the formation of exuberant granulations, after operations on the nasal septum. In LARYNGORRHCEA, aristol may be blown into the larynx. Diseases of the Eye. Aristol has been recommended as an antiseptic dressing in operations upon the eyelids and ENUCLEATION OF THE BALL, as a substitute for iodoform ; experience has still to prove if it is equally effective. It is unirritating, even to the conjunctiva, and may be dusted freely on the parts involved in the operation. It has also been recommended in the treatment of PHLYCTENULAR . CONJUNCTIVITIS, dusted upon the ulcer in the same manner as calomel has long been used. An ointment containing five grains of aristol to one drachm of cosmoline is said to be of value in BLEPHARITIS MAR- GINALIS and in ECZEMA OF THE EYELIDS. ARNICA. Arnica. Both arnica flowers (Arnica Flores).&n& the root (Arnica Radix), respectively the " flower heads " and " the rhizome and the rootlets " of Arnica montana, are official in the U. S. P. " Tincture of Arnica " is a tincture of arnica flowers, containing the activity of twenty parts of the flowers in one hundred of alcohol. There is also official in the U. S. P. and Ph. Br. a Tinctttre of Arnica Root, that of the U. S. P. contain- ing the activity of twenty parts of the root in one hundred of tincture. When "tincture AURI ET SODII CHLORIDUM BALSAMUM PERUVIANUM. 121 of " arnica is spoken of in America, the tincture of the flowers is always intended ; in Great Britain, the tincture of the root is meant. An Extract of Arnica Root (of un- certain strength) and a Fluid Extract of Arnica Root (of which one cubic cm. represents one gram of arnica root) are also official. (U. S. P.) General Surgery. The tincture of arnica is a popular application for relief of SPRAINS, BRUISES AND EXTERNAL INFLAMMATIONS ; yet violent erysipelatous inflammation has been known to follow its use. This is likely to occur if the application is covered with an impermeable dressing, which prevents evaporation. It is said that the infusion or decoction of arnica is not so liable to produce local irritation as is the tincture. Notwithstanding its popular reputation, there is nothing to show that arnica is superior, as a local application, to laudanum and water, lead water, and other sedative lotions. Diseases of the Mouth. Arnica is described by Leffmann ("Ameri- can System of Dentistry," m, 695) as a stimulant in inflammation of the mucous lining of the mouth. Equal parts of tincture of arnica and glycerin diluted with water is employed by dentists. AURI ET SODII CHLORIDUM. Chloride of Gold and Sodium. " A mixture composed of equal parts of dry chloride of gold and chloride of sodium." (U. S P.) It is " of a golden yellow color, and, when crystallized, is in long prismatic crystals, unalterable by exposure in the air." (U. S. D.) It is soluble in water. It should be protected from light. The chloride of gold can be dissolved out of the double salt by alcohol. Chloride of gold is antiseptic and escharotic. It bears a resemblance in therapy to the bichloride of mercury. Diseases of the Throat, etc. J. Solis Cohen ("Diseases of the Throat ") refers to this agent as a substitute for the nitrate of silver in the treatment of inflammation of the pharynx. It can be used in strengths varying from fifty to sixty grains to the ounce of water. A solution of the chloride of gold is employed in dentistry to overcome the sensitive- ness of dentine. Diseases of the Eye. Chloride of gold was some years ago strongly recommended as an application in GRANULAR LIDS, substituting nitrate of silver, but did not survive the test of clinical trial and soon 'went out of use. BALSAMUM PERUVIANUM. Balsam of Peru. " A balsam obtained from Myroxylon Pereira. A thick liquid, brownish-black in bulk, reddish-brown and transparent in thin layers, having a syrupy consistence, a somewhat smoky, but agreeable and balsamic odor, and a warm, bitter, afterward acrid taste.- It is entirely soluble in five parts of alcohol." (U. S. P.) It is insoluble in 122 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. henzin ; readily miscible with chloroform or glacial acetic acid. Balsam of Peru is adulterated with various substances, such as Canada turpentine, castor oil, copaiba, and alcohol. A solution of balsam of Peru in alcohol is sometimes sold for it. Balsam of Peru is protectant, sedative, and parasiticide. Diseases of the Skin. Balsam of Peru is employed as a mild antipruritic and parasiticide, usually in combination with other applica- tions. In PRURITUS VULWE Tausky recommends : R. Bals. Peru., 3] ; pulv. acaciae, gij ; ol. amygdalae, ^iss ; aqua rosarum, j. M. Sig. Apply freely with a brush, eight or ten times a day, to the itching parts. In SCABIES Balsam of Peru may be used alone, or in combination with other remedies, as in the following formula recommended by J. C. White, of Boston : R. Bals. Peru, j ; flor. sulphuris, gij ; naphtollis, 3j ; vaselin, sj. M. In the form of one-half drachm to an ounce of cosmoline, balsam of Peru forms an admirable base when it is desired to use iodoform in the shape of an ointment. Diseases of the Nose and Throat. Balsam of Peru is used by Ebstein as a local application in ATROPHIC RHINITIS. Cotton tampons are soaked with it and carried in the nasal chambers. A pigment of eighty grains of the balsam to an ounce of ether is used by M. Mackenzie in TONSILLAR DIPHTHERIA. It has a remarkably efficacious effect when used as an inhalation in laryngeal phthisis {Journal of Laryngology and Rhinology, 1887.) Schmidt {Ibid., p. 162) recommends steam inhalations containing 20-30 drops of the following mixture to a pint of hot water: Balsam of Peru, 10 grms ; alcohol, 5 grms. It may be applied locally to the ulcerative stage of the disease just named. Mixed with elastic collodion, it may protect tubercular ulceration of all parts of the tongue and adjacent parts. (Schnitzler, Congres de Laryngologie, Paris, Sept., 1889.) It may be variously combined with astringents. Rosenberger {Therap. Monatschrift, p. 10, 1888), recommends it in white patches (IDIOPATHIC LEUCOPLASIA) of the oral cavity. He finds it anesthetic, and calculated to restore the diseased tissues to their normal condition. The balsam, which must be pure, is laid thickly on the affected parts with a camel's hair brush. It sometimes gives rise to slight burning with increased salivation, but must be retained in the mouth three to five minutes, and should be repeated several times daily. Thirteen cases treated thus resulted favorably, or at least im- proved greatly. Balsam of Peru forms the main ingredient of the so-called Mistura Oleo-Balsamica, as per ensuing formula: R. Oil of lavender, oil of cloves, oil of cinnamon or cassia, oil of thyme, oil of lemon, oil of mace, oil of orange flowers, each i part ; balsam of Peru, 3 parts ; alco- BALSAMUM TOLUTANUM BELLADONNA. 123 hol, 240 parts. Mix, and macerate for several days, shaking often, then filter. Other preparations are known under the same name as above. Two formulae are herewith presented : R. Oil rue, n^x ; oil cedrat, cinnamon, cloves, lavender, mace, mar- joram, of each n^xx ; balsam Peru, ss ; alcohol, Oss. R. Oil cinn., cloves, lavender, lemon, neroli, nutmeg, thyme, each n^xx; bals. Peru, 3J ; alcohol, Oss. BALSAMUM TOLUTANUM. Balsam of Tola. " A balsam obtained from Myroxylon toluifera. A yellowish or brownish-yellow, semi-fluid or nearly solid mass, transparent in thin layers, brittle when cold, having an agreeable, balsamic odor, and a mild, aromatic taste. It is entirely soluble in alco- hol ; almost insoluble in water and in benzin." (U. S. P.) It is one of the constitu- ents of the Compound Tincture of Benzoin. (Turlington's Balsam, Friar's Balsam, Wade's Balsam.) A Tincture of Tolu is official; it contains ten per cent, of the balsam. The balsam of tolu is a protectant antiseptic and alleviates cough. Diseases of the Throat. M. Mackenzie uses a solution of one to five as a varnish on DIPHTHERITIC DEPOSITS ; the membrane should be first dried with blotting paper before the application is made ; of the balsam eighty grains, ether one ounce, as a pigment, to be applied with a brush to the diphtheritic deposits on the tonsils and pharynx. Vapor inhala- tions of tolu are recommended for the treatment of CHRONIC PHARYN- GITIS. A lozenge of the balsam is prepared in the proportion of one-fifth of a grain. In the form of a tincture tolu is sometimes added to sprays. Owing to its tenacious character a small proportion suffices. BELLADONNA. Belladonna. In both the U. S. P. and Br. P. the leaves as well as the root of Atropa belladonna are official. In the U. S. P. the alcoholic extract and the tincture are made from the leaves the plaster and the fluid extract from the root. In the Br. P. the extract, the succus, and the tincture are made from the leaves, and the alcoholic fluid extract, the liniment, and atropine are made from the root. The preparations of belladonna used externally in this country are the Alcoholic Extract (of uncertain strength), Tincture of Belladonna (fif- teen parts of belladonna leaf in one hundred parts of tincture), Atropine, the Plaster (one hundred parts of belladonna in one hundred parts of the plaster) ; the Ointment, made by incorporating ten parts of the alcoholic extract of belladonna, softened with six parts of diluted alcohol in eighty-four parts of benzoinated lard; and, rarely, the Fluid Extract (one gramme of belladonna root in one cubic centimetre of fluid extract), and the Liq. Atropince Su/phatis. Atropine is characterized by " colorless or white, acicular crystals, permanent in the air, odorless, having a bitter, acrid taste, and an alkaline reaction." (U. S. P.) It forms 124 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. salts with acids, in which form it is medicinally used, the salt in general use being the sulphate. The sulphate of atropine is soluble in 0.4 part of water and 6.5 parts of alcohol. The decomposition products of atropine are tropine and tropic acid. Derived from tropic acid is the substance known as homatropine ; the hydrobromate of homatropine is much used as a mydriatic. This salt is soluble in ten parts of water. An Oleate of Atropine is in the trade. " Ladenburg has exhaustively studied the several sources of atropine, and the allied alkaloids that exert a mydriatic action, and found that there are three alkaloids, atropine, hyoscyamine, and hyoscine, which possess the common formula : C 17 H 23 NO 3 , and in belladonna root, belladonnine, C 17 H 23 NO 4 . Of these, atropine occurs in Atropa belladonna and in Datura stramonium ; hyoscyamine in these plants, and also in Hyoscyamus niger and Duboisia myoporoides. Hyoscine is found in Hyoscyamus niger alone, and bella- donnine in belladonna root alone." (U. S. D.) The popular preparation known as Baume Tranquille, and recommended for OTALGIA when instilled into the outer ear, is an infusion in olive oil of narcotic and aromatic plants. The narcotics are belladonna, conium, hyoscyamus, and stramonium, with some opium added. The aromatics are sage, wormwood, lavender, and thyme. Belladonna is sedative, antispasmodic, mydriatic, resolvent, and anti- secretory. General Surgery. Belladonna is known to possess the power of ARRESTING THE SECRETION OF MILK. It is employed with advantage when, the mother being unable to suckle her child, the breasts become swollen and painful, and threaten to suppurate unless the tension of the ducts be relieved. If the milk cannot be drawn off artificially, the secretion must be suppressed. The drug should be applied before inflammation has set in, in which case the swelling and pain in the breast generally subside in a few hours, and the gland becomes soft and painless. Even if inflamma- tion has already begun and the breasts have become tense, shining, hard, knotty, red, and acutely painful, an ointment of belladonna should be applied, and over it a warm flaxseed poultice, the entire breast being thoroughly supported. This treatment, continued for forty-eight hours, will often arrest the formation of pus. The method should be employed in all cases, no matter how far the mastitis has advanced. Even when the agent fails to prevent suppuration, it reduces the inflammatory process and lessens pain. Where belladonna ointment is objectionable on account of its peculiar odor and its liability to soil the clothing, similar results can be obtained by hot fomentations of rose water with atropine in solution of four grains to the ounce, care being taken to watch the systemic effect as shown by dilatation of the pupil and dryness of the mouth. The addition of belladonna to iodine ointment increases its efficiency in the treatment of ADENITIS. A useful prescription in this condition is the following: Ii. Ung. plumbi iodidi, and ung. belladonnae, equal parts. This may be rubbed thoroughly into the inflamed part twice a day. An oint- ment composed of equal parts of ung. belladonnse and ung. hydrargyri, is almost universally used in the hospitals of Philadelphia in the treat-. BELLADONNA. 125 ment of CHRONIC INFLAMMATORY CONDITIONS about the ARTICULATIONS. It is of great service in conjunction with blisters, and rest in the treat- ment of CHRONIC SYNOVITIS OF THE KNEE JOINT. After counter-irritation, the part is to be enveloped in lint, on which is spread a thick coating of the ointment covered with waxed paper and firmly bandaged. John Ashhurst often uses this treatment with great success in the local treat- ment of PERITONITIS, the abdomen being covered with lint on which has been spread the ointment, and the whole enveloped with a large hot poultice. The application should be continued until slight ptyalism is induced. In the treatment of BOILS, CARBUNCLES, and ABSCESSES, it is an excel- lent plan to smear the inflamed tissues with an ointment composed of equal parts of extract or ointment of belladonna and glycerin, and on this dressing to superimpose a hot poultice. Belladonna plaster is largely used for the relief of PLURODYNIA, INTERCOSTAL NEURALGIA, PLEURISY, and muscle pains of RHEUMATISM. It is also applied over the region of the heart in functional and organic diseases of that organ. The skin must be thoroughly cleansed with soap and water, and afterward washed with alcohol or vinegar. This will insure the plaster adhering, and at the same time promote absorption of the drug. The same effect may be obtained from the use of either the liniment or the ointment of belladonna. Care must be exercised in the appli- cation of belladonna to large surfaces that have been denuded of epithelium. Belladonna used for its constitutional or its local effect, is much more active and prompt when in contact with the mucous membranes than when applied to the cutaneous surfaces. The extract of belladonna in conjunction with tannic acid, in the proportion of one or two grains of the extract to eight or ten of the acid, is recommended by Trousseau in LEUCORRHCEA with accompanying ulceration of the os uteri, the agent appearing to arrest the abundant secretion from the mucous glands. The mixture may be wrapped in cotton, or made into a suppository with cocoa butter, and placed in contact with the os. When the condition is associated with much pain, the following in- jection yields good results: R. Sodii bicarb. ,3J; tinct. belladonnae, |ij ; Aquae, Oj. M. The syringe should be introduced as far as possi- ble, while the patient lies on the back with the buttocks elevated on a pillow. In the genito-urinary tract of the male belladonna is of great service, especially for the relief of SPASMODIC STRICTURE OF THE URETHRA, or SPASM OF THE NECK OF THE BLADDER, following over distention, a con- dition often met with after a debauch. It is also of value in the pre- paratory treatment of strictures of small calibre, especially those of an irritable nature. In all classes of conditions it is imperative that the 126 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. patient should be brought under the influence of the drug, preferably by means of a suppository of half a grain of the extract of belladonna inserted into the rectum about half an hour before the proposed introduc- tion of the instrument. In many cases what would otherwise be an impermeable stricture, can readily be passed. In some cases of tight stricture it is advisable to smear the instruments with the ointment of belladonna instead of sweet oil. By this means the local effect of the drug is supposed to be made more prompt and active. Care, however, ought to be exercised that too much of the drug does not find its way into the system from the mucous membrane of the urethra. It must be remembered that belladonna is of little service when the retention of urine is due to an enlarged prostate, as it has a tendency to paralyze the vesical expulsive muscles ; and where the desire to pass water arises from the presence of urine which the bladder fails to expel, the difficulty is only aggravated by belladonna. In STRANGURY following the ab- sorption of cantharides from large blisters, and also from the use of turpentine, belladonna combined with opium will prove a satisfactory remedy. In irritable spasms and neuralgic conditions belladonna may be combined with advantage with opium and camphor. In ORCHITIS immediate relief may be obtained by enveloping the tes- ticle in lint on which has been spread a thick coating of belladonna oint- mentj and applying over this fomentations of hot water. In CHORDEE Mr. Hill recommends a suppository of extract of belladonna and morphine. In FISSURE OF THE ANUS Dupuytren states that belladonna is of service in inducing relaxation of the sphincter. It may be applied in a supposi- tory, or the following : R. Ext. belladonna, plumbi acetatis, aa 3J; adipis, 3vj. M. Sig. Applied three or four times daily. In the treatment of HEMORRHOIDS belladonna is incorporated with many ointment bases. The following prescription is used at the University of Pennsylvania Hos- pital : R. Ext. belladonnae, gr. x; ext. stramonii, 353; acid, tannici, gr. viij ; adipis, |j. M. Ung. The selected part should be washed before the application of the ointment. When the hemorrhoids are accompanied with much itching, the following ointment may be found of service: R. Ung. hydrarg. nitratis, ^j ; ung. belladonnae, gvij. Ailing- ham recommends that when the masses are inflamed they be anointed with equal parts of extract of opium and of belladonna, and then be covered with a hot poultice, though in some cases a cold application may be found to be more grateful. Diseases of the Skin. Belladonna is employed in the treatment of HYPERIDROSIS. and in affections of the skin where excessive sweating interferes with the action of other remedies. In excessive sweating of the palms and soles, or of the axilla, groins, etc., the tincture may be BELLADONNA. 127 painted on the previously dried surface once a day, and followed by the use of an astringent powder. The dried and powdered extract of belladonna may be employed as a dusting powder, and is particularly useful in ECZEMA of the groins, thighs, scrotum, anus, and neighboring parts, especially when occurring in the summer season and accompanied by excessive sweating. It should be carefully mixed with a dessicant powder, as oxide of zinc, subnitrate of bismuth, starch, or fuller's earth. The proportion should be one to two* drachms to the ounce of the excipient. The extract of belladonna may be employed alone. (The official ointment is 48 grains to the ounce, but in referring to English works it is well to remember that the British preparation is nearly twice as strong.) It is found useful as a dressing in painful ulcers, and also in other painful conditions of the skin, as in ECZEMA OF THE ANUS. It has a certain value also in PRURITUS ANI. The constitutional effects should be guarded against. Atropine is employed for the same purposes as belladonna. Its external employment is rare ; usually it may be substituted by belladonna. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. Solutions of atropine, in three to five grains to the ounce, are of value in RHEUMATIC OTAL- GIA. One or two drops may be instilled at a time. Although its use is not contra-indicated by an opening in the tympanic membrane, it is necessary to bear in mind the ease by which the medicine may pass down the Eustachian tube to the pharynx. E. D. Williams recommended the atropine treatment as one of the best at our command. Keene recom- mends atropine as a remedy for TINNITUS. The liquor atropii diluted with an equal quantity of water may be injected by the Eustachian catheter. T. F. Rumbold {Trans. Amer. Rhinol. Ass'n, 1886) uses a strength of five grains to the ounce in the local treatment of HAY FEVER. A few drops are directed to be placed on a pledget of cotton and in- serted in the nostril. Mixed with cocoa butter, atropine, one-twentieth of a grain, or one-quarter of a grain of the alcoholic extract of bella- donna, may be exhibited in the form of a NASAL BOUGIE. For the treat- ment of ACUTE RHINITIS the powdered leaves enter into the composition of a snuff, as follows : pulverized leaves one scruple, morphine sulphate two grains, pulverized acacia a half ounce. Atropine is occasionally em- ployed in the local treatment of LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS. Inhalations of water, in which a small proportion of tincture of belladonna has been added, relieves the pain of CHRONIC LARYNGITIS. Diseases of the Eye. Atropine is always used in the form of the soluble sulphate or salicylate, the alkaloid itself being very sparingly soluble in water. It is useful as a powerful local anodyne, but chiefly by its action in dilating the pupil and paralyzing the muscle of accom- 128 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. modation. Its exact mode of action is not yet definitely determined. It is known to be local. It must be absorbed and reach the iris directly before it can act. The aqueous humor of an atropinized eye contains sufficient atropine to dilate the pupil of another eye. It causes my- driasis when applied to the eye immediately after death, or, in experi- ments upon animals, after removal of the brain and spinal cord. Its action is upon unstriated muscle, and it does not affect the pupil of birds whose iris muscular fibres are of the striated kind. It is erroneously stated that atropine dilates the pupil by paralyzing the sphincter fibres and stimulating the radial ; the former being under the control of the oculo-motor nerve, and the latter of the sympathetic. The existence of dilator muscular fibres in the iris, however, may now be considered extremely doubtful, and is positively denied by some of the best authorities. According to these authorities the dilatation of the pupil is the result of elastic contraction, and the only structure of the iris that takes an active part in it is the posterior limiting membrane, which is the only one not thrown into folds when the pupil dilates. (Fuchs, v. Graefe Arch., xxxi, p. 89, and Oph. Rev., Jan., 1886.) It is not easy, however, on this view to account for the following facts, viz.; that mydriasis from pathological or experimental paralysis of the third nerve is increased by the application of atropine ; that the pupil dilated by atropine im- mediately contracts when the sympathetic nerve is severed and dilates again when the nerve is excited by faradization ; or that cocaine, which is supposed to produce mydriasis by its excitant effect on the sym- pathetic, increases the dilatation of an atropinized eye. Gaskell (Jour- nal of Physiol., Jan., 1886) thinks that in the sphincter muscle of the iris we have an example of a muscular structure supplied by two nerves of opposite character, the one motor and the other inhibitory, and that dilators of the pupil act upon the latter. According to this view atropine increases paralytic mydriasis by inhibition of the tonic contraction of the sphincter muscle. Some observers have thought that the vaso-motor action of atropine, in contracting the iris blood-vessels, is an important factor in producing mydriasis. Belladonna is extensively used in ophthalmic surgery. As a mydriatic the full effect of atropine may be rapidly obtained by a solution of four grains to the ounce. When one drop of this is instilled in the conjunctival sac of a healthy eye, the dilatation of the pupil com- mences in less than fifteen minutes, and attains its maximum, with complete immobility, in twenty or twenty-five. When it is desired to dilate the pupil merely to facilitate ophthalmoscopic examination, a much weaker solution should be used, as mydriasis produced by the strong application does not completely disappear for nearly, or quite, BELLADONNA. 129 two weeks. A solution of a quarter of a grain to the ounce produces dilatation in half an hour, and the effect passes off in three or four days. Atropine is now, however, not so much used as formerly, for this purpose, as homatropine or cocaine involves much less inconvenience to the patient. Its most important therapeutic application is in the treatment of IRITIS, in which it is the remedy above all others. The great danger in this disease is adhesion of the iris to the lens capsule, and, in a large propor- tion of cases, is practically over when the pupil is once well dilated and its margin is thus withdrawn from contact with the lens. Unfortunately the action of the drug is resisted and too often cannot be induced unless the application is used at the commencement of the affection. The absorption of atropine by the cornea is diminished by the increased intra- ocular tension, and even before adhesions have occurred the hyperae- mic and oedematous iris responds slowly and imperfectly to the action of the mydriatic. This action is materially promoted by the local abstrac- tion of blood by means of leeching or cupping at the temple. When there is great increase of tension, paracentesis of the cornea is useful. Freshly formed adhesions may often be broken up, and even when the adhesions are firmer, partial and irregular dilatation can usually be obtained. In specific iritis, obstinate synechise sometimes yield after the administration of mercury. A solution of four grains to the ounce is generally used, and in most cases three or four applications a day are sufficient. In some cases it is necessary to repeat them more frequently, even every two or three hours, or a more decided effect may be obtained by making the application every fifteen minutes for an hour three times a day. A solution of eight grains to the ounce is sometimes used by the surgeon, but is not often entrusted to the patient. Even the weaker solutions must be used with care, as in specially sensitive subjects consti- tutional poisoning may result. The danger of this is diminished by pressure on the puncta with the end of the finger during the application. In cases of NUCLEAR CATARACT, with the periphery of the lens com- paratively clear, great improvement of vision is often secured by keeping the pupil continuously dilated with atropine instilled two or three- times a week. By this proceeding and the careful correction of any existing defect of refraction, patients are often enabled to enjoy useful sight for months, or even years, before the whole lens becomes involved in the opacity. -In the treatment of PHLYCTENULAR KERATITIS, which is usually accom- panied by considerable ciliary irritation with contraction of the pupil, atropine is valuable as a powerful sedative, and by putting the pupillary and accommodative actions of the eye at rest. A one- or two-grain solution may be combined with ten grains of boric acid, or, if there is much 9 130 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. conjunctival discharge, with half a grain of alum. In wounds involving the cornea and iris, a four-grain solution is commonly used. Atropine is useful in most cases of KERATITIS, particularly in the acute form, with a painful and irritable condition of the eye. In cases of INDOLENT COR- NEAL ULCER, or SLOUGHING OF KERATITIS, or when the intraocular ten- sion is much increased, eserine sometimes acts better. This subject has been much discussed, but the indications for the use, in corneal affections, of these two drugs, so opposite in their action, are not yet definitely for- mulated. The surgeon will, in many cases, have to be guided by the teachings of his own experience, or by trial. Superficial ulcerations are best checked by the actual cautery, while in extensive sloughing involv- ing the deeper layers of the cornea, a free " Saemisch incision" often offers the only hope of success. Compresses and hot stupes are import- ant aids in the treatment. In the case of a penetrating ulcer or wound near the centre of the cornea, dilatation of the pupil is indicated to pre- vent prolapse of the iris. Atropine is not now nearly so generally used as formerly after CATARACT EXTRACTION, and is thought to increase the tendency to prolapse of the iris, particularly in the case of operation without iridectomy. Many surgeons use eserine to draw the iris away from the corneal wound. After the incision is healed, however, atropine is useful by dilating the pupil and contracting the blood-vessels of the iris. If iritis sets in its use is imper- ative. Dilatation of the pupil before the operation is secured by the ap- plication of cocaine, which is now almost universally used for its anaesthetic effect. It is customary to apply atropine both before and after the opera- tion for solution. Atropine acts more slowly on the accommodation than on the pupil. According to Bonders a four-grain solution commences to act in about fifteen minutes, but complete paralysis is not attained until more than an hour and a half. There is a full return of accommodation in eleven days, rather earlier than the restoration of the pupil's action. As, how- ever, there is a decided variation in the susceptibility of different indi- viduals, and a ciliary muscle irritated by excessive strain resists the action of the drug, to be sure of the full effect it is customary to make the appli- cation three times a day for a day or two. Attained in this way the effect does not usually disappear entirely in much less than two weeks. This property of atropine has occasionally a therapeutic value in cases of spasm of the accommodation, or when it is desired to relieve the EFFECTS OF EXCESSIVE ACCOMMODATIVE STRAIN by a period of complete rest, but its most important use is in the determination of the refraction. The action of mydriatics in suspending the accommodation is invaluable to ophthal- mic surgeons in their optical work, as the contraction of the ciliary BELLADONNA. 13! muscles introduces an unknown and varying factor, which is liable to vitiate the most careful calculations, and in .young subjects no certainty can be reached while this muscle is allowed full play. Patients are occasionally met with in whom the application of atropine produces a peculiar form of conjunctivitis. The conjunctiva is congested and the eye is irritable and watery, and the follicles in the conjunctival folds are sometimes enlarged. There is usually, also, erythematous in- flammation of the skin of the lids and cheek. This form of conjunctivitis is, in very rare cases, produced by a single instillation, and results from a too prolonged use of the drug, perhaps more frequently than is generally supposed. Kroener {Oph. Rev., Jan., 1882) thinks that atropine conjunc- tivitis is of septic origin, and is due to the FUNGOID GROWTHS found in solutions that have stood for some time, and recommends the addition of carbolic acid (i to 1000) to keep the solution clear. This view is not generally adopted. A more serious danger is the tendency of atropine to induce GLAUCOMA. This it is thought to do by increasing the thickness of the iris and crowd- ing its periphery into the angle of the anterior chamber, thus impeding the escape of fluids by way of the space of Fontana. The irritation of excessive light through the dilated pupil, when the eye is not protected, may be another cause. Atropine should never be applied when there is suspicion of glaucoma, and its use in the case of old people should be cautious, and at first tentative, in weak solutions, except when iritis makes an immediate and decided effect imperative. The now universally ad- mitted fact that atropine may increase intraocular tension is in apparent contradiction to the opinion of the earlier observers that it reduces it by contracting the blood-vessels and diminishing secretion. It seems prob- able, however, that it diminishes pressure in the healthy eye, but, by the mechanical effect of the dilated pupil, increases it " in the eye predisposed to glaucoma, because the angle of the ariterior chamber is already dan- gerously narrow" (Priestly Smith). Stocker, of Lucerne (Oph. Rev., vol. vi, p. 359) states positively, as the result of numerous experiments with the manometer on curarized cats, that under physiological conditions atropine always produces a decided fall in the intraocular pressure, thus confirming the viewof Graefe, Wegner, Adamiick, Griinhagen, and Pfliiger. HOMATROPINE. Hydrobromate of homatropine, a derivative of atropine, has of late years been extensively used as a means of suspending the accommoda- tion. It is likely, to a great extent, to supplant all other mydriatics in ordinary refraction work ; as while equally efficient its effects last less than one-fourth as long as those of atropine, and about half as long as those of duboisine, and the danger of inconvenience from constitutional poison- 132 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. ing is practically nil. Conjunctival hyperaemia and a slight burning sen- sation usually follow its use, but are much less marked now than at the time of its first introduction, probably on account of improvement in the process of manufacture. There has been much difference of opinion among ophthalmic surgeons as to its reliability, and the subject has been a good deal discussed, but numerous and careful observations have shown that those who find it inefficient do not use it in a way to secure its full effect. Used as it is customary to use atropine, duboisine, or hyoscyamine, it is certainly much less reliable than those mydriatics. The most prac- tical and convincing test of the comparative value of homatropine is that made by E. Jackson (Phila. Med. News, July 24, 1886), who first corrected the refraction of fifty-two eyes under homatropine and after- ward subjected the same eyes to careful testing with other mydriatics. He claims that a 2 per cent, or 2^ per cent, solution used in the proper way paralyzes the accommodation just as certainly and thoroughly as a i per cent, solution of atropine or a ^ per cent, solution of duboisine. A solution of from ten to sixteen grains to the ounce should be em- ployed. The former is probably sufficient, but some surgeons think that the latter gives greater security of prompt action ; the only objection to it is the expense. From three to five applications should be made at intervals of ten or fifteen minutes. The effect commences in from ten to twenty minutes, is usually complete in less than an hour, and lasts from one and a half to four days. In exceptional cases, which are per- haps not very infrequent, it may last longer than the latter period. At the present writing a young man presents himself, in whom the action of the iris and ciliary muscle is still decidedly impaired at the end of four and a half days, and de Schweinitz (Oph. Rev., Dec., 1890) reports a case in which recovery was not complete for nearly six days. There is, however, very rarely any serious inconvenience after the second day. For therapeutic purposes homatropine is inferior to the other mydriatics, and when choroidal and retinal congestion resulting from accommodative strain renders prolonged rest necessary, there is nothing so satisfactory as atropine. To dilate the pupil for ophthalmoscopic purposes, a solution of one grain to the ounce is sufficient and causes little inconvenience. As to the danger of exciting glaucoma, homatropine has probably no advantage over the other mydriatics but the shorter duration of its effects. A case of glaucoma following its use is recorded by Hodges {Arch, of Ophthal., vol. xiv, p. 42), and in the Trans, of the Am, Ophthal. Soc'y for 1890 (Harlan) is reported a case in which transient pulsation of the retinal arteries was repeatedly produced by it. Several cases have been reported in which the effect of homatropine and of atropine was unusually prolonged. {Trans. Am. Ophthal. Soc'y, BENZINUM BENZOIN. 1.33 The supraorbital pain of IRITIS and CYCLITIS is relieved by the appli- cation of belladonna ointment to the brow, and this may be particularly useful in cases in which the alkaloids are not well borne by the conjunc- tiva. A convenient mode of applying belladonna externally is to give the extract the proper consistency by means of water or glycerin, spread it on the skin and cover it with tissue paper. BENZINUM. Benzin. Benzine. Petroleum Ether. "A purified distillate from American petroleum, consisting of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the marsh-gas series, having a specific gravity of from 0.670 to 0.675, an ^ boiling at 50 to 60 C. It is a transparent, colorless, diffusive liquid, of strong characteristic odor, slightly resembling that of petroleum, but much less disagreeable. It is insoluble in water, soluble in about six parts of alcohol, and readily so iu ether, chloroform, benzol and fixed and volatile oils. It is highly inflammable, and its vapor, when mixed with air and ignited, explodes violently. Benzin, when evaporated 6n the hands, should leave no odor." (U. S. P.) The odor of benzin is penetrating and unpleasant. This substance should not be confounded with the article known as benzol or benzene, which is a derivative of coal-tar. Benzin is refrigerant and rubefacient. General Surgery. Benzin evaporates so rapidly that local tem- perature can easily be reduced, by a spray, to below the freezing point. The spray produced by a hand atomizer will diminish sensibility and secure local anaesthesia so well that this method may be used as a substi- tute for etherization in small surgical operations. In doing this care must be exercised, as the freezing process may be carried too far and produce frostbite, or even sloughing. The action of benzin, applied with fric- tion, resembles that of turpentine. Benzin is sometimes applied on flannel, or with friction, for the relief of RHEUMATIC and NEURALGIC PAINS. On account of its low cost benzin is commonly used in the Paquelin thermo-cautery, although the lighter hydrocarbons, as gasolin and rhig- olin, will answer a similar purpose. BENZOIN. " A balsamic resin obtained from Slyrax Benzoin." (U. S. P.) Benzoin is soluble in " five parts of moderately warm alcohol, and also in solution of potassa." (U. S. P ) " It is precipitated from its solution in alcohol by water. It imparts to boiling water a notable proportion of benzoic acid." (U. S. D.) Benzoin preserves fats from oxidation, and is for this purpose a constituent of many ointments. It is employed in pharmacy in preparing Benzoinated Lard (two parts of benzoin digested in one hundred parts of hot lard) : Tincture of Benzoin (one part of benzoin to five parts of alcohol); and Compound Tincture of Benzoin (containing benzoin, aloes, storax, and 1 34 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. balsam of tolu). In evidence of the popularity of benzoin, it may be mentioned at this place that the compound Tincture of Benzoin is known also as Waders Balsam, Friar's Balsam. Jesuit' 's Drops, Turlington's Balsam, Elixir traumaticum of Baume de Cotn- mandeur de Permes, etc. The composition of the compound tincture of benzoin is as follows : B- Pulv. benzoini, ,^iiiss; pulv. aloes purif., gr. cclx ; pulv. styracis, ^iiss; bals. tolutani, 3'j-^j; alcoholis, q. s. ad Oij. A powder can be made from this preparation by pulverizing the mass resulting upon the evaporation of the alcohol. Benzoin is antiseptic, protectant, and slightly stimulating. Its pecu- liar aroma is agreeable to most persons, and renders the local use of benzoin available in affections of the respiratory mucous surface. It is moderately stimulating to granulating surfaces and open wounds. Benzoin makes no toxic impression. Benzoic acid (^. #.) is more inviting than the resin. General Surgery. The principal preparation of benzoin in common use is the compound tincture. When this is applied to the skin (as with a brush), the alcohol soon evaporates, leaving parts covered with a film of benzoin, which, if sufficiently thick, makes a good protectant. The compound tincture has been recommended (Ashhurst and Bryant) in the treatment of compound fractures, a small piece of lint being saturated with the preparation and placed over the wounds. It is largely used in the same way to close punctures in the skin after tenotomy. Compound tincture of benzoin, in conjunction with collodion, makes a reliable means of retaining dressings on small wounds, e.g., those of the face, the scalp, etc. Such a preparation can be made by evaporating the compound tincture to dryness in a water bath, and redissolving the resi- due in collodion. Its efficacy is increased by introducing a few fibres of cotton or fine gauze, after the first layer is painted over the selected sur- face and then covering all with a second coating. We frequently add to it iodoform, which it dissolves, thus increasing the antiseptic properties of this agent. Diseases of the Skin. R. W. Taylor has employed the compound tincture of benzoin as a vehicle for the application of bichloride of mer- cury in RINGWORM OF THE THIGHS, etc. His formula, which we have used with satisfaction, is as follows: R. Hydrarg. bichlor., gr. ij-iv; tinct. benzoin, comp., fgj. M. A brush is passed through the cork and the solution is painted on the affected part once or twice daily. The compound tincture of benzoin relieves the irritation accom- panying FROSTBITE ; it is in like manner used with success in CHAPPED NIPPLES. Equal parts of the compound tincture and glycerin form an available application for CHAPPED HANDS AND LIPS. BENZOIN. 135 Diseases of the Nose, Throat, etc. Benzoin is used in the respiratory tract in the form of the powdered gum, the compound tincture, and benzoated lard. Michel, of Hamburg (59. Versammlung der Deutschen Naturforscher und Aerzte, 1886), believes that when applied to the nostrils pulverized benzoin may check the evolution of WHOOPING COUGH. But since he recommends that a small proportion of nitrate of silver and sulphate of quinine be added, it becomes difficult to ascertain the impression made by the benzoin. In the form of the compound tincture, benzoin is largely used in CATARRHAL AFFECTIONS OF THE PHARYNX AND LARYNX. In the form of a gargle eight drops to an ounce of water are recommended to obtain a minimum impression. Equal parts of the tincture and water may be pre- scribed, the patient diluting to suit the taste. In the form of inhalation forty to sixty minims are added to a half pint of, water at 145 F. It can be used freely. The indications for the above fluid preparations are either acute inflammation or the relaxed condition which is often found at the end of an acute attack. It is, moreover, valuable in the irritability of the general mucous surfaces of the throat attending inflammation of any grade. In vocalists who suffer from hoarseness, the result of over- use of the throat, it is one of the most popular of remedies. The tincture makes a good application to spongy gums. M. Mackenzie uses a solution of one part of gum benzoin to five parts of spirit as a varnish to DIPHTHERITIC DEPOSITS ; the membrane should be first dried with blotting paper before the application is made. F. Barker found the tincture of benzoin promptly efficacious in the EPISTAXIS of young children after other remedies had failed. The application is followed by some pain, both in the nose and the ear of the affected side, which soon passes off. The compound tincture mixes well with glycerin and cosmoline. In the latter form it has been used by A. S. Houghton {Jour. Am. Med Ass'n, Nov. 7, 1885) as an in- halant. A. Kebbell (Brit. Med. Jour., Feb. 28, 1885) claims that to hold a bottle containing tincture of benzoin to one nostril and close the other, the patient inspiring deeply, relieves troublesome symptoms and cuts short attacks of acute coryza. Inhalations of benzoin are very popular in acute catarrhal inflammation of the upper respiratory passages. The compound tincture is ordinarily used in the proportion of one drachm to a pint of water at 140 F. The sedative action is increased by the addition of a half drachm of chloro- form. If an increased stimulating effect is desired, a drachm of the oil of the Pinus tyfoesfrisuny be added (LefFerts). A convenient domestic form of inhalation for acute inflammation of the throat is the following : 136 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Add a teaspoonful of the tincture to a half pint of hot water. A cone, made of paper or some other convenient substance, is placed over the top of the vessel and the steam is allowed to escape through the truncate apex. The mouth is placed over this opening and the steam is inhaled. The irritation of the fumes of nitrate of potash (g. v.~) is mitigated by admixture with the vapor of benzoin. ACIDUM BENZOICUM. Benzoic Acid. Benzoic acid is made, by sublimation and purification, from benzoin, and, also, by boiling benzoin with an alkaline liquid, thus forming a benzoate and precipitating the benzoic acid therefrom by means of hydrochloric acid. It is also made synthetically from toluol naphthaline and suint, a greasy substance obtained from wool. Pure benzoic acid is inodorous ; that prepared from the balsam by sublimation is contaminated with a pro- portion of an aromatic oil, which gives it the well known odor of benzoin. "Benzoic acid is soluble in 500 parts of water and three parts of alcohol at 15 C. (59 F.), in 15 parts of boiling water and one part boiling alcohol; also soluble in three parts of ether, in seven parts of chloroform, and readily soluble in disulphide of carbon, benzol, benzin, and oils." (U. S. P.) It forms freely soluble salts with solutions of potassa, soda, and ammonia, and from solutions of these salts is precipitated, by the mineral acids. Benzoic acid, in solution in the proportion of i to 287 (0.348 per cent.), prevents the development of bacteria taken from meat infusion. Its action, however, is feeble compared with that of the other parasiticides, although it is claimed to be fully as poisonous to bacteria as salicylic or carbolic acid. Benzoic acid is a stimulant, and even an irritant to raw dermal sur- faces. Diseases of the Skin. Benzoic acid is an excellent local applica- tion in URTICARIA. R. Acid, benzoic., 333; Aquae, Oj. M. General Surgery. Benzoic acid in saturated solution is said to yield excellent results as an injection into old SINUSES. Diseases of the Nose and Throat. Benzoic acid in most respects is an exchangeable therapeutic agent with gum benzoin, but it is well to remember that it is more irritating. Owing to its solubility, it is avail- able for lotions. Benzoic acid may be used as a substitute for boric acid. A drachm added to boiling water may be used as an inhalant night and morning in BRONCHITIS and CHRONIC PHTHISIS; it eases cough and lessens expectoration. A small portion of benzoic acid added to borax and table salt makes an agreeable addition to a lotion for irritative forms of CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH, unaccompanied by tenacious or muco-purulent discharge. The following is a formula for general guidance: R. Sodii boratis, sodii chlor., aa ij ; acidi benzoici, gr. x; ft. chart., No. j. To a half BENZOL BISMUTHI BORAS. 137 tumbler of water add a half teaspoonful each of the powder and glycerin. Use freely as a lotion. The irritating qualities of iodine as an inhalant are in a measure con- trolled by adding 16 grains of benzoic acid to an ounce of the tincture of iodine. A teaspoonful is placed in a pint of water at 140 F. G. M. Lefferts recommends the following for ACUTE ANGINA: benzoic acid three grains; kaolin, twelve grains. Rub together and add tincture of tolu, eighteen drops; water, one ounce. Shake and make up the quantity with water to one ounce. A teaspoonful in a pint of water at 140 F. for each inhalation. Benzoic acid is recommended by W. D. Miller (" Micro-organisms of the Human Mouth," Phila., 1890) as an antiseptic to arrest dental caries. Lozenges containing benzoic acid are agreeable in taste and serve a useful purpose in SUBACUTE PHARYNGITIS and LARYNGITIS. Each lozenge contains one-half a grain of the agent. The red balm of Gilead balsam contains benzoic acid and probably derives its efficiency therefrom. BENZOL (C 6 H 6 ). Benzen. Benzene. Benzole. Phenylhydride. " Benzol is a colorless, limpid liquid, possessing an agreeable odor. Its specific gravity is 0.85. It congeals at 32 F., and boils at 176 F." (U. S. D.) It dissolves sulphur, phosphorus, iodine, and most resins and fats. It also dissolves some alkaloids, quinine, morphine, strychnia, and others. This is not the article known as benzin, which is obtained from petroleum oil, nor has it any relation to benzoin or benzoic acid. These misappre- hensions concerning it are widespread. When benzol or benzene is spoken of in works on chemistry, the substance now under consideration is intended. It is prepared from coal-tar. Benzol is an active antiparasiticide but does not affect the skin. Diseases of the Throat, Etc. A drachm of benzol to the ounce of water is similar in its action to benzoin, but is slightly more stimu- lating as an inhalant. It may be administered in the presence of a little carbonate of magnesia and six minims of the oil of cassia (Lennox Browne). BISMUTHI BORAS. Borate of Bismuth. Diseases of the Nose, Throat, Etc. Borate of Bismuth infre- quently substitutes the subnitrate of bismuth in powders for the relief of catarrhal states of the nose, pharynx, and larynx. 138 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. BISMUTHI OLEAS. Oleate of Bismuth. Diseases of the Skin. Bismuth oleate enters into the composition of a very excellent soothing ointment, brought into notice some years ago by McCall Anderson, and to which the name of this distinguished dermatologist is given. McCall Anderson's ointment is composed as follows: R. Pulv. bis- muthi oxidi, 3j ; acidi oleici, gj ; cerae albse, jiij ; vaselini, 3j~3J j OK rosae, q. s. The oxide of bismuth and oleic acid are heated together in a capsule until combination takes place, and then the other ingredients are added with stirring. Properly made the ointment should be of the color and consistence of fresh butter, with an agreeable odor. Next to the Ung. diachylon (Hebra) it is the most soothing of ointments. BISMUTHI OXYCHLORIDUM. Oxychloride of Bismuth. Oxychloride of bismuth is an impalpable, neutral, insoluble, non- irritating powder. It is preferable to the subnitrate for local use, because of the much greater fineness of its powder, the property that it has of adhering very closely to mucous surfaces, and the fact that it is absolutely non-irritating. Oxychloride of bismuth is the principal ingredient in many cosmetic powders. It gives a peculiar pearly, glossy whiteness to the skin. Diseases of the Skin. Bismuth Oxychloride has been recommended as an application in CHLOASMA and other pigmentary derangements of the skin. Diseases of the Throat. H. McNaughton Jones recommends that a half grain of the oxychloride of bismuth be used in NASAL and PHARYNGEAL INFLAMMATION by insufflation, in two or three grains of powdered starch. M. Mackenzie prefers this salt to the subnitrate. BISMUTHI SUB-BENZOAS. General Surgery. Bismuth sub-benzoate is a white powder with an aromatic odor. It has been introduced by Dr. Fenger {Lyon Medical, March 2, 1890) as a substitute for iodoform in the topical treatment ot CHANCRE. A slight burning sensation is experienced upon applying it, but this soon passes away. In from three to six days the chancre assumes a healthy appearance and pursues a rapid progress toward cure. BISMUTHI SUBCARBONAS. Subcarbonate of Bismuth. Subcarbonate of bismuth is " a white or pale yellowish -white powder, permanent in the air, odorless, and tasteless, and insoluble in water or alcohol." (U. S. P.) BISMUTHI SUBIOD1DUM BISMUTHI SUBNITRAS. 139 Diseases of the Throat. Subcarbonate of bismuth three grains, acetate of morphine one-quarter grain, forms the basis of a pastille, recom- mended by Whistler in acute and subacute CATARRH OF THE LARYNX, PHARYNX, TONSILLITIS, etc. It is also employed as a sedative in LA- RYNGEAL PHTHISIS. For Sub-gallate of Bismuth see Dermatol. BISMUTHI SUBIODIDUM. Subiodide of Bismuth. Iodide of Bis- muth. Oxyiodide of Bismuth. An odorless, tasteless, insoluble, amorphous, light brownish-red powder. General Surgery. Subiodide of bismuth was brought into notice by Ogg {British Med. Jour., 1887) as a substitute for iodoform. While inferior to the latter in its effect, it has the advantage as regards odor. In SYPHILITIC, CHANCROIDAL, or SIMPLE ULCERS it may be applied in powder. When a foul ulcer exists, which cannot often be dressed, it may be packed with the subiodide of bismuth and sealed up. Diseases of the Ear, etc. The subiodide of bismuth is by some practitioners preferred to boric acid in the dry treatment of CHRONIC OTITIS MEDIA. BISMUTHI SUBNITRAS. Subnitrate of Bismuth. Subnitrate of bismuth is " a heavy, white powder, permanent in the air, odorless, almost tasteless, showing a slight acid reaction when moistened on litmus paper, and insoluble in water or in alcohol." (U. S. P.) It is slightly acid and minutely crys- talline. Subnitrate of bismuth is protectant, sedative, slightly astringent, and antiseptic. In the treatment of diseases of the skin and mucous surfaces the sub- nitrate of bismuth is being substituted by many practitioners for the oxy- chloride of bismuth (q. v.}. General Surgery. Mixed with glycerin to the consistency of a thick pigment and spread on patent lint, Subnitrate of bismuth is useful in the treatment of SCALDS and BURNS. The lint should be covered with oil silk or rubber ; or the powder may be dusted over ABRASIONS and SUPERFICIAL WOUNDS. It allays the irritation of the ulceration accom- panying an INGROWING TOE-NAIL. Bumstead regards the Subnitrate of bismuth as an ingredient of an ex- cellent injection in the last stages of GONORRHCEA. The drug is best administered suspended in mucilage or glycerin. A formula is herewith given: R. Bismuthi subnitratis, 3] ; mucilaginis cydonii, f^ss; Aquae, 14 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. f^vss. M. It is necessary to remember that this preparation will occa- sionally clog the urethra, and excite uneasy sensation in the part until urine is voided. Subnitrate of bismuth forms the basis of an urethral suppository in the treatment of GLEET, and of a vaginal tampon in the treatment of LEUCORRHCEA. Houghton and King bear testimony to the great value of enemata, in which the drug enters, in TROPICAL DYSEN- TERY ; half a drachm of bismuth subnitrate and half a drachm of pow- dered acacia should be mixed in two fluidounces of water and injected once or twice daily, according to the severity of the case, the mass to be retained. The severe tenesmus and tormina are relieved in a short time. Trousseau employs one part of the salt with three parts of gly- cerin as an application to FISSURE OF THE ANUS. The pigment here acts as a foreign body, keeping the sides of the fissure apart and allowing healing to take place from the bottom. Diseases of the Skin. Subnitrate of bismuth should not be em- ployed in connection with any sulphur preparation, as this results in staining the skin. In fact, such discoloration occasionally takes place on the face and elsewhere, about the sebaceous follicles, from some reaction between their contents and the drug. The finely powdered subnitrate of bismuth is employed as a dusting powder, usually alone, but sometimes combined with other powders of similar action, or with simple starch. In INTERTRIGO or CHAFING it is particularly useful ; also in some forms of ERYTHEMA, when a powder can conveniently be applied, and in CHAPPED HANDS or NIPPLES. When there is any discharge from the skin, powdered bismuth subnitrate should rarely be used, as it, like most powders under such circumstances, is apt to cake. Lotions containing bismuth subnitrate are very useful in ERYTHEMA, in erythematous ECZEMA, in inflammatory ACNE, and similar conditions, v The following lotion, when the sedative and astringent effect of the bis- muth subnitrate is supplemented by the anti-pruritic effect of the prussic acid, is a valuable remedy: R. Bismuthi subnitratis, 3J-ij ; acidi hydro- cyanici, dil., fgj ; aquae aurantii flor., ad. fgiv. M. In ointment with vaseline or cold cream, in the proportion of half a drachm to a drachm of the bismuth subnitrate to the ounce of ointment, this forms an excellent application in ECZEMA, IMPETIGO, and other in- flammatory skin-diseases, accompanied by weeping or suppuration. Its antiseptic properties here find application in preventing infection. Diseases of the Nose, Throat, etc. Subnitrate of bismuth may be selected as an agent to give bulk to powders containing iodoform, with the light, flake-like scales of which it easily mixes and enables the substance to be retained upon the surfaces on which there is excess of secretion. One of the favorite uses of the drug is to snuff it up the nos- BISMUTHI TANNAS BISMUTHI TRINITRAS BLEEDING. 141 tril in ACUTE CORYZA. It gives temporary relief to the sense of disten- tion and heat. The subnitrate of bismuth enters into the composition of Ferrier 1 s snuff, in proportion of six drachms of bismuth, two drachms of powdered acacia, and two grains of muriate of morphine. Of this quantity one-quarter to one-half may be used in twenty-four hours, or one part of the drug may be added to acacia, starch, lycopodium, or even Venetian talc (Trousseau). Combined with the yellow oxide of mercury, subnitrate of bismuth is useful in the form of anointment in ECZEMA of the nostrils. In the treatment of PHARYNGITIS and LARYN- GITIS, accompanied with hypersecretion, subnitrate of bismuth is of the same value as in the treatment of CORYZA. Whistler has suggested its use in the form of a pastille. It has been especially recommended in CHRONIC (ESOPHAGITIS ; one pastille can be taken every half hour. In the proportion of five grains to an ounce of rose water, to which a little glycerine has been added, subnitrate of bismuth is an agreeable mouth wash in SUPERFICIAL GLOSSITIS and in. APHTHAE. BISMUTHI TANNAS. Tannate of bismuth is prepared by triturating the moist hydrate from 44 parts of sub- nitrate of bismuth with 20 parts of tannic acid. After the mixture has stood an hour or two it is washed, and then dried at a gentle heat. The product consists of 53 per cent, bismuthous oxide and 47 per cent, of tannic acid. It is insoluble, and therefore, nearly tasteless. Diseases of the Nose, etc. Tannate of bismuth is used by some French physicians as an astringent for the nasal mucous membrane. {Jour, de Med.de Paris, 1890.) BISMUTHI TRINITRAS. Trinitrate of Bismuth. Bismuth Nitrate. A crystalline salt deposited from solutions of bismuth in nitric acid. The form in which it is usually used is that of the glycerite, made by dissolving sixty grains of crystallized nitrate of bismuth in one ounce by weight of glycerin without heat. It can be diluted with its own weight of water without precipitation, but larger quantities of water precipitate it. According to H. McNaughton Jones, the trinitrate of bismuth is an ingredient of Ferried s snuff. BLEEDING. General Surgery. In the pre-an aesthetic days of medical practice, in order to produce muscular relaxation, patients were bled up to the point of syncope before attempting the reduction of a dislocation. To-day bleeding is so seldom practiced that many physicians have never per- formed or even seen the operation of phlebotomy. Jiirgensen, in his 142 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. exhaustive article on the subject, in von Ziemssen's Therapeutics, makes the following statement : " What I have seen of it (bleeding) has been incapable of leaving any douht in my mind that this treatment is seldom and perhaps never imperative." It is far different from local depletion. Two forms are yet in vogue, viz., leeching, and scarification with cupping. Leeching. The use of leeches is indicated when it is desired to ab- stract blood from localities which, from their position, or from excessive tenderness, makes it difficult to be operated upon by the knife. In order to imitate as near as is practicable the conditions under which these ani- mals secure their food, the skin over the selected locality should be care- fully cleansed, especially should all traces of soap be removed, and of such pungent medicaments as turpentine, liniments, etc., otherwise the animals will refuse to bite. A little blood or milk smeared upon the skin will often induce leeches to take hold. Medicinal leeches are of two kinds, the Swedish and American. The former are much the more power- ful and, at least in the treatment of adults, are, as a rule, preferred. Each abstracts from one-half ounce to an ounce of blood. The American leech is one-sixth the strength of the European. Where a number of leeches are to be applied, as over the abdomen in nervous persons, where each bite causes alarm, the leeches may be placed in a half tumbler of cold water, and by an adroit movement the tumbler may be inverted on the part and the leeches will attach themselves rapidly; the water may be drained away and caught in a pledget of absorbent cotton. It is not uncommon for leech bites to continue bleeding. This bleeding may be controlled by pressure, Monsel's solution on cotton, styptic cotton, or, if these fail, by the application of the actual cautery. Leeches should not be applied where the skin is delicate or loose, as on the eyelids or scrotum. They are often employed with great advantage in the early stage of PERI- TONITIS. The application of a dozen Swedish leeches over the distended and tender abdomen, followed by hot poultices, will frequently be fol- lowed by the most happy results. In ACUTE SYNOVITIS of the knee joint, accompanied by much pain and throbbing, the application of half a dozen leeches will often be of service, and will assist in cutting short an attack which, under ordinary circumstances, might be of long duration. In PROSTATITIS, accompanied by pain and throbbing, the application of a few leeches to the perineum, in conjunction with other remedies, is often productive of good results. It has been advised by some authorities to apply the leeches to the anterior wall of the rectum, but this requires unusual skill in dealing with these animals. Cupping. This mode of securing a local loss of blood is now rarelj used, and since, in order to make it efficient, it involves a previous scarif cation of the skin, the reader is referred for its consideration to worl on minor surgery. BLEEDING. 143 While DRY CUPPING is, properly speaking, not a form of bleeding, since the blood obtained by enforced extravasation is again absorbed, the method can be conveniently considered in this place. In dry cupping the blood is brought to the surface by the application of a hollow glass bell, from which the air has been exhausted. Various forms of cupping apparatus, which, however, are soon liable to get out of order if not kept in constant use, are offered for sale. An ordinary stout drinking glass serves a convenient purpose. A little cotton or a few drops of alcohol are placed within it (if the agent last named is employed, it must not be in amount sufficient to run down to the sides) and then ignited. While this is burning the glass is placed on the desired spot. The instant it touches the skin the flame is extinguished and the glass adheres firmly ; in a few moments the integument is deeply drawn into the mouth of the vessel, and soon the blood will be seen approaching the surface, leaving a dark welt beneath the skin. The glass should remain in position from five to ten minutes. If many small hairs are on the skin the cup will not hold well, as a slight amount of air will leak in, causing it to lose its grasp. Dry cupping of the chest is often of service in the early stages of PNEUMONIA. We have seen patients unable to lie down, with hurried respiration, and face flushed, after the application of half a dozen large cups over the surface of the chest, assume the reclining position and pass into a quiet sleep. If the individual be thin, and the ribs prominent, large cups will not adhere, and smaller ones must be employed. Under these circumstances narrow-mouthed ale glasses will be found satisfactory. In NEPHRITIS and RENAL CONGESTION accompanied with suppression of urine, dry cupping over the loins will often be followed by good results. Four or five large cups will suffice. Diseases of the Ear, No.se, and Throat. The abstraction of blood from the ear is confined to the region of the tragus. It is true that incisions are made on the lining membrane of the external auditory meatus or the tympanic membrane, but in these localities the removal of the blood is incidental. Blood is ordinarily removed by leeches for the relief of ACUTE OTITIS MEDIA. From a half ounce to an ounce may be taken. The relief obtained by this simple procedure is often great and not infrequently aborts an acute attack. Should the tension and pain be due to accumu- lation of mucus in the tympanic chamber the procedure does not take precedence of paracentesis. Bleeding is of use in the treatment of CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH. As a rule the form associated with hypertrophy of the mucous membrane presents the best indications for depletion. That this statement is not without exceptions is evident from the fact that the blood-vessels in the 144 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. forms in which the parts are atrophied are often distended in parts with venous blood. However we may explain the fact, the conclusion is tem- perate that in both of the above-named forms of chronic nasal disease the local loss of blood not infrequently is followed by marked benefit to the patient. In HYPERTROPHIC CATARRH the blood is removed by pricking here and there the distended surfaces. This ordinarily is best accomplished at the anterior end of the inferior or of the middle turbinated bone, as well as the region which answers to the line of junction of the triangular cartilage with the perpendicular plate of the ethmoid bone. In ATROPHIC CATARRH the points to be selected for depletion are almost uniformly on the septum, pretty well up and directly in front of the middle turbinated bone. In order to obtain relief the parts must bleed rather freely, that is to say, from two drachms to a half ounce or even an ounce. The hemor- rhage generally stops spontaneously. If the parts are depleted a second or third time in intervals let us say of a week the amount of blood lost is never so large as at the first bleeding. In lithaemic persons, particularly in high livers, it is remarkable how prompt and permanent is the relief which is sometimes obtained by single bleeding. So far as we have observed subjects of the class named generally exhibit the signs of catarrh of the congested hypertrophic type. Some forms of TINNITUS AURIUM accompanied with congested states of the ears are best treated by local depletion from the middle turbinal at its posterior part. The parts selected should be thoroughly cocainized and the knife carried well back to the end of the turbinal as seen from in front. The temporary character of the benefit in this way secured indi- cates that a tinnitus due to structural changes in the middle ear is greatly intensified by the condition of the associated vessels. We are led to believe that a great deal of the relief which is obtained by intra-nasal operation, especially in conditions where the amount of interference seems to be out of proportion to the results obtained, can be attributed to the free loss of blood which accompanies the operation. W. C. Glasgow (Trans. A. Laryng. Ass'n, 1887, 150) recommends systematic depletion of the nasal mucous membrane for FRONTAL HEAD- ACHE of congested type, associated with nasal disease. A simple bleed- ing may serve to relieve the headache, or the bleeding may have to be repeated in a week or a month. Dr. Glasgow has seen few cases which were not relieved by such local extraction of blood. The amount lost at each sitting rarely exceeded one ounce. W. H. Daly (Trans. Am. Laryng. Ass' n, 1888, p. 192) resorts to systematic depletion of the nasal mucous membrane in CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH, extracting from one-half to three ounces of blood at a sitting. He reports by this unaided treat- ment results of reduction of tissues, restoring normal nasal respiration. Scarification is often resorted to for relief of tension and pain in ACUTE BOUGINARIA. 145 PHLEGMONOUS TONSILLITIS. The large superficial tortuous veins which lie at the base of the tongue in old people are opened with benefit in CHRONIC PHARYNGITIS. Intra laryngeal scarification is occasionally employed in ACUTE LARYN- GITIS of high grade, accompanied with products of infiltration. The incisions for the relief of (EDEMA OF THE GLOTTIS incidentally relieve by the moderate loss of blood which follows upon the incision. Diseases of the Eye. General bleeding is not often called for in the treatment of diseases of the eye, but the local abstraction of blood is useful in many cases. It is accomplished by means of leeching or by the use of the artificial leech of Heurteloup. From two to four leeches may be applied to the temple; not too near the eye and never on the lids, as they produce cedema and ecchymosis of the delicate and loosely attached skin, and the bites sometimes excite excessive irritation. The artificial leech is really a cupping instrument in which a long glass cylinder is substituted for the ordinary cup, and the air is exhausted by a piston worked with a screw. It draws blood much more rapidly than do leeches, and is considered more efficient than leeching, particularly when it is desired to affect the deeper circulation of the eye. The patient should be kept quiet in a darkened room for some time afterward. Fre- quent repetitions are often necessary. The effect of local bleeding is most marked in IRITIS, but it is often useful in ACUTE CHOROIDITIS and RETINITIS. Repeated applications of the artificial leech are recom- mended by some surgeons in the treatment of the CHOROIDITIS of PRO- GRESSIVE MYOPIA. In case of rapid increase of myopia with symptoms of irritation, one or two ounces of blood may be taken every three or six days for several weeks, the patient abstaining from all use of the eyes, and remaining in a darkened room or going about with smoked glasses. BOUGINARIA. Bougies. General Surgery. Medicated bougies will be found of service in the treatment of certain inflammatory conditions of the mucous mem- branes, especially those of the genito-urinary tract, and of the rectum. They will often succeed when other methods fail. The object of the use of bougies is to keep the mucous surfaces apart, and at the same time to apply the selected medicament to advantage. For this purpose Charles L. Mitchell, Manufacturing Chemist of Philadelphia, has introduced to the drug trade various forms of medicated gelatine bougies. As a base gelatine is preferable to cocoa-butter, since it does not become rancid, and, owing, to its animal nature, is more readily absorbed. Urethral bougies are manufactured for use in the treatment of GONORRHOEA, GLEET, etc., in two sizes, six and one-half inches and three inches. The diameter is 146 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. three-sixteenths of an inch. The longer variety presents advantages in cases where the whole of the mucous membrane of the urethra is involved. Bougies should be used but once a day (on retiring), and may be applied by the patient. The surface of the bougie should be moistened. A "bougie-hood" is a convenience, and is a necessity to preserve cleanli- ness. In the treatment of SUBACUTE GONORRHOEA the bougie may be medicated, as follows : Sulphate of zinc, gr. % ; carbolic acid, gr. y& ; hydrastis canadensis, gr. i ; extract of belladonna, gr. i ; fluid extract of gelsemium, gr. y z . For treatment of UTERINE CATARRH and DYSMENORRHCEA, medicated intra-uterine pencils are recommended. They are short, yet possess sufficient elasticity to permit a certain amount of force in their introduction. The large pencils (3 inches in length and T \ in diameter), are employed in cases of PUERPERAL UTERUS, CHRONIC CATARRH, etc., where the os is patulous, the cervical canal dilated, and the womb enlarged. The small pencils (3^ inches in length and y 1 ^ in diameter), favored by Engelmann {Weekly Med. Rev., March 14, 1885), are designed for use in CERVICAL CATARRH and DYSMENORRHOEA, where the uterus and cervical canal are normal in size or nearly so. They are applied by the ordinary long dressing forceps or a special "carrier." VAGINITIS and LEUCORRHCEA are successfully treated by means of a hollow vaginal suppository which is two and one-half inches in length and one inch in diameter. Cotton may be inserted to enable them to hold their form. A suppository so shaped possesses distinct advantages ; its light- ness allows its retention until completely absorbed ; it does away with a great amount of unnecessary material which interferes with cleanliness; it melts slowly, and the cotton maintaining the shape increases the thera- peutic effect of the drug; it can be introduced by the patient. For INTERNAL HEMORRHOIDS, CATARRHAL STATES and ULCERATION OF THE RECTUM, a rectal bougie is used. Each bougie is cigar-shaped, and is thus adapted for insertion and prevented from slipping out. The mass is sufficiently large to distend the rectum and relieve the congestion of the veins and the muscular irritability so commonly met with in diseases of the rectum. Antiseptic treatment of FISTUL/E has been provided for by the manufacture of " iodoform fistula crayons." By their continued use a cure is often obtained without recourse to operation. The crayons are made in various sizes. They contain 33 per cent, of iodoform mixed with a compound of gelatine and glycerine. They are very flexible, and may be introduced into the most tortuous tract. Preparatory to using, the crayon should be oiled and then inserted with a twisting movement. The projecting end is then cut off and the suppository held in place by an iodoform pad. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, etc. Bougies act in two ways. First by retaining for a much longer time than can be in any other manner BRAN. 147 secured the contact of medicinal agents upon the diseased surfaces and secondly by exerting more or less pressure against inflamed tissues. Medicated bougies are little used for the purpose of medicating the Eustachian tube. Unguents smeared upon the tip of an Eustachian catheter answers the limited indications for such medicament. In the nasal chambers they have a wider range of usefulness. They are often employed to dilate the lower part of the nasal passage and when com- posed of dissolvable substances, require no subsequent attention. (See- Oleum Theobromtz and Gelatin.^) A gelato-glycerine bougie is described by G. H. Mackenzie (Br. Med. Jour., May 16, 1885). G. Catti {Allgemeine Wiener Medizinische Zeitung , June, No. 26, 1876), has called special attention to the subject of nasal bougies. Each bougie should be from eight to twelve centimetres long and four to six millimetres in width, and one end somewhat thinner than the other. Since the depth of the nasal passage varies in different individuals it is neces- sary to have the bougie no longer than the distance between the an- terior and posterior opening ; this can be determined by careful rhino- scopic inspection. Bougies should remain in the nose from one to four hours; at the end of this time the substances are, in the main, dissolved. A small piece of absorbent cotton should be placed in the nostril in order to prevent an outflow of mucus. BRAN. The ground husk of the wheat grain mixed usually with a very small proportion of starch. It constitutes from one- quarter to one-third of the weight of the grain. General Surgery. Owing to its convenience and cheapness bran makes a serviceable surgical dressing for the treatment of compound FRACTURES. Barton's bran dressing is particularly useful in compound fractures of the leg accompanied with much discharge. It is thus applied: Inside of an ordinary fracture box of suitable size is placed a sheet of oil- cloth, or in its absence a piece of muslin ; on this a layer of fine, clean bran is spread about two inches deep. The fracture being reduced, the limb is laid in the box with a pad of cotton placed beneath the tendon Achillis and round each malleolus ; a layer of the same material surrounds the limb below the knee. The sides of the box are then brought up and secured, and more bran is dusted and packed about and over the leg until the box is filled. The fractured limb is thus evenly supported on all sides. Over the wound or broken skin any suitable dressing may be ap- plied. Once a day the sides of the box are let down, and without disturb- ing the limb the solid bran is removed with a spoon and replaced with fresh material. The bran dressing makes firm and equable pressure, and controls the 148 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. tendency to hemorrhage. It can be employed in conjunction with the antiseptic method, the limb being first dressed with the antiseptic gauze, and the bran packed around the limb as above directed. In the treatment of simple fractures of the femur, long, thin bags filled with bran may substitute sand bags as padding for the long splint of the Liston apparatus. We have found that good support may be given to the limb by the use of a bran bag with this splint running from below the ankle to the axilla, and the short splint passing from the ankle to the perineum and retained by means of a splint cloth. In the absence of the air-pillow, small, circular pads may be made and filled with bran and placed under the back to relieve pressure, for the pre- vention of bed-sores. In OBSTETRIC PRACTICE a shallow bag made of cheese cloth and filled with bran will be found a satisfactory means of absorbing discharges. It may be placed over the rubber sheet. At the termination of the labor it is readily slipped from under the patient, leaving the bed clean and dry. It is superior to old blankets and comfortables, such as are ordinarily used for this purpose. A flat bag filled with bran and heated in an oven is a satisfactory means of applying dry external heat and a good substitute for the rubber hot-water bag. It is light and easily borne, and adapts itself to all parts of the surface of the body where it may be placed. Dry, ex- ternal heat may be applied to the trunk in this way in the treatment of shock; it assists in hastening reaction, and adds to the comfort of the patient. BROMOFORM. Bromoform (CHBr 3 ) is produced by the action of bromine on alcohol in the presence of an alkali. It is a colorless liquid boiling at 151 C and solidifying at 2.5 C. Its specific gravity is 2.83 at 10 C." (U. S. D.) Diseases of the Throat. S. Solis-Cohen commends the use of bromoform in FOLLICULAR TONSILLITIS as well as in OZ^ENA. BROMOL. Tribromphenol. Bromol is formed in the well-known test for phenol by the use of bromine water. On the addition of bromine water to a dilute aqueous solution of phenol, a crystalline precip- itate of tribromphenol is formed. It has the formula C 6 H 2 Br 3 OH, in which three atoms of bromine replace three atoms of hydrogen in phenol. Bromol is a white, crystalline solid, melting at 95 C. It is insoluble in water, but freely soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and glycerin. This substance has been recently recommended by Rademaker as an antiseptic. BROMUM. 149 General Surgery. Grimm has shown that when applied to recent WOUNDS bromol has an irritating, almost caustic, effect. In TUBERCULOUS ULCERATION granulations are stimulated. Rademaker {Therap. Monat- shefte, No. 3, 1891) dusts the powder on the ulcer, or employs it in a solu- tion in olive oil, 1-30, or in ointment i-io. BROMUM. Bromine. " A liquid, non-metallic element obtained from sea water and from saline springs." (Ph. Br.) " Bromine is a volatile liquid of a dark-red color when viewed in mass, but hya- cinth red when viewed in layers. Its taste is caustic, and disagreeable. It boils at about 63 C. (145.4 F.), forming a reddish vapor resembling that of nitrous acid." (U. S. D.) It dissolves in thirty-three parts of water at ordinary temperatures, but is more soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and bisulphide of carbon. It dissolves freely in aqueous solu- tion of bromide of potassium, and a solution so made is available for external application. Bromine is a caustic. Its fumes are violently irritative to the respir- atory tract and their presence in the air excites lachrymation. The odor is intolerable to most persons. General Surgery. Bromine finds its most important use in general surgery as an escharotic. Bonnet and Glover were the first to call atten- tion to this agent as a substitute for iodine in the treatment of scrofulous conditions, but experience has failed to establish its usefulness. Goldsmith introduced it in the treatment of HOSPITAL GANGRENE during the late civil war. Probably no topical application has greater effect in arresting the advance of this disease. D. H. Agnew com- mends its use in the highest terms, but advises that preliminary to its application the patient be etherized ; then all disorganized tissue should be removed with a pair of scissors and forceps, and the parts washed with a disinfectant. Next a mop or swab, made by fastening a piece of lint or cotton on the end of a stick, should be dipped in undi- luted bromine and worked into all the interstices of the slough ; or, if this is too compact, it should be broken up with a director, or a pair of dressing forceps be thrust in and opened, and a small quantity of the bromine injected into the opening from a small glass syringe. Where the parts are rapidly breaking down, as in the ulcerative variety, the simple application of bromine to the circumference of the diseased tissue will be sufficient to arrest the destruction. Bromine may also be used in the form of a vapor, the surface to be acted on being covered with dry lint, upon which is placed a cloth dipped in pure bromine, and the whole covered with oiled silk. Bromine acts by producing an eschar, the separation of which may be hastened by enveloping the part in a charcoal poultice. As a topical application in CANCER OF THE UTERUS and other FOUL ULCERS, a solution of bro- 150 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. mine in alcohol has been recommended by Routh and others. Bromine is also used in GANGRENOUS VULVITIS and in some forms of PHAGE- D^ENA. In the main acid nitrate of mercury will usually fulfill the indi- cations of bromine while possessing none of its disagreeable properties. Diseases of the Throat, Nose, etc. The vapor of bromine is claimed by Potter to have value in the treatment of NASAL CATARRH. Bromine in a pure form, or in any of the proportions proposed by Goldsmith, is not available for treatment of the mucous surfaces. One of us instituted a series of observations on the effect of bromine on indu- rated nodules of the pharynx. Small glass tubes of the pattern seen in the Zaufal speculum were employed and a cotton carrier, the end of which was wrapped with a pledget of cotton, was inserted into the pure bromine, and introduced into the tube, which, being carried to the selected spot, enabled the observer to bring the cotton against the pharynx without per- mitting the fumes to escape. The application caused a yellowish-white coagulation on the membrane, which was quite superficial, and produced a shallow impression on the parts as compared with any .one of the caustic agents described elsewhere. (See Chromic Acid, Caustic Potash^ and Caustic Soda,~) Its value as an application to DIPHTHERITIC DEPOSITS must be quite secondary. In young children its use would not be free from danger. Bromine fumes can be conveniently employed in solutions of bromide of potassium. Two parts each of bromine and bromide of potassium are added to one hundred parts of water. A sponge is saturated with the fluid and the fumes inhaled in DIPHTHERIA, and PHAGED^ENA of the throat. Ozanam recommends a proportion of one grain of bromine to five of bromide of potassium. BRUCINE. Brucine is an alkaloid obtained from Nttx vomica, and from the bark known as false Angustura bark. It is without odor, but of a permanent, harsh, and bitter taste. It is soluble in eight hundred and fifty parts of cold and five hundred parts of boiling water, very soluble in alcohol, whether hot or cold ; but insoluble in ether and the fixed oils, and only slightly dissolved by the volatile oils. Brucine is analgesic. Diseases of the Ear, Throat, etc. C. H. Burnett (Trans. Amer. Otolog. Society, 1885) and Seiss (Therapeutic Gazette, Jan. 1886) use a five per cent, solution, applied by a cotton pledget in FURUNCLE OF THE EXTERNAL MEATUS and SUPPURATION OF THE EAR. The effect is more lasting but less certain than that of cocaine. According to T. J. Mays a five per cent, solution of brucine applied to the mucous membrane of the mouth caused insensibility of the part. A twenty-five per cent, solution obtunded the normal sensibility of the skin of the back of the hand. BRYONIA CADMIUM IODIDE CAFFEA. 15 I A solution thus prepared may be painted over a superficial ABSCESS prior to making an incision ; but brucine is inferior in this respect to co- caine and rhigoline. BRYONIA. Bryonia. Bryony. " The root of Bryonia alba, and of Bryonia dioica, Linne." (U. S. P.) The Tincture of Bryonia is official. Diseases of the Nose, etc. Bryonia is probably haemostatic and like in its action to ergot and hamamelis. In this way it is likely it may be made of use in EPISTAXIS. {Jour, de Med., 1891.) CADMIUM IODIDE. Iodide of Cadmium. Iodide of cadmium occurs in large, white crystals, soluble in water and alcohol. The reaction is acid. Cadmium iodide possesses the therapeutic properties of iodine and the advantage of not staining the skin. General Surgery. The drug may be prescribed in the form of an ointment, a drachm to an ounce of cosmoline or lanoline, with advantage in the treatment of ADENITIS (Garrod), whether strumous or sympa- thetic. The preparation is bland in character, and iodine is freely absorbed. It is preferable to the ointment of iodide of lead, which in sensitive subjects may cause lead poisoning. Applications may be applied at night and washed off the following day. Diseases of the Ear, Mouth and Throat. A wash of two grains to the ounce of water is recommended for otorrhoea. Iodide of cadmium may be used upon indurated states of the oral mucous membrane in the strength of seven grains to two drachms of collodion. (J. W. White, "Dental Therapeutics.") CAFFEA. Coffee. "The seed of Caffea arabica." (U. S. P.) The most important constituent is the alkaloid, Caffeine, The article usually sold as caffeine is really theine, with which caffeine is chemically and therapeutically identical. Theine is obtained from different varieties of Tkea, usually from parts of cargoes which have been spoiled for domestic use in transit, by wetting or other misadventure. In the process of roasting, coffee loses considerable moisture, which carries with it some caffeine, the fat, sugar, and tannin are destroyed, and some empyreumatic volatile oils are produced. Thoroughly ground and freshly roasted it is protectant, moderately analgesic and deodorant. Luderitz {Berlin. Klin. Wochenschrift, March, 1890) found that in a pure 152 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. infusion growths of bacteriological origin were rapidly destroyed. A cup of coffee left in a room remains almost free from micro-organisms for a week or more. The antiseptic property of coffee is probably not due to the caffeine but to the empyreumatic oils developed by roasting. {Jour. Amer. Med. Ass'n, 1890, p. 692.) Diseases of the Ear, Throat, etc. Coffee is in good repute as an agent to cover the odor of iodoform. M. Gougenheim (Z an d " the natural therapeutic indication is to destroy the infecting material. Nothing else accomplishes this so certainly, promptly, and safely as the judicious application of the actual cautery. It may be made entirely painless by cocaine, or even without it, and the use of cocaine in these 1 82 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. conditions of the cornea may sometimes be questionable ; no very severe suffering is occasioned. It has been successfully used in SERPENT ULCERS, SLOUGHING KERATITIS, CORNEAL ABSCESSES with or without hypopyon, INFECTED WOUNDS, and obstinate cases of PUSTULAR KERATITIS. Slough- ing of the flaps after cataract extraction may sometimes be checked by prompt cauterization. It also affords the best prospect of success in cases of CHRONIC INDOLENT NON-VASCULAR ULCERS and CORNEAL FISTULA. Applied to the apex of the cone in conical cornea, it has been claimed that it produces an ulcer whose cicatrization prevents further bulging. The anterior chamber should not be penetrated. The galvano-cautery is preferred by some surgeons, but has no great advantage over a properly-shaped instrument of steel or platinum wire, while it is handled with less ease and freedom than the latter and does not admit of the same precision and delicacy of touch. A probe or strabis- mus hook may be used in an emergency. The thermo-cautery of Pac- quelin has also been used, but is not well adapted to the purpose. The use of the actual cautery in the treatment of ULCERS of the cornea was first recommended by Martinache, of San Francisco, in 1873, but did not attain a recognized position in ophthalmic surgery until some years later. Though a number of authors have written strongly in its favor, it is not even yet so generally adopted as it should be. (Knapp, Trans. Am. Oph. Soc'y, 1885; Nieden, Archives of Ophthal., Vol. xin, p. 31.) CERA FLAVA. Yellow Wax. " A peculiar concrete substance prepared by Apis mellifica. Yellow wax melts at 63 to 64 C. (145. 4 to 147.2 F.). It is insoluble in water, soluble in thirty-five parts of ether, and in eleven parts of chloroform, in oil of turpentine, and in fixed and vola- tile oils, and in boiling alcohol." (U. S. P.) White wax is a constituent of Ceratum Cetacei, Charta Cantharidis, and Unguentum Aqutz Rosce, and yellow wax of many of the cerates, ointments, and plasters of the Pharmacopoeia. Wax bleached by exposure to " moisture, air, and light," thus avoiding chemical bleaching, constitutes CERA ALBA (White Wax, " Yellow Wax, bleached." Wax is protectant ; by its tenacious character it serves under a limited group of conditions as a haemostatic. General Surgery. Wax is not used by itself to any extent as a local dressing in surgery, although it is often incorporated with ointments in hot weather to give them a proper consistency. It is also frequently, though improperly, added to cocoa-butter in the preparation of suppositories with the effect of making the mass insoluble in proportion to the amount of wax added. Such suppositories are worse than useless, and when inserted in the rectum not only disappoint the physician by the failure of the drug which is incorporated with the suppository to act, but oftentimes induce CERII OXALAS CETRARIA CRINOLINE. 183 local irritation. Wax is one of the ingredients in making Lister's carbolized gauze, which is impregnated with crystallized carbolic acid i part, common resin and white wax, of each 4 parts. (Cheyne, "Anti- septic Treatment of Wounds," p. 43.) We have used this gauze, but much prefer one from which the wax is omitted, which is a much softer and pleasanter dressing to deal with. It consists of castor-oil, i part; car- bolic acid, 2 parts; resin, 8 parts, and alcohol, 45 parts. The gauze is saturated with this preparation, allowed to dry, and then packed in air-tight jars. A piece of wax' should be in every general operating case, as it is of use in preparing ligatures. At one time all silken or linen ligatures were thoroughly waxed before being applied to vessels, but at the present day the use of the catgut ligature has super- seded them almost entirely. All large ligatures for tying PILES or N^EVI, etc., should be thoroughly waxed before using, which makes them much less liable to slip in tying, and renders the knots more secure. A con- venient means of arresting HEMORRHAGE from the cut end of bone, especially the end of the tibia after an amputation of the leg, is to drive forcibly a small piece of wax, the size of a split pea, into the cancellated structure of the bone at the bleeding point. CERII OXALAS. Oxalate of Cerium. " It is a white, granular powder, permanent in the air, odorless and tasteless, insoluble in water or alcohol, but soluble in hydrochloric acid." (U. S. P.) Diseases of the Nose, etc. The oxalate of cerium can be used, according to F. H. Bosworth, in the form of a powder, in the proportion of twenty grains to the ounce of acacia in CHRONIC CATARRH of children. CETRARIA. Iceland Moss. " The dried lichen, Ceiraria Islandica." (Br. Ph.) The plant is without odor and has a slightly bitter taste. Iceland Moss contains a peculiar starch known as lichenin, a bitter principle, and other unimportant constituents. Lichenin is insoluble in cold water, but readily soluble in hot water. Boiling water dissolves out everything soluble in Ice- land Moss, and the solution gelatinizes on cooling. Iceland Moss is used as an ingredient of a throat lozenge. CRINOLINE. Quinoline. Leucoline. " Chinoline is an alkaloid prepared by the destructive distillation of quinine or cincho- nine with potassium hydrate, and also, synthetically, by the action of sulphuric acid and glycerin upon nitro-benzol and aniline,.or a mixture of these two latter substances. It is a colorless, strongly refractive, oily liquid, having a specific gravity of 1.081 at 10 C." (U. 184 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. S. D.). It has an unpleasant odor which is compared to that of the oil of bitter almonds. " Chinoline is sparingly soluble in cold water, more so in hot water; insoluble in alcohol, and mixes in all proportions with ether, bisulphide of carbon, methylic alcohol, etc. It also dissolves camphor and resins. It forms crystallizable salts with acids, the tartrate now being a commercial article." (U. S. D.) Chinoline is antiseptic. In this respect it is an agent " stronger anti- septic than sodium salicylate, carbolic acid, quinine, boric acid, sulphate of copper, or alcohol. In four-tenths per cent, solution it arrests the putrefaction of blood and the curdling of milk. By a one per cent, solution the coagulability of the blood was completely destroyed." (U. S. D.) General Surgery. Domat (Journ. de Med., Paris, June 10, 1888) regards a 1-150 solution of the tartrate of chinoline as a very useful injection in GONORRHCEA. Diseases of the Ear, Throat, etc. Chinoline is recommended in the treatment of OTORRHCEA. C. H. Burnett advises its union with salicylic acid in the proportion of one of chinoline to ten, or of boric acid one to fifteen. Its use has been advocated also in a five per cent, solution in the local treatment of DIPHTHERIA. Chinoline has been employed in the treatment of GANGRENE of the dental pulp, by introducing small plugs of cotton soaked in a twenty per cent, solution of Merck's tartrate of chinoline. Over this is placed a piece of absorbent cotton sprinkled with powdered chinoline. The dressing is changed every other day, the cavity being washed out with a solution of permanganate of potassium. (London Med. Times, June 15, 1885.) " CHLORAL." Hydrate of Chloral. Chloral Hydrate. The United States Pharmacopoeia incorrectly calls the hydrate of chloral "chloral." So that, under the name of chloral, the hydrate is always supplied in the United States. The name chloral should be applied to an anhydrous product. Hydrate of chloral is found in the market in two forms the crystals and the plates. The crystalline is to be preferred because of its greater purity, though for external medication, while less active than the crystalline, that of the plates may often suffice. Hydrate of chloral volatilizes in the air and, consequently, should be kept in well-stopped bottles. The official chloral is " freely soluble in water, alcohol, ether, and also soluble in four parts of chloroform, in glycerin, benzol, benzin, bisulphide of carbon, fixed or volatile oils. It liquefies when mixed with carbolic acid or with camphor." (U. S. P.) For the property of union .between chloral and camphor see Cam- phorated chloral. " Chloral " is antiseptic, anaesthetic, and vesicant. General Surgery. Owing to the irritant properties of chloral it has CHLORAL. 185 been made use of for blistering. It is said to be as efficacious for this purpose as is cantharis, for which it may be substituted in treating persons who object to cantharis on account of the pain it produces. In using chloral for a blister, the drug should be powdered and a layer of it spread on adhesive plaster, taking care to leave a wide margin. The chloral is then warmed over a gas-jet, and as soon as it melts it should be applied to the previously anointed skin. This mode of blistering causes no unpleasant sensations, owing to the anaesthetic properties of chloral. The application should not be permitted to remain on longer than fifteen minutes. Its vesicating properties probably depend on the break- ing up of the chloral by the alkalinity of the skin and its secretions into chloroform and formic acid. All things considered, the use of chloral as a vesicant is not to be commended. If left too long in contact with the skin it may cause sloughs, the risk of which is increased by the freedom from pain and consequent absence of warning to the patient. Marc See {Journ. Amer. Med. Assoc., April 25, 1891) has made use of chloral hydrate in the treatment of 200 cases of HYDROCELE. He employs a ten per cent, solution, one ounce of this being thrown slowly into the sac. In two or three days a large effusion occurs, which is soon absorbed. Cregny (Gaz. de Gynecol., May i, 1888) has secured good results by the following treatment for ANAL FISSURE : The lower bowel is emptied and a pledget of lint soaked in a twenty per cent, solution of chloral is then lodged in the fissure. This remains until it is expelled by the movement of the bowels, when a second application is made. Four grains to the ounce forms a solution used by Mitropolsky in CRACKED NIPPLES. The antiseptic properties of chloral have long been recognized. Con- sequently it is used as a wash for FOUL ULCERS, BURNS, CANCERS, and also as a vaginal douche in CANCER OF THE UTERUS. In strength of five to ten grains to the fluid ounce it forms an admirable antiseptic and sedative dressing for wounds, being applied on lint soaked in the solution and covered with oiled silk or waxed paper. Injections of a one per cent, solution of chloral have been used with success in treating GONORRHOEA. In nearly all cases pain and erections are controlled in a few days. It will, however, occasionally fail. Ore has proposed intravenous injections of chloral as a substitute for ether and chloroform anaesthesia in surgery and as a means of com- bating TETANUS. This plan has been carried out by himself and others with asserted good results; but from the danger attending the use of chloral in this way, and from the fact that inhalations of ether and chloroform are both safer of application, it has never come into general use. 1 86 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Chloral exerts great influence on fibrin, and has been used to coagulate the blood in VARUS. But intravenous injection of the drug may produce thrombi, and for this reason its use is to be deprecated. Diseases of the Skin. Chloral is antiseptic and sedative in its local action. In URTICARIA the following formula has proved useful as a local application: R. Chloral hydrat., ^iij ; aq. laurocerasi, f^viij. It is employed in the local treatment of BROMIDROSIS and HYPERIDROSIS, a solution of chloral in water, the strength of ten to thirty grains to the ounce, being commonly employed. A concentrated solution of chloral in water has sometimes been employed in stubborn VENEREAL ULCERS. Spohn has asserted that chloral is the best local application in FURUNCLE. Compresses of cotton moistened with a solution of one drachm of chloral in four drachms each of glycerin and water are kept constantly applied. Camphorated chloral is made by rubbing up equal parts of chloral and camphor, which melt together, forming a thick liquid. This may be mixed with wax and lard in due proportions to form an ointment of ten to fifteen grains to the ounce. This is useful in PRURITUS where the skin is unbroken. (See p. 165.) Diseases of the Throat. Chloral hydrate has been used by Gomez de la Mata (Revista de Laryngologia, Otologia y Rhinologia, Barcelona, Oct., 1888) as one of the ingredients of a wash, in combination with carbonate of soda and borate of soda for the nasal chambers in OZ^ENA. It has been employed also as an antiseptic in the form of a lotion in the treatment of DIPHTHERIA, in the strength of a one per cent, solution. E. J. Moure uses a weak solution as a douche in PHARYNGITIS SICCA. Chloral removes fetor and aids in softening deposits in DIPHTHERIA. A pigment composed of twenty-five grains of the drug to a drachm of syrup is recommended by M. Mackenzie. A few grains of chloral placed in the cavity of a carious tooth will usually relieve TOOTHACHE. Several cases are reported where this treat- ment cured HEMICRANIA. (Practitioner, May, 1881.) CHLORALUM. Under this name a trade preparation was in vogue a few years ago. It is now little used. Chloralum is a solution of chloride of aluminum. F. P. Atkinson (Practitioner, Jan., 1887) uses chloralum, pure or slightly diluted, in the treatment of NASO-PHARYNGEAL CATARRH. CHLORINE CHLOROFORMUM. 187 CHLORINE. (See Calx Chlorata.} Diseases of the Throat. Chlorine is administered in diseases of the respiratory tract either in form of nascent fumes or through the medium of water the latter phase being known as "chlorine water." Chlorine gas can be evolved at the time of its being used by the addition of dilute hydrochloric acid to chlorinated lime ; one-half to two drachms of the lime to be placed in an open vessel and the acid poured upon it. Chlorine gas is recommended in the treatment of PHTHISIS and in CHRONIC BRONCHITIS associated with copious expectoration and emphy- sema. E. L. Shurly recommends that the patient be placed in a small room, the air of which is saturated with moisture arising from a spray of a saturated solution of sodium chloride ; when this has been accomplished the fumes of chlorine are permitted to escape in the apart- ment. It is claimed that this admixture of the watery vapor of the solution of sodium chloride with chlorine renders the preparation more respirable ; ten to thirty minutes suffices for a treatment. The patient is instructed to breathe through the nose, keeping the mouth closed, and to refrain from talking. If coughing occurs the treatment should terminate. One to three inhalations may be given daily. Chlorine water has had for many years a reputation as a local sedative in the SORE THROAT of SCARLATINA and MALIGNANT PHARYNGITIS. Largely diluted (one drachm to a pint of water) it can be used as an inhalant. It forms an admirable disinfectant to any part of the respira- tory passages, and can be used in the nose in FOETID CORYZA or as a spray to the affected parts as well as a gargle in the treatment of DIPH- THERIA. It is best that the water should be at a temperature of 140. J. Merces (Lancet, October 30, 1886) especially recommends chlorine water for the treatment of DIPHTHERIA ; one-half drachm of hydro- chloric acid is added to a drachm of chlorate of potash in a six-ounce vial ; while the nascent fumes are being generated the vial is filled with water ; an ounce of this mixture can be used at one time as a gargle every three hours. CHLOROFORMUM. Chloroform. Both Chloroformum venale and Chloroformum purificatum are official (U. S. P.), with the intent that the purified should be produced from the commercial, and the purified alone used for purposes of inhalation. Purified chloroform is described as " a heavy, clear, colorless, diffusive liquid, with a characteristic, pleasant, ethereal odor, a burning, sweet taste, and a neutral reaction. It is soluble in about two hundred parts of water, and in all proportions in alcohol or in ether, also in benzol, benzin, and fixed or volatile oils. Its specific gravity is 1.485 to 1.490 at 15 C. (59 F.). It boils at 60 to 61 C. (140 to 142 F.)." (U. S. P.) 1 88 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Chloroform in bulk is rubefacient and parasiticide. In the form of vapor it is anaesthetic, sedative, and antispasmodic. Chloroform was introduced into practice as an anaesthetic by the late James Y. Simpson in 1847, an d from that date to the present time it has held a foremost place with English and Continental surgeons. Notwith- standing adverse criticisms, chloroform holds its own against many claim- ants for favor. In most cases its administration is agreeable to the patient and rapid in action ; complete insensibility is obtained with little laryn- geal or bronchial irritation, and almost entire absence of nausea ; it is economical both in the amount required to be used in each administra- tion as well as in the first cost, while its concentrated character makes it invaluable for field operations. But these advantages are overbalanced by the danger which attends its use, so that its employment under ordi- nary circumstances is unjustifiable. It causes death without warning, and so suddenly that no forethought or skill can guard against the result. It is fatal alike to the robust and the weak, to the well and the diseased. Previous harmless inhalations are no guaranty against its treacherous action. When death from chloroform-inhalation takes place, it is from one of two causes : First, from a gradual paralysis of the respiratory muscles induced by the action of the drug on their controlling centres ; second, from cardiac syncope, the heart at one moment beating well, and at the next moment ceasing to beat forever. This cardiac syncope constitutes the great danger of chloroform, since, when the respiratory centres are affected, we can watch the state of the breathing, and following out certain rules, danger can be averted ; but when death takes place from cardiac syncope, there is no warning. Chloroform narcosis is usually divided into three stages. The first of these is similar to alcoholic intoxication ; it usually is very short, but in persons of intemperate habit it may be violent and prolonged, and to entirely overcome this may be fraught with danger. In this stage, although consciousness be not lost, sensation is blunted. It is soon followed by the second stage, which is that of complete anaesthesia. Consciousness and the sensibility are abolished, the muscles are relaxed, and the patient lies quiet. This is the stage in which operations are performed. The third stage is one of profound narcosis, with stertorous breathing, muscu- lar relaxation, and abolition of all reflexes. This condition is accom- panied with great danger, and the anaesthetic should never be pushed so far, except under peculiar circumstances. The pulse in chloroform narcosis is not always a reliable guide. At first it is apparently strengthened or quickened ; in the second stage it is about normal in frequency, but weakened ; in glycerini, f^j ; aquae rosse, giij. (Bumstead.) Glycerin is employed in the manufacture of medicated pessaries and bougies used in the treatment of GLEET. In obstinate CONSTIPATION, glycerin added to warm soapsuds will often excite peristaltic action in the lower bowel when pure water will be ineffective. The employment of a glycerin suppository made with soap, is also commended. The suppository soon dissolves, leaving glycerin free in the rectum. A similar effect can be obtained by placing the agent in a capsule and inserting in the bowel. Glycerin may be injected, diluted with oil or water, equal parts, high up the rectum, by first gently inserting a soft catheter, eight to ten inches into the bowel, and attaching a small syringe. This is a, successful means of dealing with the constipation following enteritis. The use of the drug as a means of depletion was introduced into gynae- cology by J. Marion Sims. A small tampon of cotton is saturated with glycerin and inserted in the vagina ; a free watery discharge ensues, thereby relieving capillary engorgement and cedema. " An anaemic patient will gain strength from the constant presence of glycerin in the vagina, although the discharge excited by it may be greater than the previously existing leucorrhcea, and the fact can only be explained on the supposition that the glycerin arrests the escape of the more essential constituents of the blood. It has also the same power as hot water, although in a less degree, of exciting capillary contraction, for any surface which has been long in contact with the glycerin will be found shriveled and blanched in appearance." (Emmet.) In cases of EROSION OF THE* CERVIX or of ENDOMETRITIS, whether cervical or gen- eral, especially when connected with a condition of congestion or of subinvolution of the uterus, and in the tenderness due to congestion of the Fallopian tubes, ovaries, or broad ligaments, glycerin gives marked relief. The drug should always be of the best quality. The impure article used in the arts frequently causes a vaginitis as severe as that produced by gonorrhoea. To make the application a tampon of cotton, or, as Emmet prefers, of oakum, to which a string is attached, should be saturated with the agent and placed in the vagina against the cervix. The patient should be told to remove it in five or six hours when it becomes dry and irritating. As it is desirable that the woman should remain quiet during the depletion of the uterus and pelvic vessels, it is well to make the application in the evening, and to have the tampon removed in the 244 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. morning. Glycerin and iodine are in common use in gynaecology, and are applicable in many phases of uterine disease. Glycerin is a useful ingredient in lotions or ointments for the relief of PRURITUS ANI and ULCERATION OF THE RECTUM. It can be admin- istered in various strengths. Diseases of the Skin. Glycerin is employed for softening crusts and masses of epithelial debris preparatory to local medical treatment of the underlying lesiors, and also to give "body " to certain washes and lotions. It should be mixed usually with a little water, especially when employed as a protective against CHAPPED HANDS or in fissures of the skin, as pure glycerin is at times irritating. Glycerin is sometimes employed as an emollient in BATHS, half a pint to a pint being added to thirty gallons of water. Glycerin also enters into the composition of certain excellent toilet soaps, and combined with gelatin forms the basis of a number of appli- cations. (See Gelatin?) A glycerin ointment is made as follows: R. spermaceti, ss; cerae albce, 3J ; olei amygdalae, f|ij; glycerini, fgj. Melt the spermaceti and wax with the oil of almonds at a moderate heat ; pour into a Wedgewood mortar and rub together until cold. This ointment is employed in DERMATITIS FROM COLD, CHAPPED HANDS, etc. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. Glycerin is chiefly employed in lotions, mouth-washes, etc., to increase specific gravity, to favor exosmosis, and to diminish the irritable effects of certain drugs. It aids in retaining medicine in contact with the mucous membrane of the nose and throat for a longer time than when employed in a simple aque- ous solution. A preparation consisting of borax, gr. xl ; glycerin, fgjj water, f^iv, will cure FISSURE OF THE TONGUE which has resisted other means of treatment. It may be employed in the strength of one part glycerin to four of water, with the addition of a little lemon juice, to relieve the glazed tongue in low types of disease ; the mouth may be constantly swabbed out with it, adding greatly to the comfort of the patient. Gly- cerin will often cure THRUSH. Its disposition to abstract moisture from the tissues renders it a valuable adjuvant in the treatment of NASAL HYPERTROPHIES if for any reason reduction by cauterization be undesired. A tampon soaked in a solution of glycerin, one part to four of water, is here of efficacy. The pro- portion of glycerin may be increased until it stands in equal amount with water. (C. F. McGahan, Med. Times and Register, November 9, 1889.) Glycerin softens collections of CERUMEN in the external auditory meatus. A few drops instilled before retiring renders the manipulation of extraction GLYCERINUM. 245 of the mass the following day a matter of easy performance. It is also of use in PRURITUS and NEURALGIA of the outer ear passage. It has been used pure in CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH. Rauchfuss recommends it as a topical application in CHRONIC LARYN- GITIS OF CHILDREN. In the proportion of one part to eight it is often used in gargles and lotions. Preparations which contain glycerin should be slightly warmed before being used in atomizer or inhaler, since the diminished density of the glycerin under moderate heat increases the ease with which the mass can be distributed. A solution of glycerin in water, in the proportion of thirty-three per cent., is found a convenient one to use in many inhalants. Diluted glycerin slowly swallowed relieves the painful deglutition of CHRONIC LARYNGITIS. Diseases of the Eye. Glycerin is considerably used in ophthalmic surgery as an excipient, particularly in glycerole of tannin (q. z/.) ; it also enters into the composition of boroglyceride (q. #.). These preparations are valuable applications in GRANULAR OPHTHALMIA and other forms of palpebral CONJUNCTIVITIS, and the hygroscopic action of the glycerin adds much to their efficiency, especially where the palpebral conjunctiva is osdematous. This same property unfits it for use, unless freely diluted in collyria, for acute general conjunctivitis. GLYCERITES. The Glycerite of Starch, Glyceritum Amyli (U. S. P.), is made by first rubbing and then heating together (below 144 C. 291 F.) one part of starch and nine parts of glycerin. It is an elegant vehicle for the application either of the contained glycerin or for the exhibition of other substances. Glyceritum vitelli (glycerite of yolk of egg) is also official, and is made by rubbing together forty-five parts of the yolk of egg and fifty-five parts of glycerin. This is also known as " glyconin." In the British Pharmacopoeia, glycerinum acidi carbolici, glycerinum acidi gallici, glycerinum acidi tannici, glycerinum boracis, are official, and are all made of the strength of one ounce by weight of the medicaments to four fluidounces of glycerin, and two fluidounces of water. Glycerinum aluminis (one ounce of alum and five fluidounces of glycerin), glycerinum plumbi subacetatis (a solution of subacetate of lead in glycerin, being of about the strength of the official liquor plumbi subacetatis (Goulard's Extract), and glycerinum tragacanthse (one hundred and ten grains of traga- canth in a fluid ounce of glycerin) are also official in the Br. Ph. / Glycerite of yolk of egg applied to the skin, forms a varnish which effectually prevents the action of air. It is unalterable. This prepara- tion has never been much used, but is likely to prove an agreeable substi- tute for greasy protective applications in ERYSIPELAS, FISSURED NIP- PLES, etc. (See Ovum.} General Surgery. Glycerite of carbolic acid is a convenient prepa- ration from which carbolized solutions can be made. 246 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. At one time at the Pennsylvania Hospital an attempt was made to sub- stitute glycerite of starch, to which a small proportion of bichloride of mercury had been added, for zinc and boric ointment in the treatment of SUPERFICIAL ABRASIONS and ULCERATIONS, with the hope that wounds could be more readily washed and cleaned. The dressing did not prove as satisfactory as had been hoped for. Glycerite of starch may be em- ployed with advantage where a moist or wet dressing or a light poultice might be advisable, as in SUPERFICIAL BURNS or ERYSIPELATOUS INFLAM- MATIONS. Diseases of the Skin. Glycerite of Starch (sometimes called " plasma ") is a valuable emollient in some cases of ACUTE ECZEMA, espe- cially ECZEMA of the SCALP and EARS, and offers an admirable preliminary treatment in these cases. The glycerite of starch is a good substitute for lard or cosmoline as a base for ointments. It does not easily become spoiled and keeps for a long time. It has been recommended to prevent pitting in VARIOLA. The glycerite of carbolic acid is a useful application in TINEA TONSURANS. The glycerite of tannin may sometimes be employed when an astrin- gent application is required. Recently H. von Hebra has brought forward a class of preparations which he calls " Saponated glycerin preparations." They will be found described under soaps. French dermatologists combine one part of tartaric acid with twenty parts of the foregoing to form " glycerole tartarique," a soothing appli- cation in ECZEMA. GLYCYRRHIZA. Liquorice Root. Licorice. "The root of Glycyrrhiza glabra." (U. S. P.) Liquorice root contains a large pro- portion of a substance called Glycyrrhizin, which is very sparingly soluble in cold water and- very freely soluble in boiling water, with which it forms a jelly as it cools. To this substance liquorice root owes its taste and flavoring properties. Ammoniated Glycyrrhizin (official in the United States Pharmacopoeia) is glycyrrhizin separated from liquorice root and combined with ammonia, and is in " dark brown or reddish- brown scales, inodorous, of a very sweet taste, and soluble in water and in alco- hol." (U. S. P.) Glycyrrhiza is often employed to dilute astringents when desired to use these agents in the form of powder. It enters into the composition of a favorite lozenge in the proportion of from one to four grains of the extract to each mass. GOSSYPIUM. 247 GOSSYPIUM. Cotton. Cotton is "the hair of the seed" of Gossypium herbaceum "and of other species of Gossypiiim." (U. S. P.) The cotton contemplated by the United States Pharmacopoeia is " absorbent cotton " or cotton freed from the oil and other impurities ; it is usually prepared by boiling with a solution of an alkaline soap, washing this out thoroughly, possibly washing again with a weak solution of caustic potash or soda, washing this out, pressing, and drying. When dried absorbent cotton is thrown upon water it should immediately absorb the latter and sink. From the seeds of the cotton plant a fixed oil is expressed, which is much employed for soap making and as an adulteration of and a substitute for olive oil. The oil also is official and enters into the composition of the ammonia, lime, camphor, and subacetate of lead liniments. Cotton-seed oil is largely used, among other oils, as an adulterant to linseed oil. It is less innocent than any other agent so introduced, since it has a bad effect upon the skin. Styptic cotfon-may be prepared by first passing the cotton through in a four per cent, solution of soda ; then washing, drying, and subsequently dipping two or three times in a weak solution of the chloride of iron and again drying. It is then teased out with the fingers, leaving a brown, cottony mass, thoroughly impregnated with the salt of iron. Under Gossypium will be treated the subjects : Raw Cotton ; Absorb- ent Cotton ; Gauze ; and Paper. RAW COTTON. General Surgery. Raw cotton is so familiar that description is unnecessary. Owing to the oil it contains, it will not absorb water, and consequently is practically useless for washing or cleansing wounds. It is employed chiefly as a padding for splints, and for protecting the ex- tremities and cutaneous surfaces from contact with the air. Raw cotton, laid over the chest in layers two inches thick, forms a good chest dress- ing in PNEUMONIA. In the local treatment of ERYSIPELAS, one of the best methods is to keep the part wrapped in raw cotton ; for the tem- perature of the part should be as nearly uniform as possible, and the cutaneous functions assisted. Painful and sensitive RHEUMATIC JOINTS in old people are often relieved by being wrapped in raw cotton, which is retained by means of a bandage. Cotton is often employed as a pro- tective dressing for BURNS with advantage, if the burn is of the first or second degree ; but it may irritate if in contact with a vesicated surface. Yet it at times forms one of the best dressings for BLISTERED 'SURFACES, laid evenly over the part and retained by the clothing or a bandage. ABSORBENT COTTON. General Surgery. Absorbent cotton is now employed extensively in the washing and cleansing of wounds in the place of sponges. Small pledgets on an aluminium applicator are in use in gynaecology for carry- 248 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. ing medicated applications within the uterine cavity. Washed cotton is always to be preferred where an aqueous solution is directed or for the absorption of bloody or serous discharges. It is inferior to raw cotton for the padding of splints, or for use as a protectant. Absorbent cotton has been medicated in a variety of ways. Cotton prepared with corrosive sublimate is probably the most used, and forms an important factor in the antiseptic dressing of wounds. Borated, salicylated and iodoformized cotton may be substituted, according to the wishes of the surgeon. Styptic cotton is of service rolled into a small pledget and laid directly over a bleeding point, or a thin layer may be placed on the surface to aid the formation of a clot. It may be of service, also, in cases of bleeding from small wounds of the venous sinuses in operations on the brain. All medicated cottons, it is assumed, are free from septic material, and are always to be preferred for the making of tampons or the plugging of wounds. Laid over the gauze and retained by bandages, they constitute antiseptic dressings. Diseases of the Ear and Nose. The advantage formerly sup- posed to accrue from ARTIFICIAL EAR DRUMS can now be obtained by pledgets of cotton or a circular piece of lint adapted to the orifice. It would appear that this advantage is not to imitate a portion of the tympanic membrane, but to serve as a protectant to the mucous lining of the middle ear. Absorbent cotton in some forms of auditory discharge (especially those that occur in very young children) becomes clogged by tenacious muco-pus and acts as plugs to the meatus. It may, there- fore, serve in a manner directly opposite that which is expected. When such disposition is noted it is necessary to anoint the conch with lard or cosmoline before using the cotton, or, what perhaps is better, discard it and substitute lamb's wool. Soft cotton thread can be medicated for application to the middle ear. Kirchner denominates " sublimate cord " a thread of cotton rendered absorbent and saturated in corrosive subli- mate solution (q. #.). Hopmann, of Cologne (Berlin Klin. Woch., No. 42, 1888), uses cotton tampons for the treatment of NASAL POLYPUS. Cotton tampons may be used conveniently in the nostril in the shape of absorbent lamp-wick. To be used in the nose they can be soaked in solutions of bichloride of mercury, 1-3000 or 1-5000. Diseases of the Eye. Absorbent cotton is very extensively used in ophthalmic surgery, and, in the interest of economy and cleanliness, has almost banished sponges and brushes. A little pledget twisted on the end of a probe or cotton holder or small stick answers all the purposes of a brush and can be thrown away when it has been once used. Cotton is also universally used for eye compresses and for the application of hot stupes. It is a convenient means of applying dry heat in ophthalmic practice. GOSSYPIUM. 249 A mass as large as the fist, or even larger, heated by a stove or lamp or vessel of boiling water (frequently changed) can be used for the purpose. On the whole, this form of applying dry heat is preferable to any other, and is of especial value in the relief of pain in INFLAMMATORY or NEURAL- GIC AFFECTIONS OF THE EYE and for the preservation of vitality in flaps that threaten to slough after plastic operations on the lids. For the former purpose the application is usually intermittent, lasting twenty minutes to a half an hour, and repeated several times a day ; for the latter, it should be continuous, even during the night. "Hot stupes" or "fomentations" are generally applied by means of small pads of cotton saturated with hot water and renewed every two or three minutes or oftener. The temperature of the water must be kept up either by gas or alcoholic flame or by the occasional addi- tion of boiling water, and its degree may be generally determined by the sensations of the patient and should be as high as he can bear it without discomfort. The attendant should be cautioned not to blister the skin of the lids, as the patient may consider it necessary to bear the pain of the application, or his sensations may be blunted to it by the greater pain of the disease. Water at a temperature of 120 F. is usually easily borne, and some surgeons use it as high as 140. The susceptibility of different individuals varies greatly, and tolerance is much increased by use. Absorbent cotton is especially valuable for applying moist heat in ACUTE INFLAMMATION OF THE EYELIDS, with conjunctival discharge." The great advantage of the use of cotton is that the moment the mass of material is soaked with the infectious discharge it can be thrown away; hence the chances of infection are largely diminished. In IRITIS hot stupes relieve pain, particularly in the rheumatic form, and promote absorption of inflammatory exudations. They may be used for twenty minutes or half an hour three or four times a day, or oftener if the relief is decided. In some cases dry heat may be more acceptable. The sensations of the patient are often the best guide as to which or whether either is to be used. Hot fomentations give more relief in HORDEOLUM and ABSCESS OF THE EYELIDS than any other remedy, and their frequent application is sometimes preferred to continuous poulticing in DACRYOCYSTITIS, but their greatest value is in the treatment of/SLOUGH- ING KERATITIS, in which their use may be considered indispensable. In the latter instance a cotton compress is usually kept on the eye in the intervals of stuping, which may be repeated every two or three hours, and other remedies, such as atropine or eserine, the Ssemisch incision, or the actual cautery, will, of course, be resorted to according to the judgment of the surgeon. Frequent bathing with hot water allays the irritation of ACUTE CONJUNCTIVITIS, and some surgeons use hot stupes instead of cold applications in the severe forms of PURULENT OPHTHALMIA. 250 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. GAUZE. General Surgery. Gauze is usually a sheer material, known in the trade as cheese cloth, or tobacco cloth. Having a very open mesh, it absorbs well the materials with which it is impregnated, or the discharges from a wound when applied as a dressing. It can be easily obtained, is cheap, pliable, and forms a pleasant dressing when in contact with wounds. It is readily impregnated with various materials to render it antiseptic. Almost any variety of gauze may be obtained from dealers in surgical sup- plies. The most common and generally employed is the corrosive subli- mate gauze, which is prepared by soaking clean cheese cloth, freed from all oily matter, in a solution of corrosive sublimate of the strength of i-iooo for twenty-four hours. It is then cut into pieces the desired sizes and packed in closely-covered glass jars. If gauze has been long kept and exposed to the air, it is well to resoak it in a 1-2000 solution of corrosive sublimate before using. Corrosive sublimate gauze, when applied in con- tact with a wound and covered with wax paper or mackintosh, will some- times irritate the skin. It should be anointed, therefore, with boric acid ointment or vaseline. In wound-treatment with corrosive sublimate gauze, two dressings are employed, the superficial and the deep, each usually composed of eight layers of the gauze. Often the deep dressing is applied moist and is much smaller than the superficial, which is preferably used dry. lodoform gauze is prepared by incorporating into the meshes of steril- ized gauze powdered iodoform ; it should then be carefully rolled up and packed in a glass jar. A mixture (5-50 per cent.) of iodoform and glycerin can be made, in which strips of gauze are immersed. This pre- paration is convenient for packing bone cavities, fistulous tracts, etc. Carbolized gauze, the variety which was first introduced by Lister as a surgical dressing, is made by soaking clean gauze for a few hours in a mixture composed of: Resin, i pound ; alcohol, 5 pints; castor oil, 24 ounces; carbolic acid, 12 ounces. The excess is removed by passing the cloth through a clothes-wringer and then packing away for future use in glass jars. The double cyanide of mercury and zinc gauze is more difficult to pre- pare than the other varieties, requiring the following : Potass, cyanide, 130 grains; mercuric cyanide, 251.7 grains; zinc sulph., 268.9 grains; haematoxylin, 1.3 grains; sol. ammonia, 6 minims; gauze (prepared, cleansed), 10 ounces ; bichloride of mercury solution, 7.6 pints; distilled water, q. s. {Br. Med. Jour., Nov. 9, 1889. In charging gauze with this substance, 100 grains of the salt are dissolved in four pints of a 1-4000 bichloride solution, which will give from two to three per cent, of the cyanide to the dry gauze. It should be freshly prepared and used moist. The advantages claimed for it are that it is unirritating to the skin, and as the antiseptic is insoluble, it is not washed out by the wound discharges. Those who have employed GOSSYPIUM. 251 it claim that it possesses decided advantages over the bichloride gauze. (Wharton, " Minor Surgery," p. 117.) The best material for the collodion dressing is tarlatan.* PAPER. General Surgery. Paper has been introduced into surgery as a substitute for lint, on account of its^ cheapness. Porous varieties resem- bling blotting paper, and capable of absorbing a large amount of fluids, have been manufactured ; hence, it is suitable for applying wet dress- ings, as lead water and laudanum, etc. When once saturated, owing to its friable character, it cannot be reapplied. Waxed paper, made by immersing sheets of tissue paper in hot wax or paraffin, which, when cooled, forms a thin coating which makes it impervious to water, is universally employed as a substitute for oiled silk in hospital practice. Owing to its cheapness it can be discarded after each application. Be- cause of its extreme thinness, it is advisable to use several layers, other- wise the moisture soon makes it way through. Parchment paper has been introduced as a substitute for mackintosh in the Lister antiseptic gauze dressing. When first removed from the pack- age, it is soft and pliable, but on drying becomes crisp. The paper, when applied over wet dressings to prevent the escape of moisture, appears to fulfill all purposes for which oil silk has served. Diseases of the Skin. Paraffin paper is employed as a dressing in some forms of skin disease accompanied by crusting and exfoliation, with the object in view of macerating the skin and thus loosening the pro- ducts of disease. In other cases it is employed as a protectant. Paper is valuable in applying ointments and moist dressings. It is superior to rags and cloths. The paper is to be cut into pieces of the appropriate size, spread with the selected ointment and closely applied to the surface, being kept in place by a bandage. In affections of the fingers and toes, as well as the limbs generally, paraffin paper is easily adapted to the inequalities of the skin surfaces. The fact that it soon becomes friable and torn, is an advantage, as it ensures more frequent change of dressings, and conse- quent cleanliness. Diseases of the Nose, etc. Blotting paper rolled between the fingers and introduced into the nostrils is recommended by Sajous for removal of secretion from nasal passages in young children. It has been suggested also as a material for making tampons for arresting NASAL * A. Hewson (" The Use of Earth in Surgery,'' p. 19) strongly recommends a silken texture known in the trade as Donna Maria gauze. The strips should always be cut along the woof of the material, that is to say, lengthwise, and of the width usually employed with the resin or adhesive plaster. 252 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. HEMORRHAGE. Before soaking in a solution of nitrate of potash, paper should be cut in strips three inches long by half an inch broad. It is next dipped in the solution in a cylindrical vessel four inches high and two in diameter. The paper should then be ignited and the smoke inhaled by repeated deep inhalations. Nitrated papers, according to Lefferts, should be kept in tin foil or prepared in small quantities as required. (See Potassii Nitras.} GRINDELTA. " The leaves and flowering tops of Grindelia robusta." (U. S. P.) Grindelia con- tains an essential oil somewhat resembling in odor the oil of turpentine, a resin, and some crystals with an alkaline reaction. The constituents of this plant have not been tho- roughly investigated. The single official preparation is the fluid extract, one cubic centi- metre of which is equivalent to one gramme of the drug. Grindelia is a mild astringent and sedative. General Surgery. The surgeon may find this drug of service as a topical application in conjunction with other remedies, especially com- bined with creoline in the treatment of VAGINITIS, LEUCORRHCEA, and GONORRHCEA. The following mixture is recommended by Shoemaker : R. Ext. grindeliae fld., half fluid ounce; creolini, two drachms; aquae, q. s., ad. six fluidounces. As a urethral injection in GONORRHOEA and GLEET it will be well to begin with a solution about one-half the strength. Diluted with water or glycerin the fluid extract has been used with asserted advantage in the treatment of CHRONIC or INDOLENT ULCER, and may be applied by saturating lint and applying it as an ordinary water dressing, covered with waxed paper and retained by a bandage. Diseases of the Skin. The fluid extract is useful in the external treatment of inflammatory conditions of the skin. In DERMATITIS VENENATA or RHUS POISONING, in ACUTE ECZEMA, and in ERYSIPELAS, it is of great value, and ranks, in our opinion, with lead water in the class of cases for which the latter application is commonly employed. It is to be employed in a condition of considerable dilution ; a lotion of half an ounce of the fluid extract to the pint of water is that which we have found generally useful. There are several preparations in the market of somewhat different appearance when diluted with water. We have not, however, observed any marked variation in their therapeutic effect. The lotion is commonly applied on cloths and allowed to evaporate. It should not be covered with an impermeable dressing. Diseases of the Throat, etc. W. P. Gibbons gives grindelia in the treatment of ASTHMA, but the impression is maintained by internal administration. It is probable, however, that some of the good effects described by him are due to a local action upon the nerve ends of the pharyngeal and laryngeal surfaces. GUAIACI RESINA GUACO. 253 GUAIACI RESINA. Guaiac. " The resin of the wood of Guaiacum officinale." (U. S. P.) The resin of guaiac comes in irregular vitreous masses of dark olive color, and possesses an acrid taste. It is readily pulverizable and yields a light, clear powder which becomes green upon exposure. It is very sparingly soluble in water, soluble in alcohol, ether, and alkaline solutions; it is also soluble in sulphuric acid. It consists of guaiaconic acid, guaiaretic acid, guaiac beta-resin, gum, coloring matter, etc. The Tincture of Guaiac (one hundred parts con- taining the activity of twenty parts of the resin), and the Ammoniated Tincture (made with aromatic spirit of ammonia as menstruum) of the same strength, are official. Diseases of the Throat. Guaiac has long had a high reputation in the treatment of FOLLICULAR TONSILLITIS and QUINSY. An addition of an astringent increases the efficacy of the drug, especially if it is essayed in the first stage of the disease. Used as a gargle the ammoniated tincture is the most palatable of the preparations. A teaspoonful of the tincture may be added to a half glassful of milk and used as a gargle every two or three hours. The exhibition of guaiac in the form of a lozenge has been long accepted by practitioners as desirable when the grade of inflammation is low. The following recipe from a Swedish formula is offered as a good example of a guaiacl ozenge : Pulverized resin of guaiac seven parts ; sugar, seventeen parts ; " cocoa paste," twenty-five parts. In the American market each lozenge may contain one and a half to two or three grains of the resin. GUACO. Guaco is a name given a product of various plants, obtained in Central America, South America, and the West Indies, belonging to the genera Mikania and Aristolochia. (U. S. D.) Guaco is antipruritic. Diseases of the Skin. Butte (Bull, de la Polycl. de Paris, 1890 ; Monatshefte f. Prakt Dermatol., Bd. xn, p. 188) has recommended the local employment of the watery extract of guaco as an antipruritic in PRURITUS and ECZEMA. Its use is contraindicated in acute moist eczema, as it is irritating in this condition. The drug is also employed internally. Its effecf is due to the paralyzing effect which the extract of the plant exerts upon sensory nerves. The following formula is recommended : R. Guaco, gr. xxx ; sodii bicarbonat., gr. v ; aquae, gr. M. Boil fora quarter of an hour ; then macerate for an hour and decant. This lotion is to be applied lukewarm as a wash or a compress may be wet with it. The same drug is commended for internal uses in skin diseases, but this remedy has been introduced so recently that no corroborative experi- ments have been as yet published. 254 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. GURJUN. Gurjun Balsam. Wood Oil. Gurjun balsam is an oleoresin which exudes from excavations in Dipterocarpus turbi- natus and other species of Dipterocarpus. The tree is a native of East India. The balsam is a thick, viscid liquid, of a reddish-brown color; soluble in chloroform" acetone, volatile oils, and carbon disulphide, and partly soluble in benzin, alcohol and ether. In many respects it resembles copaiba, to which it is often added as an adultera- tion. It contains volatile oil, gurjunic acid, a crystalline resin, and a bitter principle. Diseases of the Skin. Gurjun oil (balsamum dipterocarpii} is em- ployed externally in the treatment of LEPROSY, being applied in the form of a mixture with an equal part of lime-water and thoroughly rubbed into the surface of the body, especially such parts as are affected. The inunc- tion should be made daily for the space of one or two hours. The external application is usually accompanied by the internal administration of the same drug. (Dougal, " Report on the Treatment of Leprosy with Gurjun Oil," Calcutta, 1874. Quoted by Piffard.) Gurjun oil has likewise, been recommended by Wilson in CANCER (Lancet, vol. i, 1874, p. 694), in LUPUS (Lect. on Dermatology, vol. iv, London, 1875, P- 68), and in infiltrated ECZEMA and PSORIASIS by R. W. Taylor. It has not, however, come into general use in other diseases than leprosy. GUTTA-PERCHA. "The concrete exudation of Isonandra gutta." (U. S. P.) " Gutta percha is plastic above 60 C. (140 F.), very soft at the temperature of boiling water, insoluble in water or alcohol, soluble in chloroform, oil of turpentine, disulphide of carbon, benzin, or ben- zol." (U. S. D.) LIQUOR GUTTA-PERCHA. Solution of Gutta-percha.* This is a nine per cent, solution of gutta-percha in commercial chloroform. Ten per cent, of carbonate of lead is shaken with the solution, and after its subsidence the clear liquid is decanted. The carbonate of lead is added because it has the property of uniting with and carrying to the bottom the coloring matter. On account of the volatility of the chloroform and the viscidity of the solution it cannot be filtered, and the above addition is an easy and practical method of clarification. General Surgery. The solution of gutta percha in chloroform (liquor gutta-perchae) is sometimes useful as a protectant, and may be useful in retaining light dressings about the face. Gutta-percha is used to a slight extent in making special splints, e. g., for fracture of the inferior maxilla, and sometimes for the digits. Rub- ber is prepared for use in sheets, from which pieces the desired size may * In Germany this preparation goes by the name of " trautnaticin, v LIQUOR GUTTA-PERCHA. 255 be cut and moulded into shape by placing in hot water. When properly moulded the splint should be plunged into cold water, where it immedi- ately hardens and remains permanently in shape. Hard rubber is largely used in the manufacture of trusses, possessing advantage over the covered steel band (viz., that of cleanliness), while it can be worn in the bath. When applied to the skin it forms a thin elastic film. It may be used in SMALL CUTS, CHAPPED HANDS and NIPPLES. Diseases of the Skin. Liquor gutta-percha has long been employed in this country as a protectant to the surface of the skin in slight abrasions or excoriations, and in FISSURES of the lips, nipples, tips of the fingers, etc. In case of FISSURED ECZEMA a light cauterization with nitrate of silver followed by the application of liquor gutta-perchse often brings about a cure in a remarkably short space of time. As a vehicle for the convenient local use of various medicaments liquor gutta-perchse answers admirably, as in following formula: R. Ol. cadini, 3J ; liquor gutta-perchse, ad f^j. M. A camel's-hair brush is inserted in the cork for convenience of application. This pigment is an admirable dress- ing for some forms of ECZEMA. In INFANTILE ECZEMA RUBRUM it is very useful, particularly upon the cheeks, where it forms an antipruritic and impermeable dressing, which cannot be rubbed off, as ointments usually are, by the movements of the infant. Chrysarobin offers a very convenient mode of treating PSORIASIS, though not so efficient as an ointment. TINEA TONSURANS, if not too deep-seated, and especially TINEA CIR- CINATA may be rapidly cured by this application. A good formula is : R. Chrysarobini, gr. 1; liq. gutta-perchae, f^j. M. It makes a mixture or sus- pension. A coating of pure liquor gutta-perchae may be painted over this application to protect the clothing. As a vehicle liquor gutta-perchse does not present any marked superiority to collodion, q. v. After using both we conclude that for all practical purposes they are equally useful. . . " RUBBER PLASTER."* General Surgery. Rubber plaster is one of the most convenient forms of adhesive plaster for the field as well as the office. It is rolled on spools of various widths, and can be applied without heating. It keeps well in all climates. The adhesive part of this variety of plaster consists of gutta-percha 2 parts; Burgundy pitch, i part; gum gal- banum, i part. Rubber being the base, it will become neither too hard * It is convenient to include at this place the section on India-rubber (Caoutchouc), though far removed in the Materia Medica. 256 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. nor too soft, and it seems to retain its properties indefinitely. It is, how- ever, open to the serious objection of being irritating, if kept long in contact with the skin, especially when it is employed for extension, main- tained in the treatment of fractures of the lower extremity. All stages of irritation, from an erythema to deep ulceration of the skin, may be produced. In conditions where a plaster is to be kept long in contact with the skin, resin plaster is to be preferred. Rubber plaster, from its very adhesive properties, is of service when applied over a band- age, assisting to keep the turns in place. It is especially useful in retaining fracture dressings in the case of young children. H^EMATOXYLON. Hematoxylon. Logwood. Logwood is the " heart-wood of Hamatoxylon camfec&tanum." (U. S. P.) Its impor- tant constituents are a resin, hsematoxylin, a volatile oil, and tannic acid. An extract (Extractum Hrcmatoxyli) of uncertain strength is official. Hematoxlyon is astringent. It enters into the composition of a lozenge, each lozenge to contain two grains of the drug. HAMAMELIS. Witch-hazel. " The leaves of Hamamelis virginica." (U. S. P.) The only official preparation is the fluid extract, which contains in each cubic centimetre the activity of one gramme of the drug. The articles sold in- this country under the various names of Pond's Extract, Distillate of Witch-hazel, Hamamelis, etc., originated in homoeopathic practice, and are believed to be weak alcoholic distillates. The volatile oil contained in the drug imparts a peculiar odor to the distillate, but it is not known to possess medicinal properties. The virtues of hamamelis are in the main dependent on the tannic acid therein contained and on the alcohol by which it is dissolved. Its preparations, therefore, are astringent and stimulant. The properties other than those above named are sedative, soothing, slighfly anodyne, refrigerant and hemostatic. The local effect of hamamelis is secured in convenient form by mixing equal parts of the fluid extract and glycerin ; the mixture should be thoroughly shaken each time before using. General Surgery. As a topical application for SPRAINS, BRUISES, SUPERFICIAL INFLAMMATIONS, etc., the distillate has an extensive domestic use. It is much inferior to lead water and laudanum. Hamamelis has attained some reputation as a hemostatic. Consequently it is regarded as a valuable dressing for superficial WOUNDS and as a reliable agent in the treatment of CAPILLARY HEMORRHAGE, the bleeding from the sockets of extracted teeth, etc. HAMAMELIS. 257 In the treatment of LEG ULCERS depending on a varicose condition of the veins, it is considered of service in relieving pain. It is applied, as are all wet dressings, by soaking lint in the distillate and retaining it by means of a bandage. Dujardin-Beaumetz believes that the drug here exerts some influence over the muscular walls of -the vessels. Hector Guy and others assert that it possesses no special physiological action on the vas- cular system. Distillate of hamamelis has been used with benefit as a rectal injection in the treatment of HEMORRHOIDS. Owen {Brit, Med. Jour., January, 1887), has reported the results obtained from forty-three physicians who had had favorable experience in the use of the .distillate in this way, two to four drachms being frequently injected through the day. An ointment of hamamelis (twenty to thirty grains of the extract to the ounce of lard) will be found to be a soothing application to FISSURE OF THE RECTUM and FISSURED ANUS. The distillate properly diluted has been used as an injection into the bladder in cases of HEMORRHAGE dependent on the pressure of a vascular growth. Preston extols hamame- lis in the treatment of PHLEGMASIA DOLENS. Diseases of the Skin. In some forms of ACUTE ECZEMA and PRU- RITUS, and especially as a local application in URTICARIA, witch-hazel, either in the form of the fluid extract much diluted, or, preferably, in the form of the distillate, has a beneficial effect. It should be applied on cloths as an evaporating lotion. Diseases of the Nose. The employment of hamamelis in the treatment of nasal catarrh is not general. In combination with chlorate of potash and glycerin G. Y. McCracken, of Philadelphia, finds it a valuable aid in the treatment of CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH. M. Mac- kenzie employs the tincture one-half ounce, glycerin ten minims, as a means of saturating a tampon of cotton for PLUGGING THE NASAL CHAM- BERS. "Hamamelis Wool." Cotton, one drachm; glycerin, ten minims; dis. hamamelis, half an ounce. Mix the glycerin with the tincture, satu- rate the wool with the liquid, and dry. Diseases of the Eye. The distillate of hamamelis is a pleasant anodyne and sedative application to the eye, and, applied to the Closed lids in the form of " Pond's extract," is quite a favorite popular pre- scription in ACUTE CONJUNCTIVITIS, and in the irritation of over-use or accommodative strain. Pieces of soft linen wet with it are placed on the lids and frequently renewed. For application to the conjunctiva it should be diluted with one or two parts of water, and may be used with boric acid or borax. An excellent soothing and slightly astringent pre- scription is : Borax, fifteen grains ; boric acid, one-half drachm ; mucilage sassafras pith, one-half ounce ; distilled extract of hamamelis, one and 17 258 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. one-half ounces; distilled water, one ounce, to be used freely with an eye-cup. HUMULUS. Hops. The strobiles of Humuhis hipulus. The efficacy of hops as a sedative depends on the presence of lupulin, which consists in turn of a volatile oil associated with a resin. Fresh hops are always much richer in lupulin than old stock. General Surgery. Hops are employed in the form of poultices, and have long enjoyed a reputation for relieving pain. The poultice is best prepared by moistening with hot water the hops contained in a gauze bag, the desired size and shape, constituting what is known in domestic medicine as the hop pillow. A hop poultice may be employed, with great advantage over the heavier flaxseed poultice, in ABDOMINAL INFLAM- MATIONS. It should be covered with waxed paper to retain the moisture. It is also indicated in ORCHITIS, either due to mumps or specific inflam- mation. Applied to the penis in GONORRHOZA it will assist in preventing CHORDEE. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Hops have long been used as a domestic remedy in INFLAMMATORY SWELLINGS of the upper respira- tory passages. A little weak vinegar poured upon a pillow containing the hops may be placed near the patient's face and the fumes inhaled. Lupulin can be used in a similar manner. It is often employed in the first stage of ACUTE CORYZA. As an inhalant for ACUTE LARYNGITIS the following is recommended: R. Ext. lupulini, one ounce; sodii carbonat. exsiccat., one scruple; aquse, one pint. In ACUTE LARYN- GITIS, if rapidly progressive and accompanied with great pain, hot inhala- tions containing five grains of lupulin to the ounce of water are strongly recommended by W. E. Casselberry. Diseases of the Eye. A small bag of thin flannel, containing hop leaves and dipped in a hot infusion of this herb, forms a convenient means of applying moist heat in ophthalmic practice. HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. Corrosive Chloride of Mercury. Corrosive Sublimate. Mercuric Chloride. Corrosive sublimate is in " heavy, colorless, rhombic crystals or crystalline masses, permanent in the air, odorless, having an acrid and persistent metallic taste and acid reaction ; soluble in sixteen parts of water and in three parts of alcohol at 15 C. (59 F.), in two parts of boiling water, in one and two-tenths parts of boiling alcohol, and in four parts of ether." (U. S. P.) The addition of equivalent weights of chloride of ammonia or chloride of sodium renders corrosive sublimate, because of the formation of a double salt, much more quickly and freely soluble than it is alone. The double chloride of mercury and ammonia is called "sal alembroth" HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROS1VUM. 2 59 Albumin is an antidote for corrosive sublimate, since it forms a comparatively harmless and insoluble compound with it. Solutions of corrosive sublimate are neutralized by their contact or admixture with secretions, such as those in leucorrhcea or with cancerous ichor. On account of the albumin present it is also neutralized by blood, serum, and muscle fibre. The addition of a small portion of tartaric acid to the solution prevents the forma- tion of an albuminate, and so increases its antiseptic power. It should be remembered, however, that "tartaric acid bichloride solution " is, by the very fact that the bichloride is not converted into an insoluble albuminate, much more rapidly and certainly absorbed than is the ordinary solution, and that risk of toxic impression attending its use is thereby increased. Yellow iv.ash (lotio flava, aqua phagedaenica) is made by mixing one-half drachm of corrosive sublimate with eight fluidounces of lime-water. Collodions containing corrosive sublimate in proportions varying from ten to forty per cent, are sometimes used. Tablets containing nearly equal parts of corrosive sublimate and chloride of ammonium, and so weighted that one dissolved in a pint of water furnishes a solution of one part of corrosive sublimate in 1000 parts of the solution, are much used in surgery. The various surgical dressings, gauzes, cottons, wools, catgut, silks, etc., impregnated or made antiseptic by corrosive sublimate, are familiar and are too numerous to be enumerated. Bichloride of mercury is antiseptic, antiparasitic, discutient, excitant, and caustic. It is, on the whole, the most valuable of the germicides. While by actual test less destructive than the biniodide of mercury, it possesses advantages in its cheapness and degree of solubility. According to the observations of Sternberg, Koch, and Jalan de la Croix, solutions of 1-10,000 to 1-40,000 destroy the spores of bacilli. It is well to state that Klein (7% permanganate of potash, 0.12 percent.; carbolic acid, i percent.; zinc chloride, 2 per cent.; creasote, 0.5 per cent.; iodine, 20.2 per cent. (Sternberg, " Re- port to the American Pub. Health Ass'n," 1888, p. 50.) Laplace has found that the addition of small quantities of hydrochloric acid (five parts in 1000) to solutions of the bichloride of mercury has the same disinfecting power in albuminous as in non-albuminous fluids. For convenience corrosive sublimate is usually carried in solid form in the compressed tablet where tartaric acid is substituted for the hydrochloric acid in the same quantity. In hospital practice a ten per cent, solution may be kept on hand, from which any dilution desired can be prepared. A compressed pellet, containing seven and one-half grains, being added to a pint of water makes a solution of i 1000, which will be found a convenient and reliable means of preparing solutions for 'use in private practice. Anti- septic bichloride solutions are used in strengths from 1-500 to 1-5000. The stronger solutions, 1-500 and i-iooo, are only used for disinfecting 260 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. the hands and skin. For irrigating wounds and small abscess cavities 1-2000 is generally employed. When continuous irrigation is kept up, and when the bichloride is employed in large cavities, a much weaker solu- tion, 1-5000 or .1-10, ooo, should be used. To get the best results the sur- geon must see that the solutions are freshly prepared, for if left exposed to the air for several days a chemical change takes place, slowly converting the bichloride into the proto-chloride. It has been found that a 1-10,000 hot solution is more active in destroying pus formation or for cleansing purposes, than 1-2000 used cold ; hence all preparations for irrigation should be employed as hot as can be borne with comfort. General Surgery. In the preparation of cases for operation thor- ough cleanliness is first secured by shaving the part, and vigorously scrub- bing it afterward with soap and water or turpentine ; it is then washed with a strong solution of corrosive sublimate i-iooo, and, if time permit, a wet compress wrung from a warm solution is laid over it and retained with a bandage until exposed preparatory to the operation. By this means the skin and hair follicles are cleansed. In cases of CONTUSED and INCISED WOUNDS the same procedure is followed, the wound being washed by a stream of bichloride solution thrown from an irri- gator or from the nozzle of a syringe. When the hemorrhage is con- trolled the edges of the wound are approximated by means of a suture, either of wire, silk, or catgut. Chinese silk is to be preferred, viz., that which has been sterilized by boiling in a solution of corrosive sublimate, 1-2000, afterward in distilled water, and kept for use in alcohol. If this method of preparing sutures is carried out the risk of formation of " stitch abscesses" will be eliminated. Some disadvantages must be acknowledged in the use of corrosive sublimate, as, indeed, is the case with all other powerful germicides. In the first place, there exists the possibility of producing toxic effect in per- sons unusually susceptible to the action of the drug. Serous membranes absorb readily. For this reason the washing of the pleural and abdom- inal cavities with bichloride solutions is contraindicated. If- such flushing be resorted to it is well to thoroughly remove all excess of fluid by rewashing with distilled water. The following case of acute poisoning is reported by W. Weiss : A large, fatty tumor had been removed. The wound was washed with a one per cent, solution of the chloride and dressed with sublimate gauze. In a few hours vomiting began, accompanied with sharp abdominal pains, death following on the third day. The autopsy revealed acute gangrenous inflammation of the colon and ilium, with parenchymatous degeneration of the kidneys. Several cases are reported where death has followed washing out of the uterus in obstetric practice, and also where hypodermic use of the drug was employed.- HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORRO3IVUM. 261 Corrosive sublimate solutions and dressings are often very irritating to delicate skins. Under such conditions the gauze should be applied dry. The parts may be dusted over with boric acid. Bichloride solutions are unsuitable as disinfecting baths for instruments. During operations it is important that all cutting instruments should be kept out of the irrigating solution, as in a very short time their edges are destroyed. Concerning the treatment of wounds which have become purulent before coming under the care of the surgeon, it is necessary to remember that the wound must be thoroughly washed daily, with a warm bichloride solution, 1-2000, and the part dressed with as much care as if non- infected. In a short time the discharge of pus will gradually cease, and the wound remain clean and odorless. After a wound has become infected carelessness in dressing will cause the infection to continue unal- leviated through the course of the treatment, delay the healing process, and expose the patient to the risk of septicaemia. In the successful treatment of a wound it is imperative to have perfect drainage (usually by means of the rubber or glass drainage-tube, cat- gut, or horse hair). After the proper approximation of the edges the surface for a considerable distance around should be covered with the bichloride gauze (^. v.~), twelve to sixteen layers in thickness, covered over with a thick covering of cotton prepared with the bichloride, and the part supported by a firm bandage. Many surgeons are in the habit of moistening one-half of the gauze in a 1-2000 solution and removing the excess of water by pressure, while others use both layers dry. If the gauze is known to be freshly prepared and kept in a closed glass jar the latter is much the preferable method. The gauze not being surcharged with moisture readily absorbs all serous discharge, which occurs in wounds during the first twenty-four hours. Again, dryness is not favorable to the growth of micro-organisms. In the treatment of LACER- ATED and CONTUSED WOUNDS involving especially the hands and feet, where the vitality of the parts are much impaired, and where acute or secondary gangrene may occur, irrigation should be carried out as spoken of under the head of Aqua (q. #.), except that the fluids should be sterilized and corrosive sublimate added, making a solution of a strength from i-iooo, 1-10,000, used either warm or cold, as the judgment of the surgeon may dictate. By the pursuance of this method of treatment many limbs can be saved which otherwise would be sacrificed, and the development of tetanus in great part prevented. In treating the BITES OF ANIMALS the wound should be encouraged -to bleed freely, and then flushed with a solution of bichloride of mercury, 1-2000. The fluid is preferably thrown with some force from the nozzle of a syringe. If the animal is known to be rabid it is best to eoccise the tissue 262 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. around the wound, wash out with the corrosive solution, and then cau- terize with a hot iron. In the genito-urinary tract corrosive sublimate has an extensive field of use, depending almost entirely upon its antiseptic properties. In the treatment of GONORRHCEA J. W. White {Public Clinic} is in the habit of using an injection of solution of corrosive sublimate in strength from one-quarter to one-half grain to an ounce in combination with boric acid, and sulphocarbolate of zinc. The following prescription is also recommended: R. .Hydrarg. bichlor., gr. ii-iv ; zinci sulph. carbolat., gr. ii-x ; acidi borici, 3] ; hydrogen, peroxidum, j ; aquae, q. s., ad. sviij. Bichloride of mercury is used in varying strengths up to as high as i-iooo with the object of aborting the disease. We have seen solutions of 1-2000 cause severe pain and increase the grade of inflammation in the first stage of ACUTE GONORRHCEA. E. L. Keys (" Genito-Urinary Disease with Syphilis," p. 66) states that he has never been able to entirely arrest a true gonorrhoea at once with corrosive sublimate, or to kill the micro- coccus. The irrigating of the urethra in a mild solution (1-20,000, 1-40,000), as advised by Halstead, to be used with a fountain syringe, is often followed by good results. In our experience the treatment with bichloride solutions is inferior to that obtained from solutions of salts of zinc and lead, with opium. In SPECIFIC VAGINITIS or GONORRHCEA, in the female, the solution of corrosive sublimate has been found a reliable means of treatment. It can be borne much stronger than in the male, as a rule, without causing pain. It may be used in strength from 1-4000 to 1-10,000, beginning with the weaker solution. Corrosive sublimate is in constant use as an antiseptic in uterine and vaginal surgery, as, for example, in operations for lacerated cervix, ruptured perineum, etc., as well as for flushing the uterus after childbirth. In obstetric practice creolin {q. v.*) is being sub- stituted largely for this agent with equally good results and little danger of producing toxic symptoms. Diseases of the Skin. Bichloride of mercury has been long and extensively used in the local treatment of diseases of the skin. In hypertrophic affections of the epidermis, as LENTIGO, a solution of two to four grains of bichloride of mercury to the ounce of alcohol painted on the skin a number of times successively causes an exfoliation, which, in time, relieves the skin of the brown discoloration. A solution of ten to twenty grains to the ounce of collodion is effectual in the removal of superficial N^EVI and XANTHOMA. In TELANGIECTASIS a twenty- grain solution painted on daily for several successive days causes the formation of a white crust, which after a time separates and the growth is found to have been destroyed. Such solutions must be used with great caution. HYDRARGYRI CHI.ORIDUM CORROSIVUM. 203 As a parasiticide, a lotion of one grain of the bichloride to an ounce of vinegar destroys PEDICULUS PUBIS and PEDICULIS CAPITIS, and, at the same time, the ova of these parasites, which cling to the hairs. In TINEA CIRCINATA and in small patches of TINEA VERSICOLOR a solution of two to four grains of the bichloride in an ounce of the compound tincture of benzoin, painted on the affected parts once or twice a day, as recommended by Taylor, of New York, is efficacious. A solution in alcohol of similar strength may be painted on the smaller patches of RINGWORM of the scalp. Recently electricity, applied from the negative pole of a constant current battery has been employed to facilitate the penetration of this parasiticide. Such applications should be made cautiously, and not over too large a surface at any one time for fear of absorption with toxic effect. In ERYSIPELAS, Eppstein {Therap. Monatshefte, No. 4, 1891) has used a one per cent, ointment of this salt in lanolin with excellent results. White, of Boston, has recommended the employment of an ointment of ten to forty grains of bichloride of mercury to the ounce of lard, or of a solution of similar strength in castor oil as an application in LUPUS VULGARIS. A mixture of bichloride of mercury with creasote has been described under the latter head. It is an efficient application in LICHEN PLANUS and LICHEN RUBER. Bichloride of mercury enters into the composition of a famous lotion formerly, and still to some extent, employed in the treatment of ACNE, under the name of " Gowland's lotion." It is composed as follows: R. Hydrarg. bichlor., gr. vij ; alcoholis, n^xx; misturae amygdalae, ad fgiv. M. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. In the treatment of OTORRHEA a solution of from 1-10,000 to 1-3000 is held in high esteem. Late writers (Schwartze, Laplace, and C. Behrens) employ tartaric acid to lessen the coagulating of tissue, in the following formula: R. Hydrar- gyri bichlor., gr. ss (0.032 grammes); acidi tartarici, grains xx (1.29 grammes) ; aquae, ounces iv (124.4 grammes). One-tenth of one percent, to one per cent, solution according to J. Gottstein {Archives of Otologv, vol. xin, 1884) is sufficient to sterilize the ear. In place of instillation, W. Kirchner (Monatschr. f. Ohrenheilkun.de, August, 1885, 229) saturates a delicate cotton string or cord about two millimetres in thickness in a weak solution of corrosive sublimate. Remembering the powerfully toxic charac- ter of the preparation care should be exercised in the use of corrosive sublimate in the middle ear, no matter what strength is used. The recognition of the bacillar nature of AUDITORY FURUNCLE renders the advice to saturate the wound made after incision with a lotion of bichlo- ride of mercury (i- 10,000, 1-3000) fruitful of good results. ACUTE ECZEMA of the auditory passage is treated by Miot and Baratoux (Rev. 264 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. gen. de Clin. et de Therapeut., January, 1889) by a solution of corrosive sublimate 1-200 ; boric acid, 1-35 ; sodium bicarbonate, 1-200. Maas' Mixture is as follows : Corrosive sublimate, 5 parts ; sodium chlo- ride, 500 parts; glycerin, 200 parts. In the treatment of nasal affections corrosive sublimate is not in such general use as in that for diseases of the ear. One of its most important applications is for the DESTRUCTION OF MAGGOTS in the nasal chamber and adjacent sinuses. In proportions sufficient to be of use as a germ- icide it is also irritating. Nevertheless, W. C. Jarvis speaks highly of it in the treatment of CHRONIC CATARRH. Gottstein, in the treatment of OZ.ENA, inserts a nasal tampon wet with a weak solution. Gomez de la Mata employs a solution of 1-6000 in the same affection. 1-4000 has proved in the hands of the writer to be unmanageable. Its use should be always followed by a soothing wash. Bouchut recommends the following snuff in ATROPHIC RHINITIS : Hydrarg. bichl. and oxide of mercury each one part ; sugar twenty parts. Bichloride of mercury is one of the most powerful deodorizers of se- cretions of the mouth that is known. It is recommended by W. D. Miller (" Micro-organisms of the Human Mouth," p. 234) to be used as a mouth wash for DENTAL CARIES and FETOR in the proportion of 1-2000. The objection urged against this, that a risk of toxic impres- sion is incurred by the solution being swallowed, is not valid. The taste of the bichloride is conveniently disguised by rose water. Under any circumstances great care should be exercised in prescribing it, nor should it be used for a long time. CROUPOUS DISEASES generally can be treated by the same means. J. Bryson Delavan recommends a solution of 1-2000 in local appli- cation to tonsil crypts which are known to be affected with LEPTOTHRIX BUCCALIS. PHLEGMONOUS TONSILLITIS is asserted to be of bacterial origin and is appropriately treated with a spray of hydrarg. bichlor. i-iooo ; local application is made with a brush to the affected surfaces. A spray of 1-5000 can be used in ordinary PHARYNGITIS, recommended by J. J. E. Maher (Med. Rec., November, 1890), and as a gargle by many writers. SYPHILITIC PHARYNGITIS has long been treated by this agent. Charles Bell's gargle (" Institutes of Surgery," 1837) (" Dunglison's Am. Med. Lib.," 1840, 352) is as follows: R. Hydrarg. oxymurat. (bichlor.), four grains; spirit, rectif., two drachms; decoct, cinchon., six ounces; mel. rosse, tinct. myrrhae, aa two ounces. A spray of bichloride of mercury i-iooo is recommended by S. Johnston. This is greatly in excess of what would be prudent for the average case of SYPHILIS OF THE PHARYNX. The local use of bichloride of mercury in the treatment of DIPHTHERIA is one which of late years has been crowned with success at the hands HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. 265 ot careful observers. In addition to its well-known value as an internal medicament in this disease, it is doubtless useful as a local application. It is necessary to estimate the influence exerted by the local medicament by absorption, in order that the impression may not be added exter- nally to that given internally at the same time. E. N. Oatman, of Nyack, N. Y. (J. Lewis Smith, N. Y. Co. Med. Ass'n, December, 1887), recommended that the solution of one part to about 4000 (about two grains to the pint) be employed. A cotton carrier is the best instrument by which the solution can be brought in contact with the affected surfaces. Two grains to a pint constitutes a strength recommended by Potter for DIPHTHERITIC DEPOSITS. . A strength of 1-10,000 has been used in DIPH- THERIA (Massei, Deutsche Med. Zeitung, 1881). W. Porter {Trans. American Laryngological Ass 1 n, 1887) speaks highly of a warm spray in the treatment of this disease. Since it is of importance to bear in mind the amount of the drug which can be borne by the system at any time, the following table has been drawn up by Dr. L. Smith {N. Y. Co. Med. Ass'n, December, 1887). To a child of two years one-sixth grain. " " four " one fourth " " " six " one-third " " " ten " one-half " J. N. Mackenzie {Trans. Ninth International Med. Congress, Wash- ington, 1887, vol. iv) and J. L. Porteous {Edin. Med. Jour., May, 1887) employ a similar spray in LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS. A. S. Houghton directs a preparation for spray inhalation, composed as follows : Hydrarg. bichlor., four grains; ammon. chl., ten grains; glycerin, two ounces; aqua, eight ounces. Diseases of the Eye. The bichloride of mercury has been more extensively used in ophthalmic surgery than any other antiseptic. Its limitation is found in its irritating effect upon the eye, which prevents the application of such strong solutions as are used by general surgeons. According to Guaita {Annals d' Oculist, 1886, p. 275), solutions of 1-7000 instilled in the eye cause no perceptible irritation; of 1-5000 cause slight burning and congestion ; of 1-2000 decided congestion with severe burning sensation, and stronger solutions than i-iooo should never be used in this way. In the strength of 1-300 painted on the everted eyelid it is slightly caustic ; rather less so than silver nitrate 2-100 (about ten grains to one ounce). Sattler, in bacterio- logical experiments with micrococci taken from the lachrymal passages, found that a solution of 1-5000 of bichloride entirely stopped the multi- plication of germs in two or three minutes. This solution is generally well borne by the conjunctiva, particularly if cocaine is used, and is 266 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. preferred by many surgeons to any other antiseptic wash in operations upon the eye. The brow and the closed eyelids are first disinfected, after careful washing with soap and water, with a stronger solution (i- 2000), and the conjunctival sac is freely douched with the 1-5000 wash before, and, by some surgeons, during and after the operation. Others, after the first thorough disinfection, prefer to use boric acid. The application of bichloride has been thought by some to cause corneal opacity, especially when used in connection with cocaine (see article on Cocaine), and the danger of this is to be considered when strong solutions are used. When injected into the anterior chamber, after cataract extrac- tion, there is little doubt that it has caused striped keratitis, and its use in this way has been generally abandoned. Its free application to the cavity of the orbit after enucleation of the eyeball is particularly recom- mended. The bichloride has long been used as a collyrium in CONJUNCTIVITIS. It was the chief ingredient in the Mackenzie wash (1-12,000), and is now a favorite application in purulent ophthalmia in solutions of about 1-5000, or weaker. The conjunctival sac is washed with it every two or three hours. Dujardin, in 1884, strongly recommended bichloride in the treatment of trachoma, painted on the everted lid, as silver nitrate is applied, in solution of 1-250. This treatment has since been discovered by several other surgeons, who have used various strengths, and it may be a useful addition to the list of remedies in this chronic and obstinate affection. HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE. Calomel. Mild Chloride of Mercury. Mercurous Chloride. "A white, impalpable powder, permanent in the air, odorless and tasteless, and insolu- ble in water, alcohol, or ether." (U. S. P.) " Black wash " (lotio nigra) is made by adding a drachm of calomel to a pint of lime- water and shaking thoroughly. It should be well shaken each time before using. Calomel is discutient, stimulant, and desiccant. General Surgery. Calomel is the form of mercury now usually employed for FUMIGATION. It should be especially prepared and abso- lutely pure. Various complicated apparatus have been devised for its administration, but nothing can be better than a simple porcelain dish with two compartments, one containing from twenty to thirty grains of calomel and the other about two ounces of water, suitably held over a spirit lamp, over which is placed a cane-seated chair. The patient is seated surrounded by a loose cape or blanket fitting tightly around the neck. The calomel is sublimed by heat and deposited with water on the HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE. 267 patient's skin. When the process is completed the patient is wrapped in a flannel gown without washing or drying, and placed at once in bed. This method has the same advantages as that by inunction, and is efficient. Both have the disadvantage of being more troublesome than administration by the mouth. Black wash forms an admirable stimulating dressing for VENEREAL SORES, especially in the early inflammatory stage, or after cauterization with one of the stronger acids. It is best applied by pieces of lint or old linen saturated with the solution and applied several times daily. The mixture should be well shaken before using. The powder of calomel may be dusted over the surface of VENEREAL ULCERS where the action is indolent, and is often productive of satisfactory results. Diseases of the Skin. Among the mercurial preparations calomel is one of the most commonly used in the treatment of diseases of the skin. In the form of ointment, from five to twenty grains to the ounce, it forms an admirable discutient and stimulant application in SUBACUTE AND CHRONIC ECZEMA, and in some of the syphilodermata. In SUB- ACUTE ECZEMA OF THE HANDS an ointment of five to fifteen grains of calomel to the ounce of oxide of zinc ointment forms an admir- able application. If applied in cases where the eruption is of an acute inflammatory character the calomel ointment often proves too stimulating. In any case care must be taken not to apply it over too large a surface, as salivation occurs more frequently with this than with any other prepa- ration of mercury. Calomel has been used as a hypodermic application in SYPHILIS, but it has not in our hands proved satisfactory. It is difficult to reduce the drug to a sufficiently fine powder to become suspended in the liquid, and we think that abscesses are more likely to result at the point of injection than with other preparations. It is said that the gradual absorption of the nearly insoluble salt ensures its gradual and regular entrance into the economy, but we have not observed the pro- longed action of the drug asserted by its advocates. The following is the formula usually recommended: R. Pulv. hydrarg. chlor. mite, gr. jf; glycerin., n^xv. M. For a single injection. A similar one is f' R. Hydrarg. chlor. mite, gr. jss-ij ; pulv. acacise, gr. \ ; aq. destillat., n^xv. M. Two injections of this amount on successive days in the region of the nates, and then three weeks' interval occurs before a similar amount is again employed. F. H. Kane (Dubl. Jour. Med. Sd., November, 1874) has devised an apparatus by which the vapor of sublimed calomel can be directed on any part of the skin. Three to five grains are heated in a glass-bulbed tube with a fine point, and as the vapor begins to rise a current of air is 268 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. blown through the tube by a rubber hand-ball carrying the vapor with it. Walter 'G. Smith (Br. Med. Jour., May 7, 1881) has likewise used this apparatus with satisfaction. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. Calomel has a reputa- tion second only to that of the bichloride in the treatment of OTORRHCEA. The parts should be first washed out thoroughly with a solution of bichlo- ride of mercury and the calomel used subsequently as an insufflation ( Year Book of Treatment, 1885). Black wash is often employed as a remedy for ECZEMA of the auricle. Calomel in the proportion of five to eight grains to an ounce of powdered sugar or bismuth subnitrate, is a favorite remedy with many practitioners for inflammatory states of the interior of the nose. It is especially indicated in CHRONIC PURULENT CATARRH of children and in SYPHILIS. Calomel is of repute in the local treat- ment of DIPHTHERIA. The powder may be floated on a teaspoonful of cold water and the whole conveyed to the open mouth. While the bulk of the powder adheres to the sides of the tonsils and pharynx a small portion will be swallowed. This method of treatment has been popu- larized by W. H. Daly {Trans. American Laryngological Ass'n, 1889). A similar treatment is efficacious in the treatment of CROUP. Thrown upon the vocal cords by insufflation, calomel has been found useful by Tchernoff (Sf. Olga's Hospital Reports, 1888, p. 19) for SYPHILITIC LARYNGITIS. Diseases of the Eye. Calomel is a valuable local application in PHLYCTENULAR OPHTHALMIA, though, as it is insoluble, the rationale of its action is not easily understood. That it is something more than a mechan- ical irritant has been shown by experiments in which inert powders were substituted without producing the same effects. It is used as a fine, dry powder, and is dusted directly upon the ulcer from a camel's-hair brush. The brush is held between the forefinger and thumb and " flicked " with the little finger of the same hand. Calomel should not be used when there is much ciliary irritation, shown by photophobia, lachrymation, and contracted pupil, but after this has been subdued by atropia and other remedies. It is also useful in CHRONIC VASCULAR KERATITIS and PANNUS, and in small indolent ULCERS and SUPERFICIAL OPACITIES (nebula) OF THE CORNEA. HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM RUBRUM. Red Iodide of Mercury. Biniodide of Mercury. Mercuric Iodide. "A scarlet-red, crystalline powder, permanent in the air, odorless and tasteless, almost insoluble in water, soluble in 130 parts of alcohol at 15 C. (59 F.), and in 15 parts of boiling alcohol ; also soluble in solutions of iodide of potassium or of mercuric chloride." (U. S. P.) HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM RUBRUM. 269 The red iodide of mercury is antiseptic, germicidal, resolvent, irritant, and, in strong impression, almost caustic. General Surgery. Biniodide of mercury in its irritant properties resembles corrosive sublimate, and its uses are similar. It has been strongly advocated as an antiseptic in preference to the bichloride by Bernardy, of Philadelphia, and others. It undoubtedly possesses great germicidal properties which equal, if they do not exceed, those of the bichloride. Limitations to its usefulness lie in its expense and relative insolubility. In comparing the germicidal properties of the various mer- curial salts, we quote the experiments, which were carried out with accuracy, by Sternberg and Abbott. (Am, Pub. Health Rep., p. 51.) Active. Failed. Biniodide, 1-20,000 1-40,000 Bichloride, 1-15,000 1-20,000 Protiodide, 1-10,000 1-20,000 Yellow oxide, i-iooo 1-2000 Black oxide, 1-500 I-iooo Calomel, ... i-ioo Blue mass, . i-ioo In the treatment of BRONCHOCELE, Monat, MacNamara, and others have had marked success with this drug. These writers direct that an ointment, fifteen grains to the ounce, be rubbed over the surface of the goitre, which should then be exposed to the sun's rays as long as can be borne. Within half an hour a smarting sensation is complained of, in an hour a blister is formed, which is to be treated in the usual way. The good effects of the iodide continue long after the blister has healed, and the tumor decreases day by day for several weeks. Diseases of the Skin. The red iodide of mercury is employed in dermatology in the form of " Rochards' ointment," which is composed of four grains of iodine melted with ten grains of calomel, until combination takes place, and then rubbed up with an ounce of lard. This is strongly stimulant, almost caustic in character. It is sometimes used in the treatment of small, chronic patches of LUPUS ERYTHEMATOSUS. Diseases of the Nose and Throat. The iodide of mercury is of use in the treatment of SYPHILITIC ULCERATIONS of the mouth and throat. Moloney {Australian Med. Journal, February 15, 1885) advises a fresh mixture of one-half grain to the ounce of water, to which has been added one drachm of acacia mucilage. J. S. Cohen employs a lotion for the nose in the treatment of OZOENA. It has been used in the form of a powder in SYPHILITIC CORYZA. C. R. Illingworth (British Med. Journal, Novem- ber 3, 1888) uses biniodide of mercury, one part to two thousand, as a nasal douche and spray in the same diseases. G. W. Major (N. Y. Med. Jour- nal, September 24, 1887), values it in the form of an ointment to be used 2 JO LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. over the region of the larynx, in inflammation tending to ankylosis of the cricoarytenoid articulations. Biniodide of mercury is offered for sale in the form of compressed tablets, in combination with potassium iodide. Each tablet contains six grains of both salts. In the proportion of one part to a quart of water the tablet represents a solution of 1-2500. It may be used as a germicide. Diseases of the Eye. The red iodide of mercury has been exten- sively used as an antiseptic in ophthalmic surgery, in the preparation known as Panas 1 solution, which consists of the red iodide i part, alco- hol 400 parts, and water 20,000 parts. It is difficult to understand why this infinitesimal proportion of the salt should be preferred to the familiar solutions of the bichloride, particularly as antiseptics of established repu- tation are said, by good authorities, to lose their germicidal properties when dissolved in alcohol. Some chemists have even claimed that the biniodide is precipitated when added to the water, and is not to be detected in the Panas' solution. HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM VIRIDE. Green Iodide of Mercury. " A dull green to greenish-yellow powder, becoming more yellow by exposure to air, and darker by exposure to light, odorless and tasteless, almost insoluble in water, and wholly insoluble in alcohol or ether." (U. S. P.) Diseases of the Skin. The green iodide of mercury in an ointment of two to fifteen grains to the ounce of lard has been used as a stimulating application in ACNE. HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM FLAVUM. Yellow Oxide of Mercury. Yellow Mercuric Oxide. " A light orange yellow, heavy, impalpable powder, permanent in the air, and turning darker on exposure to light, odorless, and tasteless, insoluble in water or alcohol, but wholly soluble in nitric or hydrochloric acid." (U. S. P.) This authority contemplates an impalpable powder, one which shall not show crystalline structure under the micro- scope. From this oxide an oleat.e of mercury (oleatum hydrargyri) is made which con- tains ten parts of yellow oxide of mercury in combination with enough oleic acid to make one hundred parts. An ointment of yellow oxide of mercury ^Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi) containing ten parts of the oxide in one hundred parts of the ointment is also official. The yellow oxide of mercury is alterative and (according to A. Rose, Med. Record, April 25, 1885) antiseptic. Diseases of the Skin. The yellow oxide of mercury is employed in the same way as the red oxide, but has the advantage of occurring in the form of an impalpable powder. An ointment of this salt of the strength of ten to twenty grains to the ounce or even stronger forms an HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM FLAVUM. 271 excellent stimulating application to small patches of ECZEMA. The fol- lowing ointment is valuable in ECZEMA OF THE EYELIDS : R. Hydrarg. ox. flav. gr. vj. ; vaselini, ^iv. M. A small quantity may be placed under the edge of the lids. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. An ointment of the yellow oxide of mercury is a valuable application for PRURITUS of the external auditory passage. Wilde conceived that it was more efficient when cod-liver oil was substituted for neat's foot oil. One grain of the salt with one drachm of cosmoline, to which one-half grain of hydrochloride of morphine may be added, forms the basis of an ointment which is highly recommended by C. S. Turnbull {Med. and Surg. Reporter, February 19, 1881) as an application in CHRONIC RHINITIS as well as to the external meatus in which there is an absence of cerumen. It takes the place of the cerumen besides acting upon the infiltrated walls of the passage. TurnbuU's statement agrees with the experience of the writer, who has found that the official ointment is much too strong for use in the nose. One drachm of yellow oxide of mercury to nine drachms of oleic acid is recommended by Lefferts as an external application to FIBROUS GOITRE or of the INDURATED CERVICAL GLANDS. S. Johnston believes that this compound is valuable where a mercuric impression is desired in the local treatment of RHINITIS after the exhibition of more active remedies. Diseases of the Eye. The yellow oxide of mercury is particularly adapted for ointments intended to be applied to the eye, as, being an impalpable powder, it does not act as a mechanical irritant. It was introduced into ophthalmic therapeutics by Pagenstecher, and the oint- ment is sometimes known by his name. It has been used by different surgeons and in different conditions, in proportions varying from half a grain to four grains to the drachm of any unirritating ointment, as vase- line, lard, amyloglycerin, lanolin, etc. The most generally useful strength is a grain to the drachm. In SIMPLE ACUTE CONJUNCTIVITIS, with a tendency to incrustation of the lashes, one-half grain to one drachm answers well, while in CHRONIC BLEPHARITIS MARGINALIS, two grains- to one drachm will be more efficient, but should be applied only along the roots of the cilia and not be allowed to enter the eye. It is in inflamma- tions of the margins of the lids that mercurial salts are most useful', and the " yellow ointment " is an almost universal favorite in the treatment of these affections. It is usually applied at bed-time, and allowed to remain in contact with the margins of the lids during the night. In PHLYCTENULAR OPHTHALMIA the ointment may be applied directly to the eyeball by introducing a piece the size of a large pin-head beneath the upper lid. Its use in connection with massage has also been highly recommended in the treatment of CORNEAL OPACITIES, CHRONIC KERA- TITIS, and PANNUS. 272 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM RUBRUM. Red Oxide of Mercury. Red Precipitate. Red Mercuric Oxide. " Heavy, orange-red, crystalline scales, or a crystalline powder, becoming more yellow the finer it is divided, permanent in the air, odorless, and tasteless, insoluble in water or alcohol, but wholly soluble in nitric or hydrochloric acid." (U. S. P.) No matter how carefully triturated or levigated, the microscope shows that the salt retains its crystalline character. Hence, ointments of the salt are more irritating than are those of other forms of mercury. On the other hand, the permanence of the crystals adapts the red oxide to uses on indolent surfaces when an excitant effect is desired. It is one of the most poison- ous preparations of mercury. In action it is both stimulant and escharotic, employed either as a dusting powder or an ointment.. An ointment (Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Rubri), containing ten parts of the oxide in one hundred parts of the ointment base, is official. General Surgery. In SYPHILITIC ULCERATIONS where the granula- tions are indolent the surface of the sore may be dusted with equal parts of the red oxide of mercury and starch, or be dressed with the ointment ; this proves an excellent application, stimulating the surfaces and rapidly changing the character of the discharge and hastening the healing process. Care must be exercised not to expose too large a surface at once, as the salts may become absorbed and induce salivation. The red oxide of mer- cury may be employed as a dusting powder in the treatment of CHAN- CROID SORES in place of iodoform ; it possesses the advantage of being free from odor. An ointment (ten grains to one ounce) has been highly recommended by T. Smith. The mass is spread on lint and applied to the skin over an INFLAMED BUNION, to hasten the absorption of fluid in the bursa. Diseases of the Skin. The red oxide of mercury is an admirable stimulant employed in ointment of five to twenty grains to the ounce in circumscribed patches of CHRONIC ECZEMA. On account of the diffi- culty of obtaining the drug in an impalpable powder the yellow oxide has of late largely taken its place. Diseases of the Nose. This agent is of great value in the treat- ment of ECZEMATOUS and other inflammations of the external nose and the interior of the nostrils. A favorite prescription of Trousseau for CHRONIC CORYZA was a powder thrown up the nostril, of forty grains of the finely powdered drug added to an ounce of sugar. Diseases of the Eye. The red oxide of mercury, in the form of ointment, was formerly much used in ophthalmic surgery, but of late years has been generally supplanted by the yellow oxide. It may be used in the same way as the latter. HYDRARGYRI OXYCHLORIDUM HYDRARGYRUM. 273 HYDRARGYRI OXYCHLORIDUM. Oxychloride of Mercury. Mercuric oxychloride is prepared by boiling a solution of corrosive sublimate with oxide of mercury. The solution is filtered and cooled to 60 C., when a whitish precipi- tate separates out, consisting of several oxychlorides of mercury. Most of these oxy- chlorides are insoluble in alcohol, and are by this liquid separated from corrosive sublimate. Diseases of the Eye. Chibert (Annal. d' Oculist, ci, 252) claims that the oxychloride of mercury is superior to the bichloride as an antiseptic in .ophthalmic surgery, because it is better borne by the tissues and does not injure instruments. He bathes the eye freely with a solution of one to fifteen hundred, and states that the most delicate instruments are not injured by immersion for ten minutes in a solution of one to one hundred. The oxychloride was recommended by Lawrence, nearly sixty years ago, as an application in the treatment of PURULENT OPHTHALMIA, in the strength of one or two grains to the ounce ; and was the chief ingredient in the "aqua conradi " (oxymuriate of mercury, gr. j ; mucilage quince seed, 3J ; tinct. of opium, gj ; rose water*, ad vj), which, twenty years ago, was a favorite prescription on the Continent for CONJUNCTIVITIS. HYDRARGYRI SUBSULPHAS FLAVUS. Yellow Subsulphate of Mercury. Turpeth Mineral. (Hydrargyri Sulphas Flava. Pharm., 1870.) Basic Mercuric Sulphate. " A heavy lemon-yellow powder, permanent in the air, odorless, and almost tasteless, insoluble in water or alcohol, but soluble in nitric or hydrochloric acid." (U. S. P.) Diseases of the Skiri. Turpeth mineral is used by French physi- cians in the treatment of ALOPECIA and PITYRIASIS CAPITIS, being em- ployed in ointment of the strength of ten to fifteen grains to the ounce. Diseases of the Ear. F. W. Hinkle recommends, in the earliest stage of ACUTE INFLAMMATION of the MIDDLE EAR, an ointment of yellow sulphate of mercury, one grain to the ounce, applied freely about the pharyngeal orifice of the Eustachian tube and vault of the pharynx. / HYDRARGYRUM. Metallic Mercury. Quicksilver. " Shining, silver-white metal, liquid at temperature above 40 C. ( 40 F.), odor- less and tasteless, and insoluble in ordinary solvents, but soluble in nitric acid without residue. Specific gravity 13.5." (U. S. P.) In its pure state mercury appears to be almost an inert substance, as large quantities of it have been taken without producing any effect. But when it is subdivided, broken into minute particles, its action is much more energetic. 18 274 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. General Surgery. When rubbed into the skin in minute subdivi- sions its action is increased. It is readily taken up into the system through the cutaneous absorbents, and has been detected in all the secre- tions, as the blood, urine, saliva, and milk. If the use of mercury (either local or general) is prolonged with the purpose of impressing the system, it produces a specific effect upon the salivary glands known as mercurial salivation (ptyalism). In salivation emaciation ensues, the blood becomes watery and loses its power of coagulation. In saliva, under the same sys- temic condition, Simon found an increase of the solid matters, and Bostock states that it is less viscid than in a healthy state, and contains a substance analogous to coagulated albumen. Mercurials hasten the absorption of morbid fluids and materials of low organization, e.g., the albuminous materials which are deposited by syphilis. In small quantities mercury undoubtedly possesses a tonic action and increases the number of red blood corpuscles. Its use is specially indicated in SYPHILITIC ANAEMIA. Various constitutional effects are noted from the cutaneous absorption of the drug. Miners and artisans who are exposed daily to contact with ifs salts, suffer from palsy, wrist-drop, etc. In some cases the prolonged exposure has produced a condition similar to scurvy, manifested by emaciation, general loss of strength, alopecia, and aching pains in the bones. Owing to idiosyncrasy, some subjects are unable to use mercury in any form without serious consequences. A case is reported of exfoliation of the jaw and death ensuing upon the use of three drachms of the ointment rubbed into the skin. When the system is in a low, broken-down state the action of all mercurials is to be depre- cated. Children and old persons are difficult subjects to bring under its influence. Persons in robust health likewise resist its influence. In some inflammatory conditions, as of the brain and peritoneum, a patient will often withstand the influences of the drug for a long time. The local employment of mercury relates to its value when used in the treatment of SYPHILIS and kindred states, as a parasiticide, and as a remedy for inflammation. EMPLASTRUM HYDRARGYRI. Mercurial Plaster. Mercurial plaster is made by incorporating thirty parts of mercury, first, with ten parts of olive oil and ten parts of resin melled together, and, afterward, with fifty parts of melted 'lead plaster, so that the finished plaster contains thirty per cent, of mercury. General Surgery. Mercurial plaster is useful as a surgical dressing in cases of articular diseases, such as CHRONIC SYNOVITIS, etc. Its effi- cacy depends upon three conditions: i. Its mechanical support to the affected part; this is sufficient, provided the plaster is spread on firm leather and is of sufficient thickness; 2. Its mild, counter-irritant action, HYDRARGYRUM. 275 which tends to relieve the deeper vessels of their blood, and in that way to diminish inflammation ; 3. The specific alterative effect from the absorp- tion of mercury, on account of the dilated state of the cutaneous vessels. The continuous use of this preparation of mercury may cause slight ptyalism, consequently the surgeon should be constantly on the alert for such symptoms, especially in susceptible subjects. It should be discontinued on the first approach to any tenderness about the gums. Mercurial plaster has long been used with success for the removal of SYPHILITIC NODES and GLANDULAR ENLARGEMENTS. It appears to assist in reducing the size of the spleen in malarial poisoning. But on the whole it may be said that the belladonna and mercurial ointment (q. #.) has superseded the use of mercurial plaster in most cases. UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI. Blue Ointment. Mercurial Ointment. Blue ointment is made by incorporating metallic mercury with lard. This preparation of mercury is probably the one most generally used as a topical application, in order to rapidly bring the system under the direct influence of the drug. In the treatment of SYPHILIS, Keys prefers mer- curial ointment of the Pharmacopoeia in preference to any made with lanolin. He says, " The oleates which I formerly used I have given up. They irritate the skin more frequently than ordinary mercurial ointment." According to Brodie, mercury used by inunction neither gripes nor purges, and the general impression is well borne as compared to other methods. It is used in the " Kur " at Aix-la-Chapelle, and to this circumstance the reputation of this locality is largely due. About half a drachm of the ointment is rubbed upon the skin by a trained attendant for periods ranging from twenty to thirty minutes at a time. The course is usually a month. It is customary to advise patients to return after the lapse of a few months to complete the cure. Excellent results are obtained in this way in many cases that have baffled ordinary methods of treatment. As Mr. Hutchinson (" Syphilis," p. 57) believes, everything that is done at Aix can be done equally well at the patient's home, provided that all pre- cautions are preserved. In conducting mercurial inunction the following details will prove useful. The ointment should be rubbed into different places on succes- sive days and so avoid the tendency to cutaneous irritation. Generally it is best borne on the sides of the chest and abdomen, although- the axilla, the groin on the inside of the thighs, where the skin is delicate, are favorite localities. There is no doubt that absorption is more rapid when applied to the groin and axilla, but in a short time a troublesome eczematous eruption is developed about the roots of the hair follicles. 276 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. The best time for the inunctions is in the evening. The patient should put on a flannel gown and retire without bathing. In dispensary practice, where many persons are prescribed for who are not apt to obey directions, we advise that a piece of ointment about the size of a hazelnut be smeared over the sole, after which the stocking is replaced. In subacute SYNOVITIS, especially of the knee joint, with effusion, no remedy has met with warmer approbation than the persistent use of the ointment of mercury. Mr. Adams uses inunctions over blistered surfaces. In chronic cases the following, known as Scott's dressing, is recommended : R. Ung. hydrarg., gj ; camphor, 3]. This prepara- tion is also known as the Cerat Hydrarg. Comp. (London Ph.) This dressing, when conjoined with firm pressure and complete rest, is often followed by excellent results. Equal parts of mercurial and belladonna ointments, spread on lint and laid over the injured surface, in the subacute and chronic stages of articular disease, is also an admirable dressing. It possesses the antiphlogistic and absorbent properties of mer- cury and also the local sedative effect of belladonna. In PERITONITIS after counter-irritation has been made either with turpentine or blisters over the surface of the abdomen, much good can be obtained by covering the abdomen with the belladonna and mercury ointment. It should be spread on lint and overlaid by a hot poultice. The same treatment is applicable to PELVIC CELLULITIS. In ANGIOLEUCITIS following dissecting wounds the course of the inflamed lymphatics may be* covered with mercurial ointment spread on lint, the limb being placed at rest. If the invasion is along the lymphatics of the upper extremity it is well to surround the arm above the highest point of inflammation with a circular blister, one inch in width. In the treatment of ERYSIPELAS the use of mercurial ointment is advised by Velpeau and Ricord and others, although it may be ques- tioned if it possesses advantages over other more cleanly applications that are advised. Mercurial ointment, or a combination of it with belladonna ointment, is valuable in absorbing indurations following an attack of SYPHILITIC ORCHITIS or EPIDIDYMITIS. In JAUNDICE in the newborn baby R. A. F. Penrose advises the use of the ointment spread on the roller which is worn next to the skin. In ADENITIS mercurial ointment has been used with a fair amount of success, but, on the whole, may be con- sidered less efficient than are the preparations of iodine. Diseases of the Skin. Metallic mercury is employed in the treat- ment of skin diseases under the form of the well-known unguentum hydrargyri. This preparation is employed in the treatment of INFANTILE SYPHILIS. A piece the size of a large hickory nut is spread upon a flannel belly-band, and renewed daily until the band becomes stiff, when a new one is employed. This is readily absorbed and affords a convenient HYDRARGYRUM AMMONIATUM. 277 method of introducing mercury into the system without interfering with the digestion. In palmar and plantar syphilis the following plaster is useful : R. Hy- drarg. gr. c; terebinth., gr. c; emplast. plumbi, gr. ccl ; resini pini, gr. 1. M. It is very tenacious, and when applied should be kept in contact with the thickened skin as long as it will adhere. Diseases of the Chest. Stristower {Berl. Klin. Wochensch., 1891, No. 22) claims that inunction on the chest walls in PULMONARY PHTHISIS is followed by remarkable diminution in the bacilli of the sputum, while the general condition of the patient improves. HYDRARGYRUM AMMONIATUM. Ammoniated Mercury. White Precipitate. Mercurammonium Chloride. Ammoniated mercury is composed of " white, pulverulent pieces, or a white powder, permanent in the air, odorless and tasteless, and insoluble in water or alcohol." (U. S. P.) An ointment (Unguentum Plydrargyri Ammoniati), containing ten parts of ammcniated mercury in one hundred parts of the ointment, is official. Ammoniated mercury is discutient, stimulant, and parasiticide. Diseases of the Skin. Ammoniated mercury is employed in the form of an ointment. In the proportion of five to twenty grains to the ounce, it is a valuable application in TINEA CIRCINATA and TINEA TON- SURANS, also in SCALY SYPHILITIC ERUPTIONS and in PSORIASIS. In some conditions of CHRONIC ECZEMA the ointment of ammoniated mercury is of value. The official ointment has always been made of an impracticable strength. It will rarely be possible to employ the drug in ointment of a greater strength than twenty grains to the ounce. A stronger form is apt to excite dermatitis, and even weaker ointments at times cause sali- vation if employed over too large *a surface. The ten- to twenty-grain ointment of ammoniated mercury is particu- larly useful in PSORIASIS OF THE SCALP AND FACE, being one of the few efficient ointments which do not discolor the skin. Diseases of the Ear and Nose. Ammoniated mercury is used by Sexton for CHRONIC ECZEMA of the auricle. B. Robinson (N. Y. Med. Journal, September 29, 1887) employs the ointment with vaseline for a base in loosening crusts in ATROPHIC RHINITIS. It is of especial value in the treatment of ECZEMA OF THE NOSTRIL. EMPLASTRUM AMMONIACI CUM HYDRARGYRO. This plaster unites the stimulating and alterative properties of both drugs. It was at one time extensively employed in the later stages of SYNOVITIS of the knee-joint, spread on leather and retained firmly 278 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. by a bandage, the joint being fixed with a posterior splint. Since the introduction of mercurial and belladonna ointment, it is not so often employed as formerly, although it may be applied to a joint, and the entire articulation enveloped in a plaster-of-Paris bandage, which is left undisturbed for several weeks. HYDRARGYRI NITRAS. Nitrate of Mercury. The salt is obtained by concentrating and crystallizing the solution. It is rarely used. (For properties, vide infra.') Diseases of the Nose, Throat, etc. J. S. Cohen recommends the use of nitrate of mercury (one part to ten of water) as a topical applica- tion to the vocal cords in CHRONIC LARYNGITIS. The same writer refers to a local treatment of FCETID CORYZA, by applying a solution of fifteen grains of the drug with fifteen drops of fuming nitric acid in about six drachms of warm water. LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS. Solution of Nitrate of Mercury. Solu- tion of Mercuric Nitrate. Solution of Pernitrate of Mercury. " A liquid containing about fifty per cent, of mercuric nitrate with some free nitric acid." (U. S. P.) It is made by dissolving forty parts of red oxide of mercury in forty- five parts of nitric acid and fifteen parts of water. Acid nitrate of mercury is an active caustic. General Surgery. Acid nitrate of mercury was at one time gener- ally used for the cauterization of VENEREAL SORES. It is now, in the main, restricted to the treatment of PHAGED^ENIC ULCERATIONS. It is also recommended in the treatment of NOMA, especially in children the subject of SYPHILIS. Its employment is not unattended with danger, as it has been known to produce salivation. A case is recorded (Lancet, January 3, 1874) in wh'ich severe totfic symptoms followed the appli- cation to a surface less than two inches in diameter. In ULCERATION OF THE CERVIX UTERI, especially when depending on any venereal condition, an application of the acid nitrate will be found a prompt and reliable agent. West states that he has used the acid nitrate with benefit on OBSTINATE SIMPLE ULCERATION OF THE Os UTERI when covered with fungous granulations. Care must be exercised, however, in the application of such an agent to the uterus that portions of the vaginal canal do not come in contact with the solution ; neither should it come in relation with the speculum except that it be made of glass or rubber. After applications of the drug to the uterus it is best to have a small compress of cotton saturated with oil to neutralize excess, or a tampon of cotton saturated .with black wash or carbolized oil. As a rule, the applications are not painful. OLEATUM HYDRARGYRUM. 279 Diseases of the Skin. Nitrate of mercury is usually employed in the form of the liquor hydrargyri nitratis. (U. S. P.) It can be applied on a bit of stick wrapped around with absorbent cotton, which can be thrown away after use. It is employed in the treatment of ACNE, small MOLES, and NJEVI, ROSACEA, and, in a more or less diluted form, in SCROFULOUS ULCERS, CONDYLOMATA, and Mucous PATCHES. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. The acid nitrate of mercury is recommended by Roosa for the destruction of AURAL POLYPI. It serves an admirable purpose in the treatment of SYPHILITIC ULCERA- TION OF THE NASAL SEPTUM. S. Johnston recommends one part of this agent to eight of water as an application to SYPHILITIC ULCERS OF THE PHARYNX. The drug can be used pure or in proportion of one part to five of water, as an application to SYPHILITIC LARYNGITIS. It has been used with success in proportion as strong as one to three, or as weak as one to ten, in making applications to the lining membrane of the ventricle of the LARYNX after the removal of epitheliomatous outgrowths. UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS. Citrine Ointment. Citrine ointment is regarded by many of the older surgeons as a valu- able stimulating ointment. By keeping long it decomposes, changes its color, and becomes irritating, so that it should be used only when freshly made. It may be diluted to any extent with lard. It can be used in the treatment of INDOLENT ULCERS FOLLOWING BURNS. It has been employed with considerable success in the abortive treatment of WHITLOW or other inflammatory conditions involving the fingers. The method is to cover the finger with the ointment one-eighth of an inch thick. Over this is placed a broad strip of adhesive plaster. The dressing may remain for twenty-four hours, after which time no further treatment is necessary. {Med. and Surg. Reporter, April 14, 1888.) Diseases of the Skin. Citrine ointment, more or less diluted, forms an admirable stimulant application in CHRONIC ECZEMA and other localized skin affections. OLEATUM HYDRARGYRUM. Oleate of Mercury. .' Oleate of mercury was introduced by Marshall as a substitute for mercurial ointment, which it closely resembles. Ten parts of the yellow oxide of mercury are added in suffi- cient oleic acid to make one hundred parts. As a pharmaceutical product it is superior to the mercurial ointment. To obtain a satisfactory and stable preparation it is important that a pure oleic acid should be employed, otherwise decomposition will take place and metallic mercury form at the bottom of the vessel containing it. General Surgery. Oleate of mercury has been especially com- mended in CHRONICALLY INFLAMED JOINTS, and in INFLAMMATORY INDU- 280 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. RATIONS. It is more irritating than blue ointment and is, therefore, usually combined with morphine in the proportion of a grain to the drachm. The oleate of mercury is commonly employed as a substitute for mer- curial ointment on account of its greater cleanliness. It forms an excel- lent method for the constitutional treatment of SYPHILIS by inunction. It is also a reliable parasiticide, particularly in TINEA TONSURANS. In BROMIDROSIS of the axillae a few applications of a ten per cent, oleate of mercury ointment to the skin previously cleansed with alcohol is often of benefit. HYDRARGYRI SALICYLAS. Salicylate of Mercury. Mercuric salicylate is prepared by mixing solutions of mercuric sulphate and barium salicylate. The resulting precipitate of salicylate of mercury is a fine, white, insoluble powder, without odor or taste. It forms soluble double salts with the chlorides, bromides, and iodides of sodium or potassium. Diseases of the Skin. The salicylate of mercury has recently been employed in the treatment of SYPHILITIC ULCERS. A lotion of five grains each salicylate of mercury and carbonate of potassium to the ounce of distilled water and an ointment of sixteen grains of the mercurial salt to the ounce of vaseline are recommended. MERCURIAL BATH. The mercurial vapor may be generated from metallic mercury, calo- mel, mercury with chalk, the bisulphuret, the gray oxide, or the binoxide, from a scruple to three drachms of which are required for each bath, the quantity being proportioned to the effect desired. (Bumstead and Taylor, "Venereal Diseases.") Taylor prefers calomel (q. v.\ which should be perfectly pure. An apparatus should be employed by which watery vapor is first disengaged, and later the mercurial vapor. The treatment is of advantage in exten- sive pustular or crusted SYPHILODERMATA, but owing to the inconvenience attending its use it has not been extensively employed. An apparent exception to the rule of non-absorption of salts in watery solution is found to obtain in the case of infants treated for HEREDITARY SYPHILIS by baths of corrosive sublimate. The child is placed in an ordi- nary wash-tub of water in which ten grains of corrosive sublimate have been dissolved. A sufficient quantity will be absorbed, after several such baths have been taken on successive days, to influence the system in a manner favorable to recovery. (For accounts of Baths see Appendix.} HYDRASTIS. 2 8l HYDRASTIS. Hydrastis. Golden Seal. Hydrastis is " the rhizome and rootlets of Hydrastis canadensis." (U. S. P.) The drug contains three alkaloids, hydrastine, berberine and canadine. " Hydrastine crystallizes in brilliant, one-sided prisms, which are white or colorless when pure, inodorous and almost tasteless in consequence of their insolubility in the saliva, but which become bitter and somewhat acrid in saline combination. It is nearly insoluble in water, but is readily dissolved by alcohol, ether, chloroform, and benzol. It has an alkaline reaction and forms salts with acids, most of which are readily soluble in water." (U. S. D.) Berberine, to which hydrastis owes its yellow color, is in the form of a yellow powder, having a bitter taste, soluble in about a hundred parts of cold water, less soluble in cold alcohol, freely soluble in both hot alcohol and hot water, and not at all soluble in ether. It forms sparingly soluble salts with hydrochloric and sulphuric acid, and a freely soluble salt with acetic acid. The hydrochloride is the salt most used. Canadine occurs in white needles; the sulphate is the most desirable salt. A resinous substance obtained by treat- ing an infusion with hydrochloric acid is sometimes sold under the name of hydrastin. It is a mixture containing resin, hydrastine, and berberine, and becauseof the uncertainty of its composition should not be used. General Surgery. Much of the virtue of this drug is probably due to berberine. The fluid extract has been used locally in FISSURE OF THE ANUS and in ULCERATED CONDITIONS OF THE RECTUM. It has also been used in LEUCORRHCEA and VAGINAL and UTERINE ULCERATIONS. The hydrochloride of hydrastine apparently possesses virtues similar to those of ergot. It is used hypodermically in five and ten per cent, solutions. The injections are said neither to cause pain nor discoloration of the tissues. Falk has reported twenty-six cases where he has employed it in this manner with more satisfactory results than with ergotine. Diseases of the Nose, Throat, Mouth, etc. Hydrastis has had for a long time a reputation in domestic medicine in relieving excited states of the mucous membranes. Hence, the suggestion has been made that its properties may be useful in the local treatment of CATARRH of the upper respiratory tract. The fluid extract is bitter and not free from irri- tating properties. A solution of hydrochloride of hydrastine in the pro- portion of twenty grains to a pint of water forms a preparation of which one-third diluted with two-thirds of water can be used locally upon the affected parts. Leffmann (Amer. Sys. of Dentistry, p. 726) claims that hydrastis is anti- septic in proportion of one drachm of the tincture to an ounce of water. It is found to be a useful application in all INDOLENT and OFFENSIVE ULCERATION OF THE MOUTH AND THROAT. Potter ("Therapeutics") and S. H. Chapman recommend hydrastis in the local treatment of SUBACUTE NASAL CATARRH. A drachm of the fluid extract may be added to eight ounces of water and used as a lotion. Hydrastis is mentioned by manufacturers of chemical preparations 282 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. for the trade to be of value when used either locally or generally. It enters into the composition of nasal bougies, each bougie. containing five minims of the fluid extract ; yet many practitioners are skeptical as to its value. According to E. L. Shurly (JV. Y. Me d. Journal, September n, 1886), it is worthless. Diseases of the Eye. Hydrastine has been recommended as a stimulant in sluggish forms of CHRONIC CONJUNCTIVITIS, but has not been much used. A solution of four or five grains to the ounce is applied to the everted lids. HYDROGENII PEROXIDUM. Hydrogen Dioxide. Peroxide of Hydrogen. Solution of Peroxide of Hydrogen. Solution of Hydroxyl. Peroxide of hydrogen is usually made by decomposition of hydrated peroxide of barium by sulphuric acid. For use in the field E. R. Squibb & Sons prepare materials for the extemporaneous preparation of the solution. A mixture of barium dioxide and of phosphoric acid is made. To remove the small proportion of barium (probably in the condition of an acid phosphate of barium) a small quantity of dilute sulphuric acid is added. Peroxide of hydrogen is employed in the arts for bleaching, and is the substance which, under v.irious names, is sold for bleaching the hair. It must, therefore, be employed with caution in surgical applications to the head and face. It should be remembered that it effervesces not only with pus, but with blood and serum. The preparation furnished is a ten- or fifteen-volume solution, that is to say, about three per cent, aqueous solution H 2 O 2 .* This is, however, apt to contain a proportion of hydrochloric acid, so that it should be further diluted with one or two parts water. (S. Solis-Cohen, N. Y. Med. Journal, March 6, 1886.) Peroxide of hydrogen is unstable. It should be kept in a cool, dark place, and it is better for the bottles to be small, so that what is not used may not be exposed to the atmosphere. " Solutions should be kept loosely corked so that the oxygen of decomposition may leak out, or the cork be easily blown out, because in this way the risk of dangerous explo- sion is avoided, whilst the decomposition is not retarded by keeping the oxygen in." (Circular of Squibb & Sons.) Peroxide of hydrogen is antiseptic, f slightly stimulating, and, by virtue of its remarkable property of effervescing in the presence of pus, *This preparation appears to be sold entirely on the amount of available oxygen that is, the volume of free oxygen which a volume of the solution will yield. A fifteen volume solution will yield fifteen volumes of oxygen. As the commercial article rarely if ever yields over ten volumes of oxygen, it is safe to use it of full strength, notwithstanding the fact that the manufacturers claim their product to yield full fifteen volumes. The term per cent, has come to be used instead of volume, and very improperly. There can be no such thing as a ten per cent, solution of hydrogen peroxide. Volume is always intended. The per cent, is rarely above two or three. f In this connection see P. Gabier ("Trans. Internal Med. Congress," Berlin, 1890.) HYDROGENII PEROXIDUM. 283 mucus, cerumen, and blood, cleanses diseased surfaces while exerting no injurious effect upon the cells. By removing enveloping fluids and septic clots, it enables the physician to make subsequent applications of other drugs. Miguel, indeed, places peroxide of hydrogen at the head of the list of antiseptic agents. The following table shows the relative strengths of the four most powerful germicides : Biniodide of mercury, 0.025 Biniodide of silver, 0.03 Hydrogen dioxide, 0.05 Bichloride of mercury, 0.07 Judging from the writings of enthusiastic observers, some of the results claimed may mislead ; nevertheless, if the drug be used with intelligence, it is an excellent remedy. B. W. Richardson, who introduced the agent into practice (Asclepiad, January, 1891), found that to venous blood deprived of fibrin it imparts oxygen. Fibrin and cellular tissues cause it to evolve oxygen ; sugar and starch are decomposed. Albumin, gelatin, urea, have no effect on it. General Surgery. Peroxide of hydrogen may be applied either by means of an atomizer, syringe, or a small swab of clean, absorbent cotton on a splinter of wood, according to circumstances. The uses to which it may be put are numerous in the treatment of wounds. Peroxide of hydrogen is especially efficacious in the removal from granulating surfaces of small superficial sloughs (which cause the lesion to exhibit a dull gray appearance) seen in CHRONIC LEG ULCERS, INDO- LENT SUPPURATING BUBOES, and in FISTULOUS TRACTS. Owing to its non-irritating properties, it may be employed with advantage in the cleansing of large articular cavities. In EMPYEMA it especially recom- mends itself in preference to other antiseptics for washing out the affected cavity. In abdominal surgery, especially when connected with either inflammatory or septic collections of matter, it is efficient. The wound should be injected with the pure solution, or diluted one-half with distilled water. After cleansing, the cavity may be packed with gauze saturated with the solution and dressed after the usual antiseptic method. C. Noble commends the peroxide of hydrogen for cleansing the hands preparatory to'abdominal operations, especially when the skin about the fingernails has become horny or rough from too frequent washing or from prolonged contact with antiseptic solutions. In CYSTITIS, where pus is voided with the urine, peroxide of hydrogen may be employed as an irrigating solu- tion in strength of two ounces of the fifteen volume solution to a pint of distilled water. Great care must be exercised not to over-distend the bladder. Peroxide of hydrogen has been employed as an injection in GONORRHCEA, but the results obtained have not been satisfactory, as 284 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. reports would lead one to believe. It will be found of service in the cleansing and treating of VENEREAL SORES, as CHANCROIDS, etc. In PUERPERAL SEPTIC ENDOMETRITIS Grandin speaks highly of peroxide of hydrogen for flushing the uterus after it has been curetted. Diseases of the Skin. Peroxide of. hydrogen has a limited field of employment. Applied to FOUL and TORPID ULCERS it freshens the surface, and stimulates granulations ; it has likewise been employed for the removal of discoloration of the skin, as CHLOASMA. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, Throat, etc. The fifteen-volume solution is generally diluted about one-fourth for the throat, nose, or pharynx. It can be directed in full strength in dissolving CERUMEN, and with care the commercial solution can be applied to the tonsils. It is of especial value in cleansing the middle ear, notably the tympanic, attic, and external auditory passage. A six per cent, solution may be used as a convenient strength in the beginning of the treatment. The solu- tion can be gradually increased. (W. A. Dayton, Arch, of Otology, vol. xiv, 1885.) The tonsil, the thicker tissue over the middle turbinated bone, the surface of a syphilitic ulcer, are often covered with tenacious mucoid masses, which render ineffective local medication of the diseased structures. Such exudates can be easily removed by the peroxide. The agent has less influence on the deposits of tonsillitis than on other forms. W. C. Glasgow (Trans. Am. Laryng. Ass'n, 1889) uses peroxide of hydrogen as a spray on the deposits of DIPHTHERIA. It is of great value in the laryngeal form of the disease. In Philadelphia the employment of the peroxide as thus indicated is in accordance with the practice of most physicians. W. C. Phillips (Med. Record, April n, 1891, 423) claims that this agent has haemostatic qualities and is indicated after intra-nasal operations. The undiluted solution should be sprayed in the nose, where it will mix with the blood and form a firm clot, when HEMORRHAGE is arrested by pressure. Diseases of the Eye. Landolt (Archives d* Ophthalmol. , 2, 385) considers the peroxide of hydrogen a powerful antiseptic and a remedy of great value in ocular therapeutics. He claims that it promptly arrests suppuration and seems to deprive it of its septic character, while it is better borne by the cornea and conjunctiva than any official germicide. He recommends it particularly in PURULENT OPHTHALMIA, DIPHTHERITIC CONJUNCTIVITIS, SLOUGHING ULCERS OF THE CORNEA, and SUPPURATION OF THE LACHRYMAL PASSAGES. He uses a three per cent, solution (three per cent, by weight, about equal to the fifteen-volume solution in common use), which may be employed with safety ; concentrated solutions * * At the Will's Hospital, Philadelphia, a 50 per cent, strength of the fifteen-volume solution is used. HYDROXYLAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE HYOSCYAMUS. 285 may cause haziness of the cornea. In PURULENT OPHTHALMIA a few drops are instilled in the conjunctival sac four or five times a day. In SLOUGHING KERATITIS Landolt aids the separation of the slough, after applying the peroxide, by gentle friction with the lid. In SUPPURATION OF THE LACHRYMAL PASSAGES the solution is forced through them by means of the small lachrymal syringe. Other observers have made similar claims for this drug, but it has not yet passed the experimental stage, and something must be allowed for the enthusiasm for new remedies. HYDROXYLAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE. The base, hydroxylamine, of this crystalline salt is only known in solution, and differs from ammonium hydrate by two hydrogen atoms. Ammonium hydrate has the formula NH 4 OH, and hydroxylamine NH 2 OH. The hydrochloride, NH 2 OH.HC1, appears to be the only form in which it is used medicinally. It occurs in colorless crystals, which readily absorb moisture from the air. It is solu- ble in an equal weight of water, in fifteen parts of alcohol, and readily soluble in glycerin. In many respects it resembles ammonium chloride, from which it is distinguished by forming a clear solution with twenty parts of absolute alcohol, while the ammonium chlo- ride is sparingly soluble in that liquid. Hydroxylamine hydrochloride is parasiticide and excitant. Diseases of the Skin. Hydroxylamine was introduced by Eichoff {Monatsh. f. Prakt. Dermatol., January i, 1889) as a "reducing agent." He considers it a valuable remedy in the vegetable parasitic diseases of the skin, TINEA CIRCINATA, TINEA TONSURANS, TINEA FAVOSA, and TINEA VERSICOLOR. After washing the affected parts with soap and water, these are painted thrice daily with the following pigment : R. Hydroxylamin. hydrochloridi, gr. j ; alcoholis, glycerinse, aa fgj. M. Binz agrees with Eichoff in recommending this remedy, and asserts it to be a substitute for chrysarobin. He uses it in LUPUS, PSORIASIS, and PARASITIC SYCOSIS. Fabry also recommends it, while Groddeck (Monat- shefte f. Prakt. DermatoL, 1890, p. 162) regards it as useless and dan- gerous. HYOSCYAMUS. " Hyoscyamus is composed of the leaves of Hyoscyamus niger, collected from plants of two years' growth." (U. S. P.) The leaves contain two alkaloids hyoscyamine and hyoscyine. " Hyoscyamine crystallizes in colorless, transparent, silky needles, is inodorous, of an acrid, disagreeable taste, slightly soluble in water, and very soluble in alcohol and ether." (U. S. D.) The salts sulphate, hydrobromide, etc. are freely soluble in water. Hyoscyine is usually employed in the form of the hydrobromide, which is freely soluble in water. (See Belladonna?) 286 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Hyoscyamus is sedative. General Surgery. Hyoscyamus is employed locally in surgery for the same purposes as is belladonna. It is used in the form of a sup- pository combined with opium in the treatment of CYSTITIS, to relieve both the pain and spasm of the bladder. In Europe, where the fresh leaves are readily obtained, hyoscyamus is often applied in the form of a lotion or fomentation, for the relief of painful HEMORRHOIDS, GLANDULAR ENLARGEMENTS, RHEUMATIC SWELLINGS, and NERVOUS HEADACHE. The drug has long possessed a reputation in the treatment of neuralgic affections, but, as a rule, more prompt and active results can be obtained from belladonna. HYOSCYAMINE. Diseases of the Eye. The effects of hyoscyamine upon the eye are practically the same as those of duboisine. Indeed, some good authori- ties consider these alkaloids to be in all respects identical, while others, admitting their chemical identity, still claim that there are differ- ences in their therapeutic action. Hyoscyamine has been said to be less likely to cause unpleasant constitutional effects, when used as a mydri- atic, than duboisine, but as it has not been so extensively employed as the latter, this question cannot be considered decided. HYDRIODATE OF HYOSCINE. The hydriodate of hyoscine is the most powerful of the mydriatics, but is comparatively little used in ophthalmic surgery, because of its activity as a poison. A half per cent, solution applied to the conjunctiva is said to be liable to cause toxic symptoms, but this proportion has been fre- quently used in the Wills Eye Hospital without unpleasant effects. It is claimed for it that it will sometimes relieve IRITIC and CYCLITIC PAIN when the other mydriatics have failed. It is used in solutions of from one-half grain to two grains to the ounce. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Preparations of hyoscyamus may be substituted for those of opium for the relief of pain in CHRONIC LARYN- GITIS. It forms a constituent of an anodyne lozenge. Hyoscyamus is one of the ingredients of baume tranquille. ICHTHYOCOLLA. Isinglass. The swimming bladder of Acipenser kuso, Linnaeus, and of other species of Acipenser. In separate sheets, sometimes rolled, of a horny or pearly appearance ; whitish or yel- lowish, semi-transparent, iridescent, inodorous, insipid ; almost entirely soluble in boiling water and in boiling diluted alcohol. The solution in twenty-four parts of boiling water forms, on cooling, a transparent jelly. ICHTHYOL. 287 Emplastrum Ichthyocollce is the single official preparation. Isinglass is demulcent and protective. General Surgery. Emplastrum Ichthyocollae. Isinglass Plaster. Court Plaster. Besides forming a protectant for recent cuts and abra- sions, isinglass plaster maybe employed to hold the edges of wounds together when the parts have been thoroughly cleaned and adjusted. It should be used fresh, as it dries and cracks very quickly on exposure. An air-tight box is useful to preserve it. The application of a little gly- cerin and water will often improve an old piece. " Mechanics' Arnica Plaster " is an isinglass plaster spread on thin kid. It is about the only plaster that deserves the name of " waterproof." If well applied, it will keep its place in spite of moderate washing with warm water, soap, and a nail-brush. After washing, the edges are loosened and may be clipped off. The rest, with a little care, can be utilized for some time. With each washing a little of the plaster is sacrificed ; but it will be some time before the last of it is lost. It is valuable in the treatment of CHAPPED KNUCKLES and RHAGADES. * - . ICHTHYOL. Ichthyol-sulphonate of ammonium. Ichthyol is the trade name given to various salts of sulph-ichthyolic acid. " In the dry distillation of a bituminous mineral containing fossil fish a tarry product is obtained. On treating this with sulphuric acid, and subsequently neutralizing with sodium or ammonium carbonate, ichthyol is obtained. This is a red-brown, syrupy liquid, of a bituminous odor and taste. Water or a mixture of equal volumes of alcohol and ether dissolves it to form a clear, red-brown liquid of a faintly acid reaction. Pure alcohol or ether dissolves it only partially; petroleum benzin takes up only a small quan- tity. It unites with fat and vaseline in all proportions." (U. S. D.) It contains about fifteen per cent, of sulphur.* In a case reported by Bergeris a toxic impression from ichthyol ensued upon its use in the form of an intra-uterine injection. After remaining in collapse for twelve hours the patient recovered. (See Thiol.) * While this book was going through the press a'monograph by Fessler (" Die Wirkung Ichthyols bei Erysipel und vorwandten Krankheiten," Miinchen, 1892) was received. The following abstract from this important study is herewith appended to the above account : " From the distillation of a bituminous shale found in the Tyrol, and which is chiefly composed of the remains of fossil fishes, a mineral oil is obtained containing a high per- centage of sulphur. This oil is transparent, of a brownish-yellow color, with a sea-green fluorescence. It has a specific gravity of 0.865, an d boils at a temperature of 100 to 225 C. Analysis shows it to contain 77.25 per cent, carbon, 10.52 per cent, hydrogen, 10.72 per cent, sulphur, and i.io per cent, nitrogen. The sulphur is intimately combined with the oil. By treatment of this oil with concentrated sulphuric acid a certain quantity of sulphur and oxygen becomes combined with it, and thus sulph-ichthyolic acid results. This substance is soluble in water, of a greenish-black color and strong odor, and a syrupy, stringy consistence. It combines with sodium, potassium and ammonium." 288 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Ichthyol is sedative, ischaemic, parasiticide, and probably disinfectant. Its use is especially indicated in superficial diffuse inflammations of low type. An elaborate statement of the properties of ichthyol can be found in Merck 1 s Bulletin, January, 1892, p. 41. (See also Unna, Monatschr. f.prakt. Dermatolog., v, 1886.) General Surgery. When applied freely to the skin in a pure form, ichthyol produces a slight irritation and sense of burning. It is asserted to possess peculiar alterative properties, and also the power of penetrating the skin and affecting the deeper tissues beneath, particularly the par- enchymata of glands. Excellent results are obtained from ichthyol in the treatment of ERYSIPELAS. Von Nussbaum commends the following plan : Take of ichthyol and lanolin equal parts and spread over the affected surface. The surface is then enveloped in salicylated cotton. The progress of the disease is arrested and the pain lessened. Bitieff (Rev. de Therap.^ April i, 1888) uses ichthyol as a pigment, combined with collodion, as follows : Take of collodion fifteen parts,, ether and ichthyol each one part. In employing ichthyol in erysipelas, the affected part should be cleansed with soap and water, and then washed with a i-iooo solution of bichlo- ride of mercury. The ichthyol, pure or diluted with vaseline or lanolin, should then be spread thickly over the affected part, and covered with cotton batting. Ulrich (quoted in Lancet, November i, 1890) has tested the relative merits of the treatment by means of ice compresses, painting with tar, and with a solution of ichthyol, ether, and collodion painted on the affected surfaces. The mean duration of the disease under ichthyol was 6.8 days, while under the ice and tar methods it was 8.3 and 9.3 respectively. The relapses were less numerous under the ichthyol treatment. In ERYSIPELAS Unna has obtained very satisfactory results from the use of an ointment of equal parts of ichthyol and vaseline. A pigment of the following composition has likewise been found useful: R. Ichthyollis, setheris, aa f^ss ; collodii, fgj. M. D. H. Agnew used ichthyol with great advantage in a fifty per cent, ointment in the treatment of LYMPHATIC ENLARGEMENTS; thoroughly rub into the affected parts, the ointment to be kept in contact, spread on lint. It is also useful in SYNOVIAL INFLAMMATIONS, either involving the articulations or the sheaths of the tendons. The articulation is immobilized by means of a splint, the ointment consisting of equal parts of ichthyol and lanolin, spread upon lint and laid over the affected joint, covered with oil-silk and retained by means of a firm bandage. Freund (Z* Union Medicale) strongly advises ichthyol in the treatment of all INFLAMMATORY CONDITIONS OF THE FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS, applied in the form of an ointment. ICHTHYOL. 289 It must be borne in mind that ichthyol is recommended in many con- ditions in which, before its introduction, preparations of iodine, mercury, etc., were indicated. Diseases of the Skin. The ichthyol-sulphonate of ammonia was introduced into medical use by Unna. It has been found of use in the treatment of a number of skin diseases, sometimes appearing to exert a disinfectant or parasitic effect. In certain forms of ACNE ROSACEA, when there is a hard, knotty acne on a dusky bluish-red and swollen base, with thick epidermis and little pus-formation, where there are few comedones and considerable venous enlargement, a strong preparation of ichthyol (twenty grains to a drachm suspended in an ounce of water, or mixed with an ounce of vaseline) may be applied once or twice daily with good effect. The ichthyol soap, mentioned under the head of soaps may also be used in these cases. When the rosacea is of a non-erythematous type, ichthyol can only be employed in a much more dilute form. In ACNE with COMEDONES, we have sometimes used a lotion or emulsion of three or four grains of ichthyol suspended in an ounce of water, and applied at night with good effect. It produces a slight discoloration of the skin, however, and in some cases adds markedly to the disfigurement by intensifying the color and accentuating the presence of the comedones. In some cases of SQUAMOUS and VESICULAR ECZEMA, with unbroken skin, very dilute lotions and ointments of ichthyol are said to be useful. In PITYRIASIS OF THE SCALP stronger ichthyol ointments and lotions are employed. Ichthyol has been directed in the local treatment of PSORIASIS, but we have found it much less effectual than other remedies in this disease. In PARONYCHIA and in CONTUSIONS Lorenz employs ichthyol pure or with an equal quantity of water with excellent effect. He asserts that it prevents discoloration in the latter condition. In ULCERS, particularly VARICOSE ULCERS OF THE LEG, Unna finds ichthyol of use, but we have failed to get satisfactory results in the cases in which it was prescribed. A similar pigment has been used successfully to prevent the pitting of VARIOLA ; acts favorably in FURUNCLE. In PRURITUS VULV^E, particularly when connected with vulvitis, a lotion of one drachm of ichthyol to the ounce of water is said to be of service. Of late certain ichthyol "varnishes" have been brought forward as affording an easy and efficacious method of applying the remedy. The pure drug, apart from its unsightliness and objectionable odor, will not dry even if spread in a thin layer, but remains for hours moist and sticky. Ichthyol collodion promised better, but the irritation which 290 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. is caused by removing it is such as to more than counterbalance its bene- ficial effects. To attain the desired end, Unna suggests the following: R. Ichthyolli, 9iv; amyli, 9iv; sol. albumin concent., n^v-viij ; aquae ad fgj. M. The starch is first moistened with the water, the ichthyol is then well rubbed in, and finally the albumin is added. This preparation dries quickly and new coats can be added. It is useful in IRRITABLE ACNE, ROSACEA, SEBORRHGEA, LUPUS ERYTHEMATO- sus, ECZEMA ERYTHEMATOSUM, and ERYSIPELAS. The parasiticide effects of ichthyol upon the streptococcus of ERYSIPE- LAS, and also upon the staphylococcus pyogenes met with in FURUNCLE, ACNE, IMPETIGO, etc., have been proved by Fissler in a series of care- fully conducted experiments. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, etc. Ichthyol possesses marked advantage in the treatment of diffuse inflammation of the external auditory meatus and auricle. A twenty per cent, strength with cosmo- line base is admirable in ULCERATION OF THE SEPTUM and of FISSURE AT THE EDGES OF THE NOSTRIL. In the proportion of one grain to six ounces of lime water ichthyol has been recommended in the treatment of PURULENT RHINITIS. IODOFORMUM. lodoform. lodoform is a product of the action of iodine on a mixture of alcohol and a solution of carbonate of potassium. (Ph. Br.) lodoform is a light-yellow, flocculent powder, having a peculiar, penetrating, disagreeable odor. It is practically insoluble in water; is " soluble in eighty parts of alcohol at 15 C. (59 F.), in twelve parts of boiling alcohol, in five and two-tenths parts of ether, and in chloroform, benzol, benzin, bisulphide of carbon, and in fixed or volatile oils." (U. S. P.) It is usually employed in the condition of a powder, sometimes, however, in solution in ether or collodion. lodoform collodion solu- tion contains five per cent, of iodoform. lodoform cotton is prepared by steeping absorbent cotton in a seven and a half per cent, solution of iodoform. It is claimed that iodine is set free from iodoform when it is applied to a moist surface, and that upon this property the efficacy of the agent depends. Iodoform is protectant, analgesic, alterative, and, to at least some forms of bacilli, germicide. lodoform was introduced to the profession by Bouchardat {Manuel de Matter e Med., Paris, 1856). Agents which have been Recommended to Cover the Odor of lodoform. Among the statements made in this connection may be included the fol- lowing : Ehrmann (Brit. Med.Journ., September 29, 1888) recommends an admixture of tar with iodoform, and it is said the result gives a spicy odor, resembling neither ingredient. This, it is claimed, may be further IODOFORMUM. 291 disguised by the addition to the powder of liquid styrax. Oppler {Revue de Therapeutique, December 15, 1885) adds one part of copper sulphate to two of iodoform. Gillette {Revue de Therapeutiqne, December 15, 1885) to one hundred parts of iodoform combines one of sulphate of quinine and three of powdered wood charcoal. Cantrelle {Med. News, May 18, 1889) uses with every fifteen grains of iodoform three-fourths of a grain of menthol and one drop of essence of lavender. Jaksch {Wiener Med. Presse, No. 142, 1888) recommends a two per cent, admixture of creolin with iodoform. Among other agents may be mentioned ground coffee, balsam of Peru, oil of bitter almond, oil of cade, thymol, coumarin, attar of rose, oil of bergamot, and oil of coriander ; of the agent last named eight drops may be added to a drachm of the drug. A serious objection to the use of many of the deodorants could be found in the addition of a septic material to one assumedly sterile. The Toxic Impression of Iodoform. Numerous instances are on record of the toxic effect being produced by the local application of the drug. It appears to be more quickly absorbed than are other forms of iodine preparations. If a disposition to toxic effect from a moderate quantity be obtained, iodoform should be abandoned. Iodoform is with some individuals irritative to the skin, and may excite dermatitis. As an example of suddenly induced iodoform intoxication, the follow- ing account is inserted at this place. Schuster (Berliner Klin. Wochen., No. 20, May 15, 1882) took twenty deep inhalations from a glass tube open at both ends, in which a quantity of iodoform was held between two pieces of cotton ; suddenly a violent pressure was felt in the region of the forehead, as though the experimenter had been struck from with- out. All objects appeared to be of a black color ; great mental uneasi- ness and anxiety ensued. The effect gradually passed off, leaving no sequelae. Doubtless many subjects have succumbed to the poisonous effects of iodoform, and have been regarded as dying of the affection for which the drug was exhibited. Notably has this been so in the case of the aged. Willimar ( Centralblatt fur Chirurgie, No. 50, 1886) found that out of seventy-nine cases of poisoning, fifty per cent, occurred in persons between sixty and seventy years old, and .twenty-one per cent, in cases over seventy years of age. The very young are also susceptible to the toxic impression. According to Treves (Practitioner, October, 1886) the conditions favor- able for poisoning are clean, granulating wounds or burns, abscess cavities, fistulse, and sinuses; cases in which the powder is applied under pressure or covered with impermeable dressings, as well as in instances in which the drug comes in contact with mucous surfaces, as may occur after 2Q2 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. dressing the wound in colotomy. The symptoms of poisoning may appear shortly after the application of the powder, or be deferred for days or weeks. Two forms of poisoning occur, the acute and the chronic. In the acute form the symptoms are violent and generally develop suddenly. Vertigo, headache, sleeplessness, and delirium follow. The temperature rises, the pulse ranges from 150 to 180 in the minute, vomit- ing and even mania ensue. The patient wastes, and may die in a state of exhaustion, attended by coma. In the chronic form, malaise, loss of strength, depression of spirits, slight fever, a rapid pulse, and headache are prominent symptoms. The patient becomes apathetic, melancholy, weak, and apprehensive. This train of symptoms may extend over a period of from a week to months before dissolution. General Surgery. The views held on the antiseptic value of iodoform have markedly changed in the past few years, owing to the results obtained by the experiments of Heyreand Roosing. (Forts chrift fur Medizin, No. 2, 1887.) These writers demonstrated that not only is iodoform not germi- cidal, but that micrococci freely develop within it. Many observers, however, assert that when brought in contact with the free fluids of the body, an equable temperature of the body being preserved, free iodine, which is germicidal, is liberated. Bruns ("Kept, xvi German Surg. Congress," in Centralblatt fur Chirurgie, 1887, No. 25) has demonstrated the value of iodoform in the treatment of TUBERCULOSIS. It would appear as though it had a selective action on the characteristic bacillus. After its exhibition Nauwerck (op. '/.) demonstrated that the bacilli disappeared. The tubercular layer of the abscess wall became necrotic and in time was replaced by normal granulations. Nevertheless, the practice of treating wounds with iodo- form, for the purpose of preventing bacterial invasion, is delusive. In COLD ABSCESSES, especially those of tubercular origin, iodoform acts admirably. A preparation composed of iodoform one part and olive oil ten parts is recommended to be used as an injection. After a period varying from one to two months, the abscess gradually diminishes in size and finally disappears. The length of time required to accomplish a cure is frequently a cause of failure, since the surgeon, losing faith in the treatment, is disposed to abandon it before it has been fairly tried. In very large abscesses cure is exceptional before two to four months. In the last five years Bruns (Arch, fur Klin. Chirurg., Bd. XL, Heft. 4) has treated upward of a hundred cold abscesses by means of iodoform injection, and eighty per cent, have been cured. Since it has been claimed that relapse is common from apparent cure, the cases treated two or three years ago were again examined. In all the cure was permanent. IODOFORMUM. 2 93 Excellent results have been obtained also by the use of iodoform injec- tions in TUBERCULAR JOINT AFFECTIONS. Cures followed in many cases, according to the reports of Bruns, Wendelstadt, Krause, and Mosetig von Morrhof. For these injections a ten to twenty per cent, mixture of iodoform and olive oil, freshly prepared and sterilized, should be em- ployed. This is never followed by sufficient absorption to occasion toxic symptoms. When the disease takes the form of PARENCHYMATOUS SYNO- VITIS, with marked fungous outgrowth, the injection is thrown in the joint cavity and into the fungous masses by several punctures, from two to six cubic centimetres of the mixture being forcibly driven in. When there is effusion into the joint, or abscesses have formed after puncture and evacuation, a quantity of the mixture, sufficient to moderately fill the cavity, is injected, from ten to thirty cubic centimetres frequently being required. There is but slight reaction following the treatment, and fixation of the joint is not necessary. Parenchymatous injections are repeated at intervals of eight days; when cavities are treated, two to four weeks should elapse between each injection. Pain frequently dis- appears in a few weeks, but improvement in other respects is a matter of considerable time. The motion of the joint is often completely restored. More than half the cases thus treated may be expected to recover. In the treatment of LUPUS, Chicken {Lancet, April 23, 1887) and O'Neill {Brit. Med. Jour., November 22, 1890) speak favorably of the use of iodoform. The ulcerations are first scraped with a blunt knife or spoon, and then rubbed well with an ointment composed of one part of the drug and seven parts of excipient. Selitski {Lancet, July 3, 1886) and Koch {Wiener Klin. Wochenschrift, No. 27, 1889) have used ointment of iodoform in ERYSIPELAS. Not only was the affected part covered, but the healthy skin also, for a distance of two or three inches. After several applications, a fall of temperature took place, the disease was limited, the part gradually resumed its normal contour, and the skin its color. It has been suggested to employ the drug suspended in collodion, a drachm to the ounce, and painted, over the affected skin. Terrier {Le Progress Medicale, December i, 1888) and Mosetig von Morrhof have reported good successes in PARENCHYMATOUS GOITRE' from the injection of one to two grammes of a mixture of iodoform, one part, ether, five parts, and olive oil, nine parts; injections being practiced at intervals of from three to four days. MALIGNANT PUSTULE has been successfully treated, according to Whitehead {Brit. Med. Jour., March 2, 1889), Rinonapoli {Bolletin delta R. Accad. Med. ch. di Napoli, No. 3, 1889) and others by the hypodermic injection of a ten per cent, ethereal solution into the base of the tumor. A severe burning sensation is experienced, which is, how- 294 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. ever, soon followed by permanent relief from suffering. In the course of a week the mass disappears, and all that remains is a dry, black slough, which can be readily removed. In SUPPURATING BUBOES Pantain (Journal of Cutaneous and Genito- Urinary 'Diseases, 1889) has practiced the evacuation of the cavity through a very small incision, and the injecting through the opening, after the manner of the Viennese, an ethereal solution of iodoform, or the drug suspended in oil or melted vaseline. The opening is then plugged or covered with an impermeable dressing. In CHANCRES, in CHANCROIDS, and in SYPHILITIC and all other ULCER- ATIONS, iodoform has been freely used either in the form of the dry powder, in pencils, in ointments, in ethereal solutions, or in oils and col- lodion. It is true that the treatment of ulcers by iodoform applications has been disappointing, and writers who believe in the curative powers of the drug under other conditions acknowledge that in the lesions named the constant exudation washes away the medicament. The fact, however, remains that few clinicians now use iodoform in open ulcerations. Iodoform has also been largely used in BURNS (Rottenberg, Therap. Monatshefte, March, 1891); it is claimed that the pain is rapidly allayed, and that restitution of the part takes place at least as quickly as under the use of any other drug. It is used both in the form of a dusting powder and in a ten per cent, ointment. The claims of its curative powers in GONORRHCEA by Winternitz (Med. Record, December 26, 1883), Thiery (Le Progres Medicate, March 3, 1887) and others, have not been sustained. Bockhart {Monatshefte f. prakt. Dermat., January, 1886) con- cludes, and with his opinion we concur, that iodoform is of no value in gonorrhoeal affections. Chandelux (Lyon Medicate, June 5, 1887), Frey and Mosetig-Moorhof {Centralbl, fur Chirurgie, August 18, 1889) speak highly of the use of iodoform in CYSTITIS. Owing to its analgesic and deodorant properties, they think it particularly suited to this affection ; after the bladder is flushed with warm water, a tablespoonful of the fol- lowing mixture in a pint of warm water is injected: Iodoform, 50 parts; glycerin, 40 parts; distilled water, 10 parts; tragacanth, % part. The injection to be repeated every third day. In VAGINAL and UTERINE ULCERATIONS iodoform has proved satis- factory to some observers. In UTERINE CANCER it is said to relieve pain, and in a measure to correct the fetor of the discharge. According to Schauta {Lancet, November 9, 1889) iodoform gauze has been used with good result in POST-PARTUM HEMORRHAGE. For tamponing the vagina, etc., iodoform cotton and gauze are still popular. Gersung ( Centralblatt f. Chirurgie, July 30, 1887) uses for the drainage of wounds wicking impregnated with iodoform. IODOFORMUM. 295 Diseases of the Skin. On account of its odor iodoform is not often employed in the treatment of diseases of the skin other than those of a syphilitic character. In ULCERATIVE SYPHILODERMATA, iodoform, placed in the carefully cleansed cavity of the ulcers, lessens pus-formation, and aids in the reparation of tissue. In simple ULCERS of the lower extremity iodoform is often of great value. The ulcer, being thoroughly cleansed with antiseptic washes, is sprinkled thoroughly with iodoform and then covered with an occlusive dressing, which may remain in place some days, a great advantage in patients treated outside of a hospital, as it allows the physician to keep the dressing under his own control. In the APHTHOUS VULVITIS of children a small quantity of iodoform is dusted upon the parts with a camel's-hair pencil. The labiae are then separated from one another by a bit of patent lint ; rapid amelioration results. It has also been used in PRURITUS VULWE, as a powder. Iodoform sometimes gives rise to dermatitis, the extreme itching of which may be allayed by sponging with hot water, or, when possible, plunging the part into hot water for a few moments. Iodoform is of service in the treatment of skin diseases, such as LUPUS, where the disease appears to depend upon, or to be constantly asso- ciated with, the presence of bacilli. (T. Lauder Brunton, "Modern Therapeutics," p. 74.) Diseases of the Ear, Nose, Throat, etc. Iodoform is one of the most valuable topical applications in ulcerated conditions in high grades of HYPER^ESTHESIA which forbid the administration of powerful astrin- gents; the light scales fall upon the most sensitive surfaces without exciting distress, while they serve as a protectant from the air. Though not antiseptic, iodine doubtless induces conditions which are not favor- able for the development of pyogenic bacteria. Iodoform, in the nature of a powder, is not a very fine preparation ; it is apt to flake and its scales to become matted, while the disagree- able odor prevents one handling it with the same ease as other drugs ; iodoform, therefore, is less frequently applied than is the case with the closely allied iodol. Iodoform has been used with special advantage in SYPHILITIC ULCERA- TION and ULCERS resulting from the breaking down of tuberculized tissues. It can be used pure, or, as is perhaps best where there is exces- sive secretion, mixed with an equal amount of subnitrate of bismuth and a little gum arabic ; the first of these agents gives increased weight, and the second enables it to adhere better than it otherwise would to the affected surface. 296 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. lodoform is of value in OTORRHEA accompanied with perforation of the ear drum. It is often used in conjunction with boric acid by being dusted upon the affected surfaces. Care should be taken to pre- vent it caking and retaining the discharge, which this agent possesses in common with boric acid. Delstanche (Archiv. f. Ohrenheilk., 22) asserts that iodoform is useful for the treatment of CHRONIC CATARRH, combined with vaseline and inserted in the Eustachian tube by means of bougies. The practice of using an iodoform solution in ether was introduced by the late Louis Elsberg, of New York. lodoform may be conveniently suspended in glycerin in the treatment of CROUPOUS RHINITIS of children. Gottstein distributes the powder through gauze tampons in the treatment of OZJENA. It may be thrown in the nasal chamber by insufflation one grain of the agent sufficing for an application. H. Allen has used with advantage cakes of gelatin with which iodoform is mixed. These can be shaped by scissors to any desired shape, and carried well within the nostril by forceps. They are especially adapted for the treatment of infiltrations, confined, as is often the case, to the region of the middle turbinal. Nasal bougies of the same composition, or made with cacao butter, contain from two to five grains. The iodoform may be combined with one- quarter of a grain of the extract of belladonna. A. Jacobi {Archives of Pediatrics, February, 1889) applies daily over the parotid gland in MUMPS iodoform collodion, one in eight or ten. lodoform is used in the treat- ment of diseases of the respiratory tract, especially by insufflation in LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS. It is usually employed in a pure form, though a small proportion of one of the salts of morphine may be mixed with it. Thus exhibited it may remain from one to two hours, and not only acts as a cleanser, but gives rest to the ulcerated parts' by covering them with a light powder ; it also appears to exert a retarding effect upon the progress of the disease. It is indicated in any stage, but appears to yield the best results where superficial ulcerations exist upon the aryte- noid masses. The application can be made once or twice daily. It is necessary to remember that, though unlikely, iodoform intoxication may be induced. Fifteen grains have been known to cause this accident. (F. Konig, Centralblatt f. Chir., Nos. 7 and 8, 1882.) This may repre- sent an amount beyond the danger line. From two to three grains thrown upon the parts from once to twice daily are safely used. A four per cent, solution of iodoform in turpentine is employed as an inhalant in PHTHISIS and CHRONIC BRONCHITIS. lodoform is recommended as an insufflation into the trachea after trache- otomy is performed for DIPHTHERIA. (G. Shirres, Lancet, July 24, 1886.) It is also employed as an inhalant when putrid exhalations are present in the trachea and bronchi. Whistler suggests that iodoform be applied to IODOL. 297 the throat through the medium of glyco-gelatin ; one grain being present in each pastille mixed with one minim of glycerin. lodoform lozenges are sold in this country, each mass containing one- half grain, of the drug. Diseases of the Eye. lodoform is highly thought of by some sur- geons as a remedy in SLOUGHING KERATITIS, and has also been used in PURULENT OPHTHALMIA. It is dusted upon the eye in powder or applied as an ointment with vaseline one drachm to one ounce. It should not be relied upon in serious cases of corneal ulceration to the exclu- sion of atropine or eserine, the actual cautery, hot stupes, or the Ssemisch incision. It forms an efficient dressing after operations on the lids or enucleation of the eyeball, and may be freely dusted on the parts involved in the operation. Its powers as an antiseptic have probably been over- rated. IODOL. Tetraiodopyrrol. "A yellow-brown, shining powder, composed of long, prismatic crystals; soluble in alcohol, in three parts of absolute ether, chloroform, and fatty oils, soluble in water only in the proportion of one to five thousand." (U. S. D.) It is dissolved in retinol in the proportion of one to fifty. It is decomposed by light and heat. Mazzoni's solution is composed as follows: lodol, one part; alcohol, sixteen parts; glycerin, thiity-four parts. lodol is odorless and tasteless. lodol is a substitute for iodoform. Like the drug last named, it is protectant, but the local effect is slightly irritating, and its germi- cidal properties are so feeble as to be practically nil. Probably owing to a less rapid rate of absorption than that of other preparations of iodine, iodol is usually said to be free from the danger of toxic impression. The following case, however, must be remembered : Padlin (ffygiea Swedish, May, 1887) observed that in twelve hours after dressing a case of necrosis of the clavicle with iodol the patient became dizzy, and finally delirious. The following morning the pulse rose to 139 and the tempera- ture to 102 F., with vomiting and purging. A small amount of albumin and iodine were found in the urine. The wound was carefully washed and the dressing changed to boric lint. The symptoms continued for four days, with traces of iodine found in the urine for two weeks. ,' General Surgery. Iodol is used for all purposes for which iodoform is indicated. It may be dusted over wounds as an impalpable powder, or used in ointment, solution, or upon gauze. Owing to the absence of odor iodol possesses advantages over iodoform in the treatment of VENEREAL SORES. Pick (Therap. Monatshefte, No i, 1887) obtains good results from iodol in the treatment of SUPPURATIVE ADENITIS after scraping. He reports cases of GUMMATOUS and INDOLENT ULCERS which have improved 298 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. rapidly under the action of the drug. Cerna has had satisfactory results from the action of iodol on SYPHILITIC ULCERATIONS. He employs it either in powder or solution. The following is recommended : iodol, one part; alcohol, three parts: or, iodol, one part; alcohol fourteen parts; glycerin, thirty-two parts (see Mazzoni's solution) : or as an oint- ment, iodol, one part ; vaseline, six parts. It is claimed for iodol that it does not form crusts with the exudations from wounds, and that on the removal of the dressing the granulations are found to be healthy. Diseases of the Skin. As an odorless -and tasteless substitute for iodoform this drug was introduced in dermatological practice a few years ago, but without obtaining a foothold as an efficient agent. The pure powder may be employed in ULCERS, and the ointment or pigment in cases where iodoform might be appropriately used. The fol- lowing formulae have been suggested : Iodol, gr. xv ; alcohol, f:jiv ; glycerin, fgij. Iodol, gr. xl ; alcohol (94 per cent.), f^j ; ether, fgiv ; pyroxylin, gr. xvj ; castor oil, tt^xxv. M. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, Throat, etc. R. N. Wolfenden {Practitioner, vol. xxxvni, May, 1887) states that iodol contains seven per cent, less iodine than iodoform, but parts with it more readily. The properties are those of iodoform, but it is without toxic effect. He believes that it is as efficient clinically as iodoform, and can be used for that drug. As a pigment, iodol can be conveniently combined with glycerin, one drachm each, and the mass diluted in seven drachms of oleum petrolatum. Iodol, however, is more commonly employed in the form of a powder. The mass is extremely light, and can be easily carried to the desired spot. It acts, in the main, as a protectant. For application to the ear it is praised by Stetter. {Archives f. Ohrenheilkunde , 1887.) The indica- tions for its employment are the same as iodoform. Turnbull claims that it is a stimulant, but is much less efficacious than either iodoform or boric acid. It may be thrown pure in the maxillary sinus for treatment of EMPYEMA. In combination with magnesium carbonate it may be insuf- flated in CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH of children. Iodol forms an admirable protectant for CHRONIC ULCERATIONS of the NASAL SEPTUM. A pigment of iodol, in sufficient quantity to form a paste with cosmoline suffices. The single objection to its use is the color of the mass, which may cause an unsightly spot to appear at the edge of the nostril, as the heat of the body causes the ointment to diffuse. A two per cent, solution has been employed as a spray in the nostril for the relief of paroxysms of sneezing. By reason of the disagreeable odor of iodoform and the liability of sufficient quantity being swallowed to affect the appetite, attempts have been IODUM. 299 made to substitute iodol for this agent in the treatment of LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS. For this purpose both the pigment and powder have been used. W. Lublinski {Deut. med. Wochenschr., December 23, 1886) found that iodol was well tolerated, and claims that neither cough nor spasm follow its application. He reports that it is more rapid in its effects than either tannic acid, boric acid, or lactic acid. The base of the ulcer becomes more even, the erosion is arrested, and the general health improved. The drug has also been recommended by Sokolowski. {Gazett Lekarska, No. 38, 1888.) E. L. Shurley (N. Y. Med. Journal, September n, 1886) believes that iodol has little or no effect in arresting ULCERATION. In his treatment, a minimum preparation is desired, namely, iodol, one part; alcohol, sixteen parts; and glycerin, thirty-four parts; but there is no objection to using the substance pure in the form of insufflation . The powder can be thrown on the affected surface daily, or from two to three times a week. It may be said tentatively that iodol may be substituted for iodoform in the local treatment of LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS. But its superiority to that agent has not been demonstrated. A lozenge of one-half grain of iodol to each mass has lately been intro- duced in the trade. It is probably of little value. Diseases of the Eye. Iodol has been recommended as a substitute for iodoform in ophthalmic practice. It is applied in the same manner as the latter. The advantages claimed for it are that it is free from the very disagreeable odor of iodoform, and that it is less likely to cause constitutional disturbance, probably because it is absorbed less rapidly. It has not yet been extensively used. IODUM. Iodine. " Heavy, bluish-black, dry and friable, rhombic plates of a metallic lustre, a distinctive odor, a sharp and acrid taste, and a neutral reaction. It is sparingly soluble in water, soluble in about eleven parts of alcohol at 15 C. (59 F.), very soluble in ether, disulphide of carbon, and chloroform. It is slowly volatilized at ordinary temperatures." (U. S. P.) " Lugofs iodine lotion consists of from two to four grains of iodine, and double that quantity of iodide of potassium, dissolved in a_pint of water. Lugol's mbef a tieni" iodine solution is formed by dissolving a half ounce of iodine and an ounce of iodide of potassium in six fluid-ounces of water. Lugol's caustic iodine solution is made of iodine and iodide of potassium each an ounce dissolved in two fluid-ounces of water." (U. S. D.) It is important that these three solutions be not confounded. Iodine paint is tincture of iodine spontaneously evaporated to half its bulk. Among the official preparations of iodine for local use may be named the following : Liquor lodi Compositus (containing five parts of iodine, ten parts of iodide of potassium, in one hundred parts of the solution), Tinctura lodi (containing eight parts of iodine in one hundred parts of the tincture), Unguentum lodi (containing four parts of iodine and 300 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. one part of iodide of potassium, in one hundred parts of the ointment). A compound tincture of iodine was official in the " U. S. P.," 1870, and was much used ; the formula is, iodine, half an ounce, and iodide of potassium, an ounce, alcohol, one pint. In the German "Pharmacopoeia" the " tinctura iodi decolorata " is official, and is made by taking ten parts each of iodine, hyposulphite of sodium, and distilled water, heating them gently until the solids are dissolved, adding sixteen parts of spirit of ammonia and seventy-five parts of alcohol, and allowing the preparation to stand for three days before filtering and using. Such a preparation is a solution of an iodide and should not be regarded as a substitute for iodine. The combination of iodine and carbolic acid (iodine, two grains; carbolic acid, two grains; ol. petrolatum, one ounce) is preferred by many practitioners to either of these substances used separately. Iodized cotton is prepared by steeping absorbent cotton in a five per cent, solution of iodine. Iodine is alterant, rubefacient, vesicant, caustic, antiseptic, and para- siticide. When iodine is applied to the skin or mucous membrane, it is irritant or caustic. It stains the skin yellow, creates a sensation of warmth if in small quantity, or burning if in larger quantities, and excites a superficial inflammation followed by desquamation. In some subjects the applica- tion of the tincture of iodine results in vesication. Pure iodine kept in contact with the tissues produces a brown, dry eschar. The vapor of iodine is often irritating to the mucous membranes of the air passages, causing increased flow of mucus, and even spasm of the glottis. As a simple counter-irritant iodine is frequently employed where it is desired to maintain a mild, persistent influence. General Surgery. The tincture is the preparation that is generally used. It is best applied by painting over the part with a camel's-hair brush or a swab. Differences obtain between individuals as to the degree of susceptibility of iodine. For those of a sanguine temperament, in whom the skin is fair and the hair light, the stronger preparations must be used with caution. If an application causes pain, the iodine should be washed off with alcohol, whisky, cologne, or, what is best, a solu- tion of iodide of potassium, and the pain subdued by the application of a starch poultice. A crop of itching papules will often follow the use of iodine under ordinary conditions. The tincture of iodine, as a counter-irritant, is applied to the chest as a paint in PLEURISY, both to abort an attack and to aid the absorption of fluid. In CHRONIC PHTHISIS it is of service to allay harassing COUGH and to check secretion. Where rapid change is going on in the lung its use is contraindicated. Painted over the front and back of the chest, it often affords relief in CHRONIC BRONCHIAL CATARRH by easing the cough and lessening the expectoration. It may be applied over any portion of the chest affected with pleurodynic pains, and followed with a belladonna plaster. A mus- IODUM. 301 tard poultice is often preferable, as it can be renewed should the pain return. The following ointment is used with success in the treatment of CHRONIC PNEUMONIA, to hasten resolution : Iodine, gss ; iodide of potassium, 3] ; lanolin, j. It is to be rubbed thoroughly over the affected portion of the chest. Ringer states that iodine ointment is often used to remove non-inflammatory pains of the chest, but these not being always of the same nature, discrimination must be exercised. When the pain is situated in the muscles (MYALGIA), and these are tender on pressure, while the skin may be pinched without pain, the ointment is indicated, but if the tenderness is situated in the skin (PLEURODYNIA), belladonna is to be preferred. Injections of iodine through a long nozzled hypodermic syringe directly into the substance of the lung (as in small cavities near the apex) have been used by W. Pepper in PHTHISIS, but the results have been, as a rule, negative. In EMPYEMA injections of solutions of iodine were formerly used to remove the great fetor produced by the decomposition of pus, and at the same time to diminish the suppuration. The same use has often been made of them in the treatment of large ABSCESS CAVITIES. The em- ployment of antiseptic treatment in these conditions has, in a measure, rendered the use of iodine unnecessary, though, on the whole, the iodine treatment is superior to the bichloride of mercury, as mild solutions induce salivation. Iodine may be used with advantage painted over joints in CHRONIC RHEUMATISM, CHRONIC GOUT, or CHRONIC SYNOVITIS ; in the latter condi- tion it is of service, especially when brought to the point of counter-irrita- tion. Acting as a blister, it relieves pain and assists in the absorption of fluid. It often causes distention of the joint, the good effect not becoming apparent for several days. The sudden increase of the swelling may be considered as a favorable indication of the success of the applica- tion. After the counter-irritant effect has been produced, and the skin has become tender, we usually apply an ointment of equal parts of ung. belladonnse and ung. hydrargyri spread on lint and retained firmly by a bandage, the entire joint being thus fixed. Injections of tincture of iodine, either pure or diluted, have been used in the treatment of EXTENSIVE SEROUS ARTHRITIC EFFUSION unaccom- panied with inflammation. A portion of the effused liquid should be first evacuated by means of an aspirator, or small trocar and cannula intro- duced through a valvular incision ; the iodine is then injected through the cannula, not more than a drachm (if in the knee joint) of the tincture being used at one time. After the fluid has been allowed to remain for a few minutes it is removed, care being taken not to admit air, and the wound being immediately sealed with collodion. This 3^2 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. mode of treatment is favorably spoken of by Erichsen. As the plan is necessarily attended with some risk, it should not be employed except in chronic cases which have resisted other modes of treatment, and in which the distention of the joint is productive of great inconvenience. In ABSCESS 'OF A JOINT occasionally advantage may be derived by injecting dilute tincture of iodine and afterward washing it away. As a rule, better results in a similar condition may be obtained by using a weak solution of corrosive sublimate. In traumatic, as well as in gouty or rheumatic TENDO-SYNOVITIS, iodine is serviceable. A few coats of the tincture of iodine painted over the affected surface, and the part put at rest, will usually be all that is necessary to effect a cure. In extreme cases the counter-irritant effect of the iodine, followed by an application of belladonna and mercury ointment, will prove satisfactory. In COMPOUND GANGLION, after the evacuation of the contents, we have found tincture of iodine injected into the sac an available means of treatment. Care should be exercised to leave as small a quantity in the sac as possible for fear of exciting too great an inflammatory action, and by so doing impairing the use of the tendons. If suppuration should occur, a free opening must be promptly made and the case treated as one of palmar abscess. In simple ENLARGEMENT OF A JOINT, the result of pressure, tincture of iodine may be used with advantage by painting over the surface, or, as in HOUSEMAID'S KNEE (if the fluid has been removed) by tapping. Iodine may be injected into the sac to excite inflammation. In the treatment of SPINAL MENINGOCELE the only plan which has met with success is the injection of a preparation containing iodine, known as Morton's fluid. This is composed as follows : Iodine, ten grains; potassium iodide, thirty grains; glycerin, one fluidounce. About one-half the contents of the cyst is drawn off with a fine trocar and cannula, and from one-half to two drachms of the fluid are injected, the opening being closed with collodion. Similar operations have been essayed in ENCEPHALOCELE, but only where the sac is small or pedunculated are there any prospects of cure. Tincture of iodine has been used with success in GOITRE. This method succeeds best with the SOFT or CYSTIC GOITRE, though it has been used in the hard or fibrous variety. Eight to ten drops of the tincture should be thrown into the substance of the tumor with an ordinary hypodermic syringe, preferably into different parts of the growth, every three to five days. (Agnew.) The object of employing the injection is to induce a grade of inflammation which, instead of going on to suppuration, shall result in the obliteration of the gland by a new formation of con- nective tissue, both within and between the walls of the cysts. As an injection for the radical cure of HYDROCELE, no substance has met with such success as the tincture of iodine. The method usually the IODUM. 33 most satisfactory is that advised by Syme, and which, if properly carried out, rarely fails. After the tunica vaginalis has been thoroughly drained of its fluid contents through the cannula, one fluidrachm to three fluidrachms of the pure tincture of iodine, according to the size of the sac, is injected through the cannula by means of a properly- fitting hard rubber syringe, or a gum-elastic bag with a nozzle and stop-cock. After the injection the cannula should be gently removed, care being exercised not to allow the escape of the fluid, which should be diffused over the surface of the sac by gently rubbing between the fingers for a few seconds. Some surgeons use the tincture largely diluted, and allow the solution to flow out through the cannula before the latter is withdrawn. A good deal of pain usually follows the opera- tion, and the scrotum commonly swells to its original size in the course of a few days, the swelling then subsiding until the cure is completed. The pain may be controlled by an opium suppository inserted in the rectum, and the patient kept in the recumbent posture for three or four days. Tincture of iodine has been used, for its stimulating effect, in the treat- ment of incomplete ANAL FISTULA by injecting it into the tract. As a rule, it will not be found so reliable a means of treatment as a free inci- sion and packing, thus allowing the tract to heal from the bottom. It is only to be advised in those individuals who object to operative inter- ference. Iodine injections are used in the treatment of OVARIAN CYSTS. They were first successfully employed by Alison, of Indiana, in 1846. Boinet and other European surgeons have popularized them by their writings. They employ one hundred parts each of tincture of iodine and water, and four parts of iodide of potassium. After tapping the cyst and withdrawing its contents, from four to ten ounces of the solution are injected, the liquid being withdrawn in about ten or fifteen minutes. This mode of treatment, according to Peaslee, should be reserved for cases of UNILOCULAR CYSTS with clear serous contents, in which tapping has been previously employed at least once. Owing to advancement in abdominal surgery, this mode of treatment should npt be considered, except under peculiar conditions. In CHRONIC OVARITIS Lawson Tait recommends that, during the inter- menstrual periods, counter-irritation be made with the tincture of iodine to a spot on the skin about two and a half inches in diameter in the region of the ovary. It should be applied every morning and evening as long as the patient can bear it, then discontinued for a time, to be again repeated as often as necessary. He states that he has seen patients pursue such a course for months, and that in the majority of cases it proved efficient. 304 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. In CHRONIC METRITIS and CHRONIC ENDOMETRITIS, dependent on a granular condition of the cervical canal and accompanied with erosion of the os, iodine is a reliable means of treatment. It excites the capillary circulation of the whole uterus to recuperative activity, cures the erosion and causes absorption of inflammatory products in the submucous tissues. It is employed in the form of the official tincture ; a variety of this known as Churchill's tincture ; iodine chloral ; combined with glycerin; or in the form of iodized cotton. The formula for Churchill's tincture is herewith given : Iodine, gr. Ixxv ; potassium iodide, syss ; alcohol, ij.* The so-called " iodized chloral phenol " is composed of iodine 5ss, crvs . tals of carbolic acid and chloral each $j. The iodine and chloral are first mixed and the carbolic acid added. The application to the uterine canal is best made by an aluminium probe armed with a small swab of cotton saturated in the solution. (W. Goodell.) When combined with glycerin the iodine treatment is ordinarily conducted by a tampon. Byford ("Diseases of Women," p. 428) commends the use of an iodized cot- ton. This is made by mixing crystals of iodine with cotton and placing in a well-stoppered bottle in a warm place, when the drug will become volatilized and diffuse itself uniformly through the cotton. It may be applied to the cervix and allowed to remain for twenty-four hours ; the cotton is renewed every fourth or fifth day. In the treatment of PERIOSTITIS and OSTEITIS, iodine applied for its counter-irritant effect will be often of service, especially in the early stage of either of these affections. We have found it useful after painting with the tincture of iodine, until the counter-irritant effect has been pro- duced, to cover the region with belladonna and mercurial ointment spread on lint, the affected part to be kept as quiet as possible, while iodide of potassium is administered internally. A few days of such treat- ment will be followed, as a rule, by marked relief, especially in that class of patients where a strumous element is present. In NEURITIS relief may be given by painting a number of coats of tincture of iodine over the course of the painful nerve, and repeating until the application becomes too painful to bear. If pain should be severe, a hypodermic injection of atropine and morphine is given, pre- ferably near the seat of pain. ONYCHIA may often be aborted by painting thoroughly the entire finger, as soon as the slightest pain has manifested itself, with tincture of iodine. A convenient alternative is to insert the finger into a wide- mouthed bottle containing the tincture and allow it to dry. * A similar preparation to the Churchill tincture is called Lawson Tail's tincture. It is composed as follows : Iodine and iodide of potassium, each 3 ij ; alcohol and water, each i. IODUM. 3S This may be repeated three to four times in the course of the day. If applied early in the disease it seldom fails to effect a cure. Sometimes a BOIL may be aborted in the same manner by painting around it an area of tincture of iodine sufficiently thick to cause considerable counter- irritation. It is preferable to apply the iodine a little distance from the seat of inflammation. If in twenty-four hours relief is not experienced, it is best to envelop the part in a hot flaxseed poultice. For the removal of excessive callus after fracture, Switzer, an English army surgeon, has reported a case where a large amount of deformed callus has disappeared under inunctions of compound iodine ointment. It would be proper to try the sorbefacient effect of this remedy before radical measures are pursued. In ununited fracture, friction and counter-irritation with iodine are often useful in encouraging a healthy reaction about the ends of the broken bones. Of eleven cases mentioned by Norris, five were cured. In all GLANDULAR SWELLINGS, whether of a simple strumous or syphilitic nature, the various preparations of iodine have been always held in high repute ; the tincture and some forms of the ointment are the forms that have yielded the greatest success. If persistently and carefully applied to the part before suppuration lias commenced, resolution, in a large majority of cases, will be brought about, provided constitutional measures are persisted in. In the treatment of the VENEREAL BUBO the tincture of iodine has been long in use; many of its failures are due to the improper time and manner of its employment. As a prophylactic, it is important that as soon as the slightest tenderness is experienced in the groin the patient be placed at rest, and the surface of the skin round the sen- sitive glands be painted with three coats of the tincture of iodine, not over the inflamed glands, but in a circle three inches in width surround- ing the affected gland on the next vascular area, as taught by J. Ash- hurst ; by this means the vascularity of the part is greatly reduced. If much induration exists, a hot flaxseed poultice, will often assist in hastening resolution. In the hospital practice in Philadelphia CHRONIC INDURATED BUBO is commonly treated by the use of an ointment of iodide of lead,* one drachm; ext. of belladonna, one-half drachm; lanolin, one ounce, rubbed thoroughly into the groin. After this a piece of lint, on which a sufficient coating of the ointment has been spread, is laid over the affected part, and on this the weight of a small shot- or sand-bag is applied, the patient to be kept in a recumbent position until all tenderness has disappeared. * It is convenient to compare the effects of iodine with those which result from the use of salts into which iodine enters. But, at best, such comparisons are inexact. 20 306 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. In CERVICAL ADENITIS a similar preparation to the above may be used, or in its stead the official iodine ointment, diluted with equal parts ot belladonna ointment. It is, however, objected to by patients, owing to its tendency to stain whatever it touches. For this reason the iodide of cadmium ointment has been substituted, although in our experience it is not so active a preparation. After suppuration is announced, the external use of iodine is useless. Diseases of the Skin. Iodine is employed in the external treatment of diseases of the skin as a discutient and parasiticide. The pure drug is not employed alone. The tincture of iodine (U. S. P.) is used in the treatment of RING- WORM of the scalp or body, one or more coats being applied with a brush to the affected patch. Iodized glycerin, composed of a drachm of iodine dissolved in a solu- tion of a drachm of iodide of potassium in an ounce of glycerin, is occa- sionally applied as a dressing in parasitic skin diseases. It is too strong for ordinary use. Coster' s paste is composed of two drachms of iodine and six drachms of oil of cade. Applied in recent cases of TINEA TONSURANS, it forms a crust, which when removed pulls off the diseased hairs with it. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, Throat, etc. The local effect of iodine, in non-irritating proportions, on the mucous membrane of the respiratory tract is to absorb exudations in or about gland tissue, especi- ally of the lymphoid (adenoid) type. Should, however, any fibroid change be found associated with these conditions iodine is worthless. The inability always to determine when this change has set in often leads the practitioner to make a vain attempt to resolve fibroid degeneration with iodine or its preparations. In concentrated forms iodine is excitant and even corrosive. It is known to be of value in certain phases of chronic inflammation. But the action is not understood. Some writers describe it as astringent. It gives tone to spongy states of mucous membrane in contact with bone ; such, for example, as gum-tissue, the roof of the naso-pharynx, the car- tilage of the Eustachian tube, lining membrane of the nose, and its acces- sory sinuses. In recession of the gums, attendant upon PYORRHCEA ALVEOLARIS, A. Stille recommends the application, with a camel's-hatr brush, after each meal, of an aqueous solution of iodine, fifteen grains ; water, one ounce, the mouth to be immediately washed afterward. But this use of iodine has been largely supplanted by more powerful germicides. A serious objection to the use of iodine arises from the fact that it is not easily taken up, and it is difficult to fix a strength at which it ceases to be irritating ; in order to be efficient, iodine must be quickly absorbed. IODUM 307 If, after trial, it is found it has not given relief it is well to wrap the end of an electrode, whose size and shape adapt it to the purpose, with absorbent cotton dipped in a weak solution of the compound tincture of iodine or of Lugol's solution, and attaching the electrode to the negative pole in the form of a sponge held to the cheek, while the physician inserts the positive electrode in the nasal chamber, or in the throat, as the case may be. Special care should be taken to prevent any of the iodine from entering the larynx, since it is irritating to the mucous membrane and excites laryngeal spasm* Iodine mixed with glycerin assuages to some extent the irritative effect. It may be employed in proportion of equal parts of iodine, glycerin and iodide of potassium. Compound tincture of iodine, when mixed with carbolic acid, glyc- erin and water, constitutes the Boulton solution.* It is useful in condi- tions in which the administration of iodine is indicated. The odor of the compound is to many persons unpleasant. It may be used in forms of inflammation of mucous surfaces in which infiltration-processes are present. lodism, as a result of local use of iodine in the throat, nose, and mouth, must be rare. The following instance, however, is worthy of credence : After a daily application for ten days of diluted compound tincture of iodine to the glottis, the cervical glands became swollen and ulceration occurred on the lips and the mucous lining of the cheeks. (Eben Watson.) Iodine is very diffusive. The part to which it is applied should be first dried and a small quantity of the selected preparation painted on the spot. Solutions of iodine are not altered by vegetable astringents, and are compatible with solutions of the salts of zinc. The combinations last named have received the sanction of von Troeltsch as stimulants. In using strong preparations of iodine a little laudanum lessens the pain. A dilute preparation of iodine with iodide of potassium (Lugol's solu- tion) is used for a variety of purposes. It forms the basis of a gargle in MERCURIAL STOMATITIS (three drachms of the tincture, fifteen grains of iodide of potassium, to eight ounces of water), and as an injection in EMPYEMA OF THE MAXILLARY SINUS. In the treatment of diseases of the ear iodine is of high repute. H. McNaughton Jones (Lancet, 1889, vol. n) places it in a position second only to corrosive sublimate as a local remedy in CHRONIC SUP- * R. Tr. iodinii comp., tt^xlv; acid, carbolici, IT^vj ; glycerini, ^ij; aquae, ^ v. The iodine color,gradually disappears and the solution becomes colorless in from eight to ten hours. At a low temperature the change occurs more slowly. (J. W. White, " Dental Materia Medica," p. 67.) 308 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. PURATION OF THE MIDDLE EAR. A solution containing one grain of iodine and five grains of iodide of potassium in an ounce of water is of value in the treatment of ECZEMA OF THE AUDITORY PASSAGE. The vapor of iodine is carried into the middle ear by means of the Eustachian tube in SUBACUTE CATARRHAL DEAFNESS. It can be driven into the tube by the catheter, or "snuffed up" through the nasal passage and the Valsalva method of inflation used at once. The tincture of iodine, one drachm, chloroform, one-half ounce, is recom- mended by C. S. Turnbull as an agent to be applied as above indicated. The details of this method are as follows : Take a one-ounce, ground- stoppered vial, place a piece of absorbent cotton within it, so as to half fill the vial, pour upon the cotton the preparation. The patient inhales from the mouth of the vial through the nostril, or, as the writer expresses it, it is "snuffed up" the nostril, the patient at the same time making a quick Valsalva effort, so that the vapor may be forced in the tympanum ; this procedure is often of special benefit in cases where patients from any cause may not be able to receive office treatment ; it has proved successful in proportion to the perseverance and intelligence of the subject. The vapor is also of repute in the treatment of ACUTE CORYZA. A few crys- tals of iodine in a tube open at both ends (plugged with cotton to prevent the crystals from falling out) is held in the hand, the warmth of which disengages the vapor which is inhaled. The stronger tincture of iodine reduces FUNGOID HYPERTROPHIES on the border of syphilitic ulceration of the nasal septum and hard palate. Nasal bougies of iodine contain five to ten minims of the compound liquor of iodine. To this proportion of iodine one-quarter minim of carbolic acid may be added. Samuel Johnston especially recommends iodine in the treatment of CHRONIC PHARYNGITIS in the following compound: Tr. iodine, one-half drachm ; carbolic acid, ten minims; glycerin and water, each one and a half ounces. Preparations of iodine have been long used in treatment of the sur- faces of hypertrophied TONSILS. In our judgment these are useless. Lugol's solution has been injected in the masses with a hypodermic syringe. Such treatment is often followed by speedy reduction of the mass. The rationality of this treatment is based on the fact that repeated inflammations, to which hypertrophy of the tonsil is subject, cause the outer portion of the gland to be resistant, and occupied with interlacing scar-like bands. It is not to be expected that a remedy can be ab- sorbed under such conditions. When, however, an agent is thrown into the soft substance composing the interior, it may be more readily taken up. Equal parts of tincture of aconite and tincture of iodine form a favorite formula of dentists for inflammation about the root of a tooth, the application to be made to the gum in the neighborhood. IODUM. 39 F. P. Atkinson {Practitioner, January, 1887) uses an iodine gargle of twenty to twenty-five minims of Lugol's solution to an ounce of water in QUINSY. Herzog {Verein der Aerzte, in Steiermark, December 10, 1888) applies the official tincture in reducing HYPERTROPHY of the LINGUAL LYMPHOID MASSES. Tincture of iodine is one of the best remedies for Mucous PATCHES. As an inhalant in CHRONIC LARYNGITIS, with diminished secretion, iodine has long been held in high esteem. Lugol's solution may form the basis of the preparation to be used, thus : Lugol's solution, one-half ounce; glycerin, three ounces; water, ten ounces. The glycerole of iodide may be substituted. Waring-Curran recommends the following in DIPHTHERIA as an inhalant : Four grains iodine, four grains iodide of potassium, four drachms of alcohol, and four ounces of water. G. W. Major (IV. Y. Med. Journal, September 24, 1887) extols iodine in painful states of the crico-arytenoid articulation. In LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS iodine corrects in a measure the attendant infiltration and inflammatory effects, but exerts no check on the progress of the disease. It must, therefore, be regarded as a palliative. Nevertheless, it has its advocates as an agent of the same class with lactic acid and iodoform. (See J. Schnitzler, Wien. med. Presse, Nos. 15 to 26, 1884.) Equal parts of benzoated lard, and ointment of iodine, rubbed in the skin over the larynx, serve an admirable purpose in children, in whom a local effect of iodine on the throat is desired. Carbolized iodine, according to W. C. Glasgow, is a soothing applica- tion for relieving CONGESTION OF THE VOCAL CORDS when rest is impos- sible. {Trans. Amer. Laryvgological Ass 1 n, 1887.) " Iodine Wool : " Cotton wool, one drachm; glycerin, ten minims; tr. iodine, half an ounce. Mix the glycerin with the tincture, saturate the wool with the liquid, and dry. lODOTANNIN. lodotannin according to A. Stabler {Med. News, Philadelphia, April 16, 1887) is prepared by dissolving as much tannin as a saturated tincture of iodine will hold. The advantage of iodotannin is that it^vill dissolve in castor oil, thus overcoming a difficulty of distributing astrin- gents in this medium. lodotannin can be mixed with castor oil in any proportion ; the mixture in turn can be combined with rhigolene. Three minims of the tincture of iodine in the presence of twelve minims of glycerin and tannin added to an ounce of water, is also a convenient form. CAMPHORATED IODINE. One-half ounce of tincture of iodine, thirty minims of stronger solution of ammonia, and three and a half drachms of spirit of camphor are com- 310 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. bined. After four days filter. A teaspoonful to a pint of water at 80 F. is employed as a stimulating inhalant; it is also used by the Valsalva method in CHRONIC AURAL CATARRH. (Leffert's Pharm.) IODINE SODIUM CHLORIDE. Von Kaczorowski {Deutsche med. Wochenshr., Nos. 33-35, 1885) recommends iodine chloride of sodium solution (one per cent, sodium chloride, one-fifth of one per cent. tr. iodine), one-half to a tea- spoonful every half to quarter of an hour, for the arrest of bacterial disease of the mouth in connection with the gums and teeth. (See also W. D. Miller, " Micro-organisms of the Human Mouth," p. 236.) IPECACUANHA. " Ipecacuanha is the root of Cephaelis ipecacuanha." (U. S. P.) The preparations in use for local medication are : Extractum Ipecacuanhse Fluidum ; Pulvis Ipecacuanhas et Opii ; Trochisci Ipecacuanha ; Trochisci Morphinae et Ipecacuanb.se. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Ipecacuanha stimulates the mucous glands of the respiratory tract, and exhibits a tendency to convert tena- cious irritative mucus into a fluid more normal in its consistence. Hence, its impression is valued in the late stages of an ACUTE CATARRH, whether of primary origin or a recurrent condition engrafted upon a chronic inflammation. Ipecacuanha is usually administered by the stomach, but that its local exhibition is also of value is evident. Ringer speaks highly of spray inhalations of ipecacuanha in obstinate "WINTER COUGH" and BRONCHIAL ASTHMA. The wine is used pure, or variously diluted. The first inhalation is apt to excite paroxysm of coughing, which generally sub- sides, but the spray should be continued ; the patient soon becomes accus- tomed to it, and inhales freely. Both cough and expectoration decrease in a few days, and dyspnoea improves. In order to insure only a topical effect, the patient must eject the preparation and rinse the mouth at each pause in the administration, for the wine collects, and if swallowed is apt to cause nausea and even vomiting. Lozenges of ipecacuanha are furnished. Each official lozenge con- tains one-fourth of a grain of the powder. JEQUIRITY. Abrus. Prayer Beads. Jumble Beads. The seeds of Abrus precatorius. The seeds are of a scarlet color with a black patch about the hilum, are not poisonous when swallowed, but excite inflammatory conditions when the infusion or a powder is brought in contact with wounds or placed under the skin. An infusion made by macerating three parts of the seed in five hundred parts of cold water, with five hundred parts of hot water afterward added, and filtered, is sometimes used in the eye to produce an ophthalmia. There have been isolated from the seeds JEQU1RITY. 31I abrin, which is supposed to be composed of paraglobulin and alpha-phyta-albuminose. The latter is believed to be identical with papain. It is now thought that the ophthalmia is caused by abrin, and not, as was at first believed, by a bacillus. (See British Med. Jour., January, 1884, pp. 476-564.) Martin has shown the jequirity poison to be an albumose. (T. Lauder Brunton, " Modern Therapeutics," p. 47.) Diseases of the Eye. Jequirity was introduced into ophthalmic practice by De Wecker about ten years ago, and has been extensively used in the treatment of GRANULAR OPHTHALMIA, particularly of the corneal pannus accompanying this disease. It has been long known that good results may sometimes be obtained in desperate cases of TRACHOMA by inducing an acute purulent conjunctivitis, after the subsidence of which, under treatment, there is a contraction of the granulations, with a marked clearing up of the opaque cornea. This treatment was occasionally resorted to by the older surgeons, who inoculated the affected eye with the discharge from a case of puruleni ophthalmia. This involved serious danger not only to the patient, but to others who might be subjected to contagion, and it is claimed that equally good results may be obtained from " jequirity ophthalmia," which is less severe, more easily controlled, and not con- tagious. A peculiar form of inflammation, accompanied by more or less pain and lachrymation, and the formation of a croupous membrane, occurs usually within twenty-four hours of the application of the drug. Careful treatment with soothing washes or iced cloths may be necessary to control it if it prove excessive. Jequirity is used in the form of infusion, made by macerating the crushed seeds in cold water for from three to twenty-four hours, according to different authorities, and in a proportion of from one to five per cent. A strength of two or three per cent, and a maceration of six hours are perhaps the most generally approved. The infusion is unfit for use if kept too long, and some sur- geons have insisted that it should be freshly prepared each day, while others use it when several weeks old, and claim that it can be kept even longer by the addition of a little boric or carbolic acid, which does not impair its efficacy. Its action is chemical, and is not dependent on micro-organisms. The application is made to the everted lid by means of a pledget of absorbent cotton, and is repeated every day until the full effect is' pro- duced. Sometimes several applications a day may be necessary, but it is well to commence with a weak infusion, and not to make the second application for forty-eight hours, as the susceptibility of different patients varies greatly. Extended experience has shown that flabby, succulent granulations are not favorably affected by this treatment, and it is contra-indicated by a purulent discharge or by an ulcerated cornea, or one that is free from vascularity. Its application may be practically limited to cases of 312 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. INVETERATE TRACHOMA with dense granulations and pannus. This remedy is not altogether free from danger, and should be used only in properly selected cases and under careful and skillful management. With these limitations it is a valuable addition to ophthalmic therapeutics, and one that is perhaps not now resorted to so often as it should be. JUJUBE. Jujube Paste. When properly made it is prepared from a decoction of the fruit of Zizyphus vulgaris, by dissolving in it sufficient gum arabic and sugar to bring it to a proper consistence. As ordinarily made and sold, however, jujube paste is prepared only of gum arabic and sugar pleasantly flavored. It is, however, of equal activity with the true paste. Jujube is demulcent and forms the basis of a lozenge for use in irritated states of the mouth and throat. * KAOLIN. Kaolin is a hydrated silicate of aluminum. It is a cream-white claj, which forms an impalpable powder entirely free from grit. Kaolin is a protectant. It also serves to suspend oils in water. General Surgery. Maizee (Lancet, June 23, 1888) has employed kaolin in the treatment of MASTITIS. It is applied over gauze and is said to be a satisfactory means of maintaining low temperature. It is also used as an absorbent in wounds accompanied with purulent dis- charge. Diseases of the Skin. Kaolin alone or in combination with other indifferent, sedative, or astringent powders, or substances otherwise medi- cated, is employed as an application to the skin in various forms of ERY- THEMA and ECZEMA, and other inflammatory skin diseases. It possesses the advantage over starch and some other powders of not becoming rancid and irritating when brought into contact with the secretions of the skin. A similar powder is the "terra cimolise," or fuller 's earth. Kaolin is sometimes employed in the form of paste to replace oint- ments in certain cases of ECZEMA RUBRUM of the leg, and similar affec- tions, when greasy applications are for any reason contraindicated. The following formula is found useful: R. Kaolin, ^iiss; olei lini, fgiss; liq. plumbi subacetatis, fj. M. This forms a gray paste of a putty-like odor and is convenient of application. In ACNE with COMEDO, the following paste has been recommended : R. Pulv. kaolin, ^iv ; glycerini, f^iij; aceti, fgij. M. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Lefferts prefers kaolin to magnesium carbonate in suspending oil for purposes of inhalation. One-half grain of kaolin is sufficient for each drop of oil. KA\VA KINO KRAMERIA. 313 KAWA. Kava. Ava. The root of Piper methystictim. Kava contains a volatile oil, a resin, a crystalline principle called kavahin, or methysticin, which is somewhat analogous to piperin and cubebin. A solution of kavva resin used locally induces anaesthesia. In this way it is analogous to cocaine. As compared to the agent last named, it possesses a disadvantage, inasmuch as the first effect of the application is to cause pungent pain. Kawa is insoluble in water and glycerin. An extract of kawa is claimed by N. Weinstein ( Wien. med. Blatter, No. 26, 1887) to have anaesthetic properties on mucous surfaces. KINO. Kino. " The inspissated juice of Pterocarpus marsupium." (U. S. P.) " Kino is without odor, and has a bitter, highly astringent taste, with a somewhat sweetish after-taste." (U. S. D.) It is soluble in cold water, more soluble in hot water; soluble in alcohol, and nearly insoluble in ether. The tincture is apt to gelatinize when long kept. Tincture of kino, containing the activity of ten parts of the kino in one hundred parts of the finished tinc- ture, is the single official preparation. Kino is a powerful astringent. Its efficacy depends upon the presence of kino-tannic acid. General Surgery. An infusion of kino is sometimes employed as a wash in LEUCORRHCEA. Powdered kino is occasionally employed as a topical application in CHRONIC ULCERS. Diseases of the Nose, Mouth, Throat, etc. Kino is less agree- able to the taste than is krameria, and is, therefore, less commonly pre- scribed than the agent last named in affections of the nose, mouth, and throat. It, however, is active and reliable, and it is claimed in its behalf that in the form of a powder it can arrest hemorrhage when other astrin- gents have failed. Hence, German physicians praise it in the treatment of EPISTAXIS. In the form of a lozenge it is occasionally used. Each mass contains two grains of the aqueous extract. Since its efficacy depends upon kino-tannic acid, it should not be combined with gelatin. " Kra- meria-kino-catechu wool : " Cotton, one drachm; glycerin, ten minjms ; tr. catechu, vel. kino, vel. rhatany, one ounce. Mix the glycerin with the tincture, saturate the wool with the liquid, and dry. KRAMERIA. Krameria. Rhatany. " The root of Krameria triandra and Krameria tomentosa." (U. S. P.) The root contains tannin, starch, saccharine matter, and krameric acid. The drug owes its virtue to the tannin. The following preparations are official: an extract (of uncertain strength) ; a tincture (containing the activity of twenty parts of krameria in one hundred 314 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. parts of the finished tincture), and a fluid extract (one cubic centimetre of which represents the activity of one gramme of the drug). Krameria is-one of the most agreeable of the vegetable astringents. It possesses the advantage over many other agents of its class in making a clear mixture with water. Diseases of the Nose, Throat, etc. A gargle is prepared by adding four ounces of the tincture to a half pint of water at 100. An astringent nasal tampon is made by mixing one-half ounce of the tincture with ten minims of -glycerin, and saturating a mass of absorbent cotton of convenient size. In the form of a nasal bougie three grains of the fluid extract are contained in each mass. A few drops added to an equal quantity of Cologne water, and appropriately diluted, forms an agreeable mouth-wash, where the membrane lacks tone. Krameria lozenges are often prescribed. One grain is directed to be combined with the base in each mass. A favorite lozenge, with some practitioners, is to exhibit krameria, cubeb, carbolic acid, and potassium chlorate. Gelatin is unsuitable for combination with krameria. " Krameria-kino -catechu Wool : " Cotton, one drachm; glycerin, ten minims ; tr. catechu, vel kino, vel rhatany, one ounce. Mix the glycerin with the tincture, saturate the wool with the liquid, and dry. LACTUCARIUM. Lactucarium. " The concrete milk juice of Lactuca virosa." (U. S. P.) The fluid extract is the only official preparation, and of it one cubic centimetre represents the activity of one gramme of lactucarium. Lactucarium is a mild anodyne. " It is almost devoid of narcotic properties." (U. S. D.) Diseases of the Throat. Lactucarium is used as a lozenge, each mass to contain one grain of the drug. It is indicated in painful con- ditions of the pharynx, which are unaccompanied with high grades of inflammation. Lactucarium may be combined with other anodynes, as follows : Extract of lettuce, one and one-half grains ; codeine, one-half grain ; extract hyoscyamus, one-half grain. LAMB'S WOOL. Lamb's wool is a substitute for absorbent cotton in some clinical con- ditions of the ear. It is also useful in protecting the nasal passages from irritative currents of air. The more elastic character of the hair, as compared to cotton-fibre, enables a pledget of wool to act as a sieve as well as a plug. With some persons, however, it proves to be irritative. LAMINARIA. 315 LAMINARIA. Sea-tangle. A sea weed (Laminaria digitata) found upon the shores of Great Britain. It has a stem from six to fifteen feet in length and of about an inch to an inch and a half in diameter at its largest part. The stem shrinks to a marked degree in drying. The dried pieces, wheji again moistened, quickly regain their natural size. This property makes laminaria valuable for the manufacture of tents and bougies. The plant is one of the sources of iodine, which it contains in large proportion. When burned it produces a superior, fine-grained charcoal. , Laminaria is hygroscopic. General Surgery. When lodged in the uterus laminaria slowly expands the cervical canal, which in this way usually becomes accessible to the finger for diagnostic purposes. The value of the agent in the main relates to the management of some of the after-consequences of abortion, or the post-partum retention of the products of conception. It is largely employed by some practitioners in facilitating the application of local remedies to the endometrium. The use of the tent is always accompanied with more or less risk, and is not employed without extreme caution. It must not be introduced into the uterus when there is any evidence of pelvic inflammation. When used by themselves, the tents are liable to be forced out of the cer- vical cavity. W. Goodell is in the habit (when the condition of the os uteri will admit) of using two or three laminaria and one sponge tent. The latter assists in retaining the dilating mass in the canal. Laminaria should not be inserted while the patient is in the consulting or out- patient room, but in a hospital ward or bed-room, and the patient should be in bed while the tent is in the cervix. It should never be used just prior to or during the monthly period. Before introduction the vagina should be douched with a mild bichloride-solution, 1-8000, or a two per cent, creolin-solution. It is important that each tent should have attached a piece of strong twine, which will materially assist in its removal. The tent should always be removed in twelve hours, and the vagina washed with an antiseptic solution. If the cervix is not sufficiently dilated for the desired object, another may be employed. There is more danger accompanying the second and third introduction than with the first, so that it is desirable that the cervical canal should be tightly filled at the first treatment, and thus avoid the necessity for another manipulation. (Doran, " Gynaecological Operations," p. 79.) To insure purity Dirner, of Buda-Pesth, immerses laminaria in a one per cent, alcoholic solution of corrosive sublimate. Diseases of the Ear and Nose. Small laminaria tents have been used for dilating openings in the tympanic membrane preparatory to treatment of the middle ear. Bougies of the same material are employed 316 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. in maintaining patulency of the Eustachian tube (Keene). Nasal bougies, have been introduced into narrowed nasal passages, but the effects are transitory. LANOLIN. Adeps Lanze Hydrosus (Ph. Br.). Lanolin is a copyright name applied to a product made by a patented process from the cholesterin fats of wool, and introduced into medicine by Liebreich. It is a saponaceous, fatty substance, absorbing at least its weight of water, not decomposable, and perfectly bland and non irritating. It has been some'what hastily claimed that lanolin is more readily absorbed through the skin than is any other base, but the experiments made to determine this point have been incomplete, and the results contradictory. Its blandness and the quality of combining with large proportions of water make lanolin a valuable vehicle for external applications. It is insoluble in water, partly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether. General Surgery. Lanolin is a popular basis for ointments in the treatment of INGUINAL or CERVICAL ADENITIS. Diseases of the Skin. Lanolin has been recommended as an inunction in DRY and WASTED CONDITIONS OF THE SKIN. It is said to remove wrinkles in the aged, but this assertion has not been con- firmed. It is sometimes employed in massage, and is useful in CHAPPED HANDS. As a vehicle for the administration of drugs by inunction, lanolin has been highly praised. In the opinion of some observers lanolin appears to possess superior penetrating power over the ointment bases usually em- ployed. Lanolin sparingly dissolves many medicinal substances; it is rather stringy and clinging, and should be mixed with fat or with vaseline. About one part of vaseline or lard to five parts of lanolin form a con- venient proportion. On the other hand, a small proportion of lanolin added to an ointment or to vaseline gives the mass firmer consistence. Lanolin, two parts; benzoinated lard, one part, is extolled in ECZEMA of the auditory passages. The rather disagreeable odor excludes the use of lanolin about the nostrils. Diseases of the Eye. Lanolin has been used in ophthalmic sur- gery for ointments of yellow oxide of mercury, etc., but has no well- established superiority over cosmoline or lard. LIMONIS SUCCUS. Lemon Juice. " The freshly expressed juice of the ripe fruit of Citrus limonum" (U. S. P.) Diseases of the Nose, Throat, etc. Fanchon (Med. Record, October 5, 1889) recommends the local application of lemon juice in EPISTAXIS. He found it efficacious after plugging the nostrils had LI NUM. failed. Bonatny (Bull. Therapeutique, April 30, 1887) an d Gomez de la Mata (Gaceta de Oftalmologia, Otologia y Laryngologia, Jirly, 1886) uses this agent as an application in DIPHTHERIA. The use of lemonade is indicated in ^ESOPHAGITIS, dependent upon the action of an alkali. LINUM. Flaxseed. Linseed. The seed of Linum usitatissimum. Flaxseed, when reduced to a powder, forms the ground flaxseed of the U. S. P. It is of a dark gray color and highly oleaginous. When mixed with hot water it forms a soft, slightly adhesive mass. Much of the linseed of commerce is simply "cake-meal" left after the extraction of linseed oil, which is made by compressing the ground seeds. This cake-meal is unfit for medical purposes, not only because of its poverty in oil, but owing to the fact that exposure to the air has caused it to become rancid. The U. S. Pharmacopoeia directs that flaxseed for medical purposes should be freshly ground and free from unpleasant and rancid odors, and should con- tain at least twenty-five per cent, of oil. Flaxseed is demulcent and protective. When used in the form of a poultice it is a convenient means of retaining heat and moisture, as well as of maintaining degrees of heat higher than that of the part upon which it is applied. General Surgery. A flaxseed poultice, when properly made, is soft, moist, and bland. Its effects can be obtained from warm water, but the method of applying the agent last named, as a rule, is less conveni- ent. Poultices are frequently employed in the early stages of PHLEGMONOUS and SUPERFICIAL INFLAMMATIONS, adding greatly to the comfort of the patient and assisting in the softening and future absorption of the inflam- matory products. The action, while sedative, is less efficient than a cold-water dressing. Nevertheless, experience has demonstrated that a carefully applied hot poultice will often cause resolution where a cold- water dressing would in time be followed by suppuration ; and the differ- ence in the comfort to the patient is great. If the inflammation has advanced and suppuration is threatened, poultices hasten the pus-forming process. When the tissues are in the stage of high tension, which precedes the suppurating stage, the application of a hot poultice gives relief from pain by relaxing the tissues. The impression made ^tipon the peripheral nerves may also be transmitted to the nerve centres and reflected upon internal organs. It is by this means that warm, moist applications relieve pain in internal and distant parts which have no direct anatomical connection with the integument. Poultices, like many other valuable therapeutic agents, are often abused by being used too long ; in which case the skin becomes white, wrinkled, and sodden, small boils or pustules form, and the blood-vessels lose their tone. Over-poulticing of wounds or ulcerations induces granu- 318 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. lations to become pale and flabby, and the healing process to be delayed. Applied indiscreetly to an inflamed joint, poultices may promote suppura- tion and lead to disorganization. Poultices have long been prescribed to relieve tension and promote resolution in the treatment of BOILS and CARBUNCLES, but they are strongly suspected of multiplying such lesions by furnishing favorable condi- tions for the development of the germs of morbid processes. Poultices are especially serviceable for cleansing FOUL, SLOUGHING SORES, or to hasten the separation of SLOUGHS. In the treatment of serous inflamma- tion. of the great cavities, like the pleura or peritoneum, large, hot poul- tices are often of service. In treating PERITONITIS, the poultice should be of sufficient size to cover the entire abdomen, and is applied as hot as it can be borne, and covered with oiled silk. In PLEURISY and PNEU- MONIA, the poultice should cover the anterior and posterior portions of the chest, forming what is known as the " jacket-poultice," which may be encased in thin flannel made into a sort of double bag, which is cut to the shape of the individual, secured in front with safety pins, and supported over the shoulders with tapes. Chest poultices are especially convenient in treating children. Poultices may have added to them a small quantity of mustard or some other stimulating material. Made in this way they act as counter-irritants. In inflammation of the lungs poultices are un- doubtedly of great service; but, unless they can be carefully attended to by trained attendants, they may chill the patient. LINI. Oil of Flaxseed. Linseed Oil. Flaxseed Oil. " A fixed oil expressed ir vm flaxseed without the aid of heat." (U. S. P.) General Surgery. Linseed oil is a bland, unirritating oil, but little used as a topical application, except for making " carron oil ;" this is com- posed of equal parts of linseed oil and lime-water (see Aqua calcis). A preparation somewhat similar to "carron oil," known as linimentum cal- cis, does not now contain linseed oil. Linseed oil, owing to its rapid drying properties, leaving a thin, impervious, resinoid coating, with no tendency to crack, is employed in the preparation of such protective substances as oiled silk, oiled paper, etc. While the Pharmacopoeia directs that Linum should be restricted to flaxseed, three articles cannot be consistently treated under any other head. Therefore, at this place will be considered the subjects of Lint, Charpie, and Oakum. LINT. Lint is of two kinds, domestic and patent. The former is prepared by scraping one surface of old linen with a table-knife until its surface be- LITHII CARBONAS. 3 J 9 comes soft. The patent lint is made by the removal of the transverse threads of new linen, and scraping them longitudinally. It is used for the application of lotions or cerates to wounds or other injuries. In the use of lint with either of the above agents, it is well to cover it with waxed paper, in the case of lotions, to prevent evaporation taking place too rapidly, and with cerate to save the outer dressings, and the clothing of the patient. As an absorbent it is little used, since other dressings are cheaper and more efficient. CHARPIE. General Surgery. Charpie, a surgical dressing prepared by unravel- ing coarse linen, was at one time popular in the profession, particularly as a dressing for granulating wounds. During the Civil War large quan- tities of this substance were used. It was mostly prepared by house- wives from their old table linen. It is much inferior to lint. OAKUM. General Surgery. This common, useful, and cheap preparation is made from old hempen ropes. These are picked to pieces, and form, when carefully prepared, an efficient dressing. The absorbent power of this substance is marked, hence oakum is much used in the treatment of SUPPURATING WOUNDS. The odor is agreeable. It is extensively employed as a padding for splints, in fracture boxes, as compresses, and in the form of pads or rings to prevent pressure on various parts of the body, as around BED SORES and beneath the tendo-Achillis. Oakum threads enter into the formation of the seton, in CHRONIC ARTHRITIS a process of counter-irritation more in vogue formerly than at the present day. LITHII CARBONAS. Carbonate of Lithium. Carbonate of lithium is " a light, white powder, soluble in 130 parts of water at 15 C. (59 F.), and in about the same proportion of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol." (U. S. P.) Carbonate of lithium is resolvent of chalky deposits of gout. General Surgery. Garrod has been successful in the removal of GOUTY DEPOSITS in the hands and fingers by the application of a solu- tion of five grains of carbonate of lithium to the ounce lint being soaked in this and kept constantly applied to the part. A strong solution of a lithium salt is applied with the intention of converting the urates in the tissues into the soluble urate of lithium. The treatment is especially useful when the skin is broken. Under ordinary circumstances this is difficult to heal, owing to the urates being held in the connective tissue and slowly escaping through the wound. 320 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. LYCOPODIUM. Lycopodium. " The sporules of Lycopodium clanatum and of other species of " Lycopodium." (U. S. P.) " A fine powder, pale yellowish, very mobile, inodorous, tasteless, floating upon water and not wetted by it, burning quickly when thrown into a flame." (U. S. P.) Lycopodium is often mixed with various substances, such as pollen, starch, talc, dex- trin, and even sand. Lycopodium acts as.a protectant. Diseases of the Nose and Throat. Lycopodium may be used as an excipient in the composition of snuffs. Its extreme lightness makes it somewhat difficult to manipulate. A snuff composed of equal parts of lycopodium, gum arabic, and bismuth subnitrate, is in good repute for NASAL CATARRH. Lycopodium may be thrown up the naso-pharynx in combination* with sodium chloride and sodium bicarbonate. (Kirchner.) LYSOL. That product of the distillation of coal-tar which comes over between 190 and 200 C. (which is the distillate in boiling point next above carbolic acid) is dissolved in fat and saponified by beating with an alkali. The product is a German patented article known under the fanciful name of lysol. It is a brown, oily-looking liquid, with an aromatic, creasote-like odor. Lysol contains about fifty per cent, of cresols, and forms a clear, saponaceous solution with water ; it is also soluble in alcohol, benzin, chloroform, and glycerin. The superiority of lysol over carbonic acid consists in its complete solubility in water, and its saponaceous character, whereby it becomes especially suitable for the immersion of instruments, and for use as a surgical soap. It is claimed that it is five times more efficient than carbolic acid, and eight times less poisonons. It is allied in many of its properties, as well as in composition, to creolin. A lysol wadding and gauze, as well as a lysol-soap are included in German trade-lists. MAGNESII CARBONAS. Carbonate of Magnesium. " Light, white, friable masses, or a light, white powder, odorless and tasteless, insolu- ble in alcohol, and almost insoluble in water, to which, however, it imparts a feebly alkaline reaction." (U. S. P.) Diseases of the Ear, Throat, etc. Magnesium carbonate is used as an indifferent agent to protect sensitive surfaces or to aid in the sus- pension of oily substances in aqueous solutions in the proportion of one- half grain to a grain of the drug to a minim of oil. It also enters into the composition of powders to be used as insufflations when it is desired to diffuse the effects of such agents as cocaine and iodol. The dried powdered carbonate will often cure an obstinate DERMATITIS of the EX- TERNAL AUDITORY PASSAGE after all active remedies have failed. It is simply dusted lightly on the affected parts, and renewed every third day. MASTICHE MATICO MENTHOL. 321 Magnesium carbonate also serves a valuable purpose as an antidote to the effects of PHOSPHORUS POISONING in the throat. M. Mackenzie recom- mends that the agent be given in drachm doses every fifteen minutes until the breath ceases to be phosphorescent. An important use of magnesium carbonate is the aid it gives in distributing oils through watery- media. The reader is referred in this connection to the articles on oils. MASTICHE. Gum Mastiche. Mastic. "A concrete, resinous exudation from Pistacia lentiscus." (U.S. P.) "Mastic is wholly soluble in ether, chloroform, and oil of turpentine, scarcely soluble in the fixed oils, and insoluble in water." (U. S. D.) Alcohol absorbs about nine-tenths of it, but leaves undissolved a resinous substance to which the name of masticin or beta-resin of mastic is applied. The portion soluble in alcohol is called the alpha-resin of mastic or mastichic acid. ' Mastiche is a protectant and styptic. General Surgery. Mastiche is often employed as a temporary filling for CARIOUS TEETH, in the form of a solution consisting of ether, one part, mastiche, four parts. When properly dissolved it is of an oily consistency. A small piece of cotton the desired size is saturated with the solution and evenly and carefully pressed into the cavity, which has previously been thoroughly cleansed. Diseases of the Throat, etc. M. Mackenzie uses a solution, one to five, as a varnish on DIPHTHERITIC DEPOSITS.' The membranes should be dried with blotting paper before the application is made. MATICO. Matico. The leaves of Artanthe elongata, Miquel. (U.S.P.) They are aromatic, spicy, and slightly bitter. The Extraction Matico Fluidum and the Tincttira Matico are official. Matico is styptic and haemostatic. It is an old remedy for EPISTAXIS, but is now almost entirely discarded. MENTHOL. Menthol. Peppermint Camphor. Menthol is a "stearoptene obtained by cooling the oil distilled from the fresh herb of Mentha arvensis and Mentha piperita" (Ph. Br.) Oil of peppermint upon long standing or exposure to extreme cold deposits a camphoraceous substance, which is menthol. It occurs " in colorless acicular crystals, usually more or less moist from ad- hering oil, or in fused crystalline masses. Its melting point should not exceed 1 10 F. It has the odor and flavor of peppermint, producing warmth on the tongue, or, if air is inhaled, a sensation of coolness. It is sparingly soluble in water, and readily soluble in rectified spirit." (Ph. Br.) Menthol is analgesic, antiseptic, and appears to exert a specific im- 21 322 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. pression upon mucous tissues infiltrated with the products of the bacillus of tubercle. General Surgery. Menthol has of late obtained reputation as an anaesthetic. Rubbed into the affected part, it relieves NEURALGIC PAINS when they are superficial and peripheral in their origin. It enters into the composition of the Chinese remedy, "Po-ho-yo." " Po-ho-yo " is applied directly to the affected part in the relief of TOOTHACHE. It is also of repute in relieving GOUTY PAINS. Menthol is extensively used in the form of a crayon in the treatment of FRONTAL HEADACHE and NEU- RALGIA. After its application a sense of cold is experienced, but persistent use will irritate. Menthol dissolved in chloroform and ether in the fol- lowing proportions, menthol, one drachm; chloroform, ten drachms; ether, fifteen drachms, is a useful analgesic. It can be applied to the skin over an abscess, or to the skin over a sebaceous cyst prior to ex- cision, etc. Morris {Lancet, 1881), has shown menthol to be a germicide. Russel (Medical Record, November, 1885) affirms that menthol has a remarkable power of controlling SUPERFICIAL INFLAMMATIONS. He applies an ethereal solution from ten to fifty per cent, two or three times daily, with a camel's-hair pencil, with the effect of controlling the forma- tion of CARBUNCLES, BOILS, and SMALL ABSCESSES. Langaard {Therap. Monatshefte, March, 1887) who has made a careful study of menthol, regards it as a valuable sedative when applied locally to marginal BURNS and PAINFUL HEMORRHOIDS. It may be used, as Macdonald recommends, in a ten per cent, alcoholic solution, or an ointment consisting of men- thol, one part; olive oil, half part ; lanolin, eight and a half parts. The action of the ointment is more permanent than the crayon. On mucous membranes the following ointment may be applied : menthol, one part, dissolved in olive oil, three parts; lanolin, six parts. In the treatment of BURNS, menthol, one part, dissolved in olive oil, nine parts ; lime-water, ten parts, may be spread on lint or old linen and applied. Girard {Brit. Med. Journ., April, 1888) used equal parts of iodoform and menthol in the treatment of TUBERCULAR ULCERATIONS in bone and the soft parts, with more satisfactory results than where iodoform alone is used. Diseases of the Skin. Menthol is employed as an antipruritic in PRURITUS, URTICARIA, and ECZEMA. Elvy recommends a tincture of five to twenty grains of menthol to the ounce of alcohol, and -a liniment of twenty-five grains menthol to half an ounce each of lanolin and olive oil. Dubreuilh recommends an ointment of five to twenty-five grains to the ounce of oxide of zinc ointment in subacute, itching ECZEMA. In severe PRURITUS a solution of fifty grains of menthol in an ounce of olive oil has proved useful, the effect lasting from half an hour to a day. Sometimes if used over a large surface menthol produces an intolerable MENTHOL. 323 sensation of cold. It cannot be employed with propriety on mucous membranes or on abraded surfaces in the strength usually used in appli- cations to the skin. Diseases of the Ear, Throat, etc. Menthol in ten to fifteen per cent, oily solution arrests FURUNCLE in the auditory passage. Cholevva {Monatschr. f. Ohrenheilk., March, 1892) has invited attention to the properties as applicable to auditory disease. The vapor of menthol from a twenty per cent, solution can be forced into the middle ear in CHRONIC AURAL CATARRH. The solution is best made by dissolving in alcohol. (Adolf Bronner, Sajous 1 Annual of Med. Science, vol. iv, 1890, c. 25.) No remedy for CORYZA is in higher repute than menthol. It is the basis of many proprietary articles, for use as sprays or inhalants. Menthol can be used by insufflation mixed with an equal quantity of magnesium oxide. It is often rubbed on the skin about the external nose, lip, and brow for the relief of secondary distressing sensations which accompany NASAL CATARRH. F. H. Potter (Trans. Amer. Med. Ass'n, 1889) recommends the use of menthol in atrophic states of the lining membrane of the nose. Liquid petrolatum in which menthol has been dissolved can be used as a spray. Three grains of pulverized menthol in one hundred grains of an indifferent medium forms the basis of a snuff for CATARRH recommended by Rabow. {Deutsche med. Wochenschrift, 1886, No. 5.) A small proportion, say one grain to two ounces, is an agreeable addition to a lotion to be used in ACUTE PHARYNGITIS and RHINITIS. S. Solis-Cohen employs menthol in a wide range of purposes in five to ten per cent, solutions. He claims that it is both cleansing and soothing in CATARRH of various grades. It can be applied conveniently by means of cotton, sponge, or any form of spray largely diluted in benzoinated petrolatum. Kutznetzoff (JRusskaia Medit- zina, No. 17, 1890) recommends menthol in the local treatment of DIPHTHERIA. C. H. Knight {Jour. Amer. Med. Ass'n, December 14, 1889) reports twenty cases of LARYNGITIS treated with menthol. This observer dis- solved the drug in cosmoline, one drachm to an ounce, and employed it in the form of a spray or vaporization. Nearly all the cases in which the remedy was essayed were relieved and many were cured. The treatment appears to be especially well adapted to persons of a nervous temperament and in the absence of acute inflammation and oedema of the parts. The same author (ibid., January, 1890, p. 89) recommends that menthol be used in solution in oleum petrolatum in proportion of a half drachm or a drachm to the ounce. Even with the weaker solution irritation and cough is at times excited, while some cases bear the stronger solution without much complaint. Ten to twelve drops may be inhaled from the surface of steaming hot water, or a few drops may be 324 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. thrown over the ulcerated surface with a laryngeal spray or syringe, or the application may be made directly with a pledget of cotton. On the whole, the most effective method is that of inhalation from an ordinary nebulizer or vaporizer ; the mixture being inhaled for a few minutes every half hour. Rosenberg {Berliner klin. Wochens., No. 26, 1887) found menthol valuable in LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS after an extended trial. The remedy was used in the form of a solution, viz. : a half drachm to a drachm of a twenty per cent, solution in oil being thrown upon the affected parts once or twice a day in the beginning of the treatment, the interval between the applications being gradually increased. When ulceration is present treatment by inhalation can be resorted to. Five drops of a twenty per cent, solution may be used every hour with marked benefit. Ossendovsky (Meditzinskoic Obozrenie, No. 5, 1889, p. 484) uses menthol in ten to thirty per cent, oleaginous solution rubbed into the parts by Heryng's cotton-wool brush either once daily or thrice weekly. It is well to begin with a ten per cent, solution and gradually pass to stronger ones. A strength of from forty to fifty per cent, is practicable, but repre- sents the maximum strength, since a thirty per cent, solution as a rule represents the limit of safety, for intense local irritation may supervene when a forty per cent, solution is used. Blumenau {Jour, of Laryng. and Rhinology, 1889, p. 256), however, claims satisfactory results in painting TUBERCULAR ULCERS with a solution as high as fifty per cent. Irritative phenomena were of shorter duration than those ensuing after applications of lactic acid. A. B. Thrasher {Cincinnati Lancet and Clinic, June 22, 1889) employs a ten to twenty per cent, solution by cotton application, or in a vaseline spray. This writer finds such a com- bination of especial value in overcoming DYSPHAGIA OF LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS. A method of treatment for ULCERATIONS OF THE LARYNX has been proposed by Gougenheim and Glover {Journal of Laryngology and Rhinology, September, 1890, p. 365), in which the effects of menthol and creasote are combined ; one part of menthol is added to one to five parts of creasote in five parts of oil of sweet almond.* It is reported that such a mixture painted upon the affected surfaces is especially valuable in the treatment of LARYNGEAL ULCERATIONS. It may also be used by insufflation mixed up with equal parts of magnesium oxide. It may also * The proportions of the formula in the original paper stand as follows : Sweet oil of almond, loo grammes. Menthol 20 ' Sweet oil of almond, loo " Creasote lo " Mix the two solutions in water bath. MOLLIN TINCTURA MOSCHI MUSCARINE. 325 be inhaled from Schreiber's apparatus. Ossendovsky claims that menthol is a reliable anodyne. In inhaling menthol for TRACHEITIS the following method is com- mended : Place the drug in a Florence flask or a wide-mouth bottle which retains two tubes through the stopper : one of the tubes is used for inhala- tion and the other to establish a current of air. Raise to a moderate tem- perature (113 F. [45 C.] ). The bottle is now filled with white fumes. Inhalations are made carefully and slowly lack of this precaution will excite choking sensations. Each treatment should consist of five or six inhalations several times a day. Menthol in substance may be used in a solid form, as in relieving the pain of a CARIOUS TOOTH. MOLLIN. Mollin is a soft soap containing an excess of fat with glycerin. It is prepared by saponifying, without heat, one hundred parts of cocoanut oil with forty parts of potas- sium hydrate solution (specific gravity 1.145), an ^ tnen adding thirty parts of gly- cerin. It is yellowish white, of a smooth consistence, free from rancidity, and readily removed from the skin by warm or cold water. Diseases of the Skin. Kirsten ( Monatshefte f. prakt. Dermatol. , No. 8, 1886) and Kahn {Berlin, klin. Wochens., September 8, 1890) have recommended this substance as a vehicle for cutaneous medi- cation. It is stable, neutral in reaction, unirritating, and mixes well with medicaments of various kinds. On account of its stability, Kirsten believes that mollin may supersede ointments, such as ung. hydrarg., etc., for use in warm climates. We have employed mollin as a vehicle, but do not find it to possess any advantages over those already in use. It resembles H. von Hebra's " glycerinum saponatum." (See Sapo.} TINCTURA MOSCHI. Tincture of Musk. " Musk, ten parts; alcohol, forty-five parts; water, forty- five parts; diluted alcohol, a sufficient quantity to make one hundred parts." (U. S. P.) The tincture of musk, one part added to eight parts of " mixtura oleoso- balsamica," of the German Pharmacopoeia, with two grains each of acetic acid and carbolic acid, is recommended by M. A. Fritsche {Berlin klin. Wochenschrift, 1887, No. 27) for inhalation in ACUTE CORYZA. MUSCARINE. Muscarine is an alkaloid obtained from a fungus (Agaricus or Amanita mtiscarius). It has also been obtained as a derivative from brain substance. It and its nitrate are uncrystallizable. The nitrate is a hygroscopic brownish-yellow liquid, viscid and soluble in water. 326 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Diseases of the Eye. Muscarine is a decided myotic, but has not been much used in ophthalmic practice. It is said to act more ener- getically on the ciliary muscle than on the pupillary. It may be used in solution of from one to four grains to the ounce. MUSCARINE SULPHATE. E. L. Shurly (JV. Y. Med. Jour., September n, 1886) believes that one-fiftieth to one-tenth grain of this agent to the ounce of water is use- ful as a spray in relieving irritation in NASO-PHARYNGEAL CATARRH. MYRRHA. Myrrh. " A gum resin obtained from Bahamodendron myrrha." (U. S. P.) Myrrh forms an emulsion-like mixture with water, and is dissolved, with the exception of its impurities and a gummy substance, by alcohol, ether, and solutions of the alkalies; it contains a small proportion of volatile oil, a large proportion of resin, and a little gum. A tincture of myrrh is official and represents twenty parts of myrrh in one hundred parts of alcohol. Myrrh is detergent and astringent. General Surgery. As a vaginal wash in VAGINAL and UTERINE CATARRH, tincture of myrrh, a fluidounce to the pint of water, will often be found efficacious. Diseases of the Mouth, etc. Myrrh has long been employed, either alone or in conjunction with other remedies, as a mouth-wash in cases of PTYALISM, or when the gums from other causes have become spongy, with a tendency to recede from the teeth. A serviceable mouth-wash, which we have employed for the above-mentioned conditions, is : Potass, chlor., gij ; tinct. myrrhce, f^ij ; aquae, q. s. fgvj. It is also of value as a stimulat- ing wash in CARIES and NECROSIS, accompanied with offensive discharge. Owing to the fact that the precipitated resin adheres to the teeth and gums, its employment in the mouth has been criticised, but the advan- tages it offers over other detergents make it still a favorite with prac- titioners. The following recipe obviates the employment of alcohol : Pulverized myrrh and alum, each one drachm ; conserve of rose, one ounce. A bolus of convenient size to dissolve in the mouth. Myrrh is used also as a component of a powder for insufflation, as well as in the form of a tincture diluted for use as a gargle. In the last-named exhibition it has been for a long time an ingredient in a gargle, for ANGINA accompanied by oedema, either when found in acute or sub-acute condi- tions, in the proportion of one-half ounce to about a pint of water. The tincture of myrrh is recommended by C. Seiler in the treatment of OZ/ENA. MYRTUS NAPHTHALINUM NAPHTHOL. 327 MYRTUS. Clove-Bark. Clove-bark is obtained from a tree (probably Myrtus acrt's, order Myrtaceae) which grows in the West Indies. M. Mackenzie employs an oil of clove-bark as an inhalant six minims to the ounce in inflammatory affections of the throat. NAPHTHALINUM. Naphthalene. Naphthalin. Naphthalene is a compound of carbon and hydrogen, and is a typical member of the naphthalene series of hydrocarbons, just as benzene is a typical member of the benzene series. It is prepared from the fractions in the distillation of coal-tar which come over between 180 and 250 C. From these fractions it separates as a dark- colored mass, and is then purified by repeated treatment with sodium hydrate and sulphuric acid. Finally the purification is completed by repeated sublimation. Naphthalene occurs in large, shining, crystalline scales, having a peculiar, penetrating odor, and .a burning, aromatic taste. It is insoluble in water and slowly soluble in cold alcohol, but is readily soluble in hot alcohol, in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, and fixed and volatile oils. Naphthalene is stimulant, antiseptic, and parasiticide. General Surgery. It has been employed with good results as an antiseptic in the treatment of WOUNDS. Henri Lasserre ( Wiener med. Presse, October 13, 1889) advises naphthalene in place of iodoform in CHRONIC ABSCESSES and ADENITIS, the solution being easily made by the addition of a little alcohol. The following formula is commended : Naphthalene, two drachms ; alcohol, two fluidounces ; water, four fluid- ounces. The water should be added hot and the whole filtered. Since the crystals will clog the syringe the preparation must be warmed before using. After the evacuation of the abscess the cavity should be gently distended with the solution. Diseases of the Skin. Naphthalene has been highly recommended in the treatment of PARASITIC skin diseases, particularly SCABIES. It is, however, not equal to naphthol, while its extensive application is by no means without danger, Schwimmer having reported a case of fatal nephritis resulting from its use. It is sometimes fraudulently or ignor'antly substituted for naphthol in prescriptions. NAPHTHOL. Iso-naphthol. Beta-naphthol. There are two naphthols which are related to naphthalene, just as phenol or carbolic acid is related to benzene. They are prepared by the action of fuming sulphuric acid on naphthalene for several hours at 200 C. By this treatment the two naphthalene-sulphonates are formed ; these are combined with calcium and separated from each other by repeated crystallization. By 328 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. converting them into sodium salts and fusing with sodium hydrate the alpha- and beta- naphthols result. Beta-naphthol is the best known, and it is the one which bears the name of naphthol. It occurs as colorless, lustrous, scaly crystals, or as a white, crystalline powder. Its odor has a faint resemblance to phenol, and the taste is transient and somewhat burning. Naphthol is soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, oils, and alkaline liquids; scarcely soluble in cold water, but soluble in hot water to the extent of six grains in one fluid ounce. Alpha-naphthol resembles the beta- compound in most of its physical properties. Naphthol is antiseptic. (Bouchard, quoted in Therap. Gaz., 1888, p. 241.) Its slight degree of solubility protects from possibility of toxic im- pression, while it remains efficient as a germicide. It is five times as strong as carbolic acid and three times as strong as creasote, and is much safer than corrosive sublimate. General Surgery. This mixture is employed in the treatment of wounds and granulating surfaces. At the Massachusetts General Hospital it substitutes flaxseed in making poultices. Lint is saturated with a solution and applied. Diseases of the Skin. The effect of naphthol on the epidermis is slightly loosening. A strong application causes light brown discoloration and exfoliation of epidermis. Its influence upon HYPERTROPHIED EPI- DERMIS, as in PSORIASIS, is somewhat similar to that of chrysarobin and pyrogallic acid, but naphthol is less efficient than either of the agents named. Naphthol was introduced by Kaposi ( Wien med. Wochens., July, Nos. 22 and 23, 1881, and ib. No. 31, 1882) as an application in PSORIASIS. He employed an ointment of eighty grains to the ounce with success. We repeated Kaposi's experiments with naphthol in PSORIASIS* and found that a naphthol soap, composed of two drachms of naphthol in an ounce of sapo viridis acted satisfactorily in cleansing the scalp of psoriatic scales, while an ointment of naphthol, one drachm to the ounce of lard, succeeded in removing the patches from the body. Further experience, however, seemed to indicate naphthol as possessing only an inferior power for the removal of psoriasis eruption, while if used over an extensive surface symptoms of poisoning have been known to appear, preceded by a cloudy discoloration of the urine. However, naph- thol must be regarded as one of our best local remedies in some cases of PSORIASIS when chrysarobin and pyrogallic acid cannot, for any reason, be employed. In SCABIES Kaposi recommends: Naphthol, giv; sapo viridis, Sjss; pulv. cretae 9ij; adeps, sviij. M. In hospital practice a single energetic application is made of this oint- * " Experiments in the Use of Naphthol," etc. Am. Jour. Med. Set., October, 1883. NAPHTHOL. 3 2 9 ment over the affected parts, after which the skin is thoroughly powdered with starch and wrapped in a linen sheet. A single day is enough for patients under this treatment. Few can endure an application so heroic. We find the following a better formula for average cases of SCABIES : R. Naphthollis, sulphuris precip., aa 3J ; adipis, sviij. The patient takes a hot bath with soap, and after drying anoints himself thoroughly with the ointment. Clean underclothing is then put on. The subsequent treatment consists in nightly inunctions, the same underclothing being worn for a week. At the end of that time a bath is taken and the patient is inspected. If any traces of scabies remain the treatment is gone through with for another week. One to two weeks' treatment generally cures walking cases. Toward the last the proportions of naphthol and sulphur should be diminished, as irritation is apt to be set up in persons with sensitive skins if the stronger preparation is continued. Naphthol has been employed in the treatment of ECZEMA. An oil with naphthol (five grains to the ounce of olive oil) has been used in IMPETIGINOUS ECZEMA of the scalp, and an ointment of naphthol, a few grains to the ounce, have been employed in the treatment of SQUAMOUS ECZEMA, but, in our experience, without much good result. In PRURIGO and in ICHTHYOSIS naphthol has been used with some benefit. In ACNE, HYPERIDROSIS, and in the vegetable parasitic skin diseases naphthol has been employed with success. We have found it effective in TINEA CIRCINATA, having employed it in the strength of about a drachm to the ounce. In the PITYRIASIS CAPITIS naphthol is an efficient remedy. It may be employed in the form of the oil, or soap. Allen (JV. Y. Med. Record, May 21, 1887) recommends naphthol in the treatment of FOUL ULCERS, especially those of a syphilitic character. He prefers it to iodoform. In IMPETIGINOUS ECZEMA connected with PEDICULOSIS CAPITIS, in PEDICULOSIS VESTJMENTORUM, and in PRURITUS, Allen likewise found naphthol useful. Diseases of the Mouth, Throat, etc. Naphthol is recommended by dentists for the correction of FOUL BREATH in diseases, of bacterial origin, of the gums and teeth. In a group to which naphthol belongs may be mentioned the fol- lowing, concerning which exact information is wanting. Naphthaline is recommended by Kutznetzoff (Russkaia Meditzina, No. 7, 1890) for the local treatment of DIPHTHERIA. A. P. Favitzky (Journal of Laryn- gology and Rhinology, June, 1890) claims that /9-naphthol mixed with oil of sweet almond, one-half drachm to the ounce, has an anaesthetic effect in LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS. The solution is prepared from a half to two 330 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. drachms of the drug, and one ounce of the oil of sweet almond. (Medilzenskoie Obezrenie, No. 19, 1889, p. 585.) Diseases of the Eye. Vignes (Annal d' Oculist, vi, 251) strongly recommends naphthol as an antiseptic in ophthalmic surgery. He uses it in four per cent, solution (40 to 1000, with 2 grammes of alcohol), and claims that it is superior to the bichloride of mercury on account of its unirritating character and entire freedom from danger to the cornea. CAMPHORATED NAPHTHOL. Camphorated naphthol is prepared from one part of beta-naphthol and two parts camphor. The mixture forms a brownish, transparent liquid. Diseases of the Nose, Throat, etc. Fernet (Le Progres Medicale, March 9, 1889) found that by mixing one part of naphthol and two parts of camphor a greasy liquid is formed, which he claims is of service. It is relied on by some practitioners to prevent suppuration in ACUTE TONSILLITIS after all other measures have failed. This writer {Bull, et Memoires de la Societe de Therapeutique, February 27, 1889) has employed camphorated naphthol successfully in TUBERCULAR ULCERATIONS OF THE TONGUE. The daily application greatly improved an ulceration in a man aged forty. Ruault {Archives de LaryngoL, 1889, p. 73) used camphor- rated naphthol in vaseline as a local application to the turbinated bones in OZ/ENA. HYDRONAPHTHOL. This is a product claimed to be derived, by reduction, from beta-naphthol. It is said to have all the antiseptic powers of the naphthols without their toxic properties. It is soluble in alcohol 1-2 parts, in cold water i-noo parts, and in hot water 1-300 parts. It also dissolves in benzol and the fixed oils. Hydronaphthol is a germicide* and deodorant. It resembles creolin and carbolic acid in its general effects, but is held by its votaries to be superior to these agents, since it is without a disagreeable odor and can be used without exciting irritation or danger of toxic impression. Diseases of the Skin. Hydronaphthol has been recommended as a germicide by Dockrell (Lancet, November 30, 1889). He considers it superior to bichloride of mercury, and employs it in the form of a plaster for the cure of RINGWORM OF THE SCALP. The scalp is shaved, washed with a hydronaphthol soap, and, after drying, a ten per cent, hydronaphthol plaster is applied in narrow strips, so as to cover in the affected area. Outside the margin of the patch of strips a melted ten per cent, hydro- naphthol jelly is painted, so as to exclude the air. At the end of four days * For experimental research see Stackler and Dubrief. (Bull Gin. Thlrap., March 30, 1892.) NUX VOMICA. 331 the plaster is removed. A twenty per cent, plaster may then be substi- tuted after washing, etc., as before, and after four days this may again be replaced by a ten per cent, plaster. The remainder of the scalp is to be anointed with a five per cent, hydronaphthol ointment, morning and evening. Dockrell claims the best results from this plan of treatment. Diseases of the Mouth, Throat, etc. James Truman, of Philadelphia, uses hydronaphthol as a mouth wash and a preventive of DEN T TAL CARIES, and in the treatment of " PULPITIS, DECOMPOSED PULPS, GINGIVITIS, and in PVORRHCEA ALVEOLARIS." The progress of the obstinate affection last named is arrested so long as the affected surfaces are kept under the influence of the drug. The following formula is recommended for general use ; a slightly weaker mixture can be used as a mouth wash : Hydronaphthol, gr. xvj ; alcoholis, 3] ; water, 3j. Add a teaspoonful to a half pint of water and use freely. It is recommended to make up in small quantities, since the preparation is not stable. J. V. Shoemaker (Proc. Phila. Co. Aled. Soc., October 17, 1883) com- mends " naphthol " for the treatment of DIPHTHERIA. Hydronaphthol is probably intended. Hydronaphthol is used by W. C. Caldwell as a spray for DIPHTHERIA in combination with papain and hydrochloric acid as follows: R. Papain, 3ij ; hydronaphthol, gr. iij ; acid, hydrochloric, dil., n^xv; distilled water, iv. NUX VOMICA. " The seed of Strychnos nux vomica." (U. S. P.) Nux vomica is one of the sources of strychnine, to which alkaloid it owes its activity. STRYCHNINA. Strychnine. (Strychnia, U. S. P., 1870.) Strychnine is described as being in " colorless, octahedral, prismatic crystals, or white crystalline powder, permanent in the air, odorless, having an intensely bitter taste and an alkaline reaction. Soluble in sixty-seven hundred parts of water and in one hundred and ten parts of alcohol at 15 C. (59 F.) ; in twenty-five hundred parts of boiling water and in twelve parts of boiling alcohol ; also soluble in six parts of chloroform, but almost insoluble in ether or in absolute alcohol." (U. S. P.) For medicinal purposes a salt of strychnine should always be prescribed rather than strychnine, which, as will be seen from the account, is pfacti- cally insoluble. Sulphate of strychnine (strychninse sulphas) is the one commonly used. It is soluble in ten parts of water at ordinary tem- perature, and in two parts of boiling water ; it is also soluble in twenty- six parts of glycerin. General Surgery. In INCONTINENCE OF URINE the tincture may be applied to the perineum. Lint is saturated with it and retained as a wet dressing. Henry Thompson advises such a method in cases in which belladonna has failed. 332 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Diseases of the Nose. M. Mackenzie (" Diseases of the Throat and Nose," Amer. edition, Philada., 1884, vol. ii, p. 461) uses strych- nine in the proportion of one-twenty-fourth to one-sixteenth of a grain in an indifferent medium by insufflation in ANOSMIA. NYSSA. Tupelo. The root of Nyssa Aquatica. From this substance tupelo tents are made. It is asserted that tupelo expands more readily than either sponge or laminaria. Tupelo wood comes in pieces six inches long, three-quarters of an inch wide, and one-sixteenth of an inch thick. Tupelo is hygroscopic. General Surgery. A tupelo tent was proposed by G. E. Suss- dorff. {Richmond and Louisville Journal, 1879.) ^ expands to about double its compressed size, but less powerfully than does the sponge tent. Tupelo is preferred by some practitioners to other forms of tents, since it is not liable to become offensive from the decomposition of secretions. Diseases of the Nose, etc. According to J. W. Gleitmann {N. Y. Med. Jour., November 9, 1889), the manner of application is simple. After the nostril is thoroughly cleansed with a disinfectant solution and anaesthetized with cocaine, a piece of tupelo is cut the required size and introduced into the nasal chamber. After remaining in position for fifteen to twenty minutes the expansion is accomplished and the piece is removed. After a second cleansing, a piece of tin foil, which also can easily be shaped according to the requirements of the case, is inserted, and the patient is dismissed. The tin foil maintains the increased diameter of the nasal chamber and can be kept in place with impunity. OLEUM ANACARDII. Cashew-nut Oil. The oil of Anacardium occidental, a tree growing in the West Indies. Diseases of the Skin. Cashew-nut oil is an exceedingly irritant application. It is used in tropical countries as a stimulant in various forms of ulceration, and especially in the local treatment of LEPROSY. The oil is applied to the anaesthetic spots until a blister is almost pro- duced, also to the tubercles until they open. The lesions are then dressed with Gurjun oil, q. v. OLEUM CAJUPUTI. Oil of Cajuput. Oil of cajuput is " a volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Melaleuca cajuputi. A light, thin, bluish-green, after rectification, colorless Hquid, of a peculiar, fragrant, some- what camphoraceous odor, an aromatic, bitterish taste, and a neutral reaction. Freely soluble in alcohol." (U. S. P.) OLEUM CALAMI OLEUM CARYOPHYLLI OLEUM CINNAMOMI. 333 General Surgery. Oil of cajuput, like other highly-stimulating, essential oils, relieves TOOTHACHE when introduced into the cavity of a carious tooth. Diluted with equal parts of olive oil, it has been employed as an embrocation in MUSCULAR RHEUMATISM. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Eight minims to the ounce of water, in the presence of a little magnesium carbonate or alcohol, is recom- mended by M. Mackenzie as a moderately stimulating inhalant. OLEUM CALAMI. Oil of Calamus. An oil distilled from the rhizome of Acorns Calamus. Diseases of the Throat. The oil of calamus is one of the best of stimulating oils which are adapted for inhalation. Five minims may be added to the ounce of water, in the presence of two grains of magnesium carbonate, and a teaspoonful of the mixture diluted in a pint of water at 140 F. OLEUM CARYOPHYLLI. Oil of Cloves. " A volatile oil distilled from cloves." (U. S. P.) Oil of cloves is prepared by the repeated distillation of cloves with water, in which salt has been dissolved in order to heighten its boiling point ; the oil afterward is separated from the distilled oil and water. Freshly prepared oil of cloves is colorless; it soon becomes yellowish, and old examples are brown. It is freely soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzol, benzin, and disulphide of carbon. Its specific gravity is from 1.03 to 1.06; when pure, it sinks in water. It has the peculiar property, when mixed with an alcoholic solution of potassa, of congealing entirely and losing the clove odor. This is one test of its purity. General Surgery. Oil of cloves, when applied locally, acts as a counter-irritant and local anaesthetic, but it is inferior to many other sub- stances. It is often used to benumb sensitive dentine, or even exposed pulp in CARIES of the teeth. Dropped on a piece of cotton and placed in the cavity it will often relieve TOOTHACHE. OLEUM CINNAMOMI. Oil of Cinnamon. Oil of cinnamon is " a volatile oil distilled from Cinnamon." (U. S. P.) Two oils of Cin- namon are official, namely, the oil distilled from Cinnamomum zeylanicum (Ceylon cinna- mon, or true cinnamon) and the oil distilled from an undetermined species of cinnamon grown in China (oil of Cassia, infra]. The oil of cinnamon of the Br. Ph. is obtained from the first-named source. Differences in the quality, flavor, as well as price of the two oils is to be noted. The best oil of Ceylon cinnamon is ten times the more costly. The Cey- lon oil is rarely used, the oil of Cassia being substituted. Both oils are soluble in alcohol and the other solvents of essential oils, and are used to give odor and taste to various medicinal and cosmetic preparations. According to Mackenzie, six minims of the oil of cinnamon to the 334 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. ounce of water, in the presence of a little magnesium carbonate, con- stitutes a moderately stimulating inhalant. OLEUM CASSIJE. Oil of Cassia. A volatile oil distilled from undetermined specimens of Cinnamon grown in China. (See Oil of Cinnamon.) General Surgery. C. Black {Medical News, December, 1890), in a paper on essential oils in surgery, speaks highly of the oil of cassia as possessing antiseptic properties. It is not as powerful as is the bichloride of mercury, but, on the other hand, fewer objections can be urged against it. A convenient form for exhibition of the properties of oil of cassia is an aqueous solution, prepared by distributing the oil in distilled water by magnesium carbonate and filtering. Or it may be mixed with boric acid and applied as a dry dressing. It may also be incorporated in an ointment with vaseline, in strength of from half a drachm to a drachm to the ounce. Diseases of the Throat, etc. In the opinion of M. Mackenzie the oil of cassia assists the effect of nitrate of potassium in fumigation, in overcoming a disposition to SPASM OF THE PHARYNX, TRACHEA, AND BRONCHI. One drachm added to nine drachms of alcohol may be em- ployed to moisten the strips of paper prepared by steeping in a solution of nitrate of potassium. Used alone it is slightly stimulating. F. P. Nor- way {Therapeutic Gazette, May 16, 1892) claims that the oil of cassia is of value in the treatment of ACUTE ANGINA. G. V. Black adds a small amount of the oil to peroxide of hydrogen in disinfecting the abscess cavity in TONSILLITIS. OLEUM COCOIS NUCIFER^:. Cocoanut Oil. This is a fixed oil, derived from the seed of Coco nucifera. It is of the color and consistence of lard, of a peculiar and, when fresh, pleasant odor. It is largely used in the manufacture of soap. It is open to objection, however, on account of the odor which it leaves on the hands, since the oil easily becomes rancid. If rancid cocoanut oil be present the soap will have a peculiar, acrid, disagreeable taste. Cocoanut oil must not be confounded with cacao butter. (See Oleum Theobromas.) General Surgery. Owing to its physical properties and agreeable odor, cocoanut oil is extensively employed by masseurs when the skin is delicate and the cutaneous absorption of an oily substance is to be desired, as in cases where cod-liver oil cannot be taken internally. OLEUM GAULTHERLE. Oil of Gaultheria. Oil of Wintergreen. An oil distilled from the leaves of Gaultheria procumbens. The odor of the oil of gaultheria is penetrating. One minim added to a pint of water, to which two ounces of glycerin have been added, will suffice to produce distinct impressions. OLEUM JUNIPERI. 335 Oil of birch distilled from Betula lenta is chemically and physically identical with oil of wintergreen. The artificial oil of wintergreen is often a mixture of several compound ethers, and is in no way to be compared with the natural oils of wintergreen and birch. Oil of wintergreen is stimulant, antiseptic, and deodorant. Diseases of the Mouth, Throat, etc. In a proportion of one drop to two or three ounces, oil of gaultheria has of late years become popular as an agent to impart flavor to lotions and gargles. It also has an appreciable value as an ingredient of an embrocation for use in cases in which a rheumatic element is present. Oil of wintergreen is recom- mended by W. D. Miller as an antiseptic to arrest DENTAL CARIES. The following forms the basis of an agreeable spray in painful SUBACUTE IN- FLAMMATION OF THE PHARYNX. Req. Eucalyptol and oil of wintergreen, each one grain ; menthol, two grains ; oleum petrolatum, two ounces. Use in an atomizer. Each lozenge of gaultheria contains the one-twentieth of a minim of the oil. OLEUM JUNIPERI. Oil of Juniper. "A volatile oil distilled horn Juniper." (U. S. P.) It is distilled from the berries and tops of the plant, although it is contemplated that it be distilled from the berries alone. " It is soluble in twelve parts of alcohol, forming a turbid liquid." (U. S. P.) Oil of juniper is stimulant. General Surgery. Oil of juniper wood* is employed in the prepara- tion of catgut ligatures, the gut being immersed for a week and then transferred to absolute alcohol, in which it should be kept until required for use. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Oil of juniper berries is recommended as a stimulant in vocal disability. It is used as a steam inhalation at 140 in CHRONIC LARYNGITIS. Twenty minims may be added to an ounce of water in the presence of a little magnesium carbonate. A teaspoonful of this mixture may be added to a pint of water at 140 F. as an inhalant. When thus exhibited it induces constriction of the pulmonary vessels, and is thus indicated in HYPER^MIA. (A. Israi.) OLEUM CADINI. Oil of Cade. An empyreumatic oil obtained in the destructive distillation of Juniperus oxycedrus. Oleum cadini is stimulant. Diseases of the Ear. A drachm of the oil of cade may be added to an ounce of the ointment of ammoniated mercury and employed in CHRONIC ECZEMA of the auricle. It may be mixed with an equal quantity of alcohol for local application to the external meatus for PITYRIASIS. (See Pix.) * Only the best quality of the oil of juniper wood should be used. 336 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. OLEUM LIMONIS. Oil of Lemon. Oil of lemon is a " volatile oil extracted by mechanical means from fresh lemon peel." (U. S. P.) It is also procured by immersion of lemon peel in warm water and removing the oil which rises to the top, as well as by finely grating the peel and permitting the oil to separate at the bottom of the vessel containing it. Oil of lemon soon becomes rancid. It is wise to add to it a proportion of alcohol, say five to eight per cent. Oil of lemon is stimulant and deodorant. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Oil of lemon is recommended by Lefferts to cover the odor of cubeb ; one drop of the oil is added to three of the oil of cubeb. OLEUM MENTH^E PIPERIT^E. Oil of Peppermint. "A volatile oil distilled from peppermint." (U. S. P.) The oil is distilled from the leaves of Mentha piperita. On long standing or exposure at a low temperature, oil of peppermint deposits stearoptene-menthol or peppermint camphor. (See Menthol.) OLEUM MENTHA VIRIDIS. Oil of Spearmint. " A volatile oil distilled from Spearmint." (U. S. P.) The oil is distilled from the leaves of Menlha viridis. Both of the above-named oils are sedative and anodyne. Yet the maximum impression is irritant. General Surgery. The local action of the oil closely resembles that of menthol. Oil of peppermint is an old remedy for FACIAL NEURALGIA. A piece of cotton saturated with the oil is laid over the affected part, covered with a piece of oil silk or sheet caoutchouc, and retained by a bandage. Care must be taken not to leave it in contact with the skin too long, as this agent, in common with other essential oils, is capable of pro- ducing an irritant effect. Merely painting the skin with a camel's-hair brush or a small tuft of cotton will sometimes be found beneficial. In DENTAL CARIES a small pledget of cotton saturated with the oil and placed in the cavity of a tooth after it has been thoroughly cleansed will be found as efficient in relieving pain as oil of cloves, and much more permanent than chloroform. Oil of peppermint is sometimes added to liniments for its local sedative effect. Diseases of the Skin. The oil of peppermint is employed in the treatment of affections of the skin, attended by PRURITUS, when the skin is not broken. It is an anaesthetic simply. It has been highly recom- mended in PRURITUS VULVJE, but we are inclined to think that it will usually cause more pain than benefit on muco-cutaneous surfaces. Diseases of the Throat. Oil of peppermint is employed in the form of a lozenge, each mass containing one-twentieth of a minim. OLEUM MORRHU.* OLEUM MYRISTIOE OLEUM MYRTI. 337 OLEUM MORRHU.E. Cod-liver Oil. Cod-liver oil is " a fixed oil obtained from the fresh livers of Gadus morrhuce, or other species of Gadus." (U. S. P.) Cod-liver oil is not soluble in alcohol, but is readily soluble in ether. According to the researches of Dejongh, it contains " a peculiar sub- stance named gaduin, oleic, stearic, and palmitic acids, with glycerin, butyric, and acetic acids, various biliary principles, iodine, and traces of bromine." (U. S. D.) General Surgery. Cod-liver oil has been used by inunction with asserted advantage in the treatment of SCROFULOUS ENLARGEMENTS. Better results can be obtained by the use of iodine ointment, and, if it can be retained by the stomach, by the internal administration of the oil. Diseases of the Skin. Cod-liver oil is used in the treatment of skin diseases, to soften crusts, etc. Olive oil answers a similar purpose, and possesses the advantage of being free from disagreeable odor. A plaster into which cod-liver oil enters is much used by French dermatologists in the treatment of ECZEMA. Diseases of the Ear and Throat. Cod-liver oil is sometimes applied in DRY ECZEMA of the external auditory passage ; it is also used as a basis for " the brown citrine ointment." It is held by Wilde, of Dub- lin, and by A. D. Williams, of Cincinnati, that this form of the ointment of the yellow oxide of mercury is more useful than those forms into which lard or neat's-foot oil enters. Cod-liver oil may be substituted for olive oil in relieving DYSPHAGTA OF CHRONIC LARYNGITIS. OLEUM MYRISTIC^E. Oil of Nutmeg. " A volatile oil distilled from nutmeg {Myristica fragrans). A colorless or pale, yel- lowish liquid, having the characteristic odor of nutmeg, a hot, spicy taste, and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 0.930. It. is readily soluble in alcohol." (U. S. P.) Spiritits Myristica is official. Oil of nutmeg, while pungent, is a stimulating anodyne. General Surgery. In CHRONIC RHEUMATISM and OLD SPRAINS the oil of nutmeg is often added to soap liniment, and forms a satisfactory and stimulating embrocation. Diseases of the Mouth, etc. A few drops of the oil of nutmeg upon cotton inserted into the cavity will often give relief to the pain of a CARIOUS TOOTH. OLEUM MYRTI. Myrtle Oil. This is a volatile oil distilled from the leaves and flowers of Myrtus communis. It is of a yellowish or greenish-yellow color, has a specific gravity of 0.891, and consists of a hydrocarbon and myrtol. Myrtol is the constituent to which the peculiar, properties are 22 338 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. due. It is that portion which distills between 160 and 180 C. It is said to be composed of dextro-pinene and eucalyptol. Diseases of the Throat, etc. According to M. Mackenzie, six minims of the oil of myrtle added to the ounce of water, in the presence of three grains of magnesium carbonate, may be used in the proportion of a tea^poonful to a pint of water at 40 F. , as a stimulating inhalant in ACUTE TONSILLITIS. OLEUM OLIV^E. Olive Oil. Sweet Oil. " A fixed oil expressed from the ripe fruit of Olea europea." (U. S. P.) Cotton-seed oil, poppy oil, colza oil, groundnut oil, and lard oil are used in immense quantities as sub- stitutions for olive oil ; since, with the exception of the common adulterant, cotton-seed oil, which is slightly irritating, all these varieties of oil have many of the properties in common with olive oil. The U. S. D. gives tests for the detection of adulterations. By exposure to the air olive oil soon becomes rancid. Olive oil enters into the com- position of several cerates, ointments, and plasters, notably Emplastrum Pluinbi and Unguentum Diachylon. Olive oil is emollient and protectant. General Surgery. Carbolized oil, consisting of a five to ten per cent, solution of carbolic acid in sweet oil, was at one time extensively used in the treatment of wounds. Since it has been shown that the amount of acid employed is ineffective, so far as any antiseptic properties are concerned, the practice has been abandoned. Sweet oil was in exten- sive use as a wound dressing, especially after amputation, by the older surgeons. It had the advantage of being bland and unirritating and not allowing the dressing to adhere to the cut surfaces. Olive oil forms one of the substances in repute for the preparation of instruments used in the surgery of the mucous cavities. In the treatment of unusually tight STRICTURES OF THE URETHRA the injection of a little sweet oil with a syringe will often prove more serviceable than anointing the instru- ment. As an emollient, sweet oil is largely employed in enemata. It has a special tendency to soften scybalae and assist in their removal. It also serves in the reducing of the irritation which accompanies the. pres- ence of SEAT WORMS. Diseases of the Skin. Olive oil enters into the composition of a number of preparations employed in the local treatment of skin diseases. Employed alone, it is useful to soften CRUSTS and SCALES and to remove EPITHELIAL DEBRIS as a preliminary to more active treatment. Olive oil enters into the composition of unguentum diachylon. It must be of the best quality here and perfectly fresh, or the result is not satis- factory. Olive oil in connection with carbolic acid forms an admirable applica- OLEUM PINI SYLVESTRIS. 339 tion in PRURITUS AMI : R. Acidi carbolici, gr. c ; olei olivae, ad fgj. M. The olive oil is sometimes replaced by almond oil, but there is practically no difference between the two. Diseases of the Ear, etc. Olive oil is used for softening CERUMEN, but it is less efficacious than glycerin. It serves as a convenient vehicle for the application of iodine in instances in which the tincture is contra- indicated. A grain of iodine may be added to an ounce of oil. In this form it is recommended by Kramer for HERPETIC INFLAMMATION OF THE EXTERNAL MEATUS. It also destroys insects which have lodged in the external meatus. Olive oil relieves PAINFUL DEGLUTITION. Diseases of the Eye. Olive oil is a useful application to the eye in the treatment of LIME BURNS of the cornea and conjunctiva, or for the limitation of the action of caustics applied by the surgeon. It has also a soothing effect in recent abrasions of the cornea, and may be advantageously used in these cases as a menstruum for cocaine. OLEUM PINI SYLVESTRIS. Oil of Fir. This article is official in the Ph. Br. and is defined to be the oil distilled from the fresh leaves of Pinus sylvestris. The leaves of this tree, either alone or with the leaves of species of other European firs and pines, are, when beaten with mallets, converted into a condition in which they can be roughly felted, and the product is known as " fir- wool." A fluid extract, or a solution of the oil in alcohol, is sold under the name of " fir-wool extract." Since " fir-wool " most probably derives its efficacy from the oil of fir contained in it, the two agents are here considered under one head. The oil of fir is stimulant, antiseptic, and deodorant. General Surgery. "Fir-wool" is much used in Germany and among the Germans in this country as a wrap for parts attacked by RHEUMATISM, whether articular or muscular; it is usually sprinkled with the oil of fir. Diseases of the Throat, etc. An admirable stimulant inhalant is prepared by adding ten drops of the oil of fir to a pint of water at 140. A little magnesium carbonate (a scruple to the ounce) may be added. As a steam inhalation the same ingredients as above can be used in CHRONIC LARYNGITIS. The oil when inhaled induces powerful constric- tion of the pulmonary vessels, and is thus indicated in HYPERJEMIA. It appears to be more potent than either of its succedaenea, oil of turpentine or oil of juniper. (A. Israi.) One-half to one per cent, may be said to be the average strength of solution for the use of this agent. (W. E. Casselberry.) It can be used much stronger, forty drops to the ounce, as a mild stimulant and disinfectant in POTRID SORE THROAT and DIPH- THERIA. H. MacNaughton Jones recommends a stimulating gargle of four to eight drops to the ounce of water. 34 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. OLEUM RICINI. Castor Oil. Castor oil is " a fixed oil expressed from the seed of Ricinus commtmis" (U. S. P.) Castor oil is soluble in an equal weight of alcohol, and in all proportions in absolute alcohol or glacial acetic acid. Castor oil is emollient and protectant. General Surgery. Castor oil is used in England as the basis of a preparation for anointing bougies, catheters, etc. Murchison speaks highly of an application of two parts of castor oil and one part of balsam of Peru spread on lint and laid over SUPERFICIAL ULCERATIONS. It should be changed several times a day. Diseases of the Skin. Castor oil has one advantage over the other oils commonly used in making applications to the skin (ol. olivae, ol. lini, ol. amygdalae) that it is soluble in alcohol. This characteristic makes its employment peculiarly convenient in many cases where an oleaginous adjuvant is required. In lotions and other applications on the scalp it is desirable to employ an oily material to correct the drying effect of the soaps and similar remedies used in ECZEMA, PITYRIASIS, SEBORRHCEA, etc. The addition of ten to sixty drops of castor oil to an ounce of an alcoholic solution ordinarily suffices. Glycerin is often substituted for castor oil in lotions for the scalp ; but rarely, we think, with the same good effect. Diseases of the Mouth, etc. Five drops of castor oil to the ounce of collodion forms a protectant to ABRASIONS about the lips. Diseases of the Eye. Dr. John Green {Trans. Am. Oph. Soc., 1875) nas recommended castor oil as a menstruum for applying atropine to the eye, on the ground that it ensures a longer contact of the drug with the cornea than is possible with the aqueous solution, which is rapidly washed away by the flow of tears. As the sulphate is not readily soluble in oil, he recommends the substitution of the alkaloid, and directs one grain of atropine to be dissolved in two minims of alcohol and mixed with fresh castor oil in any desired proportions. This preparation is particularly applicable to cases of ABRASIONS or PAINFUL ULCERS OF THE CORNEA. OLEUM RUSCI. (See/ 3 /*.) OLEUM RUT^E. Oil of Rue. " A volatile oil distilled from Ruta graveolens (Linn). Oil of rue is soluble in an equal weight of alcohol." (U. S. P.) Oil of rue is a stimulant. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Oil of rue is recommended by Potter as an inhalation in CHRONIC CATARRHAL LARYNGITIS. OLEUM SANTALI OLEUM THEOBROM^E OLEUM THYMI. 341 OLEUM SANTALI. Oil of Santal. Oil of Sandal Wood. " Oil of santal is a volatile oil distilled from the wood of Santalum album." (U.S.P.) It is " a pale yellowish or yellow liquid, of a peculiar, strongly aromatic odor, a pungent and spicy taste, and slightly acid reaction; specific gravity, about 0.945. It is readily soluble in alcohol." (U. S. P.) It is apt to be adulterated or sophisticated with oil of cedar-wood, which has a specific gravity of 0.948. The Brit. Pharm. gives its specific gravity as 0.96, the Indian Pharm. as 0.98. The examination of a number of specimens of oil known to be pure sandal- wood oil proves that the specific gravity is from 0.96 to 0.99 ; so that the specific gravity as given by the U. S. P. is too light. Oil of santal is antispasmodic and sedative. Diseases of the Throat, etc. According to M. Mackenzie, oil of santal reduces the irrkative action of nitrate of potassium fumigation in overcoming spasms of the larynx, trachea, and bronchial tubes. The oil is used by W. Murrell {Brit. Afed. Journal, December 12, 1885) for WINTER COUGH in form of inhalation, in combination with petrolatum, oil of cubeb, and terebene. Six minims of the oil to the ounce are exhibited as an inhalant. Inhalations of steam impregnated with the oil are useful for soothing the throat in PHLEGMONOUS INFLAMMATION. OLEUM THEOBROM^E. Oil of Theobroma. Cacao-butter. Cacao-butter is " a fixed oil expressed from the seed^of Theobroma Cacao" A yellow- ish white solid, having a faint, agreeable odor, a bland, chocolate-like taste, and a neutral reaction. It melts between 30 and 35 C. (86 to 95 F.) (U. S. P.) It is apt to be adulterated with paraffin, stearin, tallow, etc. It is especially important when butter of cacao is used as a basis for suppositories, that the pure article be employed. The adulterants raise its melting point to above the temperature of the human body, and consequently suppositories made with cacao-butter so manipulated do not melt and are useless. Cacao butter is emollient and protectant. Diseases of the Nose. -^-Cacao-butter is admirably adapted for serving as a vehicle for the application of drugs in the nasal chamber. (H. C. Wood, Therapeutic Gazette, January, 1889.) OLEUM THYMI. Oil of Thyme. " A volatile oil distilled from Thymus vulgaris" (U. S. P.) One minim of the oil of thyme and three minims of the oil of anise, added to a half pint of water with a little carbonate of magnesium, are useful in cases of cough arising from dilated bronchi. (See Thymol.} 342 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. OLEUM TIGLII, U. S. Croton Oil. " Croton oil is a fixed oil expressed from the seeds of Croton tiglium" (U. S. P.) It is soluble in alcohol, ether, disulphide of carbon, and oil of turpentine. The application of croton oil to the skin causes irritation, inflamma- tion, and a papular eruption which soon becomes pustular. A persistent impression is almost of caustic strength. General Surgery. Croton oil was at one time much employed to excite counter-irritation, being a simple agent and rapid in its action. If it is used for this purpose, it should be diluted with four parts of sweet oil and one of almond oil. The action of the mixture is less prompt than that of pure croton oil, but the resulting inflammation is milder. It is often added to tincture of iodine (a drachm to the ounce) and painted over the apex of the lung as a counter-irritant in INCIPIENT PHTHISIS. It also gives relief when painted over the seat of pain in PLEURODYNIA and INTERCOSTAL NEURALGIA. Great care should be exercised in the use of croton oil in any strength, and it should never be applied on delicate skin, such as that of the scrotum or the mammary gland. A liniment of croton oil is official in the British Pharmacopoeia. It contains one part of the oil, and three and one-half parts each of oil of cajuput and alcohol. The liniment applied to the chest affords relief to dyspnoea in PHTHISIS and CHRONIC BRONCHITIS. West advises a liniment made of one part of croton oil and ten parts of camphor liniment in congestive DYSMENORRHCEA and CHRONIC CONGESTION OF THE UTERUS. It is recommended to be sponged over the sacrum twice daily ; the application irritates the skin and affords relief without producing a troublesome eruption. Diseases of the Skin. Croton oil is employed for the destruction of small, superficial N^EVI, when it acts by exciting an inflammation, the products of which close the enlarged blood-vessels. It has likewise been used to destroy small patches of TINEA TONSURANS, being introduced into the hair follicles on a gold or platinum needle. The violent inflammation set up destroys the fungus, but also leaves scars. OLEUM VALERIANS. Oil of Valerian. " A volatile oil distilled from Valerian." (U. S. P.) Oil of valerian is antispasmodic. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Two minims of the oil of valerian to a half pint of water, to which a little carbonate of magnesium has been added, is an effective inhalant in hysterical LARYNGEAL SPASM. OUABAIN OPIUM. OUABAIN. 343 Ouabain is a glucoside prepared from the wood of Acocanthera ouabaio, a tree indig- enous to the east coast of Africa (Mountains of Comal). It has also been prepared from the seeds of a species of Strophanthus. Ouabain occurs in while crystals, having a slightly bitter taste, soluble in hot, but scarcely soluble in cold water. It is soluble in moderately concentrated alcohol, but insoluble in anhydrous ether, chloroform, and absolute alcohol. An extract of the wood of the ouabaio tree has been used by the natives as an arrow poison. Diseases of the Eye. Ouabain has made some claim to rival cocaine as a local anaesthetic. Panas (Arch, d* Ophth., 1890, March- April) found that it produced corneal anaesthesia, lasting three or four hours without dilatation of the pupil, in rabbits, but caused no loss of sensation in the human eye. OPIUM. Opium. Opium is " the concrete, milky exudation, obtained in Asia Minor by incising the unripe capsules of Papaver somniferum.'' 1 (U. S. P.) " On exhausting a hundred parts of opium, previously dried at a temperature of 105 C. (221 F.), with cold water, and evaporating the solution to dryness, an extract is obtained which should weigh between fifty-five and sixty parts." (U. S. P.) The pow- dered opium is defined as ' Opium dried at a temperature not exceeding 85 C. (185 F.) and reduced to a moderately fine powder.' Powdered opium for pharmaceutical or medi- cinal uses should contain no less than twelve nor more than sixteen per cent, of morphine." (U. S. P.) Among the official preparations may be mentioned the following: Acetum Opii (con- taining the activity of ten parts of powdered opium in one hundred parts of the vinegar, and flavored with a little nutmeg and sugar); Tinctura Opii (of the same strength), Tinctura Opii Deodorata (of the same strength), Vinum Opii (of the same strength, but containing a proportion of cinnamon and cloves), Extractum Opii (of uncertain strength), and Emplastrum Opii (containing six parts of extract of opium in one hundred parts of a mixture of Burgundy pitch and lead plaster). Opium contains a number of alkaloids; the principal one is morphine, and of less im- portance are codeine and narceine. It is necessary to consider in this article morphine and codeine. Under the head of "opium wool" Woakes (/. t.) mentions the following formula: " Cotton- wool," one drachm; glycerin, ten minims; tincture of opium, half an ounce. Mix the glycerin with the tincture, saturate the wool with the liquid, and dry. The local impression of all the preparations of opium is anodyne. Those mentioned in this article will include: Papaver; Pulvis opii ; Tinctura opii ; Vinum opii ; Morphina ; Morphinae acetas ; and Codeine. 344 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. PAPAVER. Poppy Heads. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, Throat, etc. Fomentations of an infusion of poppy heads is an old domestic remedy for OTALGIA. OPII PULVIS. Powdered Opium. General Surgery. Powdered opium, or the dried watery extract, which is about twice the strength of the crude drug, is extensively em- ployed, made in a suppository of cacao butter, in the treatment of PELVIC INFLAMMATIONS. A suppository containing opium is a favorite means of administering the drug after operation for the removal of HEMORRHOIDS. Also in many of the operations about the genito-urinary tract a suppository of opium has a soothing and quieting effect, especially after the introduction of a bougie or catheter; it often prevents the occur- rence of urethral chill, so common with some patients. In the treatment of BOILS and CARBUNCLES, Shillitoe recommends the local application of extract of opium, in the consistency of syrup. The extract must be anointed over the part several times during the day. Used early, it will often cause a boil to abort. Subsequently a plaster, composed of equal parts of soap, opium, and mercury, is spread on leather and applied to the affected spot. Should suppuration set in an opening may be made through the plaster and a poultice placed over the entire mass. Opium mixed witli nutgall ointment will be found a valuable treatment of painful and bleeding PILES. Care should be taken to keep the contents of the bowels in a soluble condition. TINCTURA OPII. Laudanum. Laudanum was employed extensively in the treatment of WOUNDS. Lint saturated in a preparation of equal parts of laudanum and water was applied to the lesions and covered with waxed paper to prevent evapora- tion. Pure laudanum is a favorite dressing with some surgeons as a primary dressing for the treatment of stumps. The double effect of a moist and soothing medicament is thus obtained. This dressing is now largely superseded by lotions of bichloride of mercury. In the absence of antiseptic dressings laudanum will be found particularly serviceable in treatment of wounds of the hand. Laudanum is frequently added to flaxseed poultices to allay the pain of SUPERFICIAL INFLAMMATION. Suffi- cient may be absorbed in this way to produce sleep. In SPRAINS and CONTUSIONS a combination of laudanum and lead-water is of established merit. The following formula is herewith given : R. Tinct. opii ; liq. plumbi subacet. dil., aagij ; aquae, q. s. Oj. For convenience, equal parts of laudanum and Goulard's extract may be kept on hand, and water added in sufficient quantity. The relief afforded by this means of treatment in the OPIUM. 345 first twenty-four hours is striking. In cases of FRACTURE, where there is much contusion of the soft parts, relief to pain is afforded by enveloping the part in laudanum and lead-water before adjusting the limb to the splint. Care should be taken that the dressing is not continued for too great length of time, as it may have a tendency to delay union by pre- venting the necessary amount of inflammatory deposit about the ends of the fragments. In the absence of suppositories, laudanum mixed with starch water will be found a reliable way to administer opium in the relief of pain in PELVIC INFLAMMATIONS. It is important that the rectum be previously emptied. In the treatment of GONORRHOEA laudanum is frequently added to the injection for its soothing effect, in the propor- tion of one part to five. Laudanum is often added to the tincture of iodine, especially when the use of this agent is to be prolonged, and when the sedative and alterative action is desired, as in the treatment of PERIOSTITIS and PAINFUL SYPHILITIC NODES. VINUM OPII. Wine of Opium. Diseases of the Eye. Wine of opium was much used by surgeons of the last generation as a collyrium in the treatment of CONJUNCTIVITIS. In the chronic form of the disease it was employed pure, and in the acute form was diluted with three or four parts, or more, of water. It has entirely passed out of use, but might sometimes be found a convenient and useful application. MORPHINA. Morphia. Morphine. Morphine is usually employed either in the form of the sulphate, the hydrochloride, or, more rarely, the acetate. The sulphate of morphine is the salt in general use. It is " soluble in twenty-four parts of water and in seven hundred and two parts of alcohol, in seventy- five hundredths part of boiling water, and one hundred and forty-four parts of boiling alcohol." (U. S. P.) The hydrochloride of morphine has the same solubility in water, but is dissolved by sixty-three parts of alcohol. The acetate of morphine is the most solu- ble salt when freshly prepared. It dissolves in twelve parts of water and in sixty-eight of alcohol. General Surgery. When morphine is spoken of, the sulphate is always understood, unless otherwise specified. Notwithstanding its simi- larity in effect to opium, the morphine salts cannot be substituted in all cases for the crude drug. They are chiefly indicated for the relief of pain or nervous irritability, to induce tranquillity, and where immediate action is desired. A common mode of administering morphine is by a suppository made with cacao butter. So much of the impression ordinarily sought for is local, that it is held to be appropriate to include some account of it in this place. The dose by the rectum is about the same as by the mouth, 346 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. one-fourth of a grain. Nausea and gastric irritability, which occasionally follow the ingestion of the drug by the mouth, are often avoided. The absorption of morphine by the rectum is not so rapid as when taken by the mouth, although the difference is but slight, provided the bowel is free from impacted faeces. The endermic method has practically been supplanted by the use of the hypodermic syringe, while it remains true that in certain conditions a blistered surface may be dusted over with almost any powder containing morphine, or a granulating surface may be similarly treated ; absorption from this source is not so likely to occur as in other methods. The therapeutic uses of morphine are many. In the treatment of SHOCK, either as the result of traumatism or of surgical operations, morphine is a most valuable remedy, and is more efficient when given hypodermically than by the mouth or rectum. The exhibition must be conjoined with the use of cardiac stimulants and external heat. It is not infrequently the case that attempts are made to combat this dangerous condition without the use of morphine, the reason attributed for its non-administration being that the patient is not complaining of pain. But morphine acts as a stimulant to the nervous system, which in turn immediately affects the circulation. It is not unusual to see reaction begin immediately after its administration. The dose can be usually a little larger, one-fourth of a grain, and repeated, if necessary. In the treatment of SCIATICA, LUIMBAGO, and other NEURALGIC AFFECTIONS no remedy promises so speedy a cure or relief from pain as the subcutaneous injections of morphine often with or without atropine. An available combination is as follows : Morphinae sulph., gr. one-sixth ; atropinae sulph., gr. -j^. It is important that the injection should be administered near the seat of pain or in the course of the affected nerve. In obstinate SCIATICA injections deep in the substance of the muscle, or into the nerve sheath, have been often productive of good results when other measures have failed. The endermic method has been employed by sprinkling morphine over a blistered surface along the course of the affected nerve, but the results obtained are not so satisfactory as when the morphine is injected with a syringe. Morphine is of special value in the treatment of CHORDEE. Berkeley Hill advises the subcutaneous injection of one-fifth of a grain on retiring. In obstinate cases of the affection we have added one-sixth of a grain to a suppository containing belladonna and camphor with gratifying results. In CYSTITIS morphine is available, especially when its action is aided by the use of hot hip baths. Sir Henry Thompson commends the form of admin- istration by suppository. In HEMORRHOIDS the addition of a small amount of morphine to the ointment of nutgalls will often relieve the pain resulting from this troublesome affection. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, Throat, etc. In the nose morphine, or the watery extract of opium is ordinarily employed. Nasal bougies OPIUM. 347 may contain one-quarter of a grain of morphine, or one grain of the extract. NASAL HEADACHE can be sometimes relieved by insufflating one-eighth grain of morphine every two or three hours. Ferrier 1 s snuff contains about one grain of morphine to an ounce of an indifferent medium, such as an ounce of pulverized acacia and six drachms of subnitrate of bismuth. In a second formula of this nostrum the proportion of morphine is stronger, viz. : Morphine, one grain to a half ounce mixture composed of sub- nitrate of bismuth, three drachrns, and pulverized acacia, one drachm. In yet a third the proportions are as follows : One grain of morphine to two drachms, namely, one each of subnitrate of bismuth and powdered acacia. This want of uniformity in the preparation is sufficient reason, in the judgment of the writer, to discard it. In proportion of about one-fifth of a grain to one drachm of indifferent medium tartrate of mor- phine has been used in overcoming the pain and throbbing of ACUTE RHINITIS. It may be combined advantageously with cocaine. No preparation of opium for use in the nasal chamber should be long continued. Owing to the readiness with which the drug is absorbed from the mucous membrane, and the danger thereby incurred of the con- traction of the opium habit, the following note is of interest : J. B. Mattison (Med. and Surg. Reporter, December 13, 1890) relates the case of a gentleman who, to relieve an attack of migraine, sniffed up the nostril five to ten drops of a solution, in the strength of ten grains of morphine to an ounce of water. He gradually increased the dose until he used as much as a drachm of the drug daily. This was his stipend for a period of eighteen months. All the opiate effect was thought to have been obtained through the nasal membranes, as special care was taken to prevent swallowing the mixture, and whatever amount passed into the mouth was ejected. One-quarter of a grain, diluted with starch, is a palliative in ERYSIPELAS of the pharynx. One of the chief uses of morphine in the treatment of diseases of the respiratory passage is the alleviation of pain in LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS. It is also employed as a preliminary to the use of chromic acid in the interior of the larynx, lodoform is the medium usually selected as an excipient, though it may be thrown upon the affected parts in any indifferent, sub- stance. From one-sixteenth to one-half a grain may be employed at a time. A few drops of the camphorated tincture of opium or an equivalent quantity of the watery extract in an ounce of water may be used as an anodyne in the form of a spray in CHRONIC LARYNGITIS. Following upon an application of morphine to the larynx patients often complain of a sensation of dryness. It need not be of a grade sufficient to contraindicate the use of morphine, but it should always be in the mind of the physician, in order that remedies to overcome it may be 348 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. available. The use of hot inhalations of benzoin, a spray of saturated solution of potassium chlorate, gargling with warm milk, etc., as a rule, suffices to relieve the distress. Morphine should be finely triturated to use in insufflation. While morphine is a well known and effective agent for the relief of pain on the mucous surfaces, it should never be used on the vocal cords four hours before an exciting use of the organs of speech, as in preaching or singing. (Sajous.) Morphine enters largely into the composition of lozenges in painful conditions of the throat and in laryngeal cough. Each lozenge contains from one-twenty-fourth to one-twentieth of a grain of morphine or one- tenth of a grain of the powdered opium or the extract. Lozenges of Dover's powder usually contain two grains of the essential ingredients. Wistar 's cough lozenge is composed as follows : Powdered opium, one- tenth grain; oil of anise, one-thirty-second of a grain ; extract of lico- rice, one grain. Jackson* s pectoral syrup contains morphine and acacia. It probably acts in great part locally upon the inflamed structures about the aperture of the larynx. MORPHINE ACETAS. Diseases of the Eye. Acetate of morphine is a convenient anodyne in ACUTE CONJUNCTIVITIS, combined with acetate of zinc or acetic acid or with both. Five grains of acetate of morphine, half a grain of acetate of zinc, and ten drops of dilute acetic acid to the ounce of water make an excellent wash. CODEINA. Codeia. Codeine. " An alkaloid prepared from opium. It occurs in white or yellowish white, more or less translucent, rhombic prisms, somewhat efflorescent in warm air. Odorless, having a slightly bitter taste and an alkaline reaction. It is soluble in eighty parts of water at 15 C. (59 F.) and in seventeen parts of boiling water. Very soluble in alcohol and in chloroform ; also soluble in six parts of ether and in ten parts of benzol, but almost insol- uble in benzin." (U. S. P.) Diseases of the Throat. Codeine is recommended by S. H. Chap- man as an ingredient in the form of a troche. He exhibits the agent in the proportion of one-fiftieth of a grain in each lozenge in the presence of one-twenty-fifth of a grain of gum camphor and one-fourth grain of extract of glycyrrhiza. ORIGANUM. Wild Marjoram. Origanum vulgare. The oil of origanum exhibits properties in common with the other volatile oils. The oil of wild marjoram is aromatic and stimulant. Diseases of the Throat. M. Mackenzie states that five minims to OVI ALBUMEN OVI VITELLUS. 349 the ounce constitute a moderately stimulating inhalant. Oil of marjoram is not often used alone. It is sometimes combined with the impression of benzoin, lupulus, etc. S. H. Chapman exhibits the oil in the presence of an equal quantity of oil of thyme. A few drops are added to a pint of water, at 140 F., for inhalation in LARYNGITIS. OVI ALBUMEN. OVI VITELLUS. Fowl's Egg. Glyceritum Vitelli is official. (U. S. P.) Both the albumen and the yolk of the fowl's egg are emollient and protectant. The shell may be used for the purposes for which chalk is ordinarily substituted. General Surgery. The "white of egg," either pure or mixed with wheat flour, when thinly spread over the surface and allowed to dry, forms an impervious coating resembling collodion, and, like it, when rendered aseptic, can be used for closing the external wound in com- pound fracture. It may also be used with gauze for holding together the edges of wounds, and in the absence of starch and plaster-of-Paris the albumen may be used in stiffening bandages. The roller is thor- oughly saturated and applied in the same manner as in the case of plaster-of-Paris. "White of egg," mixed with oil and water to form an emulsion, has been used as a topical dressing in the treatment of ERYSIPELAS and BURNS; coagulated with alum it forms "alum curd " (see p. 83), which may be used as an emollient and astringent application. Thejj> olei amygdalae dulcis, f^iijss. M. This makes a firm preparation which can be spread like plaster upon muslin. Paraffin paper is employed very extensively in dermatological practice. It is soft and pliable, does not fissure very easily, and can be applied to the most irritable skin without danger. Ointments and even soft * " Terraline " is a trade name for a form of petroleum, intermediate in consistence between petroleum and liquid petrolatum. 356 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. plasters may be spread upon paraffin paper, which being cleanly and effi- cient, should almost always be preferred to cloths in applying ointments. As the ointment is not absorbed by the paraffin paper, it exercises all its virtue upon the skin instead of being partly wasted. PHENACETINUM. Phenacetine. A crystalline substance produced by the action of glacial acetic acid on para-pheneti- dine ; the latter is obtained from phenol. In constitution phenacetine is closely allied to acetanilide. Phenacetine occurs in colorless, tasteless, inodorous, glistening, scaly crystals. It is sparingly soluble in cold water, more freely soluble in boiling water, and soluble in about fifteen parts of alcohol. Diseases of the Nose. S. Johnston employs phenacetin as an ingredient of a powder in which subcarbonate of bismuth and powdered acacia enter, in the treatment of ACUTE RHINITIS. PHYSOSTIGMA. Calabar Bean. Ordeal Bean. " The seed of Physostigtna venenosum." (U. S. P.) Physostigma is the source of the alkaloids known under the names of Eserine, or Physostigmine, and Calabarine. The existence of the last is questionable. Eserine occurs in colorless tabular crystals, which are readily soluble in ether, alcohol, chloroform, and sparingly soluble in water. The Sulphate of Eserine or Physostigmine is the form in which it is usually used, though the salicylate is official. The sulphate is freely soluble in water, while the salicylate requires 130 parts of water to dissolve it. Physostigtna is reputed to increase the secretion of the salivary glands, skin, and mucous surfaces generally. Eserine is a powerful excito-motor agent when applied to the eye. ESERINE. Diseases of the Eye. Eserine causes contraction of the pupil and spasm of the ciliary muscle by its property of stimulating unstriped mus- cular fibres. It temporarily diminishes the mydriasis resulting from pathological or experimental paralysis of the third nerve, and increases the myosis due to paralysis of the sympathetic. Its effects are more tem- porary than those of the stronger mydriatics, and when the latter are overcome by its use they subsequently reassert themselves. In complete ciliary paralysis by atropine and in the mydriasis induced by hyoscine eserine has no effect. (Jessop.) Eserine begins to contract the pupil and to cause accommodative spasm in about five minutes, and reaches its maximum effect in from twenty to forty-five minutes. Its effect on the accommodation lasts only a few hours, in the pupil rather longer, sometimes several days. PHYSOSTIGMA. 357 In strong solutions it causes pain in the eye and head, ciliary congestion, twitching of the orbicularis, and occasionally spasm of the external mus- cles ; if constitutional effects have been induced, giddiness and faintness are added to these symptoms. The sulphate is the form most in use. Its solution becomes red after standing for a time and loses some of its efficacy. The salicylate is said to be more permanent. It is usually pre- scribed in solutions of from one-tenth of a grain to a grain to the ounce. For continued use even weaker solutions are sometimes preferred, but when a rapid and decided effect is sought, two or four grains may be needed. The susceptibility to its unpleasant effects varies greatly in different individuals. Pfliiger states that eserine increases the intraocular tension of a normal eye, but that it diminishes tension in the early stages of GLAUCOMA is universally admitted. (See article on Atropine.) It is not to be compared in this respect to iridectomy or sclerotomy, and has little effect in advanced stages of the diseases when the paralyzed muscu- lar fibres of the iris fail to respond to it ; but will sometimes check the commencement of an acute attack, and should always be used when for any reason an operation must be avoided or postponed. When it fails to contract the pupil, it may do harm by increasing the flow of blood to the iris and inducing irritating spasm of the ciliary muscles. Some authors have advised against its use in the hemorrhagic form of glaucoma. It is often used after cataract extraction, particularly without iridectomy, to withdraw the iris from the wound, and for the same purpose is indi- cated in peripheral perforation of the cornea from ulceration or punc- ture. It has been recommended in weak solutions in some cases of accommodative ASTHENOPIA without refractive errors, or after these have been carefully corrected. In PARALYSIS OF ACCOMMODATION and PARA- LYTIC MYDRIASIS its effect is temporary, lasting only a few hours, and with little tendency to permanent result, as it stimulates the periphery of the nerve fibres, but does not reach the cause of the trouble, which usually lies further back. Ability to read may be temporarily restored, but generally convex glasses answer this purpose better. In some cases of ULCER OF THE CORNEA and of sloughing KERATITIS eserine produces prompt improvement when atropine has failed. Much discussion has arisen as to the comparative merits of these apparently oppo- site remedies, but the indications for the use of one rather than the other are not yet definitely formulated. It may, however, be concluded that eserine is not usually well borne when there is acute inflammation, or much ciliary irritation, and that it is to be avoided if the corneal disease is complicated with iritis. Increased intraocular tension is an indication for its use. 358 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. PILOCARPUS. Jaborandi. "The leaflets of Pilocarpus pennatifolins." (U. S. P.) The single official prepara- tion is a fluid extract (Extractum Pilocarpi Fluidum), one cubic centimetre representing the activity of one gramme of pilocarpus. Pilocarpus owes its activity to an alkaloid ,pilo- carpine. The hydrochloiide is official (U. S. P.); it is soluble in less than two parts of water. In the Br. Ph. the nitrate is official ; it is soluble in eight or nine parts of water. Diseases of the Skin. The fluid extract of jaborandi has been used as an application in ERYSIPELAS. We have employed it in the following formula, but without marked success : R. Ext. jaborandi fluid., fgiij ; tinct. opii, glycerini, aa f^ss. M. Sig. Paint over the affected parts every four hours. In ECZEMA the fluid extract has also been used alone as a local applica- tion with success. Both jaborandi and pilocarpine have been used locally in the treatment of ALOPECIA, but the accounts of their value have been too vague to be satisfactory. In some cases this remedy has been combined with some other application of well-proved value, as tincture of cantharides, and the favorable result has been credited to the pilocarpine in jaborandi, an entirely unjustifiable deduction. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Pilocarpine has lately come into use as an internal remedy for conditions in which a diminution of normal secretion is a pathological factor. J. C. Dunlop (Brit. Med. Jour., June 7, 1890) has proposed its employment as a hypodermic injection for mixed middle ear and labyrinthine disease of long standing. The reputed value of the agent, when thus employed, has led observers to search for a local use as well. Gomez de la Mata (Gaze/a de Oftalmologia, Otologia y Laryngologia, July, 1886) recommends pilocarpine to be used, either pure or mixed, with glycerin, carbolic acid, to promote detachment of the false membranes in DIPHTHERIA. Weltering {Monatschrift f. Ohrenheilk,]\i\y, 1886) sug- gests the subcutaneous injection in CEDEMA OF THE GLOTTIS. Pilocarpine, in the proportion of one-fortieth of a grain to each mass, has been used in the form of a lozenge for the relief of dryness of the throat. The drug acts by increasing the amount of mucus. Care must be taken not to confound the sensation of dryness for the actual desicca- tion of the membrane, since patients frequently complain of the throat being dry when in truth its surface is covered by excess of secretion. J. Solis-Cohen uses one to five minims of the fluid extract of jaborandi to the ounce of water as a spray to the larynx in inflammation accompanied with diminished secretion. Diseases of the Eye. The hydrochloride of pilocarpine is a decided myotic, but much milder in its action than is eserine. It is unirritating, PINOL PINUS CANADENSIS PIPER. 359 and some authorities claim that it is entirely free from the tendency to produce iritis which sometimes forbids the use of eserine. It has no noticeable effect upon the thoroughly atropinized eye, and is not depended upon as a remedy in glaucoma, but is useful when a gentle and prolonged stimulation of the ciliary muscle is desired, as in CILIARY PARESIS and in cases of accommodative ASTHENOPIA which are free from refractive error or in which the asthenopia persists after such error has been properly corrected. It is used in solution of from two to five grains to the ounce. PINOL. A trade name used to designate the oil of the leaf of Pinus Pumilio. It possesses qualities similar to the oil of Pinus sylvestris (ss ; vaselin, gj) in ECZEMA with excellent results. Also in SYCOSIS SIMPLEX (Sycosis coccogenica). Diseases of the Nose and Throat. E. J. Frome (La Tribune Medicale, 1889) employs for OZ^NA an ointment composed as follows: Salol, four grammes ; oleum petrolatum, one hundred and fifty grammes. Salol is recommended by Beschorner (^Gesellschaftfur Natur- und Heil- kunde zu- Dresden, November 3, 1888) as an ingredient of a powder to be used by insufflation for TUBERCULAR LARYNGITIS. The following constitutes a mouth wash popular in Germany : Salol, 394 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. two grammes; menthol, three grammes ; ol. menth. piper, three grammes ; spirit anisi, nine grammes ; alcohol, two hundred grammes. Salol enters into an antiseptic tooth-powder. SALVIA. Salvia. Sage. " The leaves of Salvia offidnalis." (U. S. P.) Sage contains a volatile oil and tannic acid besides other unimportant constituents. The single official preparation into which it enters is Vinum Aromaticum. Sage is one of the ingredients of baume tranquille. Sage is an aromatic astringent. Diseases of the Nose and Throat. Sage has been used for a long time in domestic practice in the form of an infusion (" sage tea"). An ounce of the leaves is added to a pint of hot water, honey, alum, and vinegar being added. Such a preparation is a cheap and efficient gargle for ACUTE INFLAMMATION OF THE MOUTH AND THROAT. D. H. Agnew {Therapeutic Gazette, 1885, p. 17) reports a case of CHRONIC CATARRH AL RHINITIS, accompanied with profuse purulent discharge, which yielded to douches of infusion of sage. An oil of sage is prepared, ten minims of which to an ounce of water in the presence of magnesium carbonate constitutes a stimulating inhalant. SAMBUCUS. Elder. " The flowers of Sambucus canadensis. Linn." (U. S. P.) Elder is demulcent and protectant. Diseases of the Nose, etc. Extract of elder can be mixed in the proportion of four parts alum two parts to a mass of sixteen parts of oleum petrolatum to form an emollient and slightly astringent ointment, which is suitable for application to the interior of the nostril in ECZEMA. SANGUINARIA. Sanguinaria. Blood Root. "The rhizome of Sanguinaria canadensis collected in autumn." (U. S. P.) San- guinaria contains an alkaloid, sanguinarine, which is " a white, pearly substance of an acrid taste, very sparingly soluble in water, soluble in ether, and very soluble in alcohol." (U. S. D.) Sanguinaria is a stimulant and escharotic. Diseases of the Nose. In a pure form sanguinaria is a severe excitant to the nasal mucous membrane. Its violence is mitigated by mixing two drachms of the powder with twice the amount of pulverized acacia, or one part of sanguinaria may be added to three parts of starch. The powder thus formed is recommended by some practitioners to be SAPO. 395 blown within the nasal chambers in the dry form of ATROPHIC RHINITIS. A nasal bougie, designed to accomplish a similar purpose, is prepared by adding two minims of the fluid extract to each mass. The pure powder is asserted to be escharotic to fungoid conditions of the mucous mem- brane. The drug is little used. SAPO. Soap. " Soap is prepared from soda and olive oil. A white, or whitish solid, hard, yet easily cut when fresh, having a slight, peculiar odor, free from rancidity; a disagreeable, alkaline taste, and an alkaline reaction. Readily soluble in water and in alcohol." (U. S. P.) Sapo Viridis. Green Soap. " Soap prepared from potassa and fish oils. A soft, greenish-yellow, unctuous jelly, having a peculiar odor, which should be free from rancidity, and an alkaline reaction. Soluble in water and in alcohol, without leaving more than a small residue of insoluble matter." (U. S. P.) Tinctura Saponis Viridis. Tincture of Green Soap. " Green soap, sixty-five parts; oil of lavender, two parts; alcohol, a sufficient quantity to make one hundred parts. Mix the soap and oil of lavender with thirty-three parts of alcohol, and let the mixture macerate until the soap is dissolved ; then filter through paper, adding alcohol through the filter, until one hundred parts of tincture are obtained." (U. S. P.) Soap is solvent, antiseptic and detergent. General Surgery. Soaps are employed in general surgery for their detergent properties. For this purpose all that is necessary is a fairly pure article which is free from essential oils. Castile soap is the form in com- mon use. At the Pennsylvania Hospital, a "soft soap" is prepared by dissolving Castile soap in water with the aid of a little heat ; it is kept in a jar, and can be readily applied to the selected part upon a piece of oakum or cotton. After turpentine has been applied for the purpose of removing resinoid particles (as from old plasters or ointments), the skin should be washed with soap and water. If permitted to remain on the surface, the soap will often cause cutaneous irritation. In the stiffness fol- lowing OLD SPRAINS and FRACTURES, so common in injuries about the wrist and ankle, especially in persons advanced in life, placing the part in as strong a bath of hot soapsuds as can be borne (while the limb is immersed, to employ a gentle massage and friction) is efficacious. The temperature of the bath should be maintained by frequent additions of hot water. Each manipulation should last for at least an hour. By pur- suing this method of treatment hands and wrists whose functions have been destroyed are restored to comparative usefulness. In RECTAL and VAGINAL EXAMINATIONS, filling the subinguinal spaces with soap will prevent the lodging of unpleasant secretions. In CONSTIPATION, 396 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. where a large mass of feces has lodged in the lower bowel, a copious enema of soap and warm water is useful (see Aqua). The soap should be dissolved freely, since it assists in lubricating the impacted masses, while it stimulates the bowel to contraction. In infants a small sup- pository of Castile soap, made by paring a piece to the required size, and gently inserting it beyond the sphincter, will usually have the desired effect. For disinfection of the hands excellent results can be obtained by the thorough use, with a stiff nail-brush, of a pure, non-odorous soap, and afterward employing an antiseptic. As a rule, such a course is to be preferred to the use of "medicated soaps." In the so-called bichloride of mercury soap the mercury forms an oleate which is not active as a germicide, while it may unite with albumin, which will render the soap useless. Advantage, however, has been taken of the solubility of the biniodide of mercury in iodide of potash ; a soap thus prepared is known as the "soluble biniodide soap." John Thompson (J3r. Med. Jour., May 12, 1888) states that one gramme of soap in 120 c.c. of water proved to be rapidly destructive of all infecting organisms. Diseases of the Skin. The ordinary soda-soap of the Pharmaco- poeia, " Castile soap," is an excellent detergent. It is used in derma- tology to cleanse the skin of dried serum, pus, blood, and epidermic scales, the results of inflammatory action. But the enormous increase in the number of spurious Castile soaps placed upon the market of late years renders it difficult to obtain a pure article. The practitioner should obtain samples of the purest soaps of a reliable pharmacist, and decide which best suits his purpose.* Sapo viridis, on account of the excess of alkali contained, has a solvent effect on the horny layer of the skin, and exposes the lower layer of the epidermis. In CHRONIC ECZEMA, particularly when much itching results from the retention of exudations, this symptom may be relieved by sapo viridis well rubbed into the skin. The result of this application is to inflame the skin, and, therefore, so soon as the object of laying bare the lower layers of the epidermis is accomplished, as may be seen from the profuse oozing and weeping (with a slight bloody discharge), the soap should be completely washed off with warm water, and a soothing oint- ment, as the diachylon ointment of Hebra, or the oleate of bismuth ointment, (McCall Anderson's ointment) applied. Sapo viridis is sometimes used in INFILTRATED ECZEMA and other * The best soap to use when the skin is highly inflamed and irritable is the " Basis-" Seife " of Unna. This is said to contain an excess of fat, but the statement has been questioned. It is certainly more likely than any other soap to be neutral, and will be found a valuable agent in cleansing irritable surfaces. SAPO. 397 chronically diseased conditions of the skin to remove infiltration, or, in other words, to act as a discutient. In employing soap in this manner it must be remembered that the deep effect is desired with as little irritation 'of the surface as possible. The soap, therefore, should be worked into the skin and not rubbed across its surface. The tinctura saponis viridis (U. S. P.) is essentially the same as the spiritus saponus kalinus of Hebra, excepting that the latter is made from the original sapo viridis as manufactured by the peasants of the Black Forest in Germany, and which is imported largely to this country. Although its composition may not be uniform, this soap is always to be preferred to the preparation of the U. S. P., whether for use in substance by itself or as the spiritus saponus kalinus. Medicated soaps are those by means of which various drugs are brought into intimate contact with the skin, and, perhaps, also into a position where a certain amount of absorption can take place. Many of these have been pressed upon the attention of the medical profession, and their virtues have even been lauded by physicians of some note, especially in Germany, with much persistence. Medicated soaps, as a rule, are of poor quality and irritating to the skin. Those introduced by Unna and by Eichoff, and called "superfatted" soaps, are, however, made of excellent materials and by a scientific method, and are tolerated by the skin to a greater degree than any others. Unna's soaps are superfatted by the addition of an excess of olive oil up to four per cent. Eichoff's soaps are superfatted by a mixture of two parts of lanolin to three parts of olive oil up to five per cent. Resorcin, salicylic acid, sulphur, tar, creolin, ergotin, creasote, men- thol, ichthyol, benzoic acid, and other drugs have been introduced into these soaps, and within the restricted limit of their capacity for usefulness have proved valuable adjuvants in the treatment of skin diseases. In all such affections of the skin as VESICULAR and PUSTULAR ECZEMA, ACNE, IMPETIGO, ECTHYMA, FURUNCULOSIS, ULCERS, etc., the use of an appropriately medicated soap forms a valuable preparation for the more active treatment to follow. As a means of introducing drugs into the general system, or even as a method of application when a deep action is desired, soap is not to be compared as a vehicle to fatty agents. Under the name of "glycerinumsaponatum," H. von Hebra describes a preparation which he considers useful in the treatment of skin diseases. Chemically pure glycerin mixed with ninety-five per cent, cocoanut oil soap gives a solid body which becomes fluid when warmed. Castile soap can be substituted for cocoanut oil soap. The saponated glycerin is made by warming the dried soap with perfectly pure 28 B. glycerin (sp. gr. 1.242) over a warm bath and filtering while hot. It forms, when cold, a faint yellow, transparent, more or less elastic mass, which is almost 398 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. colorless, and melts at the temperature of the body. A little of this preparation rubbed on the hands removes FISSURES and ROUGHNESS. It melts readily in water. Several medicated preparations of this saponated glycerin are described by Hebra. A combination of twenty-four grains of salicylic acid to the ounce of this preparation makes a good application for the removal of excessive epidermic growth, as in TYLOSIS, CHRONIC ECZEMA, and is also an effi- cient parasiticide, in TINIA CIRCINATA and FAVUS. Resorcin and salicylic acid, in the proportion of twenty-four grains of each to the ounce of saponated glycerin, forms a good combination. The base should be melted and the salicylic acid first incorporated, and then, at a lower temperature, the resorcin. Both dissolve entirely. This is an excellent application in PITYRIASIS CAPITIS, acting both as a soap and as an ointment. Similar combinations can be made at will. (Cf. Hebra's article in Sajous 1 Annual of the Univ. Med. Sd., Vol. iv, 1891, p. A 57. Also " Mollin " (p. 325) in this work.) Diseases of the Mouth, etc. Dental soaps dissolve fatty substances without attacking the teeth. They should have a neutral or slightly alka- line action. (W. D. Miller, " Microorganisms of the Human Mouth," 1890, 236.) EMPLASTRUM SAPONIS. Soap Plaster. Soap plaster is made by incorporating with ninety parts of lead plaster ten parts of soap. It has the physical qualities of lead plaster, but is believed by some to be more bland. General Surgery. Soap plaster should be spread on strong linen or thin leather (Chamois skin), and be one-eighth to one-fourth of an inch in thickness. It is employed in surgery to prevent abrasions and to pro- tect from undue pressure. Much of the soap plaster sold in the shops is worthless, being but little better than adhesive plaster. Soap plaster has little adhesiveness, but when heated slightly beyond the temperature of the body easily conforms to any surface. It is a useful dressing in cases of threatened BED SORES when applied over the threatened region and retained by broad strips of adhesive plaster. In the treatment of sprains of joints an efficient support can be obtained from soap plaster moulded to the articulation and secured by a bandage. Should a resolvent effect be desired, the surface of the joint is painted with tincture of iodine before the soap plaster is applied, with the intent that the combination will result in the formation of iodide of lead. This is a favorite mode of treatment with Ashhurst. When splints are applied, as after the ope- ration of resection of the knee, soap plaster is one of the best of sup- porting surfaces devised upon which to rest the limb. SASSAFRAS SCOPOLEN1NE. 399 A number of plasters in good repute in domestic medicine may be employed in the same manner as soap plaster. " Logan's plaster," con- sisting of two and one-half pints of sweet oil, four ounces of butter, twelve ounces of Castile soap, -and sixteen ounces of litharge. This is boiled over a slow fire until it becomes of a dark brown color ; sixteen ounces of carbonate of lead are then added, and the heat is continued until a suitable consistency is obtained ; two ounces of mastich complete the mass. SASSAFRAS. " The bark of the root of Sassafras officinalis. Nees." (U. S. P.) The following preparations of sassafras are official : Mucilago Sassafras Medulla ; and Oleum Sassafras. The mucilage of the pith is prepared as follows: " Sassafras pith, two parts (or thirty-six grains) ; water, one hundred parts (or four fluidounces) ; macerate for three hours and strain." (U. S. P.) The necessity of the long maceration is obviated by cutting the pith in very small portions and shaking it with the water; a few minutes suffices to make the mucilage by this plan. Oil of sassafras is " a volatile oil distilled from sassafras." (U. S. P.) The bark is not employed as such in local therapy. The properties of the pith and the volatile oil are essentially different, yet it is convenient to treat of both under a single head. Sassafras pith is demulcent. The oil is an aromatic stimulant. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Black {Dental Review, 1889) recom- mends for INFLAMMATION OF THE GUMS due to bacteria, and accompanied with fetor, a mixture composed of three parts of oil of sassafras, two parts of wintergreen, and one of carbolic acid. Oil of sassafras enters into the composition of the official trochisci cubebse. Lozenges are sold which contain from one-tenth to one-sixth of'a minim of the oil in each mass. Diseases of the Eye. Mucilage of sassafras pith is a popular domestic remedy in the treatment of injuries of the eye and ACUTE CONJUNCTIVITIS. Cloths wet with it are kept upon the closed eyelids, "or it is applied to the conjunctiva. It is soothing when freshly applied, but should not be allowed to dry upon the lashes, as it stiffens them disagree- ably, and may even glue the lids together if not well diluted. Half an ounce of the official mucilage to from three to six ounces of water makes an agreeable addition to washes of borax, boric acid, or alum. SCOPOLENINE. An alkaloid present in Japanese belladonna (Scopolia Japonica). Diseases of the Eye. Pierdhony (Noveaux Remldes, 1886, No. 3, p. 61) states that the mydriatic form of scopolenine is superior to that of atropine, and recommends its use in ophthalmic practice. He also 400 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. claims that it is free from liability to produce the conjunctival irritation which sometimes follows the use of atropine. As, however, this effect of atropine is only met with exceptionally in a very small proportion of the enormous number of cases in which the drug is daily used, this claim can have no basis until scopolenine has been much more extensively tested. It has not been much used in practice. SINAPIS ALBA. " The seed of Sinapis alba. Linn." (U. S. P.) SINAPIS NIGRA. " The seed of Sinapis nigra. Linn." (U. S. P.) It is convenient to treat of the two forms of mustard under a single article. Sinapis is rubefacient and vesicant. Powdered mustard, applied locally to the skin, acts as a decided irritant. Any degree of effect may be produced by it, from moderate excitement to severe blistering. General Surgery. On account of its convenience, mustard is exten- sively used in domestic medicine ; it is one of the most available substances to produce a mild revulsive effect. Mustard should not be permitted to vesicate, since the pain occasioned is severe, the serous discharge slight in amount, and the resulting ulcer difficult to heal. Mustard is usually employed in the form of a plaster, made by incorpor- ating equal parts of the powdered mustard with ground flaxseed or flour, and bringing it to the proper consistency with tepid water. The mass is then spread upon a piece of old muslin, covered with a portion of the same material, and applied to the selected part. Another " convenient method is to take a newspaper, folded to a little larger than the desired size, and tear open the front piece so that it can be folded back like a flap, leaving one edge attached ; next, to spread upon the thick portion the mustard, leaving the edges free, and then to close the flap upon it and fold the edges back to the desired shape." (H. C. Wood, "Therapeutics.") " Mustard leaves " are for sale, and are much employed in place of the mustard plaster. They require only to be moistened before being used. As a rule, the effects of the "mustard leaves" are more severe than are those of the plaster, and it is often necessary to apply two or three layers of muslin or paper between them and the skin. In this way they can be borne for a long time, and the results are more persistent. When a mustard plaster is applied to affect deep-seated organs, as in PNEUMONIA, PLEURISY, or PERITONITIS, such action is desirable. In BRONCHITIS in children, accompanied with congestion, the entire chest may be enveloped in a jacket-plaster or poultice for a short time, in SODA SODII BENZOAS. 401 order to thoroughly redden the skin. On the removal of the plaster the parts should be sponged off with tepid water and the chest wrapped in raw cotton. A mustard bath, in the strength of a drachm to the gallon, when properly used, is of service, especially in children, upon the reces- sion of the RASH IN MEASLES OR SCARLET FEVER. The familiar mustard foot-bath is of service in aiding the breaking up a COLD, or in relieving a CONGESTIVE HEADACHE, although the application of a mustard plaster to the nape of the neck, as a rule, will be more effectual. In OBSTINATE VOMITING one can derive benefit from the application of a mustard plaster to the epigastrium. The mustard hip-bath is of service in arrested CATAMENIA, and may be used to redden the thighs and but- tocks a few days before and during the missing period. The patient should remain from a half hour to an hour, twice daily, in the bath. In ULCERATING UTERINE CARCINOMA benefit has been derived by using a vaginal douche of hot water (see Aqua, p. 96) to which a little mustard has been added, of sufficient strength to produce a slight sense of tingling. SODA. Sodii Hydras. Caustic Soda. Sodium hydrate is prepared by boiling together slacked lime and solution of sodium carbonate. The resulting solution is separated from the sediment, evaporated, and cast into sticks. It is often known in the shops as stick-soda. The purified compound is prepared by dissolving the commercial caustic soda in alcohol, which forms a clear solu- tion of the pure sodium hydrate, while the impurities remain undissolved and subside. The solution is evaporated in a silver dish and moulded into sticks. Sodium hydrate is soluble in 1.7 parts of cold water and 0.8 part of boiling water; it is very soluble in alcohol. SODII BENZOAS. Benzoate of Sodium. "A white, semi-crystalline, or amorphous powder, efflorescent on exposure to air ; odorless, or having a faint odor of benzoin ; of a sweetish, astringent taste, free from bitterness, and having a neutral reaction. Soluble in 1.8 parts of water, and in forty-five parts of alcohol at 15 C. (59 F.), in 1.3 parts of boiling water, and in twenty parts of boiling alcohol." (U. S. P.) Benzoate of sodium is antiseptic in the proportion of twenty grains to the ounce of water. Prosser James {Lancet, July 4, 1885) states that it possesses anaesthetic and analgesic properties. Diseases of the Nose and Throat. A solution of ten to twenty grains to the ounce is antiseptic and stimulant. It also makes an agree- able impression on inflamed surfaces of the throat, and overcomes the sense of constriction and dryness which is so commonly complained of in these conditions. Brondel ( Gazette des Hopitaux, December 1 1, j 886) recommends highly the use of a powder containing ten percent, benzoate 26 402 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. of sodium for local application to the tonsils in DIPHTHERIA. He claims that in its use exudates become less adherent and hygroscopic, ajid are detached, leaving the surface beneath cicatrized. In the proportion of six grains to the ounce of water, to which a small proportion of chlorate of potassium and glycerin has been added, Shuriy recommends benzoate of sodium as a spray for ACUTE INFLAMMATION OF THE THROAT AND NOSE. SODII BICARBONAS. Sodium Bicarbonate. Bicarbonate of Sodium. Bicarbonate of Soda. Baking Soda. A practically pure bicarbonate of sodium is contemplated extraneous matter not more than one per cent. It is described as "soluble in twelve paits of water at 15 C. (59 I''.) and insoluble in alcohol; it is decomposed by hot water." (U. S. P.) Sodii Bicarbo- nas Venalis is official. It contains not more than ninety five per cent, of the pure salt. It is rarely used. \Vhen bicarbonate of sodium is administered with hot water a caustic solution of carbonate of sodium is formed. Bicarbonate of sodium enters into the compo- sition of DobelPs solutivin. Bicarbonate of sodium is antacid, protectant, mildly antiseptic, and detergent. General Surgery. Bicarbonate of sodium in saturated solution has been lauded as a dressing for BURNS. It is much inferior to carron oil or ointment of oxide of zinc, in burns of the first and second degree. In INFLAMMATORY RHEUMATISM involving the articulations benefit can be derived from enveloping the parts in lint saturated with a solution composed of bicarbonate of soda, ten grains ; tincture of opium, one flui- drachm ; water, one fluidounce. The dressing is covered with raw cotton. In GONORRHOZA Castellan (Journ. of Cutan. and Gen.-Urin. Dis., 1887) injects a solution of bicarbonate of sodium, eight to ten per cent., three to four times a day; the treatment is based on the hypothesis that while gonococci thrive in an acid medium they soon die in one which is alkaline. The discharge even in chronic cases became alkaline in a week, lessened rapidly, and soon stopped. Diseases of the Skin. Borax is sometimes substituted for the bicarbonate of soda and carbonate of soda, but possesses no advantage over these preparations. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. Bicarbonate of sodium neutralizes acid secretion and increases the specific gravity of mucus formed in acute inflammation. The older writers believed that this agent liquefied tenacious mucus, and thereby enabled the patient to more easily remove it. But one to two per cent, solutions of this agent were observed by M. J. Roosbach (Berliner Wochenschrift, 1882, No. 19) to make scarcely any change on the mucous lining of the trachea of a living cat, while A. H. Buck {Trans, of the Atner. Otological Soc., 1873) SODII BICARBONAS. 403 concludes that even saturated solutions have no influence as solvents over abnormal mucoid masses. On theoretical grounds, therefore, the useful- ness of sodium bicarbonate in the treatment might be disputed, but long experience has fixed its value as an efficient agent in CATARRHAL IRRITA- TIONS. Five to twenty grains to the ounce of water are indicated in OTITIS MEDIA accompanied with purulent discharge. The solution should be gently warmed and thrown up the Eustachian tube or instilled in the external meatus. Hinton removes collections of inspissated mucus by copious irrigation of a solution similar to the one named, the fluid passing from the external meatus to the middle ear, and thence by the Eustachian tube to the pharynx. The parts being thus washed out every other day for a fortnight, are prepared for subsequent treatment by astringents or desiccants. Dissolved in a mucilaginous medium, such as flaxseed makes, sodium bicarbonate proves to be a useful lotion in ECZEMA OF THE EXTERNAL AUDITORY PASSAGE. In the proportion of four grains to the ounce of water it is recommended by Miot and Baratoux (.Rev. Gen. de Clin. et de Therap., January, 1889, p. 43) in diffuse ACUTE INFLAMMATION OF THE EXTERNAL AUDITORY MEATUS. Ten grains to the ounce of water, to which a drachm of glycerin is added, may be used in softening HARDENED CERUMEN. Miot {Rev. Mens. de Laryngologie, etc., No. 4, 1885). As the ingredient ofasnuff it enters into a number of proprietary medicines, among which, particularly, may be mentioned Weidemeyc's snuff, which is alleged to be composed of sodium bicarbonate mixed with a little powdered cochineal. .As a nasal wash five grains to the ounce of water makes an efficient wash in NASAL CATARRH, accompanied with thick secretion. It is one of the ingredients in " Dobell's solution." Sodium bicarbonate in union with sodium chloride and salicylic acid forms a useful compound in the treat- ment of ATROPHIC RHINITIS. C. Seiler (Med. Rec., February 18, 1888, p. 182) has proposed that the bicarbonate of soda be one of the ingredi- ents of a lotion which is composed as follows: Sodium bicarb., 5viij ; sodium bibor., ^viij ; sodium benzoate, sodium salicylas, aa, gr. xx ; eucalyptol, thymol, each gr. x ; menthol, gr. v; oil of wintergreen, gtt. vj ; glycerin, gviiiss ; alcohol, gij ; and water, q. s. to make 16 pints.* Forcheimer (Archives of Pediatrics, February, 1889) recommends that before an antiseptic wash be employed in the mouth for the removal of fungi, as in THRUSH or APHTHAE, the parts be carefully washed with a weak solution of bicarbonate of sodium. This agent has long had a repu- tation for the cure of TONSILLITIS/* The patient may rub the tonsil with the finger, which has been previously moistened with a quantity of the salt According to W. J. Baker {British Medical Journal, April 9, * These ingredients enter into the composition of " Seller's Antiseptic Tablet." 404 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. 1887), if this procedure be repeated every five minutes the first hour and every hour for the rest of the day it will give relief even under conditions when suppuration seems to be inevitable. S. Michailoff (Meditsina, No. 21, 1889, p. 4) recommends the powdered salt in GRANULAR TONSILLITIS and PHARYNGITIS. The author appears to have had extensive experience and claims that improvement always ensued ; a majority of cases were cured by the treatment, the period varying from a fortnight to six weeks. The author appears to especially allude to the large tonsils of childhood. Rovira y Oliver (Gaceta Medico, Catalana, No. 7) confirms the above statement. He attributes the efficacy to the neutralization of the acidity of the secretion as well as to the solvent impression on the tenacious mucus of the crypts. The agent should be applied every two or three hours. The author mentions a toxic impression by over-use, but does not give details. A five to ten per cent, solution of bicarbonate of sodium spoken of by W. D. Miller (" Micro-organisms of the Human Mouth," loc. cit.} as the best appli- cation for THRUSH. The salt constitutes the basis of a lozenge, each mass to contain three grains of the drug. SODII BISULPHIS. Bisulphite of Sodium. " Opaque, prismatic crystals, or a crystalline or granular powder, slowly oxidized and losing sulphurous acid on exposure to air, having a faint, sulphurous odor, a disagreeable, sulphurous taste, and an acid reaction. Soluble in four parts of water and in seventy-two parts of alcohol at 15 C. (59 F.) ; in two parts of boiling water and in forty-nine parts of boiling alcohol." (U. S. P.) The fresh salt of sodium bisulphite must be used in thera- peutic combinations. Diseases of the Skin. A five per cent, solution of the bisulphite of sodium in combination with one per cent, solution of carbolic acid has been used in the DERMATITIS from Rhus toxicodendron. SODII BORAS. Borate of Sodium. Borax. Borax " is soluble in sixteen parts of water at 15 C. (59 F.), in 0.5 part of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. At 80 C. (176 F.) it is soluble in one part of glycerin." (U. S. P.) Borax enters into the composition of Dobell's solution. The presence of borax increases the solubility of boric acid. M. Jaenicke, by dissolving equal parts of borax and boric acid in boiling water, produced a preparation known v&boro-borax. It resembles boric acid, but is of greater solubility. Borax in its action is not unlike boric acid. It is absorbent, antiseptic, and sedative. In the form of a powder it is, in addition, absorbent, and protectant, hence it is of value in treating acute inflammations of the mucous surfaces. SODII BORAS. 405 General Surgery.' The ERUPTION which appears on the mucous membrane of the VULVA in young girls, and sometimes extends up as far as the cervix uteri, can be cured, according to Sir James Simpson, by the injection of a solution of borax, five to ten grains to the ounce of hot water. In LEUCORRHCEA an injection of a quart of hot water, in which a couple of drachms of borax have been dissolved, is of service. In this connec- tion borax is an efficient succedaneum for alum or tannic acid. In CHRONIC CYSTITIS, Sir H. Thompson commends an injection composed of borax, one ounce ; glycerin, two ounces ; of the mixture two or three drachms can be added to four ounces of water. In GONORRHCEA a solu- tion of from ten to fifteen grains to the ounce of water has been employed with benefit. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, Throat, etc. Two grains of borax to the ounce of water, to which a little glycerin has been added, is a favorite prescription for cleansing the naso-pharynx. As an insufflation in irritated states of the mucous surfaces of the nose and throat, three grains may be used at a time. Each ounce of water in a lotion may con- tain five grains of borax. A preparation of similar strength is injected in the Eustachian tube for CATARRHAL DEAFNESS. The slightly alkaline reaction obtained aids in restoring a neutral or acid secretion to one of normal character, at the same time that the solution gives increased density to the thin, irritating discharge of an ACUTE NASAL CATARRH. It may be used alone, but is commonly exhibited with drugs having a somewhat similar effect. The following is efficacious in CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH accompanied with infiltration : Two ounces each of borax and sodium chloride, and ten grains of benzoic acid. A half drachm of this powder is added to a glass (half pint) of warm water, in which a little glycerin has been stirred. To be used freely. One of the most common uses of borax is in the removal of APHTHA which affects the mouths of nursing children. Dewees employed equal parts of borax and finely-powdered sugar, dusted over the part every two or three hours. A pinch of the preparation, in lieu of the above, may be placed on the tongue. A mixture of honey and borax (mel boracis, Br. Ph.) is popular. In CRACKED TONGUE, Brinton found the following of service : Borax, forty grains ; glycerin, one ounce ; water, four ounces. Employ as a wash. Borax enters largely into the composition of gargles prescribed for INFLAM- MATION OF THE PHARYNX. It is also an ingredient of a lozenge contain- ing two to three grains. Diseases of the Eye. Borax forms an excellent aseptic applica- tion in CONJUNCTIVITIS. It may be advantageously combined with boric acid. Five grains of borax and ten of boric acid to the ounce of water make an agreeable and useful wash, particularly in the ACUTE FORM OF CONJUNCTIVITIS. In the CHRONIC FORMS it may be used frequently and 406 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. freely by the patient in addition to other applications made at longer intervals by the surgeon. SODII CARBONAS. Carbonate of Sodium. Washing Soda. Carbonate of sodium is prepared on a very large scale from the common salt of sea-water and from cryolite, a mineral found in Greenland. Carbonate of sodium is official in a crystalline form, with 62.9 per cent, of water of crystallization, and as a dry, white powder, sodii carbonas exsiccatus, in which fifty per cent, of the water has been removed by heat. The crystals effloresce on exposure to dry air, and fall to a white powder. They are soluble in 1.6 parts of water at 15, and in 0.25 part of boiling water. A fragment of the salt imparts an intense yellow color to a non-luminous flame. Diseases of the Skin. The carbonate of sodium in lotions is some- times employed in inflammatory skin diseases, although inferior to most other local applications commonly used. It is dissolved in water in the proportion of two to three drachms to the pint, and applied on cloths as an evaporating lotion. " Washing soda" is added to a bath in the proportion of four ounces of the salt to thirty gallons of water in the treatment of ECZEMA and other inflammatory types of diseases in which PRURITUS is a conspicuous symptom. Carbonate of sodium may be used to advantage for the purpose of softening the crusts in INFANTILE ECZEMA CAPITIS, applied on cloths and covered with oiled silk. If combined with an antiseptic and deodorant it prepares the way for subsequent active medical treatment. The following formula may be used: R. Sodii carb., 3]; liq. sodse chlorinat., f|jj ; aquae, ad. fsxij. M. SODII CHLORIDUM. Chloride of Sodium. Table-Salt. " It is soluble in 2.8 parts of water at 15 C. (59 F.) and 2.5 parts of boiling water; almost insoluble in alcohol." (U. S. P.) Common salt applied to the skin acts as a rubefacient and stimulant. It has long been recognized as possessing antiseptic properties, and hence it is extensively employed for the preservation and packing of meats. It is also solvent and protectant. Sea-salt, made by evaporating sea-water, is employed in the proportion of one pound to four gallons of water. This gives about the strength of sea water, and is regarded as a valuable tonic and excitant in depraved states of the system, especially in children. General Surgery. As a means of removing the ECCHYMOSIS follow- ing contusions, especially what is known as a " black eye" an efficacious mixture consists of table-salt, three drachms ; chloride of ammonium, one drachm ; dissolved in six ounces of bay water; lint or old linen rags to SODII CHLORIDUM. 407 be saturated and kept constantly over the part. In the treatment of the STINGS OF INSECTS, such as bees, wasps, etc., a saturated solution of table-salt used as a lotion will afford relief. An application of solution of ammonia is, on the whole, more efficient. Table-salt is often applied to leeches to cause them to cease biting. Solutions injected into the rectum will dislodge leeches which sometimes make their entrance while the individual is bathing. Salt given in an enema of water to children is an effectual remedy for THREAD WORMS. A few ounces of a solution of sodium chloride, in strength of a drachm to a pint of warm water, is highly commended by Reginald Harrison as a solvent for the tenacious cystic mucus so frequently found associated with enlargement of the pros- tate gland. A similar lotion is of value in removing masses of dried secretion on muco-cutaneous surfaces. Diseases of the Skin. As a stimulating bath chloride of sodium is employed in the strength of eight pounds to thirty gallons of water, which is about the strength of sea water. Its employment in baths as an application to various skin diseases, par- ticularly ECZEMA, has been strongly urged by Piffard {Jour. Cutaneous and Venereal Diseases, v, 1887, p. 421). He says that the addition of half a pound to a pound of rock-salt to a bath of twenty-five gallons makes the water agreeable instead of being irritating to the skin of ecze- matous patients. A proportion of ten pounds of salt to the bath is, according to Piffard, appropriate in FURUNCULOSIS, SUBACUTE ECZEMA, PSORIASIS, the IRRITABLE SUMMER RASHES, in URTICARIA, in the SCROFU- LODERMATA, and ULCERATIVE SYPHILODERMATA. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. A solution of five grains to the ounce may be injected into the tympanic chamber in PURU- LENT OTORRHCSA. Largely diluted two drachms to the pint chloride of sodium is used to dislodge tenacious mucus. It forms a cheap and con- venient remedy, but is open to the objection that, when the agent is habitually employed, the membranes lose tonicity. Weak lotions coun- teract the over-effects of application of nitrate of silver. By increasing the specific gravity of the thin, acrid discharges of ACUTE CORYZA solutions of chloride of sodium may be added to the list of remedies for this disease. It is an ingredient of the popular mixture of carbolic acid, borax, and bicarbonate of soda in the treatment of CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH. Valentin ( Correspondenzblatt fur schweizer Aerzte, No. 5, 1887) treats Oz^NAby irrigating with salt solution. A spray of from five to ten grains to the ounce is an admirable adjuvant in the treatment of CHRONIC LARYNGITIS accompanied by diminished secretion. Diseases of the Eye. Common salt is a favorite domestic remedy in mild cases of CONJUNCTIVITIS, and a very good one. About ten grains to the ounce of water is a good proportion, and the eyes may be 408 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. bathed with it frequently and freely. A weak solution is, perhaps, the best fluid for washing out the anterior chamber after extraction of cata- ract. Three grains to the ounce is about the proportion of salt in the normal aqueous humor. SODA CUM CALCE. Soda with Lime. London Paste. The National Formulary directs that London paste be made by mixing equal parts of soda and lime in fine powder. It is sold either in the form of powder or small crayons. London paste is a powerful caustic. Its action is similar to that of potassa cum calce (q. v.), but is claimed to be less diffusive, and, there- fore, safer. When moistened with alcohol it is an efficient caustic to apply to small areas within the external auditory meatus. Diseases of the Nose, etc. M. Mackenzie recommends London paste for the destruction of HYPERTROPHIES BOTH OF THE NASAL CHAM- BERS AND TONSILS. It is, however, inferior to chromic acid, acetic acid, or the galvano-cautery, but is efficient, through persistent use, in reduc- ing the size of the fibroid masses. SODII ETHYLAS. Ethylate of Sodium. Sodium Alcohol. Caustic Alcohol. Ethylate of sodium is made by dropping small pieces of metallic sodium into absolute alcohol kept at a temperature of 50 F. until reaction ceases; the liquid is then heated to 100 F., and sodium again added; it is again cooled to 50 F. and the same quantity of absolute alcohol added as that with which the process started. The product is a fifty per cent, solution of ethylate of sodium. It should be kept in a cool place in a well-stoppered bottle, and applied either by a glass rod or piece of dry wood. A solid form of the ethylate of sodium is available. B. W. Richardson (Proc. r. Ass'n Ad. Set'., 1870, and Pharm. Jour, and Trans., 1878, ix, p. 485), who introduced ethylate of sodium to the profession, states that the sodium is oxidized by the oxygen of the water of the tissues to form sodium hydrate, the hydrogen of the water going to reconstitute the common or ethylic alcohol. Diseases of the Skin. Richardson (loc. cii.} commends this caustic in the treatment of some diseases of the skin. Applied to dry parts of the body surface it is comparatively inert, causing only slight tingling and redness. But, so soon as the part to which it is applied gives up a little water, caustic soda is produced in contact with the skin in proportion as water is eliminated, and there proceeds a gradual destruction of tissues which may be moderated so as to be scarcely per- ceptible, or may be so intensified as to act almost like a cutting instru- ment. SODII HYDRAS. 409 The action of the sodium and potassium alcohols is less painful than would be expected, and when pain is felt it may be quickly checked by dropping upon the part a little chloroform, which decomposes the ethylate. The addition of an alcoholic solution of opium, likewise, is said to lessen the pain of the application. Ethylate of sodium may be applied upon surfaces rendere'd anaesthetic by cold, either by the application of ice or frozen by rhigolene spray. The action of ethylate of sodium on the blood is, according to Rich- ardson, rapid and marked. The red corpuscles are brought into a state of solution, crystallization of the haematin and related substances almost instantly takes place, while the white corpuscles are acted on very slowly. Ethylate of sodium may be kept in a solution of half saturation in a glass-stoppered bottle, and should be applied by means of a glass rod, the end of which is somewhat pointed. It has been used successfully in the removal of small and moderate- sized NJEVI and TELANGIECTASES. A thin, dry eschar is formed. After some days this can be removed and further applications made until the growth is destroyed. It leaves a smaller cicatrix than that produced by any other caustic. It has also been recommended in NJEVUS, EPITHE- LIOMA, LUPUS, and other new growths, but it has not proved superior to other agents of its class in the cure of these affections. Diseases of the Nose. The caustic effect of the sodii ethylate appears to be more manageable than that of caustic potassa. Richard- son (loc. <://.) (The Asclepiad, i, No. 3, 1884) recommends it for the destruction of NASAL POLYPUS. The following direction is abridged from this writer's statements: Saturate a piece of cotton with sodium ethylate and apply to the selected spot for two or three minutes, and withdraw. The mass of polypi may be almost immediately destroyed ; then touch lightly the bases of the outgrowths with the same material. The applica- tion is described as being accompanied with slight burning pain, though occasionally moderate hemorrhage ensues. SODII HYDRAS. Hydrate of Sodium. Caustic Soda. General Surgery. Caustic soda, being less deliquescent, possesses some advantages over caustic potassa. The indications for the use of these agents are in all respects similar. 410 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. SODII HYPOSULPHIS. Hyposulphite of Sodium. Sodium Thiosulphate. Hyposulphite of sodium, which is more correctly called sodium thiosulphate, is prepared by boiling a solution of carbonate of sodium with sulphur. The purifiedproduct occurs in " large, tolorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms or plates, efflorescent in dry air, odorless, having a cooling, somewhat bitter, and sulphurous taste, and a neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Soluble in 1.5 parts of water at 15 C. (59 F.), and in 0.5 parts of boiling water, in the latter case with partial decomposition ; insoluble in alcohol." (U. S. P.) Hyposulphite of sodium is antiseptic and is destructive of parasitic fungi of the tricophyton group. It is mildly analgesic.* General Surgery. Polli, of Milan, employs hyposulphite of sodium in the treatment of zymotic diseases, such as ERYSIPELAS, etc., in solu- tions of the strengths of one to two ounces to the pint of water. It is also a reliable preservative. The same writer states that corpses can be kept for anatomical purposes for weeks in solutions of the hyposulphite of sodium without undergoing change in color or density. In GANGRENOUS and FOUL ULCERATIONS a solution of the drug, one to five or ten parts of water, and kept in contact with the involved surfaces by lint, corrects fetid odor and establishes a healthy action. Injections of weak solutions of the hyposulphite of sodium are productive of good results in CHRONIC CYSTITIS, a disease which so frequently accompanies enlargement of the prostate gland, with resultant retention and decomposition of urine. Diseases of the Skin. The hyposulphite of sodium is employed as a parasiticide in the VEGETABLE PARASITIC DISEASES OF THE SKIN. In TINEA VERSICOLOR and in TINEA TRICOPHYTINA CRURIS, and other forms of ringworm the remedy is of decided value. It is usually employed in oint- m.nt or in a watery solution, one drachm to the ounce. Although mild in its effects, it has the advantage over most of the other vegetable para- siticides of being quite innocuous and unirritating. The following formula was recommended by Tilbury Fox, not only for the affections above named, but also in PRURITUS VULV^E : R. Sodii hyposulphitis, o' v j glycerini, f5J ; aqure, q. s. ad fvj. M. Sig. Lotion. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Thirty grains of the hyposulphite of sodium added to an ounce of water forms a gargle suitable for use in DIPHTHERIA. (Potter.) SODII SALICYLAS. Salicylate of Sodium. " Small, white, crystalline plates, or a crystalline powder permanent in the air, odorless, having a sweetish, saline, or mildly alkaline taste, and a feebly acid reaction. Soluble in * A similar effect may be obtained with the sulphite of sodium, q. v. SODII SILICAS. 411 1.5 part of water and in six parts of alcohol at 15 C. (59 F.) ; very soluble in boiling water and in boiling alcohol." (U. S. P.) Salicylate of sodium is an antiferment and possesses antiseptic properties, though not to the same extent as does salicylic acid. It is slightly analgesic. (Prosser James, Lancet, July 4, 1885.) It is unirritating and readily absorbed. General Surgery. Inglessis has employed a six per cent, solution in glycerite of salicylate of sodium in the treatment of ERYSIPELAS, the affected part to be covered with lint saturated with the solution, and then covered with raw cotton. Diseases of the Nose and Throat. Since in the internal treat- ment of RHEUMATIC AFFECTIONS salicylate of sodium is of repute, it has been assumed that the same remedy would be valuable in the local treat- ment of ACUTE RHEUMATIC PHARYNGITIS and LARYNGITIS. The drug serves a useful purpose in NASAL DIPHTHERIA in a wash in the proportion of twenty grains to the ounce. A. C. Baily {Boston Med. and Surg. Journ., October 25, 1888) employs a gargle for PHARYNGITIS in the pro- portion of five grains to the ounce of water. SODII SILICAS. Silicate of Sodium. Silicate of Soda. Liquid Glass. " Silicate of sodium (Na.,SiO 3 , or frequently Na. 2 Si 4 O 9 ) is made by fusing one part of silica, fine sand, or powdered flint and two parts of dried carbonate of sodium, mixed in powder, in an earthenware crucible, and pouring out the fused mass on a stone slab to cool. This is pulverized and treated with boiling water to dissolve the soluble part. The solution is filtered and concentrated, so as to form crystals on cooling. These are then purified by dissolving them in water heated to 37.7 C. (100 F.), filtering the solution, and concentrating it so that it may recrystallize. The commercial solution of silicate of sodium usually contains about twenty per cent, of silica and ten per cent, of soda." (U. S. D.) Silicate of sodium is protectant. It is employed for the same purposes as are starch and plaster-of- Paris in fixing dressings. General Surgery. Silicate of sodium is employed satisfactorily in retaining in position the. turns of the bandage adapted to make extensions on the thigh, either in fracture of the femur or hip disease. After the dressings are adjusted the bandaged portion of the limb is brushed over with the solution, which is allowed to dry. Each individual turn of the bandage is thus fixed, so that a single application of the agent suffices during the treatment. When it is desired to secure more than ordinary rigidity the following plan is recommended : The limb is first enveloped in a roller bandage ; over this is applied (preferably with a brush) a solu- tion of silicate of sodium, having a syrupy consistence. A second roller bandage is then adapted to the parts, and it in turn is covered with the 412 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. liquid glass solution. The slow rate at which the preparation dries (namely, from six to twelve hours) constitutes the main objection to the use of this agent. Of late years it has been nearly supplanted by the more rapidly-setting plaster of Paris. SODII SULPHIS. Sodium Sulphite. Sulphite of Sodium. Sulphite of Soda. "Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, efflorescent in dry air, odorless, and having a cooling, saline, and sulphurous taste and a neutral or feebly alkaline reaction. Soluble in four parts of water at 15 C. (59 F.), and in 0.9 parts of boiling water; only sparingly soluble in alcohol." (U. S. P.) Sulphite of soda is germicide. General Surgery. Sulphite of soda has been advocated by J. C. McMullen in a solution of ten grains to the ounce of water as an injec- tion in the treatment of GONORRHOEA. Diseases of the Skin. The sulphite of sodium is sometimes employed instead of the hyposulphite, but it possesses no advantage, above the former preparation. Diseases of the Mouth, Throat, etc. One drachm to the ounce of water can be used as a gargle in STOMATITIS and as an application to APHTHAE (W. Jenner, Med. Times and Gaz., vn, 1853, 183), Mucous PATCHES, ULCERS OF THE TONSILS, and DIPHTHERIA. A similar solution is used in NASAL DIPHTHERIA. (Potter.) SODII SULPHOCARBOLAS. Sulphocarbolate of Sodium. " Colorless, transparent, rhombic prisms, permartent in the air, odorless or nearly so, having a cooling, saline, somewhat bitter taste, and a neutral reaction. Soluble in five parts of water and in one hundred and thirty-two parts of alcohol at 15 C. (59 F.) ; in 0.7 part of boiling water and in ten parts of boiling alcohol." (U. S. P.) It should be remembered that the soluble sulphates or diluted sulphuric acid are the chemical antidotes for carbolic acid poisoning, forming sulphocarbolates, which are innoxious. U. S. D. states that this salt is inert. Sulphocarbolate of sodium is a mild astringent and germicide. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Lefferts claims that one-half drachm to eight ounces of water, to which has been added an ounce of glycerin, forms a valuable gargle in RELAXED STATES OF THE TH>ROAT following ACUTE ANGINA. Waring recommends a similar preparation in the treat- ment of DIPHTHERIA. SODII SULPHORICINATIS SODII HYPOCHLORIT1S. 413 SODII SULPHORICINATIS. Sulphoricinate of Sodium. "A brown, syrupy liquid which readily dissolves in water and alcohol. It forms a good solvent for iodine, iodoform, etc." (Helbing.) Diseases of the Throat. This drug has been used by A. Joseas (La Med. Moderne, April 28, 1892) in combination with carbolic acid (eighty grammes of the former to twenty of the latter) for DIPHTHERIA. SODII HYPOCHLORITIS. This is a very unstable salt, and consequently is only known in the following solu- tion : i LIQUOR SoDiE CHLORATVE. Solution of Chlorinated Soda. Liquor Sodae Chlorinatae. (Pharm. 1870.) Labarraque's Solution. " A clear, pale-greenish liquid, of a faint odor of chlorine, a disagreeable and alkaline taste, and an alkaline reaction; specific gravity, 1.044. Addition of hydrochloric acid causes an effervescence of chlorine and carbonic acid gas." (U. S. P.) This solution is prepared by double decomposition between solutions of chlorinated lime and sodium carbonate, whereby insoluble calcium carbonate and soluble sodii hypochloritis are formed. The latter is decanted from the precipitate, and should be preserved in well- stopped bottles, protected from the light. Liquor sodse chloratae destroys the elastic property of cotton fibre and sponge. The chlorine odor left on the skin after use can be corrected by washing with a lotion of sodii hyposulphis. (M. ., January, 1891, p. 14.) The addition of carbolic acid in any proportion produces a mixture cif a peculiar penetrating and, to most persons, disagreeable odor. The best solution is prepared for the market in quart bottles. In a number of specimens of the drug examined by Sternberg, the amount of chlorine varied from 3.80 to 0.03 per cent. Since the properties of the preparation depend upon the amount of chlorine present, it is dtsirable that the liquid, when prescribed, be freshly made, and the date plainly marked upon the label. The solution of chlorinated soda is a stimulant, detergent, and a pow- erful disinfectant and parasiticide. General Surgery. As an application to GANGRENOUS SURFACES, the solution of chlorinated soda may be applied in a strength of one drachm to the ounce of water, or it may be used in full strength in the prepapa- tion of a common flaxseed poultice. In the treatment of APHTHOUS and PHAGEDENIC ULCERATIONS OF THE MOUTH, which have assumed a slough- ing character, the following will be found of service: R. Liq. sodii chlorinat., tinct. myrrhae, aa f^ss; aquae rosae, f^j ; aquae, f^vj. The same prescription is of service in STOMATITIS of ptyalism, in ulcerated gums of SCURVY, etc. In foul discharges from the vagina, a douche, composed of the solution of one fluid ounce to one pint of water, is efficient. Diseases of the Skin. The solution of chlorinated soda has a restricted use in dermatology in affections of the skin, accompanied by 414 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. profuse suppuration and breaking down of the {issues. It may be added to cataplasms and wet dressings employed to macerate the crusts in PEDICULOSIS CAPITIS and CRUSTED ULCERATIVE SYPHILODERMATA. Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat. The solution of chlo- rinated soda is one of the most valuable agents in our possession for the correction of fetor in the ear, nose, and throat. It may be employed in the strength of fifteen to twenty drops to the ounce as a lotion, gargle, or spray. It is useful, when largely diluted, to kill LARVAE of insects which have invaded the external auditory meatus. (Roosa.) It is especially indicated in OZ^ENA and "PHARYNGITIS SICCA." It is also of value in conditions accompanied by sloughing, such as are met with in NoiMA and the ANGINA of SCARLET FEVER, since, in addition to the disinfectant properties, it acts as a solvent to the sloughing masses. With care a strength as great as two drachms to the ounce can be borne in FETID CORYZA. Should a stronger preparation be demanded, as in the treatment of DIPHTHERIA, it is best to apply it as pigment. Diseases of the Eye. The solution of chlorinated soda has been highly recommended as an antiseptic application to the eye in the propor- tion of one part to seven or ten of water. In the former strength it is applied, on pledgets of cotton, directly to the everted lids or to SLOUGH- ING ULCERS OF THE CORNEA ; for using freely as a wash, the weaker solutions may be still further diluted. It has not been extensively used. SOZOIODOL AND ITS COMPOUNDS. " Sozoiodol is a compound of iodine with paraphcnol-sulphonic acid, which only differs from sozolic acid, or orthophenol sulphonic acid, in the position of the hydroxyl and sulphonic group." (T. Lauder Brunton, " Modern Therapeutics," 1892.) Sozoidol con- tains three of the strongest antiseptics: iodine, sulphur, and carbolic acid. It forms salts of mercury, potassium, sodium, and zinc. These appear to be pure and non-irritating. Sozoiodol has not been thoroughly studied, and its properties not always separately treated from the bases with which it unites. It resembles iodoform in many respects, but is without odor. It is non-toxic. Sozoiodol is described as being astringent, germicidal, and disinfectant. According to Suchannek (jCorrespondbl. fur schweizer Aertze, xix, 1889, 283), a two per cent, solution of sozoiodol arrests the development of pyogenic coccii in gelatin. General Surgery. Sozoiodol may be applied in powder, either pure or mixed with talc, combined with lanolin (i-io), or in solution (two grains and upward). It may be used as an adjuvant to a protectant dres- sing of cotton. In open wounds which have become putrescent, sozoiodol possesses advantage over other agents. E. Ostermeyer {Deutsch. med. IVochenschr., October 10, 1889) uses sozoiodol in the treatment of BURNS. This writer claims that it possesses advantages over iodoform. It is SOZOIODOL AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 415 slightly analgesic, and prevents suppuration. The vesicles are punctured, and a mixture of sozoiodol and starch (i-io) dusted over the exposed surfaces. The favorable action of the remedy can be detected within twenty-four hours. Sozoiodol is also used in the treatment of INDOLENT ULCERS. In two cases presenting identical features, Nitschmann (//. klin. Rundschau, No. 32, 1891 ; see also Therap. Gaz., February, 1889) treated one with iodoform and the other with sozoiodol, and found the latter the more efficient agent. The formula commended by this writer is as follows : Ten parts of sozoiodol to one of lanolin. Diseases of the Nose, Throat, etc. Sozoiodol, according to M. A. Fritsche (Therapeut. Monatsheft., June, 1888, p. 283). has value in the local treatment of "PHARYNGITIS SICCA " and CHRONIC LARYN- GITIS. Claims are also made that it aids in healing TUBERCULAR ULCER- ATIONS. Suchannek recommends it in the treatment of CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH, accompanied with scanty secretions. Insufflations of a powder" composed of one part of the salt to seven of talc are preferred. The powder may, however, be weakened and yet retain its efficiency, so as to represent one part to twelve, or even one to fifteen. HYDRARGYRI SOZOIODOLAS. Sozoiodolate of Mercury. This salt forms a lemon yellow powder, soluble in water in the proportion of one part to five hundred ; more readily soluble than sodium chloride. Sozoiodolate of mercury, in the strength of i-io, is said to be caustic. General Surgery. Troemner credits it with value in the local treat- ment of SYPHILIS. H. Suchannek recommends it in proportion of 1-20 and i-io for SYPHILITIC ULCERATION ; it is to be applied directly by a dossil of cotton to the selected surface. Diseases of the Skin. Nitschmann (Wien klin. Wochenschr., 1891, No. 26) used a ten per cent, solution of the Sozoiodolate of mercury as a lotion in TINEA VERSICOLOR, and also in hypodermic injection for SYPHILITIC ERUPTIONS. The formula he employs is the following: K. Hydrarg. sozoiodol., gr. viij ; potas. iodid., gr. xvj ; aquae destityat., n^c. M. A " Pravaz syringeful " (HLXV) of this is injected once a week. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Suchannek commends this salt in the local treatment of TUBERCULAR LARYNGITIS. POTASSIUM SOZOIODOL. Sozoiodolate of Potassium. This salt of sozoiodol occurs in long, white, acicular crystals, soluble in fifty parts of water. The solution is acid to litmus paper, and gives a bluish violet color with ferric chloride. Exposure to light causes the aqueous s-olution to darken. 41 6 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Diseases of the Nose, etc. H. Suchannek (Correspondenz-Blatt f. schw. Aertze, 1889, xix, 283) claims that this salt combined in equal proportions with talc, or one of the salt to two of talc, possesses distinct advantages over other astringent and alterative powders in the treatment of CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH. SODII SOZOIODOLAS. Sozoiodolate of Sodium. The sodium salt of sozoiodol occurs in white, well-defined, prismatic crystals. These crystals are soluble in fourteen parts of water. The solution darkens on exposure to light, has an acid reaction, and gives a violet color with ferric chloride. This salt is more adhe- sive and more soluble than the sozoiodolate of potassium. Sodium sozoiodolate is astringent and alterative. Diseases of the Nose, etc. In proportions of one part of the salt to two of talc, H. Suchannek (loc. cit.} extols a powder, to be insufflated in the treatment of CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH, associated with muco-purulent or purulent discharges. ZINCI SOZOIODOLAS. Sozoiodolate of Zinc. Zinc sozoiodalate forms colorless, acicular crystals, with six molecules of water. The salt is soluble in twenty parts of water, and in alcohol. Sozoiodolate of zinc is stimulant and astringent. General Surgery. In GONORRHCEAL URETHRITIS sozoiodolate of zinc is recommended. It is indicated in VAGINITIS when daily treatment is impossible. A tampon saturated with the ointment (i-io) is an avail- able form. Satisfactory results have been obtained by the use of the powder in cases of CATARRH of the UTERINE CERVIX. Diseases of the Skin. Schwimmer has used the zinc preparation in simple ULCERS. Diseases of the Throat, etc. A writer in the L' Union Med., 1890, recommends sozoiodol of zinc one part, talc ten parts, as a snuff for ATROPHIC RHINITIS. Suchannek also commends this salt in HYPERTROPHIC CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH accompanied with diminished secretion, and as an excitant in ATROPHIC RHINITIS, and "PHARYNGITIS SICCA." The salt possesses the additional characteristic that in connection with excite- ment of the nasal mucous membrane it softens crusts and diminishes fetor. In the same combination, in the proportion of one of the salt to twelve of the talc, in HYPERTROPHIC NASAL CATARRH. In the proportion of one to twenty it may be employed locally in SYPHILITIC ULCERATION OF THE NOSE AND PHARYNX. SPIRITUS /ETHERIS NITROSI SPIRITUS ODORATUS SPONGIA. 417 SPIRITUS ^ETHERIS NITROSI. Spirit of Nitrous Ether. Sweet Spirits of Nitre. " An alcoholic solution of ethyl nitrite, containing five 'per cent, of the crude ether." (U. S. P.) Sweet spirit of nitre is refrigerant and parasiticide. Diseases of the Skin. The Spiritus ^Etheris Nitrosi is employed as an application in DERMATITIS VENENATIS. A rag or sponge wet with the ether, applied to the pubis and covered with oiled silk, kills PEDICULI PUBIS at once. SPIRITUS ODORATUS. Perfumed Spirit. Cologne Water. A Cologne water is official (U. S. P.), but the formulas of the best apothecaries are more popular. One of these, which yields a product practically indistinguishable from the celebrated " Farina Colognes," is as follows : Take of oil of bergamot, 400 rr^. lemon 400 n^, orange, 400 n^. lavender, 48 TTL- rosemary, 96 tr^. neroli (bigarade), 144 TT^. neroli petite grain 192 rt^. extract of orange flowers, 800 \^. " jessamine, 200 rr^. oil of verbena, 24 1TL. Alcohol sufficient to make one gallon. All the ingredients must be of the best. The alcohol is to be absolutely without odor. That which is known in commerce as " Cologne spirit " is best adapted to this purpose. General Surgery. Cologne water is frequently employed in domes- tic medicine as a lotion for BRUISES or CONTUSIONS. It is a useful pre- paration (though to many persons the constant odor left after using it becomes disagreeable) to apply as a liniment after the removal of surgical dressings in the same way in which whisky or alcohol is employed. It is soothing in HEADACHE, applied to the temples and allowed to evaporate. Diseases of the Mouth, Throat, etc. A few drops of Cologne water may be added to medicated fluids to be inhaled. It is an agreeable addition to many gargles. SPONGIA. Sponge. For the preparation of sponges for ordinary surgical use the reader is referred to the U. S. D. For bleaching, the method pursued at the Pennsylvania Hospital has been found satisfactory. The sponge, after being thoroughly beaten, to remove all sand and loose matter, is placed in a ten per cent, solution of muriatic acid (fj| xij-gal. j) for twenty- four hours, afterward to be thoroughly freed from acid by frequent washings. 27 41 8 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Then to be placed in a solution of permanganate of potash ( ^iiss to the gal.). After a second washing the deeply-stained sponges are placed in a solution of oxalic acid, 3 xxxj to the gallon of water, to which is added sulphuric acid, f ^ ss, and allowed to remain until bleached. After again thoroughly washing, they may be packed away dry in clean, stopped glass jars, or kept in a five per cent, solution of carbolic acid. In this way the cheaper grade of sponges may be employed for surgical operations. General Surgery. Sponges are of use in surgery in consequence of their softness and the property they possess of absorbing liquids. Sponges are especially valuable in removing the flowing blood from incisions made in operations, since the quick absorption of blood enables the surgeon to see clearly the tissues that are exposed. In abdominal section flat sponges, six to eight inches in diameter, are used as a means of protect- ing the intestine from the chilling .influence of the atmosphere. In the modern method of dressing wounds (especially in hospital practice) absorbent cotton, oakum, tow, etc., largely supplant the employment of sponge. A sponge tent is prepared by taking a piece of conical sponge, and when in a moist state evenly wrapping it with stout thread, thus compressing the mass somewhat into the form of a cylinder ; when dry the wrapping is removed and the sponge placed in hot wax. On introduction into a canal (let us say of the cervix uteri) the heat of the body melts the wax and releases the sponge, which by imbibition of moisture causes dilatation of the parts to take place. Sponge tents are inferior to those made from laminaria. In the uterine cavity it is well to introduce at least one sponge tent with the laminaria, as the former will prevent the mass of tents from slipping from the cavity, which so often happens if the agent last named is employed. (See Laminaria.) D. J. Hamilton (Edin. Med.Journ., November, 1881) advo- cates the introduction- of a layer of sponge, which has been rendered thoroughly aseptic, in the treatment of LEG ULCER; he employs the best quality of sponge. The edges are inserted beneath the undermined edges of the lesion, and over this is applied an antiseptic dressing. At first there is evidence of purulent formation, which is followed by granulations passing into the sponge. On the fifth day the edges become firm and the ulcer is occupied with organized material. At the end of three months only small portions of sponge are visible, and by four months all have disappeared. The granulating surface now hastens to cica- trize. A solution of carbolic acid (one to twenty) is used for irrigating the ulcer at each dressing. XV. Hall has successfully employed sponge grafts for closing OLD SINUSES. In the opinion of Ferguson every pur- pose can be accomplished by leaving the sponge in the tract for a few days and then detaching it, so that it is doubtful whether it acts otherwise than as a stimulating dressing. Diseases of the Nose. Sponge may be used to dilate a narrowed SPONGIO-PILINE STAPHISAGRIA STRAMONIUM. 419 nostril, to serve as a tampon against the walls of the chamber in the treatment of FETID CATARRH, and to act as a plug in the posterior nares either for the arrest of bleeding or as a preliminary measure to irrigation. For all these uses the most compact pieces possible of the finest sponge should be selected. The principle of the tampon for the relief of FCETID CATARRH (see Gossypiuni), which has been discussed by Gottstein, appears to have been practiced by J. Solis- Cohen in the form of sponge compresses. SPONGIO-PILINE. Spongio-piline was in use a number of years ago for taking the place of poultices. It consisted of a thick cloth or felt, on the back of which was a layer of rubber, and on the face a layer of sponge. This sponge was felted in and then shredded, so as to make a pile, or nap. The sponge side, when well moistened with hot water, acted as a poultice, the moisture being kept in by the rubber back. It has almost entirely gone out of use, and has disappeared from the stores. Diseases of the Eye. Spongio-piline is a convenient means of employing moist heat in ophthalmic practice. STAPHISAGRIA. Stavesacre. " The seed of Delphinium staphisagria." (U. S. P.) It contains a fixed oil as well as an alkaloid. The oil is efficient but is not available. An ointment, unguenium staphisagria, is official in Ph. Br. It is made by digesting one part of stavesacre-seed in two parts of benzoinated lard, in a water bath for two hours, and straining. Stavesacre is parasiticide, while non-toxic to the host. Diseases of the Skin. The coarsely-ground seeds of Stavesacre, in the proportion of three parts to five of lard, digested for twenty-four hours at a temperature of 212 F. and strained, yield an ointment which is valuable in the destruction of PEDICULOSIS CAPITIS and PEDICULO- SIS CORPORIS. It does not, however, kill the ova. The fluid extract, diluted with vinegar, in the proportion of a drachm to the ounce, accomplishes both objects. Stavesacre kills the mature animals and the vinegar the ova. In attacking the head-louse the scalp must be cleansed from time to time, during the treatment. No parasiticide is effective, in destroying the body-louse unless the clothes are subjected to a heat sufficient to destroy the ova. STRAMONIUM. Jamestown Weed. Both the leaves and the seeds of Datiira stramonium are official. The alkaloid (daturine) is obtained usually from the seeds. There are two daturines known, the heavy and the light. The heavy daturine is a mixture of atropine and hyoscyamine; and light daturine is hyoscyamine.- Hence, the alkaloids called daturine are atropine or hyoscyamine, or mixtures of them. (See Belladonna^ Stramonium is one of the ingredients of baume tranquille. 420 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. Stramonium is anodyne and antispasmodic. The over-impression is highly toxic. General Surgery. The leaves of stramonium are applied either in the form of fomentations or cataplasms. In CANCEROUS ULCERATIONS the following ointment is used at the Middlesex Hospital, and is effective in relieving pain : it is made by taking fresh stramonium leaves, one-half pound ; lard, two pounds, mixing the bruised leaves with the lard and exposing to a mild heat, and straining through lint. The ointment thus prepared is spread on lint and applied to the part. In PAINFUL NODES and swellings a stramonium leaf, soaked in spirit and laid over the part, will often prove effective. An ointment composed of equal parts of extract of stramonium and Goulard's cerate is a remedy of established value for painful HEMORRHOIDS. A small portion is applied twice daily, after ablu- tion. Equal parts of ointment of stramonium and of nut-gall may be substituted. Diseases of the Ear and Throat. Stramonium has held a high position as a local remedy in SPASMS OF THE GLOTTIS and in ASTHMA. The smoke from the burning leaves may be inhaled. A convenient means of using it is to draw the fumes into the lungs through a pipe filled either with the pure leaves, or a mixture of the same with tobacco. The impression is ordinarily combined with that of nitrate of potassium. The effect should be carefully watched, since the poisonous properties of the drug may be easily induced. The smoke from about a half ounce of the leaves may be inhaled at a single sitting. The number of sittings is determined by the attendant circumstances. A sensation of heat in the lung, or fullness about the head, or nausea, are indications that a maxi- mum impression has been obtained. E. L. Shurly (TV. Y. Med. Journal, September n, 1886) believes that a solution of the strength of one one- hundredth to one-fiftieth of a grain of daturine is of value in the treatment of INFLUENZA. Diseases of the Eye. Daturine is a doubtful MYDRIATIC. The preparations found in the shops under that name are probably either identi- cal with one of the other alkaloids, a mixture of several of them, or the product of chemical processes. DATURA TATULA. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Similar in properties to those of stramonium are inhalations of Datura tatula. Fumigation from the leaves is recommended by M. Mackenzie for SPASM OF THE GLOTTIS. . STROPHANTHUS STYRONE SULPHUR. 42 1 STROPHANTHUS. The seed of Slrophanthus hispidus. The kombe arrow poison is made from this seed. Strophanthin is the active glucoside. " It is a white, crystalline powder, neutral in reaction, intensely bitter, freely soluble in water, less so in rectified spirit, and nearly insoluble in ether and chloroform." (U. S. D.) Strophanthus is analgesic. Diseases of the Eye. Numerous experiments on animals have shown that Strophanthin produces an anaesthetic effect upon the cornea. Various observers have reported different results of experiments on the human eye, but all agree that the drug is too irritating to be introduced into practice. STYRONE. Storone. Styrone occurs in balsam of Peru and in storax ; it is presented in two forms, crystal and liquid, both having the same virtue, the crystals being the more expensive. Styronf has an agreeable odor, somewhat like that of frankincense, and is non-poisonous. It is somewhat soluble in water, and freely soluble in alcohol and ether. H. H. A. Beach {Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., August I, 1889) has called special attention to this agent. Styrone is antiseptic and analgesic. General Surgery. For disinfecting FOUL or ULCERATING SURFACES a solution of 1-12 has given satisfaction. After excision of the mammary gland in the female, the wound healed in ten days, under a dressing of charpie soaked in the solution last named. (Beach.) The same writer used styrone successfully in PYOTHORAX. After resection of a rib the cavity was at first flushed with a 1-200 solution, the strength being gradually raised to 1-40. When used as a spray styrone is of service in cases of ulcerating CANCEROUS GROWTHS. An emulsion, with olive oil, wafer, or liquid vaseline, may be freely applied to WOUNDS if the undiluted drug is irritating. Diseases of the Ear. According to Cheltsoff {Bolinitchnayagazeta, Botinka, May 9, 1890) styrone is of value in the treatment of OTOR- RHOZA. A scruple is added to an ounce of alcohol. One part of this mixture is diluted with seventy of water and injected. The remedy arts rapidly ^n promoting cure in cases in which bichloride of mercury and alcohol have failed. SULPHUR. Three forms of sulphur are official. Sulphur Sublimatum (sublimed sulphur), which " is sulphur prepared from crude or rough sulphur by sublimation " (Ph. Br.) ; Sulphur Lotum (washed sulphur) ; and Sulphur Prsecipitatum. Precipitated sulphur is " a very fine, yellowish-white, amorphous powder, odorless and almost tasteless, insoluble in water or in alcohol, but completely soluble in a boiling solution of soda, or in disulphide of carbon." (U. S. P.) The same description applies to sulphur loturu, 422 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. except that it is said to be of a citron yellow, and, with the same exception, and the additional one that it has a slight odor and taste, to sulphur sublimatum. An ointment of sulphur (thirty parts to seventy parts of benzoinated lard) is official. (See Thalinin.} Sulphur is, first, an antiseptic and parasiticide, and, second, a kerato- plastic agent, favoring the reproduction of the horny epithelium. It acts also as a vehicle in the composition of powders. It possibly possesses obscurely defined alterative properties. General Surgery. Sulphur has been employed in the treatment of SCIATICA by Cowden. In a patient treated by this writer, where one-half grain doses of morphine, combined with one-sixtieth of a grain of atropia, failed to give relief, the affected limb was covered with precipi- tated sulphur, and in a short time profuse sweating occurred, with marked diminution of pain. The treatment was repeated for two nights. A second patient, who otherwise could not move in bed, was cured. Duchane {Therapeutic Gazette, 1888, p. 626) also reports success with this treatment. The odor of the urine partook strongly of sulphuretted hydrogen. Diseases of the Skin. Sulphur is one of the oldest and best known remedies used in the external treatment of diseases of the skin. As a parasiticide its effect upon SCABIES is well known. A few thorough inunctions of the Unguentum Sulphuris (U. S. P.) will, in most cases, suffice to arrest the disease, so far as the parasite is concerned. There remains, however, to be treated, the ECZEMA, or DERMATITIS, rather, which accompanies the disease. This is rather aggravated than allayed by the use of strong sulphur ointment, so that the treatment of such cases is often unduly prolonged, unless the sulphur ointment is suspended. For this reason a milder sulphur ointment is preferable, and in most cases this should be combined with some agent which, while in itself parasiti- cide, will also cure the dermatitis. Such a combination is found in the ointment of naphthol and sulphur. The following combination is recom- mended by J. C. White, of Boston : R. Flor. sulphuris, gij ; /?-naphthol, 3J ; bals. Peru, vaseline, aa |j. M. (See "Naphthol"} In Germany, "HelmericW s Ointment" has been largely used. This is composed as follows: R. Sulphuris, ^ij ; potas. carb., 3] ; adipis, gj. M. Vlemingckx 1 s Solution (see below) is sometimes employed in SCABIES. In this country an ointment of one drachm of the flowers of sulphur to the ounce of lard will generally be found strong enough. In the treatment of the vegetable parasitic diseases, especially TINEA VERSICOLOR, sulphur may be employed with success. The form of Vlem- ingckx 1 s Solution is most convenient for this purpose. This is composed as follows: R. Calcis vivse, 3J ; sulphuris sublimat., giss ; aquae, foxiij. M. The lime, first slacked, is thoroughly mixed with the sulphur and the mixture is then heated with the water, thoroughly stirring until incor- SULPHUR. 423 porated. The whole mixture is then boiled down to one fluidounce and filtered. Usually it should be considerably diluted, as it is almost caustic when made by the above formula. Vlemingckx's solution is sometimes employed in the local treatment of PSORIASIS, a small portion of the lotion, more or less diluted, being well rubbed into the patches daily. In the treatment of COMEDO the following combination has been found useful : R. Sulphuris, glycerin i, potas. carbonat., alcoholis, aetheris, aa p. aeq. M. The parts are taken by weight. The mixture is to be well rubbed into the part with friction. Sulphur forms a prominent element in the preparations employed in the treatment of ACNE. In the form of ointment alone, or combined with camphor, this drug is useful. The following formula is an example : R. Sulphur prsacipitat., gss; pulv. camphorae, gr. x; ung. aquae rosae, %j. M. A somewhat similar preparation, in the form of a lotion, is the fol- lowing : R. Sulphur praecipitat., gr. xxx ad. 3] ; pulv. camphorae, gr. xv ; alcoholis, f^ij ; aquae, ad. f^j. M. An excellent wash in many forms of Acne is that known as " Kummerfeld's Lotion": R. Sulphur praecipi- tat., ^ij ad. iv; pulv. camphorae, gr. x ad. xx; pulv. tragacanth., 9j ad. iiss ; aquae calcis, aquae rosae., aa f^ij. M. In PSORIASIS, sulphur is employed in combination with tar in the prep- aration known as "Wilkinson's Ointment'." R. Sulphur praecipitat., picis liquidae, aa gr. Ixvj ; pulv. cretae preparat, gr. xliv ; saponis viridis, adipis, aa ^ss. M. This ointment is also useful in TINEA TONSURANS and in some cases of INFILTRATED ECZEMA. It is a favorite European remedy for SCABIES. Sulphur soaps are of more value than most medicated soaps, though their effect is feeble compared to that of other vehicles of administration. (See Sapo.*) Even before the knowledge that so many inflammatory and particularly pustular diseases of the skin were dependent upon bacteria was established, it had been found that sulphur was of value in these affections. We therefore find it employed in ECZEMA, SYCOSIS, IMPETIGO, ECTHYMA, and similar affections with success. Ointments of one-half to two drachms to the ounce are usually valuable in these diseases. In the ECZEMA OF CHILDREN a sulphur and tar ointment, half a drachm of each to the ounce of oxide of zinc ointment, is of high value. Diseases of the Nose and Throat. Flowers of sulphur act the part of an indifferent substance in the composition of a powder to be used by insufflation in the nasal chambers. E. J. Moure recommends a similar powder in the treatment of "PHARYNGITIS SICCA." It is also much employed in the south of Europe as a domestic medicine, as a 424 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. local remedy in DIPHTHERIA. A lozenge is offered for same, which con- tains two grains of sulphur to the mass. OLEUM LINI SULPHURATUM. Sulphur Balsam. This preparation is made by boiling sulphur with linseed oil. Sulphur balsam is an old form of securing the local effect of sulphur upon the tissues. SULPHURIS HYPOCHLORITUM. Hypochloride of Sulphur. Sulphur hypochloride is a mixture of sulphur chloride and sulphur. Sulphur chloride is prepared by passing dry chlorine over dry sulphur. Diseases of the Skin. Hypochloride of sulphur, two drachms, combined with carbonate of potassium, ten grains ; lard, one ounce, and oil of bitter almond, ten drops, has been employed in the treatment of ACNE. SULPHURIS IODIDUM. Iodide of Sulphur. " Iodide of sulphur is a grayish-black solid, generally in pieces having a radiated, crystalline appearance, the characteristic odor of iodine, a somewhat acrid taste, and a faintly acid reaction. It is insoluble in water, but very soluble in disulphide of carbon ; also soluble in about sixty parts of glycerin. Alcohol and ether dissolve out all the iodine, leaving the sulphur. When exposed to the air it gradually loses iodine." (U. S. D.) Iodide of sulphur is alterative. Diseases of the Skin. Iodide of sulphur enters into the composi- tion of an ointment sometimes employed in the treatment of ACNE. Ten grains to a drachm are incorporated with an ounce of lard. SUMBUL. Sumbul. Musk Root. " The root of Ferula sumbul." (U. S. P.) It contains two volatile oils, two balsamic resins, angelic and valerianic acids. The single official preparation is the tincture, which contains the activity of ten parts of sumbul in one hundred parts of alcohol. Sumbul is a nervous stimulant and antispasmodic. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Sumbul is employed by M. Mac- kenzie in the form of the tincture. One drachm is added to nine of rectified spirits ; nitrate of potassium paper (q. v.) is moistened therewith. It mitigates the irritative effects of the inhalation of the fumes of the burning paper in the treatment of SPASM OF THE LARYNX, TRACHEA, AXD BRONCHIAL TUBES. TABACUM TALCUM TERRA. 425 TABACUM. Tobacco. " The commercial dried leaves of Nicoliana tabacum. Linne." (U. S. P.) Tobacco relaxes muscular tension, and thus aids in those clinical conditions in which muscle fibres cannot be relaxed by the will. Ether and chloroform have largely taken its place. Tobacco holds a secondary position as an antispasmodic, sedative, sternutatory, and excipient. In the local use of tobacco care must be taken to avoid the easily induced toxic impression. General Surgery. An infusion of tobacco is recommended for the relief of PRURITUS VULWE and PRURITUS ANI. It has also been used in the form of an ointment in painful HEMORRHOIDS. Tobacco stupes or enemata are aids in the reduction of HERNIA. Deaths have resulted from the use of tobacco enemata for SEAT WORMS. Diseases of the Nose, etc. Tobacco is one of the ingredients of Dobeir s snuff. Formerly tobacco was of good repute in the treatment of CHRONIC CATARRH, but it is now little used. It occasionally aids the impression of stramonium in the treatment of SPASMODIC ASTHMA, or it may be substituted for this drug. Its action is irregular and often disap- points. Puffing tobacco smoke into the external auditory passage is an old domestic remedy for OTALGIA. TALCUM. Talc. French Chalk. Tailor's Chalk. Venetian Talc. A magnesium silicate; an insoluble, inert, and incombustible powder. The National Formulary gives a recipe for its purification to fit it for use as a filtering medium. Pow- dered talc is largely used as a face-powder, either alone or combined with other cos- metics. Talc is protectant and excipient. Diseases of the Ear and Nose. Talc is often used in INFLAMMA- TION OF THE EXTERNAL AUDITORY MEATUS. Diluted with bismuth sub- nitrate it forms the basis of a snuff for FETID CATARRH. (Trousseau.) TERRA. Earth. Earth, when relatively free from organic matter and prepared by being passed through a fine sieve, acts the part of a mild protectant and disin- fectant. A. Hewson ("Earth as a Topical Application in Surgery," Philadelphia, 1872) employed powdered earth for a variety of purposes in general surgery. Mud has long been in popular repute as a vulnerary and as a protectant application to swellings resulting from the stings of insects. 426 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. TEREBINTHINA. Turpentine. " A concrete oleoresin from Pinus australis, Michaux, and from other species of Pinus. * * In yellowish, tough masses, brittle in the cold, crummy-crystalline in the interior, of a terebinthinate odor and taste." (U. S. P.) The subjects treated of in this place are the following : Resina ; Em- plastrum resinae ; Oleum terebinthinae ; Terebene ; and Terpinol. RESINA. Resin. Colophony. Rosin. " The residue left after distilling off the volatile oil from turpentine. A transparent, amber-colored substance, hard, brittle, with a glossy, shallow, conchoidal fracture, and having a faintly-terebinthinate odor and taste. It is soluble in alcohol, ether, and fixed or volatile oils." (U. S. P.) The ceratum resina (containing thirty-five parts of resin, fifteen parts of yellow wax. and fifty parts of lard) is official, as is the emplastrum resince, which contains fourteen parts of resin in eighty parts of lead plaster mixed with six parts of yellow wax. (See Carbolized Gauze.} General Surgery. Resin is not employed in surgery in the pure state, although in conjunction with other substances it forms the basis of plasters, chief among which is the adhesive, or resin plaster. The resin cerate is one of the best dressings for INDOLENT GRANULATIONS, especially those following BURNS and SCALDS. It is frequently employed as an early dressing to BLISTERED SURFACES to prevent their healing. The compound resin cerate or " Deshler's Salve," as it is commonly known, is a more stimulating ointment. Both of the resin cerates are extensively employed as dressings for FURUNCULUS INFLAMMATION. Diseases of the Throat, etc. M. Mackenzie uses a resinous solu- tion in ether, one to five, as a varnish on DIPHTHERITIC DEPOSITS ; the membrane should be first dried with blotting paper. EMPLASTRUM RESINCE. Resin Plaster. Adhesive Plaster. This is the lead adhesive plaster which was universally used before the introduction of the rubber adhesive piaster, and which, because it is less irritating to sensitive skins, is still preferred by some practitioners. It is made by adding to eighty parts of lead plaster fourteen parts of resin and six parts of yellow wax. It is then spread on a muslin pre- pared for the purpose. Adhesive plaster, while based upon the lead plaster, is rarely, if ever, used for the purposes of exhibiting the impression of oxide of lead, and is therefore here included under the head of terebinthina, since the resin which enters into its composition also gives the preparation its official name. General Surgery. To obtain the best results from adhesive plaster, the material must be freshly cut from a roll which has been kept in a tin TEREBINTHINA. 427 box or other close-fitting receptacle. The plaster is best heated over an alcohol lamp or against the side of a vessel containing hot water (the smooth or non-adhesive side being placed in contact with the heated sur- face until the plaster is thoroughly softened), when it must be immediately applied to the skin. Placing a strip of adhesive plaster around a stove- pipe, with the adhesive side out, will often prove practicable in private practice. When strips are used which from their great length it is incon- venient to heat, the plaster surface can be softened by rubbing it over with a bit of raw cotton moistened with chloroform or ether. Adhesive plaster may be worn for weeks at a time without producing cutaneous irritation. Hence it is to be preferred to rubber plaster for making extension for fracture of the thigh, or for affections of the hip joint. Firmly applied over an ULCER and supported by a bandage, it forms a reliable method of dealing with LEG ULCERS due to varicose veins. Adhesive plaster is extensively employed in the treatment of frac- tured ribs and contusions of the chest. A number of strips about two inches wide are applied parallel to the ribs, beginning at the lowest and passing up to the axilla. Each strip is to be applied with firm trac- tion, and extend from the vertebral column to a point a little beyond the median line in front. Marked relief is afforded by this procedure. In fracture of the clavicle in children a dressing of adhesive plaster will be found a satisfactory means of keeping the ends of the bone in position. Sayres' dressing for fractured clavicle is made from adhesive plaster. OLEUM TEREBINTHIN/E. Oil of Turpentine. "A volatile oil distilled from turpentine." (U. S. P.) It enters into the composition of St. John Long's Liniment. Oil of turpentine is rubefacient, counter-irritant, antiseptic, haemo- static, and aids in diminishing mucous secretion. Rossbach (Berlin klin. Wochenschr., No. 20, May 15, 1882) found that a two per cent, solution of the oil applied to a mucous surface tended to relieve determination of blood. When applied to the skin, evaporation being prevented, ojl of turpentine is an irritant, causing redness and smarting, which will, if un- checked, induce sloughing. It is much employed as a counter-irritant, especially when a large surface is to be acted upon. When a decided impression is demanded cantharides will be found preferable. It is the opinion of some observers that it possesses antiseptic properties, but this is not confirmed by the experiments of Koch. Oil of turpentine is a powerful deodorant of iodoform. General Surgery. Oil of turpentine forms the basis of an efficient stupe, which may be applied in one of the following ways: (i) A piece 428 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. of flannel is wrung out of boiling water and liberally sprinkled with the oil, then applied to the affected part and allowed to remain from five to twenty minutes, according to the sensitiveness of the skin. If not skil- fully prepared there is danger of either chilling or scalding the patient. (2) a vessel containing the oil is placed in hot water ; a piece of flannel, wrung from the oil, is then applied to the skin. A turpentine stupe is of service in BRONCHITIS. It is also valuable in relieving CONGESTION OF THE LUNGS following tracheotomy. No counter-irritant offers a prospect of useful- ness in PERITONITIS equal to that obtained by frequently applied stupes, immediately followed by large, hot flaxseed poultices. An excellent laxative enema is composed as follows : Oil of turpentine, one ounce ; olive oil, two ounces ; hot soapsuds, one pint. The oil renders the mass more active than it would otherwise be. R. Hargis {Med. News, March 3, 1888) extols oil of turpentine as a dressing for LACERATED WOUNDS and CONTUSIONS. Pledgets of cotton or lint are placed on in position and retained by a bandage. The second dressing consists of one part of the oil and two parts of linseed oil, applied in a way similar to the above. Since oil of turpentine readily removes remnants of old ointments, plasters, etc., it is often resorted to as a means of preparing the skin for the incisions of surgical operations. After the part has been rubbed with cotton saturated with the agent, it should be washed with soap and water. In the after-treatment of fracture, when the extension apparatus has been removed, a small amount of the oil rubbed on the skin will dissolve par- ticles of plaster, etc. Diseases of the Skin. Oil of turpentine is occasionally used as a stimulant in ALOPECIA AREATA, when it is diluted with one of the bland oils, and also in PSORIASIS. In neither of these affections, however, has it gained general approbation. It has also been employed in the treat- ment of TINEA TONSURANS. It is employed pure, but with some caution, on account of its strongly stimulating properties. Diseases of the Ear, Throat, etc. Diluted with almond oil, or olive oil, oil of turpentine is used as an injection in the treatment of caries. Cecchini (Annals Univ. di Med. e Chir., August, 1885 ; Centralbl.f. Chirurg., 1886, p. 2) claims that it is of special value in the treatment of CARIES of the TEMPORAL BONE. Applications should be made every three or four days. As the carious process ceases, the oil of turpen- tine should be substituted by solutions of boric acid. M. Mackenzie uses equal parts of oil of turpentine and glycerin in the treatment of APHTHAE. In DIPHTHERIA it has long been a favorite preparation with some practi- tioners. M. Lewentaner ( Centralblatt fur klin. Medicin, 1887, No. 3), Lunin, J. Lewis Smith (N. Y. Co. Med. Assn., 1887) may be mentioned in this connection. In the form of a gargle Erichsen (" System of Surg- TEREBINTHINA. 429 ei 7>" P- 7*9) uses il f turpentine suspended in mucilage for HEMOR- RHAGE after excision of the TONSILS. Under its property of diminishing secretion, oil of turpentine used as a pigment in LARYNGITIS, which is accompanied by excessive secretion, is highly commended by M. Mack- enzie. The vapor diffused through the apartment in which the patient is confined is a favorite means of J. Solis-Cohen for arresting COUGH and giving rest to ACUTE CATARRHAL INVASION OF THE LARYNX. Or a mix- ture of coal tar and turpentine may be burnt in the apartment in which the patient is and the fumes inhaled in DIPHTHERIA. The oil may be sprinkled about the carpet, under the bed, or on the clothing. It is also of value in CHRONIC INFLAMMATION OF THE LOWER RESPIRATORY TRACT, and has been used in localized diseases in the larynx, trachea, and bronchi, and even in the lung itself. The dose is five minims of the oil to a pint of water at 150 F., taken by inhalation. Brondel (Gaz. des Hopitaux, December n, 1866) recommends oil of turpentine for treat- ment in the latter stages of DIPHTHERIA, after the membranes have been removed. Oleum terebinthinse, on being inhaled, causes the lungs to become pale, due to constriction of the pulmonary vessels (A. Israi), and is thus indicated in HYPER^EMIA and HYPERSECRETION. TEREBENE. Terebene is produced by treating oil of turpentine with sulphuric acid. It separates as an oily layer; is purified from the acid by being passed through carbonate of lime, and rectified by distillation. It boils, according to different authorities, at from 156 to 180 C. It is insoluble in water, and is best prescribed in emulsion. Terebene, according to Murrell (British Med. Jour., July 24, 1884), is antiseptic and germicide, 1-450 being capable of keeping in check the growth of the yeast plant. General Surgery. Berlin extols the advantages of terebene mixed with equal parts of olive oil, or oil of almonds (as employed by Vaucher, of Geneva), in the treatment of CANCER OF THE UTERUS. It is applied by means of small cotton tampons saturated with the agent and left in contact with the diseased surfaces for several days. It shquld then be removed. After the use of a detergent douche the agent is reapplied. Diseases of the Throat, etc. Terebene is used as an inhalant in chronic affections of the lower respiratory passages when a stimulating and antiseptic effect is desired. Twenty drops from a napkin may be inhaled daily. It is especially adapted to chronic irritative WINTER BRONCHIAL COUGH, which is free from complication. In like manner it tends to allay the cough of LARYNGEAL PHTHISIS. From five to forty minims of terebene may be added to an ounce of water in the presence 43 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. of twenty grains of magnesium carbonate. A teaspoon ful is mixed with a pint of water and inhaled at 140 F. for ten minutes night and morning. (Lefferts.) W. W. Hardwicke {Lancet, November 2, 1889) advises com- bining terebene with oil of eucalyptus and alcohol as a spray in WHOOP- ING COUGH. TERPINOL AND TERPIN-HYDRATE. . " When turpentine oil is left in contact with concentrated hydrochloric acid a dihydro- chloride is formed (C 10 H 16 2HC1). This forms rhombic plates insoluble in water and decomposed by boiling with alcoholic potash with formation of terpinol (C 10 H ]6 ) 2 H 2 O." (U. S. D.) It is an agreeable, aromatic liquid, insoluble in water, and is best adminis- tered in emulsion. Terpin-hydrate and terpine are other chemical products of terebinthina and possess similar medicinal properties. Diseases of the Throat. Terpin-hydrate is believed to have a specific effect on the bronchial mucous membrane, and thus to be adapted for use as an inhalant in CHRONIC TRACHEITIS and CHRONIC BRONCHITIS. Terpinol in the proportion of two minims to the ounce of water may be used as a cleansing gargle. Terpin-hydrate in the proportion of five minims to each mass is used in the form of a lozenge. THILANIN. Brown Sulphurated Lanolin. Thilanin is the name given a substance which represents the reaction of sulphur on lanolin. It is a commercial preparation. It is alleged to contain three per cent, of sul- phur. It has been introduced as a substitute for boric-lanolin and bone-vaseline. It is a yellowish brown unctuous substance of the consistence of lanolin, containing three per cent, of sulphur. (M. B., February, 1892, p. 116.) Diseases of the Skin. Thilanin has been used with success in ACUTE ECZEMA OF THE FACE and eczema of children. In SYCOSIS also thilanin has been employed with advantage. Also in ACNE ROSACEA and DERMA- TITIS, caused by chysarobin. In other cases it has failed, and it must be said to be still upon trial. THIOL. Thiol is prepared by heating the brown-colored paraffin oils, having a specific gravity of 0.890 to 0.900, with sulphur at 215 C. The sulphur combines with the unsaturated hydrocarbons only, and the resulting compounds, by means of suitable solvents, are removed and treated at a low temperature with concentrated sulphuric acid, which con- verts them into compounds soluble in water. By further cooling thiol separates out, and after removal is evaporated in vacua to a syrupy consistence, or to a dry powder. The liquid thiol should be of such concentration as to contain about forty per cent, of the dry powder, when it will have a specific gravity of 1.082 at 15 C. Thiol is miscible with water or glycerin, but only partly dissolved by alcohol or ether. In many respects it resembles ichthyol, but is not known to be identical with it. It is free from the disagreeable odor of ichthyol. THIOL. 43 i The solid thiol occurs either in dry powder or in scales. The addition of a little glyce- rin to water aids in the solution of this solid substance. Thiol is antiseptic and protectant. General Surgery. Thiol has been used in RHEUMATIC ARTHRITIS and other affections of rheumatic nature, as well as for CONTUSIONS, BURNS, SCALDS, ERYSIPELAS, FROSTBITE, ULCERS, etc. The following ointment, constitutes a convenient form for its exhibition : Thiol and vaseline, each one drachm; lanolin, one ounce; or it may be used as a powder, viz. : thiol sice., one drachm; zinci oxid., two drachms; amy- lum, one ounce ; talc, two ounces. Gottschalk ( Centralblatt f. Gyncekologie, March 21, 1891) has used thiol in the treatment of ENDOMETRITIS, PERIMETRITIS, and VAGINITIS with success, his method being to place tampons saturated with a ten or twenty per cent, glycerin solution of the drug within the vagina, at the same time anointing the abdomen with an ointment of similar strength. Diseases of the Skin. Schwimmer ( Wien klin. Wochens., 1890, No. 18) employs the semi-fluid form of the drug suspended in water in the proportion of one to three in HERPES ZOSTER, PAPULAR ECZEMA, and DERMATITIS HERPETIFORMIS. He also finds the dry powdered thiol useful as an application in ERYTHEMA MULTIFORME. In DERMATITIS HERPETIFORMIS the ruptured vesicles were painted twice daily by means of a brush with the suspension of thiol (one to three). The fluid dried completely in a few minutes. Repeated layers of the paint were laid on for several days, resulting in marked diminution of the burning and itching. When washed off, the vesicles had dried up and pigmentation only remained. In ERYTHEMA MULTIFORME the lesions were first painted with the sus- pension of thiol and then dressed with the pure powder. In several cases of moderate ACNE and ACNE ROSACEA when the disease was limited it yielded to thiol under Schwimmer's observation in a few weeks. In similar cases treated by others little or no benefit was gained. In MOIST ECZEMA RUBRUM Schwimmer gained much benefit by the use of an ointment of one part of liquid thiol to ten of lard. The chief advantage which thiol has over ichthyol is that it is odorless, but so far as our experience with this remedy goes it is inferior in value to ichthyol. THIORESORCIN. Diseases of the Skin. Thioresorcin has been employed as a sub- stitute for iodoform. Being non-poisonous and without smell it should have some advantages over the latter drug. It is employed as a dusting powder and as an ointment made with vaseline to the strength of fifty to one hundred grains to the ounce in ECZEMA, PSORIASIS, and SCABIES. 432 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. THUJA. Arbor Vita*. " The fresh tops of Thuja occidentalis. Linn." (U. S. P.) The white cedar of North America. A tincture and an essential oil are procurable. Arbor vitse is excitant and absorbent. General Surgery. The fresh leaves of arbor vitae used as a poultice is a domestic remedy of alleged value in INDOLENT ULCERATIONS. Pif- fard commends a tincture in the treatment of GLEET. Diseases of the Skin. This drug has been used successfully in the treatment of PAPILLOMATOUS GROWTHS (verrucce and condylomata). A few drops of the tincture given internally thrice daily and a compress wet with the tincture outwardly applied have removed VENEREAL WARTS which have resisted the usual treatment. Having employed this drug successfully in several cases by external use alone we consider it worthy of further trial. Diseases of the Throat, etc. The essential oil of arbor vitse is employed by S. Hartwell Chapman in the proportion of a few drops to a pint of water in the temperature of 140 as an inhalation in ACUTE PHARYNGITIS ; it may be combined with the familiar inhalant benzoin, to which a little infusion of hops has been added. E. L. Shurly (N. Y. Med. Jour., September n, 1886) finds that a spray of the fluid extract is useful in shrinking INTRALARYNGEAL PAPILLOMATA. It should be applied twice daily for several months. THYMOL. Thymic Acid. Thymol is a stearoptene obtained by a refrigeration or other process from the volatile oil of thyme and some other volatile oils. It has the appearance of moist granular cam- phor ; it is scarcely soluble in water, very soluble in alcohol, also in ether, benzin, benzol, chloroform, and in the fixed and volatile oils. When mixed with camphor it liquefies. Thymol is antiseptic, disinfectant, stimulant, antipruritic, and para- siticide. It is not poisonous. The odor of thyme is at times a disadvan- tage, since dressings into which it enters attract flies. Many persons object to the persistency of the odor. General Surgery. Thymol has been employed by Spencer Wells as an antiseptic in OVARIOTOMY, and is preferred by him to carbolic acid, using a spray of i-iooo, the other solutions being of similar strength for sponges, instruments, and other antiseptic purposes. In the application to BURNS thymol in strength of one to three thousand has been added to ointments, such as oxide of zinc, boric acid, etc. It is asserted that sloughs soon separate under this treatment, and that healthy granulations are formed which rapidly cicatrize. The scars appear to be less irritable than when carbolic acid is prescribed. THYMOL. 433 Thymol has been used with advantage to correct OFFENSIVE LOCHIA. In INFLAMMATION and ULCERATION ABOUT THE NECK OF THE UTERUS a tampon of cotton saturated with glycerine and thymol i-iooo to 1-3000 are indicated. Sponges are conveniently preserved in a solution of one part of thymol in sufficient quantity of alcohol added to one thousand parts of water. Diseases of the Skin. Thymol was introduced in 1878 by Crocker, of London (New Remedies, April 16, 1878), as a remedy in certain skin diseases. Crocker proposed the following formulae: R. Thymolis, gr. v-xxv ; vaseline, 3j- M. Solve. R. Thymolis, gr. v; alcoholis, glycerini, aa fj ; aquae, ad. f^viij. M. R. Potassii thymolat,* gr. v-9iv; aquas, fgviij. M. When the vaseline ointment is stronger than twenty grains to the ounce the thymol should be first dissolved in alcohol in the proportion of one minim to the grain. Thymol is an irritant to the skin in a concentrated form, but when the strength is properly adjusted it is said to afford an agreeable substitute for tar. In PITYRIASIS CAPITIS Crocker recommends: R. Thymolis, 33 ; liq. potassae, f^j ; glycerini, f^ss; aq. sambuci, fjviij. M. In ECZEMA G. H. Fox, of New York, recommends the following : R. Thymolis, gr. v; ung. aquae rosae, 3j. M. In TINEA TRICOPHYTINA CAPITIS (ringworm of the scalp) Besnier, of Paris, uses: R. Thymolis, gr. viij ; glycerini, f^iv ; alcoholis, fgiv ; aquae, ad. f^viij. In PSORIASIS Crocker begins with an ointment of five grains to the ounce, gradually increased to thirty grains to the ounce. Diseases of the Nose and Throat. Thymol is used in the treat- ment of the nose and the throat as a substitute for carbolic acid. It is especi- ally useful (i-iooo or 1-3000) in PHARYNGITIS and LARYNGITIS of the exanthemata, particularly when associated with putrid exhalation. As a mouth wash thymol is effective in removing the odor of tobacco after smoking. After the septic coagulant in DIPHTHERIA is removed a /pre- paration of thymol, from two to twenty grains to the ounce of water, either alone or in the presence of five grains of carbolic acid or a little glycerin, is a treatment commended by Da Costa and S. Johnston. R. W. Seiss {Med. News, April 2, 1887) finds that one half grain of thymol by the addition of one-half drachm of alcohol and a drachm and a half of glycerin to the ounce of water forms a preparation of mini- * The thymolate of potassium results from mixing a saturating solution of. potassium hydrate with thymol. 28 434 LOCAL THERAPEUTICS. mum strength from which a therapeutic effect can be expected. A stronger solution is composed as follows : Five grains of thymol to one- half ounce each of alcohol and glycerin. The reporter believes that such preparations are of use in the treatment of ATROPHIC NASAL CATARRH. Weak solutions may be employed in the form of a spray, but stronger ones only by means of cotton carriers. Magnesium carbonate aids in the diffusion. Lefferts proposes the following : Six grains of thymol in a drachm of alcohol to the ounce of water, to which has been added three grains of magnesium carbonate ; a teaspoonful to a pint of water at 140 F. as an inhalant. Thymol excites the flow of blood through the lungs, the parts becoming reddened during inhalation. (A. Israi.) Thymol is also used extensively by Volckmann as follows, as a spray : Thymol, one part ; alcohol, twenty parts ; glycerin, twenty parts ; and water, one thousand parts. Thymol, according to W. D. Miller, ("Micro- organisms of the Mouth") arrests DENTAL CARIES. TRYPSIN. t Trypsin is a ferment present in the pancreatic juice. It has the prpperty of digesting proteids and is active only in neutral or alkaline solutions. Trypsin is a digestive solvent. Diseases of the Throat. Trypsin has been used especially in dis- solving (/. 2 500 INDEX. NAME PAGE Stomatitis, Catarrhal Chlorate of Potash 377 Copper Sulphate 222 Salicylic Acid 58 Stomatitis, Gangrenous Creasote . .212 Stomatitis, Mercurial Alum 81 Chlorate of Potash ... . . 377 Labarraque's Sol 413 Lugol's Sol 307 Rhus Glabra 390 Sulphurous Acid 62 Strangury Belladonna 126 Camphor 161 Strictures Olive Oil 338 Stye (See Hordeolnm.) Sudamina Citric Acid 43 Sunstroke Cold Bath 98 Suppuration of Ear Brucine 150 Iodine 307 Sycosis Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride . . 285 Pyoktanin 382 Pyrogallic Acid 54 Salicylic Acid 57 Salol 393 Sulphur , 423 Thilanin ........... 430 Synovitis, Acute Leeches . , . 14.2 Synovitis, Chronic Belladonna 125 Camharides 1 68 Emp. Ammoniac Cum Hydrarg. . . 277 " Hydrarg 274 Ichthyol 288 Iodine 301 Oleate of Mercury ........ 279 Soap Liniment 162 Ungt. Hydrarg 276 Synovitis, Parenchymatous lodoform 293 Syphilis Blue Ointment 275 Calomel 267 Mercury 274 Oleate of Mercury 280 Sozoiodolate of Mercury 415 " Sublimate " Bath 458 Syphilis of Larynx Acid Nitrate of Mercury .... 279 Calomel 268 Carbolic Acid 35. 37 Chromic Acid . . 42 Nitrate of Silver 115 Syphilitic Anaemia (See An&mia, Syphilitic.) Syphilitic Angina Copper Sulphate 222 Syphilitic Caries Creasote 214 Nitrate of Silver ,.114 Sulphuric Acid ........ 60 Syphilitic Eruptions Ammoniated Mercury 277 Syphilitic Otitis Lactic Acid 47 Syphilitic Rhinitis Aristol 1 20 Syphilitic Ulcers Bismuth Subiodide 139 lodol 298 lodoform 294 Red Oxide of Mercury 272 Salicylic Acid _ 280 Sozoiodolate of Mercury 415 Yellow Wash 159 Syphilitic Ulcers of Nose and Throat Acid Nitrate of Mercury 279 Chromic Acid 42 Europhen 232 Mercuric Biniodide 269 Sulphurous Acid 42 Syphilodermata lodoform 295 Labarraque's Sol 414 Laudanum 345 Mercurial Bath 280 Rock Salt 407 Vapor Bath 100 INDEX. NAME T. PAGE Telangiectasis Ethylate of Soda 409 Mercuric Chloride 262 Tendo-Synovitis Iodine 302 Tetanus Chloral 185 Conium 210 Thrush- Bicarbonate of Soda 403 Borax 405 Glycerin 244 Salicylic Acid 58 Sulphite of Soda 412 Turpentine 428 Tic Douloureux Aconite 451 Veratrine 436 Tinea Circinata Ammoniated Mercury 277 Anthrarobin 87 Cantharides 170 Chromic Acid 140 Chrysarobin 193 Gutta Percha 255 Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride . . 285 Mercuric Chloride 263 Naphthol 329 Salicylic Acid 56 So 3 ? 395 Sulphurous Acid 61 Tinea Favosa Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride Tinea Kerion Citric Acid .285 . 42 Tinea Sycosis Chrysarobin 193 Creasote 213 Tinea Tonsurans Ammoniated Mercury 277 Cantharides 170 Carbolic Acid 34 Coster's Paste 306 Croton Oil 342 Glycerite of Starch 246 Gutt'a Percha 255 Hydronaphthol 330 Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride . . 285 Oil of Turpentine 428 Oleate of Mercury 280 Salicylic Acid 56 Wilkinson's Ointment 423 Tinea Tricophytina, Capitis Medicated Baths 456 Thio1 ' 433 Tinea Tricophytina, Cruris Hyposulphite of Soda 410 Medicated Baths 456 Tinea Ungium Glacial Acetic Acid 22 Tinea Versicolor Anthrarobin 87 Calx Sulphurata 161 Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride . . 285 Hyposulphite of Soda 410 Medicated Bath 456 Mercuric Chloride . .... 263 Salicylic Acid 56 Sozoiodolate of Mercury 415 Sulphur 422 Sulphurous Acid 6 1 Vlemingckx's Sol 422 Tinnitus Belladonna 127 Bleeding 144 Camphor 162 Chloroform 191 Cocaine 200 Tonsillitis, Acute Bicarbonate of Soda 403 Boric Acid 27 Camphorated Naphthol 330 Carbolic Acid 37 Creasote 213 Creoline 218 Eucalyptus 230 Myrtle Oil 338 Oil of Cassia 334 Quinine Subcarbonate of Bismuth .... 139 Tr. Ferri Chlor 234 Water, Hot 97 Tonsillitis, Follicular Alum '. 8l Bromoform 148 Guaiac 253 Rose Water 391 Tonsillitis, Granular Bicarbonate of Soda 404 Tonsillitis, Phlegmonous Bleeding 145 Mercuric Chloride 264 Toothache Acetate of Lead 366 Aconite 451 5 02 INDEX. Toothache Continued Camphor 161 Capsicum I7 2 Carbolic Acid 37 Chloral .' . . 186 Collodion 209 Creasote 214 Menthol 3 2 S Oil of Cajuput 333 " Cloves . . . 333 " Nutmeg 337 Pellitory 384 Po-ho-yo 322 Tannic Acid 67 ' Torticollis Capsicum 172 Ether 73 Tracheitis Menthol 325 Terpinol 430 Trachoma Acetate of Lead 366 Boric Acid 28 Copper Sulphate 222 Glycerin 245 Glycerite of Carbolic Acid .... 38 " Tannin -68 Iodide of Silver 119 Jequirity . 311 Mercuric Chloride 266 Pyoktanin 383 Zinc Chloride 443 Tubercular Joints lodoform 293 Tuberculosis lodoform 292 Tuberculosis Cutis Resorcin 388 Tuberculosis, Nasal Lactic Acid 47 Tuberculosis of Tongue Chromic Acid 41 Eucalyptus 230 Lactic Acid 46 Nitrate of Copper 220 Tuberculous Glands Phosphoric Acid 53 Tuberculous Laryngitis Cocaine 201 Lactic Acid 47 Salol 393 Sozoiodolate of Mercury 415 Tannic Acid 67 NAME PAGE Tuberculous Ulcers (See Ulcers, Tubercular?) Tumors, Cystic Chromic Acid 41 Turgescence of Nasal Mucous Mem- brane Coca 227 Cubebs 219 Tylosis Lactic Acid 46 Salicylic Acid 57 Soap 398 Typhoid Fever- Cold Bath . . 98 U. Ulcers Adhesive Plaster 427 Alcohol . 76 Anthrarobin 87 Arsenious Acid 24 Aristol 119 Bismuth Subiodide 139 Bromine 149 Camphor 162 Carbolic Acid 34 Castor Oil 340 Creasote 212 Dermatol .. 223 Eucalyptus 229 Europhen 231 Ichthyol 289 lodoform 294 Nitrate of Lead 368 " " Silver 104 Nitric Acid 51 Phosphoric Acid 53 Prepared Chalk 152 Pyoktanin 383 Pyrogallic Acid 53 Resorcin 388 Salol 393 Sponge 418 Sulphurous Acid 6l Thiol . ... 431 White Oak 385 Witch Hazel 257 Yellow Wash 159 Zinc Sozoiodolate 416 Ulcers, Atonic (See Atonic Ulcers.} Ulcers of Cervix Acid Nitrate of Mercury 278 Thymol 433 INDEX. 53 NAME PAGE Ulcers of Cornea Atropia 130 Carbolic Acid 38 Castor Oil 340 Cautery 181 Eserine 357 Hydrogen Peroxide 284 Labarraque's Solution 414 Pyoktanin 383 Ulcers, Foul- Chloral 185 Chlorate of Potash 396 Hydrogen Peroxide ....... 284 Hyposulphite of Soda 410 Naphthol 329 Permanganate of Putash 380 Storone 421 Ulcers, Gangrenous Creasote 212 Hyposulphite of Soda 410 Zinc Sulphate 448 Ulcers, Gummatous lodol 297 Ulcers, Indolent Arbor Vitse 432 Bromide of Potash 374 Chlorate of Potash 375 Citrine Ointment 279 Copaiba 210 Creoline 215 Creasote 212 Grindelia 252 lodol 297 Kino 313 Monsel's Salt 236 Nitrate of Lead 368 Peroxide of Hydrogen . . . 283 Soap 397 Sozoiodol . . 415 Sulphate of Copper 220 Ulcers, Irritable Cocaine 199 Ulcers of Larynx Acetate of Lead 366 Menthol 324 Nitrate of Silver ..... . . in Resorcin 389 Ulcers of Lupus Chromic Acid 40 Ulcers of Mouth and Throat Hydrastis 281 Ulcers of Nasal Chambers Aristol .... 120 Boroglycerin 29 lodol 298 NAME PAGE Ulcers of Pharynx Fraxinus 238 Ulcers of Pharynx, Syphilitic Caustic Potassa 372 Permang. of Potash 380 Zinc Sozoiodolate 416 Ulcers of Rectum Bougies 146 Extract Hydrastis Fid 281 Glycerin . . .' 244 Ulcers of Tongue Sulphite of Soda 412 Ulcers of Tongue, Syphilitic Papain 350 Ulcers of Uterus Hydrastis 281 lodoform 294 Ulcers of Vagina lodoform 294 Ulcers of Vocal Chords Creasote 213 Ulcers, Scrofulous Acid Nitrate of Mercury 279 Phosphoric Acid 53 Ulcers, Syphilitic Rosorcin 389 Retinol 390 Salol 393 Ulcers, Tuberculous Bromol 149 lodoform 295 Lactic Acid .46 Menthol 322 Naphthol . 330 Phosphate of Calcium 155 Sozoiodol 415 Sugar 392 Ulcers, Varicose Creoline / 2I 5 Ichthyol 289 Retinol ... 390 Salol 393 Urethritis of Female Resorcin 3^7 Tannic Acid 65 Zinc Oxide 444 " Sulphate 447 Urticaria Acid Bath 457 Alcohol 76 Alkaline Bath 457 54 INDEX. NAME PACK Urticaria Continued Benzole Acid 136 Carbonate of Potash 375 Camphor 162 Chloral 186 Chloroform 19' Citric Acid 43 Cyanide of Potash 37 8 Ether 73 Hydrocyanic Acid 45 Medicated Bath 45 Menthol 3 22 Rock Salt 407 Witch Hazel . 257 Uterine Catarrh Bougies 14 Myrrh . . 326 Zinc Sozoiodolate 416 Uterine Fibroids Ergot 225 Uterine Hemorrhage Alcohol 76 Alum 79 Antipyrin 89 Monsel's Salt 236 Nitric Acid 50 Uterine Polyps Ferric Chloride 233 Uvula, Tuberculosis of Pyoktanin 383 Uvulitis Cocaine . . 201 V. Vaginal Catarrh Myrrh 326 Vaginal Ulceration Lactic Acid 46 Vaginismus Cocaine 196 Vaginitis Althea 78 Ammonium Chloride 453 Boric Acid 26 Bougies 146 Ferric Alum 235 Grindelia 252 Lime Water 158 Retinol 390 Tannic Acid 65 Thiol 431 Zinc Sozoiodolate 416 NAME Vaginitis, Specific Mercuric Chloride 262 Varicose Ulcers (See Ulcers, Varicose.} Varicose Veins Ferric Chloride 232 Variolous Eruption ArUtol 120 Glycerite of Starch 246 Ichthyol 289 Varus Chloral 186 Varix Vienna Paste 3/3 Venereal Sores and Ulcers Acid Nitrate of Mercury 278 Black Wash 158,276 Chloral 186 Europhen 231 Ferric Sulphate 237 lodol 297 Venereal Warts Arbor Vitse 432 Nitric Acid 49 Tannic Acid 64 Verrucae (See Warts.} Vulvitis Alum 80 Borax 405 Vulvitis, Aphthous lodoform 295 Vulvitis, Gangrenous Bromine 15 W. Warts- Carbolic Acid 35 Cautery l?7 Chloracetic Acid 1 8 Chromic Acid 39 Creasote 212 Glacial Acetic Acid 22 Lactic Acid 4 Nitrate of Silver 109 NitricAcid 50 Salicylic Acid 57 Trichloracetic Acid 18 Tr. Ferri Chlor 233 Warts on Eyelids- Chromic Acid . . 42 INDEX. 55 Warts, Syphilitic Acetate of Lead 365 Chromic Acid 39 Lead Plaster 369 " Wax in Ear" (Cerumen) Bicarbonate of Soda 403 Glycerin 244 Hydrogen Peroxide 284 Liquor Potassa 373 Olive Oil 339 Papain 350 Whitlow- Carbolic Acid 33 Citrine Ointment 279 Honey 392 Whooping Cough Carbolic Acid 37 Cocaine 202 Coffee 152 Eucalyptus 230 Quinine 386 Resorcin 389 Terebene 430 Tr. Benzoin. Comp 135 Wounds Absorbent Cotton 247 Alum 79 Aristol 119 Bromol 149 Camphor Naphthol 1 66 Chlorine Water 102 Dermatol 223 NAME Wounds Continued Eucalyptus 229 Glycerin 243 Isinglass Plaster 287 Kerosene 353 Laudanum 344 Mercuric Chloride 261 Naphthalene 327 Naphthol 328 Nitrate of Silver 104 Oil of Turpentine 428 Phenol Sodique 39 Pykotanin 382 Salicylic Acid 55 Salol 393 Storone 421 Sugar 392 Sulphurous Acid . 61 Tannic Acid .64 Water 91 Witch Hazel 256 Wounds, Poisoned or Dissecting Cantharides 170 Zinc Chloride 441 Wounds, Septic Creoline 216 Wounds, Suppurating Oakum 319 X. Xanthoma Mercuric Chloride 262 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY Los Angeles This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. JUN5.RECD Form L9-42m-8,'49 (35573)444 THE LIBRARY UNIVERSITY G< LOS A EL3& ooo 3A6 A62